Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

some special stone

Толкование Перевод

1 stone

[stəun]
1. noun

1) ( also adjective) (of) the material of which rocks are composed:

limestone

sandstone

a stone house

stone walls

In early times, men made tools out of stone.
حَجَر، مادَّة الحِجارَه
2) a piece of this, of any shape or size:

He threw a stone at the dog.
قِطْعَةٌ من الحِجارَه
3) a piece of this shaped for a special purpose:

a tombstone

paving-stones

a grindstone.
قِطْعَةٌ حَجَرِيَّه
4) a gem or jewel:

She lost the stone out of her ring

diamonds, rubies and other stones.
حَجَر كَريم
5) the hard shell containing the nut or seed in some fruits eg peaches and cherries:

a cherry-stone.
نَواة، بِذْرَه
6) a measure of weight still used in Britain, equal to 6.35 kilogrammes:

She weighs 9.5 stone.
وَحْدَة وزْن بريطانِيَّه
7) a piece of hard material that forms in the kidney, bladder etc and causes pain.
حَجَر المَرارَه او الكِلْيَه
2. verb

1) to throw stones at, especially as a ritual punishment:

Saint Stephen was stoned to death.
يَرْمي الحِجارَه على، يَرْجُم
2) to remove the stones from (fruit):

She washed and stoned the cherries.
يَنْزَع النَّوى

Arabic-English dictionary > stone
2 λίθος

λίθος [ῐ], ου, o( (v. infr. 11),

A stone, Hom., etc.; esp. of the stones thrown by warriors, τρηχὺς λ., λ. ὀκριόεις, Il.5.308, 8.327; also, stonequoit, Od.8.190; ἑλέσθαι.. ἐκ γαίας λίθον A.Fr.199.4
; of building- stones, λίθοι βασιλικοί PSI4.423.28
, PCair.Zen.499.20 (both iii B.C.): prov., ἐν παντὶ γάρ τοι σκορπίος φρουρεῖ λίθῳ S.Fr.37
; λίθον ἕψειν 'to lose one's labour', Ar.V. 280; also of stupid persons, 'blockheads', λίθοι Id.Nu. 1202
, cf. Thgn.568, Pl.Hp.Ma. 292d, Gal.9.656; λ. τις, ou) dou/lh Herod.6.4; προσηγορεύθη διὰ τὸ μὴ φρονεῖν λ., of Niobe, Philem.101; ὥσπερ λίθον ζῆν Pl.Grg. 494a
sq.; λίθῳ λαλεῖς prov. of ἀναίσθητοι, Macar.5.61.

2 stone as a substance, opp. wood, flesh, etc., ἐπεὶ οὔ σφι λ. χρὼς οὐδὲ σίδηρος Il.4.510
; λαοὺς δὲ λίθους ποίησε turned into stone, petrified, 24.611, cf. Pl.Smp. 198c; so [νῆα] θεῖναι λ. Od.13.156
; as an emblem of hard-heartedness, σοὶ δ' αἰεὶ κραδίη στερεωτέρη ἐστὶ λίθοιο 23.103
, cf. Theoc.3.18.

II λίθος, ἡ, twice in Hom., Il.12.287, Od.19.494, just like masc., also in Theoc.7.26, Bion Fr.1.2: later mostly of some special stone, as the magnet is called Μαγνῆτις λ. by E.Fr. 567 (but ἡ λίθος simply in Democr.11k, Arist.Ph. 267a2, cf. v.l. de An. 405a20); also Λυδία λ. by S.Fr. 800 (but in B.Fr. 10 J. Λυδία λ. = touchstone); Ἡρακλεία λ. by Pl. Ion 533d, Epicur.Fr. 293; so of a touchstone, Pl.Grg. 486d; ἡ διαφανὴς λ. a piece of crystal used for a burning-glass, Ar.Nu. 767, cf. Luc.Alex.21; χυτὴ λ. was perh. a kind of glass, and so an older name for ὕαλος, Epin.1.8 (the same thing as the ἀρτήματα λίθινα χυτά in Hdt.2.69; cf. τὴν ὕαλον.. ὅσα τε λίθων χυτὰ εἴδη καλεῖται Pl.Ti. 61c
); λ. = precious stone is fem. in Hp.Nat.Mul.99, IG22.1421.92, 1460.21, but masc. in Hdt.2.44, etc.; in the sense of marble mostly masc., λευκὸς λ. Id.4.87
(simply λίθος 1.164
), S.Fr. 330 (λευκοὶ λ. is opp. πέτρινοι λ. Supp.Epigr.4.446.8
([place name] Didyma)); Πάριος λ. Pi.N.4.81
, Hdt.3.57; Ταινάριος λ. Str.8.5.7
; λ. Θάσιος, Αἰγύπτιος, etc., Paus.1.18.6, etc.; κογχίτης Id.1.44.6
; κογχυλιάτης X.An.3.4.10
; but Παρία λ. Theoc.6.38
, Luc.Am.13; cf. λυχνίας, -ίτης; πώρινος λ. tufa, Hdt.5.62.

2 collectively, πέφυκε λίθος.. ἄφθονος, ἐξ οὗ .. X.Vect.1.4.

III grave-stone (fem.), Call.Epigr.8.1.

IV at Athens, λίθος, ὁ, was a name for various blocks of stone used for rostra or platforms, as,

1 the βῆμα (q.v.) of the Pnyx, Ar.Ach. 683, Pax 680, Ec.87.

2 another in the ἀγορά used by the κήρυκες, Plu.Sol.8; prob. the same as ὁ πρατὴρ λ., on which the auctioneer stood when selling slaves, etc., Poll.3.78, cf. 126.

3 an altar in the ἀγορά, at which the Thesmothetae, arbitrators, and witnesses took their oaths, Philoch.65, D.54.26 (restored from Harp. s.v. λίθος), Arist.Ath.7.1, 55.5, Plu.Sol.25; cf. λιθωμότης.

4 two stones on which litigants stood in the Areopagus, Paus.1.28.5.

V piece on a draughtboard, Alc.82, Theoc. 6.18, cf. γραμμή 111.1
: hence pron., πάντα λίθον κινεῖν Zen.5.63
(who explains it differently).

VI Medic., stone in the bladder, calculus, Arist.HA 519b19, Hp.Morb.4.55, al.

VII Δία λίθον ὀμνύναι, = Lat. Jovem lapidem jurare, Plb.3.25.6.

VIII λίθοι χαλάζης hail- stones, LXX Jo.10.11.

IX λ. ὁ οὐ λ. the philosophers' stone, Zos. Alch.p.122 B.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > λίθος
3 medida

f.

1 measurement.

¿qué medidas tiene el contenedor? what are the measurements of the container?

a (la) medida custom-built; (mueble) made-to-measure (ropa)

medidas measurements (del cuerpo)

tomar las medidas a alguien to take somebody's measurements

medida de capacidad measure (liquid or dry)

2 measure, step.

adoptar o tomar medidas to take measures o steps

medida preventiva preventive measure

medidas de seguridad safety measures

3 moderation.

sin medida without moderation

4 extent, degree (grado).

¿en qué medida nos afecta? to what extent does it affect us?

en cierta/gran medida to some/a large extent

en mayor/menor medida to a greater/lesser extent

en la medida de lo posible as far as possible

5 course of action.

6 quantity, amount.

7 scoop, scoopful.

past part.

past participle of spanish verb: medir.

* * *

medida

► nombre femenino

1 (acción) measuring; (dato, número) measurement

■ ¿qué medidas tienes? what are your measurements?

2 (disposición) measure

■ habrá que tomar medidas cuanto antes measures will have to be taken as soon as possible

3 (grado) extent

■ en cierta medida to a certain extent

■ en mayor medida to a greater extent

4 (prudencia) moderation

5 LITERATURA measure, metre

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a (la) medida (traje) made-to-measure

a medida que as

en la medida de lo posible as far as possible

tomar/adoptar medidas to take steps, take measures

tomarle las medidas a alguien to take somebody's measurements

medida de capacidad measure of capacity

medida de longitud measure of length

medida de seguridad security measure

medida de volumen measure of volume

* * *

noun f.

1) measure, measurement

2) step

3) extent

* * *

SF

1) (=unidad de medida) measure

una medida de harina y dos de azúcar — one measure of flour and two of sugar

puedes usar un vaso como medida — you can use a glass as a measure

la libra es una medida de peso — the pound is a measure of weight

- esto colma la medida

medida agraria — land measure

medida de capacidad — cubic measure

medida de superficie — square measure

medida de volumen — cubic measure

medida para áridos — dry measure

medida para líquidos — liquid measure

2) (=medición) measuring, measurement

la medida del tiempo se realizará con unos cronómetros especiales — time will be measured using some special chronometers

3) pl medidas (=dimensiones) measurements

¿qué medidas tiene la mesa? — what are the measurements of the table?

¿cuáles son tus medidas? — what are your measurements?

• tomar las medidas a algn/algo — (lit) to measure sb/sth, take sb's/sth's measurements; (fig) to size sb/sth up *

tómale bien las medidas antes de proponerle nada — make sure you've got him well sized up before you propose anything

4) (=proporción)

no sé en qué medida nos afectará la nueva ley — I don't know to what extent the new law will affect us

• en cierta medida — to a certain extent

• en gran medida — to a great extent

• en menor medida — to a lesser extent

• en la medida de lo posible — as far as possible, insofar as it is possible

• a medida que — as

a medida que vaya bajando el nivel — as the level goes down

a medida que van pasando los días — as the days go by

en la medida en que — + indic in that; + subjun if

el relato era bueno en la medida en que reflejaba el ambiente de la época — the story was good in that it reflected the atmosphere of the time

solo cambiarán el tratamiento en la medida en que los resultados sean negativos — the treatment will only be altered if the results are negative

5) (Cos)

• a (la) medida — [ropa, zapatos] made to measure; [trabajo, vacaciones] tailor-made

un traje (hecho) a la medida — a made-to-measure suit

no tenemos un sombrero a su medida — we don't have a hat in your size o to fit you

un papel hecho a su medida — a tailor-made role

le respondió a la medida de las circunstancias — she replied as the circumstances required

lo hice a la medida de tus deseos — I did it according to your wishes

un hotel a la medida de tus necesidades — a hotel that suits all your needs

• de o sobre medida — Chile [ropa, zapatos] made-to-measure

• venir a (la) medida — (lit) to be the right size; (fig) to be tailor-made

este pantalón me viene a medida — these trousers are just the right size

este trabajo me viene a la medida — this job is tailor-made for me

6) LAm (=talla) size

¿cuál es su medida? — what size do you take?

¿qué medida de cuello tiene usted? — what collar size are you?, what is your collar measurement?

• ropa a sobre medida — Méx outsize clothing

7) (=disposición) measure

medidas destinadas a reducir el desempleo — measures aimed at reducing unemployment

• adoptar o tomar medidas — to take measures, take steps

una de las medidas urgentes adoptadas — one of the emergency measures o steps taken

medida cautelar, medida de precaución — precautionary measure

medida de presión — form of pressure

medida preventiva — preventive measure

medida represiva — form of repression

medidas de seguridad — [contra ataques, robos] security measures; [contra incendios] safety measures

medidas represivas — repressive measures
paquete 1., 3)
8) (=moderación)

• con medida — in moderation

• sin medida — to excess

bebía sin medida — he drank to excess

gastos sin medida — excessive spending

9) [de versos] (=medición) measuring, scansion; (=longitud) measure

* * *

femenino

1) (Mat) ( dimensión) measurement

tomarle las medidas a alguien — to take somebody's measurements

tomar las medidas de algo — to measure something

¿qué medidas tiene el cuarto? — what are the dimensions of the room?

2) (en locs)

a (la) medida — <traje/zapato> custom-made (AmE), made-to-measure (BrE)

servicios diseñados a la medida — tailor-made services

a medida que — as

a medida que vaya pasando el tiempo — as time goes on

a medida que fue creciendo — as he grew up

3) ( objeto) measure; ( contenido) measure

un vaso de leche por cada medida de cacao — one glass of milk per measure of cocoa

colmar la medida: eso colmó la medida — that was the last straw

4) (grado, proporción)

en gran/cierta/menos medida — to a large/certain/lesser extent

en la medida de lo posible — as far as possible

irá en la medida en que le sea posible — he'll go if it's at all possible

5) ( moderación)

come con medida — he eats moderately

gastan dinero sin medida — they spend money like water

6) (Lit) measure

7) ( disposición) measure

tomar medidas — to take steps o measures

fue una medida demasiado drástica — it was too drastic a step

la huelga y otras medidas de presión — the strike and other forms of pressure

* * *

femenino

1) (Mat) ( dimensión) measurement

tomarle las medidas a alguien — to take somebody's measurements

tomar las medidas de algo — to measure something

¿qué medidas tiene el cuarto? — what are the dimensions of the room?

2) (en locs)

a (la) medida — <traje/zapato> custom-made (AmE), made-to-measure (BrE)

servicios diseñados a la medida — tailor-made services

a medida que — as

a medida que vaya pasando el tiempo — as time goes on

a medida que fue creciendo — as he grew up

3) ( objeto) measure; ( contenido) measure

un vaso de leche por cada medida de cacao — one glass of milk per measure of cocoa

colmar la medida: eso colmó la medida — that was the last straw

4) (grado, proporción)

en gran/cierta/menos medida — to a large/certain/lesser extent

en la medida de lo posible — as far as possible

irá en la medida en que le sea posible — he'll go if it's at all possible

5) ( moderación)

come con medida — he eats moderately

gastan dinero sin medida — they spend money like water

6) (Lit) measure

7) ( disposición) measure

tomar medidas — to take steps o measures

fue una medida demasiado drástica — it was too drastic a step

la huelga y otras medidas de presión — the strike and other forms of pressure

* * *

medida¹

¹ = measure, scale, metric.

Nota: Frecuentemente usado en el plural.

Ex: One measure of a library's market is the number of reference questions dealt with at the reference desk or through electronic reference.

Ex: The apparent size of the face is measured directly with a finely graduated scale and a magnifying glass.

Ex: The author outlines quantitative metrics that measure information technology productivity from the perspective of the overall rate of return to the organization.

* a medida = custom, bespoke.

* conseguir en gran medida + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.

* considerar en su justa medida = see + in proportion.

* contribuir en gran medida a + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio, go far in + Gerundio, go far towards + Gerundio.

* en cierta medida = to some extent, to a certain extent, to some degree.

* en diferente medida = differing, in varying measures.

* en distinta medida = differing, in varying measures.

* en gran medida = by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a great extent, to a large degree, to a great degree.

* en igual medida = similarly.

* en la medida de lo posible = so far as possible.

* en la medida en que = in that, so long as, to the extent that, insofar as [in so far as], to the degree that.

* en mayor medida = to a greater extent, to a greater degree, a fortiori, to a larger degree, to a larger extent.

* en mayor o menor medida = to a greater or lesser extent.

* hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.

* hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.

* hacerse a medida de una aplicación práctica concreta = tailor to + application.

* hecho a medida = customised [customized, -USA], purpose-designed, tailored, tailor-made [tailormade], custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored], bespoke, made to measure, fitted, made-to-order.

* influir en gran medida = become + a force.

* la medida en que = the extent to which.

* ley de pesos y medidas = weights and measures act.

* medida cuantitativa = quantitative measure.

* medida de productividad = output measure.

* medida de rendimiento = performance measure, output measure.

* medidas y colindancias = metes and bounds.

* sistema anglosajón de medidas = imperial measures.

* tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.

medida²

² = arrangement, countermeasure [counter measure], measure.

Ex: This arrangement is faster than waiting until documents are ordered.

Ex: This article reviews the extent of book theft in libraries and discusses some effective countermeasures that may help reduce the problem.

Ex: If we as a society hope to deal with a very real and important issue, the implementation of this popular measure is a good place to start.

* como medida de seguridad = as a backup.

* como medida provisional = as an interim measure.

* como medida temporal = as an interim measure.

* como medida transitoria = as an interim measure.

* medida de austeridad = austerity measure.

* medida de contrapeso = counterbalance.

* medida de control = control measure.

* medida de emergencia = emergency measure.

* medida defensiva = line of defence.

* medida de fuerza = crackdown.

* medida de precaución = security precaution, precautionary measure.

* medida de protección = safeguard.

* medida de ralentización del tráfico = traffic calming measure.

* medida de seguridad = safety standard, security measure, safety regulation, safety precaution.

* medida de seguridad e higiene en el trabajo = health and safety standard.

* medida disciplinaria = disciplinary measure.

* medida draconiana = draconian measure.

* medida económica = economic measure.

* medida enérgica = crackdown.

* medida estructural = structural measure.

* medida extrema = dire measure.

* medida paliativa = palliative measure.

* medida preventiva = preventative measure, precautionary measure, preventive measure, preemptive measure, safeguard.

* medida provisional = stop gap measure, stopgap [stop-gap], stopgap measure, stopgap measure.

* medidas = action.

* medidas correctivas = corrective action, remedial action.

* medidas de prevención = prevention efforts, prevention measures.

* medidas disciplinarias = disciplining.

* medidas drásticas = clampdown (on).

* medidas preventivas = preventive care, ounce of prevention, preventative care.

* para tomar medidas = for action.

* primera medida = initial step.

* proponer medidas = propose + measures.

* toma de medidas = action.

* tomar medida = take + action step.

* tomar medidas = follow + steps, take + precaution, take + steps, take + measures, produce + contingency plan, make + contingency plan, apply + measures, undertake + action.

* tomar medidas (contra) = take + action (against).

* tomar medidas correctivas = pose + corrective action, take + corrective action, take + remedial action.

* tomar medidas demasiado drásticas = throw + the baby out with the bath water.

* tomar medidas de seguridad = take + safety precautions.

* tomar medidas de seguridad más estrictas = tighten + security.

* tomar medidas drásticas contra = clamp down on.

* tomar medidas enérgicas contra = crack down on.

* tomar medidas preventivas = take + preventive measures.

medida³

* a medida que = as.

* a medida que + avanzar + el año = as the year + wear on.

* a medida que + avanzar + el día = as the day + wear on.

* a medida que pasaba el tiempo = as time passed (by), as time went by.

* a medida que pasa el tiempo = as time goes by, as time passes (by).

* a medida que pasa + Expresión Temporal = as + Expresión Temporal + go by.

* a medida que + pasar + el año = as the year + wear on.

* a medida que + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.

* a medida que se necesite = on demand, on request, as required.

* a medida que + transcurrir + el año = as the year + wear on.

* a medida que + transcurrir + el día = as the day + wear on.

* * *

medida

feminine

A ( Mat) (dimensión) measurement

anota las medidas de la lavadora make a note of the measurements of the washing machine

¿qué medidas tiene el cuarto? what are the dimensions of the room?

¿cuáles son las medidas reglamentarias de una piscina olímpica? what's the regulation size of an olympic pool?

la modista me tomó las medidas the dressmaker took my measurements

tomar las medidas de algo to measure something

Compuesto:

medida de superficie

surface measurement

B ( en locs):

a (la) medida: un traje (hecho) a medida a custom-made suit ( AmE), a made-to-measure suit ( BrE)

usa zapatos a medida he wears made-to-measure shoes

servicios diseñados a la medida custom-designed services

a la medida de algo: fabricamos muebles a la medida de su exigencia we manufacture furniture to meet all your requirements

éste es un proyecto a la medida de su ambición this is a project in keeping with o which matches his ambitions

necesita una actividad a la medida de su talento he needs a job which will suit o which is commensurate with his abilities

a medida que as

a medida que va pasando el tiempo uno se va adaptando as time goes on, one (gradually) adapts

a medida que se acercaba la fecha se ponía más y más nervioso as the date drew closer he got more and more nervous

a medida que la fue conociendo se fue desengañando the more he got to know her o the better he got to know her o as he got to know her the more disillusioned he became

C

1 (objeto) measure

2 (contenido) measure

un vaso de leche por cada medida de cacao one glass of milk per measure of cocoa

llenar or colmar la medida: eso colmó la medida, ya no estaba dispuesto a aguantar más that was the last straw, I wasn't going to take any more

Compuestos:

● medida de capacidad

cubic measure

● medida (de capacidad) para áridos/líquidos

dry/liquid measure

D

(grado, proporción): en buena or gran medida to a great o large extent

en cierta/menor medida to a certain/lesser extent

intentaremos, en la medida de lo posible, satisfacer a todo el mundo insofar as it is possible o as far as possible we will try to satisfy everyone

intentará hacer algo por ti en la medida en que le sea posible she'll try and do whatever she can for you

E

(moderación): come con medida he eats moderately

gastan dinero sin medida they spend money like water, they're very extravagant (with money)

F ( Lit) measure

G (disposición) measure

la huelga y otras medidas de presión the strike and other forms of pressure

expulsarlo me parece una medida demasiado drástica I think expelling him is too drastic a step o is a rather drastic measure

tomar medidas to take steps o measures

me veré en la obligación de tomar medidas más estrictas I will be obliged to adopt more severe measures

tomaré todas las medidas necesarias para que no vuelva a suceder I will take all the necessary steps to see that this does not happen again

es conveniente tomar estas pastillas como medida preventiva it's advisable to take these pills as a preventive measure

Compuestos:

● medida cautelar

preventative o precautionary measure

● medidas de seguridad

security measures

● medidas prontas de seguridad

(en Ur) emergency security measures

* * *

medida sustantivo femenino
1 (Mat) ( dimensión) measurement;
◊ tomarle las medidas a algn to take sb's measurements;

tomar las medidas de algo to measure something
2 ( en locs)
◊ a (la) medida ‹traje/zapato› custom-made (AmE), made-to-measure (BrE);

a medida que as;
a medida que fue creciendo as he grew up
3 ( utensilio) measure;
( contenido) measure
4 (grado, proporción):
◊ en gran/cierta medida to a large/certain extent;

en la medida de lo posible as far as possible
5 ( disposición) measure;
◊ tomar medidas to take steps o measures

medida sustantivo femenino
1 (medición) measurement
(unidad) measure
una medida de peso, a measure of weight
la medida del tiempo, the measurement of time
2 (grado, intensidad) extent: no sé en qué medida nos afectará, I don't know to what extent it will affect us
3 Pol measure
una medida injusta, a unfair measure
' medida' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abusiva
- abusivo
- acre
- afectar
- área
- arroba
- braza
- carácter
- concertar
- conforme
- conveniente
- corpulencia
- desatar
- desesperación
- efectividad
- eficacia
- eficaz
- encaminada
- encaminado
- gratuita
- gratuito
- impracticable
- incidencia
- justa
- justo
- Libra
- malestar
- metro
- onza
- patrón
- patrona
- perjudicar
- pertinencia
- pie
- pinta
- polemizar
- providencia
- punto
- quintal
- repercusión
- resistencia
- saludar
- según
- sentida
- sentido
- solidaria
- solidario
- superflua
- superfluo
English:
acre
- check off
- custom
- depth
- dessertspoon
- dishonest
- extent
- far
- fitted
- foot
- gauge
- give
- importantly
- ineffective
- insofar
- lesser
- linear measure
- lorry
- made-to-measure
- measure
- measurement
- pint
- push through
- quart
- severe
- severity
- step
- stone
- strike off
- tailor-made
- temporary
- ton
- unit
- waist
- way
- yard
- as
- fitting
- gill
- insofar as
- made
- move
- tailor
- walk

* * *

medida nf

1. [dimensión, medición] measurement;

¿qué medidas tiene el contenedor? what are the measurements of the container?;

unidades de medida units of measurement;

a (la) medida [mueble] custom-built;
[ropa, calzado] made-to-measure;
es una casa/un trabajo a tu medida it's the ideal house/job for you, it's as if the house/job were made for you;

a (la) medida de mi deseo just as I would have wanted it;

medidas [del cuerpo] measurements;

tomar las medidas a alguien to take sb's measurements;

tomar las medidas de algo to measure sth;
Fig
le tengo tomada la medida al jefe I know what the boss is like;
Fig
ya le voy tomando la medida al nuevo trabajo I'm getting the hang of the new job

Comp
medida de capacidad measure [liquid or dry]
2. [cantidad específica] measure;

el daiquiri lleva una medida de limón por cada tres de ron a daiquiri is made with one part lemon to three parts rum

3. [disposición] measure, step;

adoptar o [m5] tomar medidas to take measures o steps;

yo ya he tomado mis medidas I'm prepared, I've made my preparations;

tomar medidas disciplinarias (contra) to take disciplinary action (against);

ejercer medidas de presión contra alguien to lobby sb;

tomar medidas represivas (contra) to clamp down (on)

Comp
medidas de choque emergency measures;
medidas de seguridad [contra accidentes] safety precautions;
[contra delincuencia] security measures
4. [moderación] moderation;

con/sin medida in/without moderation

5. [grado] extent;

¿en qué medida nos afecta? to what extent does it affect us?;

en cierta/gran medida to some/a large extent;

en mayor/menor medida to a greater/lesser extent;

en la medida de lo posible as far as possible;

a medida que iban entrando as they were coming in;
Formal
en la medida en que insofar as

6. Lit [de verso] measure

* * *

medida

f

1 ( unidad) measure; acto measurement;

hecho a medida made to measure;

está hecho a medida de mis necesidades it’s tailor-made for me;

tomar las medidas a alguien take s.o.’s measurements;

tomar medidas fig take measures o

steps

2 ( grado) extent;

en mayor medida to a greater extent

3

:

a medida que as

* * *

medida nf

1) : measurement, measure

hecho a medida: custom-made

2) : measure, step

tomar medidas: to take steps

3) : moderation, prudence

sin medida: immoderately

4) : extent, degree

en gran medida: to a great extent

* * *

medida n

1. (extensión) measurement

te vamos a tomar las medidas we're going to take your measurements / we're going to measure you

¿qué medidas tiene la mesa? how big is the table?

2. (unidad, acción) measure

medidas para prevenir incendios fire prevention measures

Spanish-English dictionary > medida
4 ἐργάτης

ἐργᾰτ-ης, ου, ὁ,

A workman, Hermes 17.5 ([place name] Delos), Ev.Matt.10.10, etc. ; esp. one who works the soil, husbandman, γῆς ἐ. Hdt.4.109
,5.6 ; οἱ ἐ. οἱ περὶ γεωργίαν D.35.32
: abs., S.OT 859, E.El.75, etc.: also with Subst., ἐ. ἀνήρ Theoc.10.9
, D. 59.50 ; οὑργάτης λεώς the country-folk, Ar. Pax 632 ; of animals, βοῦς ἐ. a working ox, Archil.39, S.Fr. 563 ; ἐ. σφῆκες Arist.HA 627b32
; also ἐ. θαλάττης, of a fisher, Alciphr.1.11 ; ἐ. λίθων a stone-mason, Luc.Somn.2.

b in the religious sense, 2 Ep.Ti.2.15, 2 Ep.Cor.11.13 (pl.).

2 Adj.hard-working, strenuous, ἐ. στρατηγός X.Cyr.1.6.18
; σώφρων κἀ. Ar.Ach. 611
; opp.ἀργός, Pl.Euthd. 281c ; φειδωλὸς καὶ ἐ. Id.R. 554a
.

II one who practises an art, τῶν ἐν πολέμῳ X.Cyr.4.1.4
; ἐ. δίκης, of a judge, Lyc.128: abs., practitioner in some special branch of surgery, e.g. lithotomy, ἐ. ἄνδρες Hp.Jusj.

III doer, ἄσημος οὑργ. τις ἤν S.Ant. 252
; τῶν καλῶν X.Mem.2.1.27
; ἀνομίας LXX 1 Ma.3.6
; τῆς ἀδικίας Ev.Luc. 13.27
.

IV producer, τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ γινομένων Heraclit.75
; [Αἰὼν] θείας φύσεως ἐ. SIG1125.12
([place name] Eleusis).

V a sort of capstan or windlass, Bito 58.12, Vitr.10.2.7,al., Orib.49.4.1.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐργάτης
5 hacer

v.

1 to do (realizar) (estudios, experimento, favor).

¿qué haces? what are you doing?

tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do

estoy haciendo segundo I'm in my second year

¿qué habré hecho con las llaves? what have I done with the keys?

la carretera hace una curva there's a bend in the road

Ella hace la tarea She does her work.

2 to make.

hacer un vestido/planes to make a dress/plans

hacer un poema/una sinfonía to write a poem/a symphony

hacer una fiesta to have a party

para hacer la carne… to cook the meat…

Ricardo hizo una casita Richard made a little house.

Le hago estudiar I make him study.

Nos hizo un problema He made us a problem (he made a problem for us)

3 to make (obtener) (fotocopia).

4 to do (arreglar) (casa, colada).

5 to build (to build).

han hecho un edificio nuevo they've put up a new building

6 to make (movimientos, sonidos, gestos).

le hice señas I signaled to her

hacer ruido to make a noise

el gato hace "miau" cats go "meow"

7 to do (practicar) (en general).

debes hacer deporte you should start doing some sport

8 to cause to look or seem (dar aspecto a).

este espejo te hace gordo that mirror makes you look o seem fat

9 to play (Cine & Teatro) (papel).

hace el papel de la hija del rey she plays (the part of) the king's daughter

10 to think, to reckon.

a estas horas yo te hacía en París I thought o reckoned you'd be in Paris by now

11 to be done to.

Se me hizo una injusticia An injustice was done to me.

12 to place.

Haré una llamada a mi hermana I will place a call to my sister.

13 to be made to.

Se nos hizo pagar una gran suma We were made to pay a large amount.

14 to be made for.

Se me hizo una camisa A shirt was made for me.

15 to travel, to make.

Hicimos dos kilómetros We traveled two kilometers.

* * *

HACER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

hago, haces, hace, hacemos, hacéis, hacen.

Past Indicative

hice, hiciste, hizo, hicimos, hicisteis, hicieron.

Future Indicative

haré, harás, hará, haremos, haréis, harán.

Conditional

haría, harías, haría, haríamos, haríais, harían.

Present Subjunctive

haga, hagas, haga, hagamos, hagáis, hagan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

hiciera, hicieras, hiciera, hiciéramos, hicierais, hicieran;

hiciese, hicieses, hiciese, hiciésemos, hicieseis, hiciesen.

Future Subjunctive

hiciere, hicieres, hiciere, hiciéremos, hiciereis, hicieren.

Imperative

haz (tú), haga (él/Vd.), hagamos (nos.), haced (vos.), hagan (ellos/Vds.).

Past Participle

hecho,-a.

* * *

verb

1) to make

2) do

3) be

•

- hace dos años
- hacer falta
- hacerse
* * *
Para las expresiones hacer añicos, hacer gracia, hacerse ilusiones, hacer pedazos, hacerse de rogar, hacer el tonto, hacer las veces de ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) [indicando actividad en general] to do

¿qué haces? — what are you doing?

¿qué haces ahí? — what are you doing there?

no sé qué hacer — I don't know what to do

hace y deshace las cosas a su antojo — she does as she pleases

¡eso no se hace! — that's not done!

no hizo nada por ayudarnos — she didn't do anything to help us

haz todo lo posible por llegar a tiempo — do everything possible to arrive on time

• hacer el [amor] — to make love

• hacer la [guerra] — to wage war

- ¡qué le vamos a hacer!

hacer algo por hacer —

no tiene sentido hacer las cosas por hacerlas — there's no point doing things just for the sake of it

- ¡la hemos hecho buena!

- ya ha hecho otra de las suyas

2) [en lugar de otro verbo] to do

él protestó y yo hice lo mismo — he protested and I did the same

no viene tanto como lo solía hacer — he doesn't come as much as he used to

3) (=crear) [+ coche, escultura, juguete, ropa, pastel] to make; [+ casa] to build; [+ dibujo] to do; [+ novela, sinfonía] to write

hacer dinero — to make money

• le cuesta trabajo hacer [amigos] — he finds it hard to make friends

4) (=realizar) [+ apuesta, discurso, objeción] to make; [+ deporte, deberes] to do; [+ caca, pipí] to do; [+ nudo] to tie; [+ pregunta] to ask; [+ visita] to pay; [+ milagros] to do, work

el gato hizo miau — the cat went miaow, the cat miaowed

el árbol no hace mucha sombra — the tree isn't very shady, the tree doesn't provide a lot of shade

¿me puedes hacer el nudo de la corbata? — could you knot my tie for me?

• hacer un [favor] a algn — to do sb a favour

• hacer un [gesto] — [con la cara] to make {o} pull a face; [con la mano] to make a sign

• hacer un [recado] — to do {o} run an errand

• hacer [ruido] — to make a noise

• hacer [sitio] — to make room

• hacer [tiempo] — to kill time

5) (=preparar) [+ cama, comida] to make

hacer el pelo/las uñas a algn — to do sb's hair/nails

hacer la barba a algn — to trim sb's beard

• hacer las [maletas] — to pack one's bags

6) (=dedicarse a)

¿qué hace tu padre? — what does your father do?

está haciendo turismo en África — he's gone touring in Africa

• hacer [cine] — to make films

• hacer [teatro] — to act

7) (=actuar)

hacer un papel — to play a role {o} part

hacer el papel de malo — to play the (part of the) villain

8) (=sumar) to make

6 y 3 hacen 9 — 6 and 3 make 9

este hace 100 — this one makes 100

y cincuenta céntimos, hacen diez euros — and fifty cents change, which makes ten euros

este hace el corredor número 100 en atravesar la meta — he's the 100th runner to cross the finishing line

9) (=cumplir)

voy a hacer 30 años la próxima semana — I'm going to be 30 next week, it's my 30th birthday next week

10) (=obligar) + infin to make

les hice venir — I made them come

siempre consigue hacerme reír — she always manages to make me laugh

le gustaba hacerme rabiar — he enjoyed making me mad

• hágale [entrar] — show him in, have him come in

• me lo hizo [saber] — he told me about it, he informed me of it

• hacer [que] + subjun —

yo haré que vengan — I'll make sure they come

11) (=mandar)
+ infin
hizo construirse un palacio — she had a palace built

hicieron pintar la fachada del colegio — they had the front of the school painted

12) (=transformar) + adj to make

esto lo hará más difícil — this will make it more difficult

hacer feliz a algn — to make sb happy

te hace más delgado — it makes you look slimmer

has hecho de mí un hombre muy feliz — you've made me a very happy man

13) (=pensar) to think

yo le hacía más viejo — I thought he was older, I had him down as being older

te hacíamos en el Perú — we thought you were in Peru

14) (=acostumbrar)

hacer el cuerpo al frío — to get one's body used to the cold

15) (=ejercitar)

hacer dedos — to do finger exercises

hacer piernas — to stretch one's legs

16)

• hacer a algn [con] (=proveer) —

me hizo con dinero — he provided me with money

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=comportarse)

haces bien en esperar — you're right to wait

haces mal no contestando a sus llamadas — it's wrong of you not to answer his calls

• hacer [como] que {o} como si — to make as if

hizo como que no se daba cuenta {o} como si no se diera cuenta — he made as if he hadn't noticed, he pretended not to have noticed

hizo como si me fuera a pegar — he made as if to strike me

2)

• [dar que] hacer — to cause trouble

dieron que hacer a la policía — they caused {o} gave the police quite a bit of trouble

3) (=importar)

no le hace — LAm it doesn't matter, never mind

- ¡no le hagas!

4) (=ser apropiado)

¿hace? — will it do?, is it all right?; (=¿de acuerdo?) is it a deal?

la llave hace a todas las puertas — the key fits all the doors

hace a todo — he's good for anything

5) (=apetecer)

¿te hace que vayamos a tomar unas copas? — how about going for a drink?, what do you say we go for a drink?

¿te hace un cigarrillo? — how about a cigarette?, do you fancy a cigarette?

6) [seguido de preposición]
hacer de (Teat) to play the part of
hacer de malo — to play the villain
hacer por (=intentar)
haz por verlo si puedes — try to get round to seeing him if you can

hacer por hacer algo — to try to do sth, make an effort to do sth

3. VERBO IMPERSONAL

1) [con expresiones de tiempo atmosférico] to be

hace calor/frío — it's hot/cold

hizo dos grados bajo cero — it was two degrees below zero

¿qué tiempo hace? — what's the weather like?

ojalá haga buen tiempo — I hope the weather's nice

2) [con expresiones temporales]

hace tres años que se fue — he left three years ago, it's three years since he left

hace tres años que no lo veo — I haven't seen him for three years, it's three years since I (last) saw him

ha estado aquí hasta hace poco — he was here only a short while ago

no hace mucho — not long ago

hace un mes que voy — I've been going for a month

¿hace mucho que esperas? — have you been waiting long?

hace de esto varios años — it is some years since this happened

• [desde] hace cuatro años — for four years

está perdido desde hace 15 días — it's been missing for a fortnight

3) LAm (=haber, tener)

hace sed — I'm thirsty

hace sueño — I'm sleepy

4.

See:

hacerse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( crear) <mueble/vestido> to make; <casa/carretera> to build; < nido> to build, make; < coche> to make, manufacture; < túnel> to make, dig; <dibujo/plano> to do, draw; < lista> to make, draw up; < resumen> to do, make; < película> to make; <nudo/lazo> to tie; <pan/pastel> to make, bake; <vino/café/tortilla> to make; < cerveza> to make, brew

me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa — he made room o a place for me at the table

hacen buena pareja — they make a lovely couple

2)

a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) < sacrificio> to make; < milagro> to work, perform; <deberes/ejercicios/limpieza> to do; < mandado> to run; <transacción/investigación> to carry out; < experimento> to do, perform; < entrevista> to conduct; <gira/viaje> to do

me hicieron una visita — they paid me a visit

me hizo un regalo — she gave me a gift

¿me haces un favor? — will you do me a favor?

hicimos un trato — we did o made a deal

aún queda mucho por hacer — there is still a lot (left) to do

dar que hacer — to make a lot of work

b) <cheque/factura> to make out, write out

3) (formular, expresar) <declaración/promesa/oferta> to make; <proyecto/plan> to make, draw up; <crítica/comentario> to make, voice; < pregunta> to ask

nadie hizo ninguna objeción — nobody raised any objections

nos hizo un relato de sus aventuras — he related his adventures to us

4) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas)

hacer caca — (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq)

hacer pis or pipí — (fam) to have a pee (colloq)

hacer sus necesidades — (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

5) ( adquirir) <dinero/fortuna> to make; < amigo> to make

6) (preparar, arreglar) < cama> to make; < maleta> to pack

hice el pescado al horno — I did o cooked the fish in the oven

tengo que hacer la comida — I must make lunch; ver tb comida 2) b)

7)

a) (producir, causar) < ruido> to make

este jabón no hace espuma — this soap doesn't lather

esos chistes no me hacen gracia — I don't find those jokes funny

estos zapatos me hacen daño — these shoes hurt my feet

b) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go

las vacas hacen `mu' — cows go `moo'

8) ( recorrer) <trayecto/distancia> to do, cover

9) (en cálculos, enumeraciones)

son 180... y 320 hacen 500 — that's 180... and 320 is o makes 500

el visitante que hacía el número mil — the thousandth visitor

Sentido II

10)

a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to do

no hace más que quejarse — she does nothing but complain

no hice más que cumplir con mi deber — I only did my duty

le gustaría hacer teatro — she would like to work in the theater

hacen una obra de Ibsen — they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

deberías hacer ejercicio — you should do o get some exercise

¿hace algún deporte? — do you play o do any sports?

b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do

c) ( estudiar) to do

hace Derecho — she's doing o studying o reading Law

hacer un curso de cocina — to do a cookery course

11)

a) (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do

niño, eso no se hace! — you mustn't do that!

qué se le va a hacer! or qué le vamos a hacer! — what can you o (frml) one do?

aquí se hace lo que digo yo — around here what I say goes

hacerla — (Méx) (fam) to make it (colloq)

hacerla (buena) — (fam)

ahora sí que la hice! — now I've (really) done it!

hacérsela buena a alguien — (Méx) to keep one's word o promise to somebody

soñé que te sacabas la lotería - házmela buena! — I dreamed you won the lottery - if only!

b) (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

no sé qué hice con los recibos — I don't know what I did with the receipts

y el libro ¿qué lo hice? — (CS, Méx fam) what did I do with the book?

c) ( causar daño)

hacerle algo a alguien — to do something to somebody

yo no le hice nada — I didn't do anything to her

el perro no te hace nada — the dog won't hurt you

12) (esp Esp) ( actuar como)

hacer el tonto — to act o play the fool

13) ( sustituyendo a otro verbo)

toca bien el piano - antes lo hacía mejor — she plays the piano well - she used to play better

voy a escribirle - deja, yo lo haré — I'm going to write to him - don't bother, I'll do it

14) (Méx, RPl fam) (afectar, importar)

¿qué le hace? — so what? what does it matter?

eso no le hace nada — that doesn't matter at all

Sentido III

15) (transformar en, volver) to make

te hará hombre, hijo mío — it will make a man of you, my son

la hizo su mujer — he made her his wife

hizo pedazos la carta — she tore the letter into tiny pieces

ella lo hizo posible — she made it possible

hacer algo de algo — to turn something into something

hacer algo de alguien — to make something of somebody

quiero hacer de ti un gran actor — I want to make a great actor of you

16) ( dar apariencia de)

ese vestido te hace más delgada — that dress makes you look thinner

17) (inducir a, ser causa de que)

hacer algo/a alguien + inf — to make something/somebody + inf

me hizo llorar — it made me cry

todo hace suponer que... — everything suggests that o leads one to think that...

hizo caer al niño — he knocked the child over

hágalo pasar — tell him to come in

hacer que algo/alguien + subj — to make something/somebody + inf

vas a hacer que pierda la paciencia! — you're going to make me lose my temper!

18) ( obligar a)

hacer + inf a alguien — to make somebody + inf

me hizo esperar tres horas — she kept me waiting for three hours

me hizo abrirla — he made me open it

hacer que alguien + subj — to make somebody + inf

hizo que todos se sentaran — he made everybody sit down

19)

hacer hacer algo — to have o get something done/made

hice acortar las cortinas — I had o got the curtains shortened

20) (suponer, imaginar)

te hacía en Buenos Aires — I thought you were in Buenos Aires

yo que lo hacía casado! — I had the idea that he was married!
2.
hacer vi

Sentido I

1)

a) (obrar, actuar)

déjame hacer a mí — just let me handle this o take care of this

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? — what do you have to do to get the scholarship?

¿cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo? — how do they manage to live on that salary?

hacerle a algo — (Chi, Méx fam)

le hace a todo — she does a bit of everything

yo no le hago a la pintura — I don't go in for painting

hacer y deshacer — to do as one pleases, do what one likes

b) (+ compl)

hiciste bien en decírmelo — you did o were right to tell me

haces mal en mentir — it's wrong of you to lie

2) ( refiriéndose a las necesidades fisiológicas)

mamá, ya hice! — (esp AmL) Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

hacer de cuerpo or de vientre — (frml) to have a bowel movement (frml)

3) (fingir, simular)

hizo como que no me había visto — he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

hice como que no oía — I pretended not to hear

haz como si no supieras nada — act as if o pretend you don't know anything about it

4) ( servir)

hacer de algo: esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning; la escuela hizo de hospital — the school served as o was used as a hospital

5) ( interpretar personaje)

hacer de algo/alguien — to play (the part of) something/somebody

hacía de `malo' — he played the bad guy

Sentido II

6) (+ compl) ( sentar) (+ me/te/le etc)

le va a hacer bien salir un poco — it'll do her good to get out a bit

la trucha me hizo mal — (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me

7) ( corresponder)

hacerle a algo — to fit something

esta tapa no le hace al frasco — this lid doesn't fit the jar

8)

no le hace — ( no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; ( no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse

¿no le hace que tire la ceniza aquí? — do you mind if I drop the ash here?

9) (en 3^a pers) (frml) (tocar, concernir)

por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud — as far as your application is concerned

10) (Esp fam) ( apetecer)

¿(te) hace una cerveza? — care for a beer?, do you fancy a beer? (BrE colloq)
3.
hacer v impers

1)

a) ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico)

hace frío/calor/sol/viento — it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

hace tres grados — it's three degrees

(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso — the weather was terrible

b) (fam & hum)

hace sed ¿verdad? — it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

parece que hace hambre — you/they seem to be hungry

2) ( expresando tiempo transcurrido)

hace dos años que murió — he's been dead for two years

¿cuánto hace que se fue? — how long ago did she leave?

hace poco/un año — a short time/a year ago

hace mucho que lo conozco — I've known him for a long time

no lo veo desde hace años — I haven't seen him for years

hacía años que no lo veía — I hadn't seen him for o in years

hasta hace poco — until recently
4.
1) hacerse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse)

hágase la luz — (Bib) let there be light; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hizo un nudo en el hilo — I got a knot in the thread

se le ha hecho una ampolla — she's got o she has a blister

hacérsele algo a alguien — (Méx)

por fin se le hizo ganar el premio — she finally got to win the award

3)

a) (refl) ( hacer para sí) <café/falda> to make oneself

se hace toda la ropa — she makes all her (own) clothes

se hicieron una casita — they built themselves a little house

b) (caus) ( hacer que otro haga)

se hicieron una casita — they had a little house built

se hizo la cirugía estética — she had plastic surgery

voy a hacerme las manos — I'm going to have a manicure

4) ( causarse)

me hice un tajo en el dedo — I cut my finger

¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? — what did you do to your arm?

¿te hiciste daño? — did you hurt yourself?

5) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas)

todavía se hace pis/caca — (fam) she still wets/messes herself

6) (refl) ( adquirir) to make

hacerse un nombre — to make a name for oneself

hacerse enemigos — to make enemies

Sentido II

7)

a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become

hacerse famoso/monja — to become famous/a nun

se están haciendo viejos — they are getting o growing old

b) (impers)

se hace de noche muy pronto — it gets dark very early

se está haciendo tarde — it's getting late; (+ me/te/le etc)

se nos hizo de noche esperándolo — it got dark while we were waiting for him

c) ( cocinarse) pescado/guiso to cook

d) (AmL) ( pasarle a)

¿qué se habrá hecho María? — what can have happened to María?

8) ( resultar)

esto se hace muy pesado — this gets very boring; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hizo interminable — it seemed interminable

se me hace difícil creerlo — I find it very hard to believe

9) ( dar impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hace que está ofendida — I get the feeling o impression that she's upset

se me hace que va a llover — I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

hacérsele a alguien — (Chi fam) to back out

10) (caus)

hacerse + inf: hazte respetar make people respect you; el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming; un chico que se hace querer a likable kid; se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built; hazte ver por un médico — (AmL) go and see a doctor

11) ( acostumbrarse)

hacerse a algo/+ inf — to get used to something/-ing

no consigo hacerme a la idea — I can't get used to the idea

12) ( fingirse)

no te hagas el inocente — don't act the innocent

me vio pero se hizo el loco — he saw me but pretended he hadn't

¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? — (fam) is this guy stupid or just a good actor? (colloq)

no te hagas el sordo — don't pretend o act as if you didn't hear me

yo me hice — (Méx fam) I pretend not to notice

13) ( moverse) (+ compl) to move

hacerse atrás/a un lado — to move back/to one side

14) hacerse con

el ejército se hizo con la ciudad — the army took the city

tengo que hacerme con esa carta — I must get hold of that letter

logró hacerse con el control de la compañía — he managed to gain control of the company

15) hacerse de (AmL)

se hicieron de gran fama — they became very famous

tengo que hacerme de dinero — I must get o lay my hands on some money

se hizo de muchos amigos — he made a lot of friends

* * *

= accomplish, design (for/to), be up to, cause, conduct, do, devise, produce, render, compose, make, get (a)round to, make out, get round to, brew.

Ex. If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.

Ex. In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.

Ex. When I saw what he was up to, I drew back for a punch and hit him so hard on the nose that he fell on his back and lay there for some time, so that his wife stood over him and cried out 'Mercy! You've done my husband in!'.

Ex. As usage of the language causes terms to become anachronistic, or as increases in our level of awareness reveal undesirable connotations, we seek to change subject heading terms.

Ex. Obviously, this tagging must be conducted manually.

Ex. In all these cases where scientists studied what crafstmen knew how to do the resulting benefits have accrued to science not to technology.

Ex. Special classification schemes are generally devised for an application in which no major general scheme is suitable.

Ex. The present OCLC system does not produce catalog cards in sets, but if it did it could produce over 6,000 different sets for one title.

Ex. So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.

Ex. There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.

Ex. This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..

Ex. The article is entitled 'A list of lists of Web sites to check out: getting organized and getting around to it are two different things'.

Ex. The cards for those headings should be removed from the index and new cards made out if necessary.

Ex. The government have been making noises about it for some time but haven't quite got round to it.

Ex. The goddess owned a potent magick cauldron in which she planned to brew a special liquid for her ugly son.

----

* acceder haciendo clic = click.

* acusación + hacer = accusation + level.

* aguja de hacer croché = crochet hook, crochet needle.

* aguja de hacer ganchillo = crochet hook, crochet needle.

* aguja de hacer punto = knitting needle.

* algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.

* Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.

* al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so, in doing so.

* a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.

* anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.

* aprender haciendo = learn by + doing.

* batir hasta hacer espuma = work up + a lather.

* ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.

* buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.

* contenedor para hacer compost = compost bin.

* continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.

* continuar haciendo algo = get on with + Nombre.

* cuando hace frío = in the cold.

* cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.

* decidir hacer = spring for.

* decidir qué hacer con = make + disposition of.

* de hace años = of years ago.

* de hace muchos años = long-standing.

* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.

* de hace siglos = of yore.

* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.

* dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.

* dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.

* desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.

* desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.

* desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).

* desde hace muchos años = for years.

* desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], long since, in ages (and ages and ages).

* desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.

* desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.

* desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.

* desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.

* desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.

* desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.

* desde hace ya años = for years now.

* difícil de hacer = hard to do.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.

* el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.

* encargado de hacer el presupuesto = budgetmaker.

* esfuerzo + hacer sudar = work up + a lather.

* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.

* esperado hace tiempo = overdue.

* esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.

* establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.

* estar haciendo = be up to.

* estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.

* estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good.

* estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.

* existir desde hace años = be around for years.

* frotar hasta hacer espuma = lather.

* hace algunos años = some years ago.

* hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago, sometime back.

* hace años = years ago.

* hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.

* hacer huir en batalla = route.

* hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks, yonks and yonks.

* hace miles de años = aeons ago.

* hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muchísimos años = a great many years ago.

* hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.

* hace muchos años = many years ago.

* hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.

* hace + Número + años = Número + years ago.

* hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.

* hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.

* hacer a Alguien precavido = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.

* hacer abono orgánico = compost.

* hacer acampada = camp.

* hacer accesible a través de = make + available through.

* hacer ademanes = flail about, gesticulate.

* hacer aflorar = bring to + the surface.

* hacer aflorar sentimientos de antagonismo = bring to + the surface + feelings of antagonism.

* hacer ágil = limber up.

* hacer agua = Negativo + hold + water.

* hacer agua(s) = spring + a leak.

* hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.

* hacer ajustes = make + adjustment.

* hacer alarde de = boast, flaunt, brag, show off.

* hacer alegaciones = plead.

* hacer Algo a hurtadillas = sneak.

* hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.

* hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.

* hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).

* hacer Algo con mucho esfuerzo = plod (along/through).

* hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.

* hacer Algo de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.

* hacer Algo en exceso = push + Nombre + too far.

* hacer algo funcionar = make + Nombre + tick.

* hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.

* hacer Algo para la galería = play to + the gallery.

* hacer algo poco a poco = eat away at.

* hacer algo por amor al arte = labour of love.

* hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.

* hacer Algo posible = make + provision for.

* hacer Algo puré = mash.

* hacer Algo rápidamente = put together.

* hacer Algo realidad = make + Nombre + come true.

* hacer Algo sin ser visto = sneak.

* hacer Algo sobre la marcha = play + Nombre + by ear.

* hacer Algo trocitos = tear + Nombre + to shreds, tear + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer algunos comentarios sobre lo que Alguien ha dicho = take + a few cracks at.

* hacer alusión a = make + allusion to, make + reference to.

* hacer a mano = handcraft.

* hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.

* hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.

* hacer amigos = win + friends.

* hacer amistad = make + friend.

* hacer amistad con = make + friends with, befriend.

* hacer amistades = friend.

* hacer ampollas = blister.

* hacer anotaciones = annotate, mark + Nombre + up.

* hacer añicos = shatter, blow + Nombre + to bits, smash + Nombre + to bits, tear + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer aparecer = cause + display of.

* hacer a partir de = make out of.

* hacer apología = make + apology.

* hacer arreglos florales = arrange + flowers.

* hacer artesanalmente = handcraft.

* hacer asequible = make + amenable.

* hacer atractivo = endear.

* hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.

* hacer autostop = thumb + a lift, hitch + a ride.

* hacer avances = make + headway.

* hacer avanzar = nudge + Nombre + forward, push + the frontiers of, nudge + Nombre + along, nudge + Nombre + into, push + the boundaries of.

* hacer avanzar el conocimiento = push back + the frontiers of knowledge.

* hacer avanzar hacia = nudge + Nombre + toward.

* hacer averiguaciones = make + enquiry.

* hacer bajar = force down.

* hacer balance de = take + stock of.

* hacer barrabasadas = play + pranks.

* hacer basto = coarsen.

* hacer bien = do + good.

* hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, cut + Posesivo + losses, turn over + a new leaf.

* hacer borroso = blur.

* hacer bromas = banter.

* hacer bucles = loop.

* hacer buenas migas = hit it off.

* hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.

* hacer bulla = kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.

* hacer bulto = bulge.

* hacer búsquedas en = search through.

* hacer caca = take + a dump.

* hacer caer = oust.

* hacer caja = tally up + sales, balance + the cash, reconcile (with), balance + the cash drawer.

* hacer caja con = cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.

* hacer callar = shush, hush, quieten.

* hacer cambiar = swing + Persona.

* hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.

* hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.

* hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).

* hacer campaña = campaign, stump, go out on + the road.

* hacer cara a = brave.

* hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).

* hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.

* hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.

* hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.

* hacer caso omiso de = be oblivious of/to.

* hacer chanchullos = fiddle.

* hacer chatting = chat.

* hacer circular = pass around.

* hacer circular por = circulate round.

* hacer cisco = tear + apart, wipe + the floor with.

* hacer coincidir (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer cola = queue up.

* hacer colectas = exact + contributions.

* hacer comentarios = air + comments.

* hacer como el avestruz = bury + Posesivo + head in the sand (like an ostrich), stick + Posesivo + head in the sand.

* hacer como si nada = play it + cool.

* hacer comparaciones = draw + comparisons, make + comparisons.

* hacer comparecer = arraign.

* hacer compatible (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer compost = compost.

* hacer compras = do + shopping.

* hacer comprender = bring + home.

* hacer con Alguien lo que Uno quiera = be like putty in + Posesivo + hands.

* hacer concesiones = make + allowances.

* hacer conjeturas = speculate.

* hacer constar = state.

* hacer contrabando = smuggle.

* hacer copias = make + multiple copies.

* hacer copias mediante multicopista por disolvente = spirit duplication.

* hacer correr la voz = spread + the word, spread + the good word, pass on + the good word, spread + the news.

* hacer cosas = get + things done.

* hacer cosquillas = tickle.

* hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.

* hacer crítica = find + fault with.

* hacer croché = crochet.

* hacer cuadrar (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer cuadrar las cuentas = reconcile + receipts.

* hacer cuadras las facturas = reconcile + receipts.

* hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.

* hacer cumplir = uphold.

* hacer cumplir la disciplina = enforce + discipline.

* hacer cumplir la legislación = enforce + legislation.

* hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.

* hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.

* hacer cumplir una política = uphold + policy.

* hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.

* hacer daño = do + harm, hurt.

* hacer dar vueltas = gyrate.

* hacer de = make out of.

* hacer de carabina = play + gooseberry.

* hacer declamaciones = declaim.

* hacer dedo = hitch + a ride, thumb + a lift.

* hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.

* hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.

* hacer de nuevo = redo [re-do], remake.

* hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.

* hacer derretir el hielo = de-ice [deice].

* hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.

* hacer desaparecer una división = blur + division.

* hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.

* hacer descuento = discount.

* hacer desfilar = parade.

* hacer detonar = detonate.

* hacer de tripas corazón = bite + the bullet.

* hacer diabluras = play + pranks.

* hacer diana = hit + home.

* hacer difícil = make + it + difficult, make + difficult.

* hacer dinero = make + money.

* hacer dudar = make + Nombre + doubt, misgive.

* hacer eco = echo, resonate.

* hacer eco de = echo.

* hacer efectivo = cash in.

* hacer efectivo en metálico = pay in + cash.

* hacer ejercicio físico = work out.

* hacer ejercicios de calentamiento = limber up.

* hacer el aire irrespirable = choke + the air.

* hacer el amor = make + love.

* hacer el avío = get + ready.

* hacer el balance de cuentas = balance + the cash, balance + the cash drawer.

* hacer el cambio = make + the change.

* hacer el chorra = pissing into the wind.

* hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.

* hacer el dobladillo = hem.

* hacer elección = make + choices.

* hacer el esfuerzo necesario = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight.

* hacer el indio = horse around/about.

* hacer el intento = have + a go, give + it a shot, give + Nombre + a try, have + a stab at, take + a stab at, make + a stab at, give + it a whirl, give + it a try.

* hacer el mal = do + evil.

* hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.

* hacer el monigote = fool around.

* hacer el paripé = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* hacer el pasillo = form + a guard of honour.

* hacer el pasillo de honor = form + a guard of honour.

* hacer el recorrido normal = make + the rounds.

* hacer el ridículo = make + a fool of + Reflexivo, make + an arse of + Reflexivo, make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* hacer el testamento = testate.

* hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.

* hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* hacer encaje = tat.

* hacer encaje de bolillos = do + the impossible, jump through + hoops, double over + backwards.

* hacer encaje de bolillos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer encargos = run + errands.

* hacer enemigos = make + enemies.

* hacer entender = get across.

* hacer erupción = erupt.

* hacer escala = stop over.

* hacer eses = zigzag.

* hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.

* hacer espuma = work up + a lather, froth.

* hacer esquina con = form + right angles with.

* hacer estallar = spark, ignite, touch off, blow up, let off.

* hacer estallar en añicos = blow + sky high.

* hacer estallar una bomba = bomb.

* hacer estallar un guerra = ignite + war.

* hacer esto = go along + this road.

* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.

* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess around.

* hacer esto y aquello sin prisas = pootle.

* hacer estragos = lay + waste to, create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc, take + Posesivo + toll (on).

* hacer estragos en = play + havoc with.

* hacer estrías = rifle.

* hacer exenciones = make + exemptions.

* hacer experimentos = institute + experiments.

* hacer explícito = make + explicit.

* hacer explotar = blow up.

* hacer extensivo + Posesivo + agradecimiento = extend + Posesivo + thanks.

* hacer factible = make + feasible.

* hacer falta = need, must, have to, it + take.

* hacer flexible = limber up.

* hacer fortuna = make + Posesivo + fortune, make + a fortune, strike + it rich, strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.

* hacer fotocopias = photoduplication [photo-duplication].

* hacer fotografía = make + picture.

* hacer fracasar = foil, derail.

* hacer frente = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage.

* hacer frente a = confront, deal with, face, face up to, meet, cope with, wrestle with, stand up to, brave, breast, address.

* hacer frente a deudas = meet + debts.

* hacer frente a gastos = meet + expenses.

* hacer frente a la delincuencia = tackle + crime.

* hacer frente a la inflación = combat + inflation.

* hacer frente a la realidad = confront + reality, face + (the) facts, face + (up to) the fact that, face + reality.

* hacer frente a la realidad (de que) = face + the truth (that).

* hacer frente a las diferencias = face + differences.

* hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.

* hacer frente a la vida = cope.

* hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.

* hacer frente al futuro = face up to + the future.

* hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.

* hacer frente a los elementos = brave + the elements.

* hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.

* hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times, cope with + difficult times.

* hacer frente a una amenaza = address + threat.

* hacer frente a una crisis = face + crisis, meet + crisis.

* hacer frente a una incertidumbre = meet + uncertainty.

* hacer frente a una necesidad = meet + need, serve + need.

* hacer frente a una responsabilidad = meet + responsibility, face up to + responsibility.

* hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.

* hacer frente a un gasto = meet + cost.

* hacer frente a un problema = attack + problem, combat + problem, wrestle with + problem.

* hacer frente a un reto = rise (up) to + challenge, confront + challenge, meet + challenge, embrace + challenge.

* hacer fresco = be cool.

* hacer funcionar = service, do + the trick.

* hacer gala de = sport.

* hacer gala del conocimiento que uno tiene = air + knowledge.

* hacer ganchillo = crochet.

* hacer garabatos = scribble, scrawl, doodle.

* hacer girar = twiddle, twirl.

* hacer gozar = delight.

* hacer gracia = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.

* hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.

* hacer guardar silencio = shush.

* hacer hasta la presente = do + all along.

* hacer hidrófugo = render + water-repellent.

* hacer hincapié = emphasise [emphasize, -USA].

* hacer hincapié en = put + a premium on.

* hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.

* hacer historia = make + history, history in the making, go down in + history.

* hacer honor al nombre de Uno = live up to + Posesivo + name.

* hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.

* hacer horas extras = work + overtime.

* hacer hueco = make + room (for).

* hacer huelga = strike.

* hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.

* hacer huir = drive away, chase + Nombre + off.

* hacer imaginar = conjure up + an image of, conjure up + a vision of.

* hacer impermeable = render + water-repellent.

* hacer inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.

* hacer incomprensible = render + incomprehensible, garble.

* hacer indescifrable = render + indecipherable, garble.

* hacer innecesario = obviate + the need for, make + redundant.

* hacer insinuaciones = make + innuendoes.

* hacer insinuaciones sobre = make + noises about, make + a noise about.

* hacer insoluble = render + insoluble.

* hacer inutilizable = render + useless.

* hacer juego con = go with.

* hacer juegos malabares = juggle.

* hacer juegos malabares para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer justicia = do + justice.

* hacer la cama = make + the bed.

* hacer la cuenta = tot up, tote up.

* hacer la guerra = make + war.

* hacer (la) mona = play + hooky, play + truant, skip + class.

* hacer la paz = make + (the) peace.

* hacer la pelota = butter + Nombre + up, toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* hacer la pelota a + Alguien = curry + favour with + Alguien.

* hacer la pelotilla = toady, butter + Nombre + up.

* hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.

* hacer largos = swim + laps.

* hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.

* hacer las maletas = pack up, pack + Posesivo + belongings, pack + Posesivo + things, pack + Posesivo + suitcases, pack + Posesivo + bags.

* hacer las paces = heal + the breach, heal + the rift, bury + the hatchet, make + (the) peace, smoke + the peace pipe, smoke + the pipe of peace, bury + the tomahawk, bury + the war axe.

* hacer la transición = make + the transition.

* hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.

* hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.

* hacerle a Alguien un lavado de cerebro = brainwash.

* hacerle las cosas fáciles a Alguien = play into + the hands of.

* hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.

* hacerle una paja a un muerto = flog + a dead horse, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.

* hacerle un bombo a Alguien = knock + Alguien + up.

* hacer llamada telefónica = make + telephone call.

* hacer llorar = reduce + Nombre + to tears.

* hacer llorar de emoción = move + Nombre + to tears.

* hacerlo = do so, go ahead.

* hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, get + it + right, be right on track.

* hacer lo correcto = do + the right thing.

* hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.

* hacerlo difícil de + Infinitivo = make + it + hard to + Infinitivo.

* hacer lo imposible = bend over backwards, do + the impossible, lean over + backwards, double over + backwards.

* hacer lo imposible para = jump through + hoops.

* hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.

* hacerlo mal = get + it + (all) wrong.

* hacer lo más acertado dadas las circunstancias = do + the best thing in the circumstances.

* hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.

* hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into, give of + Posesivo + best.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out.

* hacerlo por uno mismo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacer lo que a Uno le de la gana = get away with + murder.

* hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.

* hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.

* hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.

* hacer los deberes = do + homework.

* hacerlo sin la ayuda de nadie = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacerlo solo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.

* hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacer malabarismos = juggle.

* hacer malabarismos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer mandados = run + errands.

* hacer maravillas = work + wonders.

* hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.

* hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.

* hacer más eficiente = streamline.

* hacer más estricto = tighten.

* hacer más fuerte = toughen.

* hacer más inteligente = smarten.

* hacer más interesante = spice up, add + spice.

* hacer más preciso = tightening up.

* hacer más rico = add + richness to.

* hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.

* hacer más sabroso = pep up.

* hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.

* hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.

* hacer mejoras = make + improvements.

* hacer mella = take + Posesivo + toll (on), leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression, hit + home.

* hacer mella en = dent, make + a dent in, take + a bite out of.

* hacer mención de/a = make + mention of.

* hacer mezcla = mix + cement.

* hacer milagros = work + wonders, work + miracles.

* hacer mucha ilusión = be thrilled.

* hacer mucho = do + much.

* hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.

* hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.

* hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.

* hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.

* hacer necesario = render + necessary.

* hacer negocio = make + business.

* hacer negocios = do + business, transact.

* hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.

* hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.

* hacer notar = bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, mark, note, bring to + notice, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice.

* hacer notar la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt, make + Posesivo + presence known.

* hacer novillos = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.

* hacer nudos = knot.

* hacer objeciones contra = urge against.

* hacer observaciones = comment on/upon.

* hacer obsoleto = make + redundant.

* hacer oídos sordos = turn + a deaf ear to.

* hacer ordinario = coarsen.

* hacer pagar tributos = exact + tributes.

* hacer palmas = clap.

* hacer paradas = make + stops.

* hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.

* hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.

* hacer partícipe = engage.

* hacer pasajero = render + transitory.

* hacer patochadas = fool around.

* hacer payasadas = fool around.

* hacer pedazos = shatter, smash + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer peligrar = place + in jeopardy, imperil, endanger, pose + risk.

* hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.

* hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.

* hacer pequeños ajustes = tinker + around the edges, tinker with.

* hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.

* hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.

* hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.

* hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.

* hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.

* hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.

* hacer permanente = render + permanent.

* hacer ping = ping.

* hacer pipí = pee.

* hacer pis = piss, pee, take + a leak, have + a leak, widdle, piddle.

* hacer planes = plan, make + plans.

* hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....

* hacer poco = do + little.

* hacer popular = popularise [popularize, -USA].

* hacer por encargo = make to + order.

* hacer + Posesivo + agosto = make + a killing.

* hacer + Posesivo + necesidades = relieve + Reflexivo, go + potty.

* hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work, do + Posesivo + business.

* hacer posible = enable, provide for, make + possible, provide + a basis for, make + an opportunity.

* hacer posible el crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* hacer preguntas = ask + questions, interrogate, air + questions, make + enquiry.

* hacer preparativo = make + arrangements.

* hacer preso = imprison, jail [gaol, -UK].

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( crear) <mueble/vestido> to make; <casa/carretera> to build; < nido> to build, make; < coche> to make, manufacture; < túnel> to make, dig; <dibujo/plano> to do, draw; < lista> to make, draw up; < resumen> to do, make; < película> to make; <nudo/lazo> to tie; <pan/pastel> to make, bake; <vino/café/tortilla> to make; < cerveza> to make, brew

me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa — he made room o a place for me at the table

hacen buena pareja — they make a lovely couple

2)

a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) < sacrificio> to make; < milagro> to work, perform; <deberes/ejercicios/limpieza> to do; < mandado> to run; <transacción/investigación> to carry out; < experimento> to do, perform; < entrevista> to conduct; <gira/viaje> to do

me hicieron una visita — they paid me a visit

me hizo un regalo — she gave me a gift

¿me haces un favor? — will you do me a favor?

hicimos un trato — we did o made a deal

aún queda mucho por hacer — there is still a lot (left) to do

dar que hacer — to make a lot of work

b) <cheque/factura> to make out, write out

3) (formular, expresar) <declaración/promesa/oferta> to make; <proyecto/plan> to make, draw up; <crítica/comentario> to make, voice; < pregunta> to ask

nadie hizo ninguna objeción — nobody raised any objections

nos hizo un relato de sus aventuras — he related his adventures to us

4) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas)

hacer caca — (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq)

hacer pis or pipí — (fam) to have a pee (colloq)

hacer sus necesidades — (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

5) ( adquirir) <dinero/fortuna> to make; < amigo> to make

6) (preparar, arreglar) < cama> to make; < maleta> to pack

hice el pescado al horno — I did o cooked the fish in the oven

tengo que hacer la comida — I must make lunch; ver tb comida 2) b)

7)

a) (producir, causar) < ruido> to make

este jabón no hace espuma — this soap doesn't lather

esos chistes no me hacen gracia — I don't find those jokes funny

estos zapatos me hacen daño — these shoes hurt my feet

b) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go

las vacas hacen `mu' — cows go `moo'

8) ( recorrer) <trayecto/distancia> to do, cover

9) (en cálculos, enumeraciones)

son 180... y 320 hacen 500 — that's 180... and 320 is o makes 500

el visitante que hacía el número mil — the thousandth visitor

Sentido II

10)

a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to do

no hace más que quejarse — she does nothing but complain

no hice más que cumplir con mi deber — I only did my duty

le gustaría hacer teatro — she would like to work in the theater

hacen una obra de Ibsen — they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

deberías hacer ejercicio — you should do o get some exercise

¿hace algún deporte? — do you play o do any sports?

b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do

c) ( estudiar) to do

hace Derecho — she's doing o studying o reading Law

hacer un curso de cocina — to do a cookery course

11)

a) (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do

niño, eso no se hace! — you mustn't do that!

qué se le va a hacer! or qué le vamos a hacer! — what can you o (frml) one do?

aquí se hace lo que digo yo — around here what I say goes

hacerla — (Méx) (fam) to make it (colloq)

hacerla (buena) — (fam)

ahora sí que la hice! — now I've (really) done it!

hacérsela buena a alguien — (Méx) to keep one's word o promise to somebody

soñé que te sacabas la lotería - házmela buena! — I dreamed you won the lottery - if only!

b) (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

no sé qué hice con los recibos — I don't know what I did with the receipts

y el libro ¿qué lo hice? — (CS, Méx fam) what did I do with the book?

c) ( causar daño)

hacerle algo a alguien — to do something to somebody

yo no le hice nada — I didn't do anything to her

el perro no te hace nada — the dog won't hurt you

12) (esp Esp) ( actuar como)

hacer el tonto — to act o play the fool

13) ( sustituyendo a otro verbo)

toca bien el piano - antes lo hacía mejor — she plays the piano well - she used to play better

voy a escribirle - deja, yo lo haré — I'm going to write to him - don't bother, I'll do it

14) (Méx, RPl fam) (afectar, importar)

¿qué le hace? — so what? what does it matter?

eso no le hace nada — that doesn't matter at all

Sentido III

15) (transformar en, volver) to make

te hará hombre, hijo mío — it will make a man of you, my son

la hizo su mujer — he made her his wife

hizo pedazos la carta — she tore the letter into tiny pieces

ella lo hizo posible — she made it possible

hacer algo de algo — to turn something into something

hacer algo de alguien — to make something of somebody

quiero hacer de ti un gran actor — I want to make a great actor of you

16) ( dar apariencia de)

ese vestido te hace más delgada — that dress makes you look thinner

17) (inducir a, ser causa de que)

hacer algo/a alguien + inf — to make something/somebody + inf

me hizo llorar — it made me cry

todo hace suponer que... — everything suggests that o leads one to think that...

hizo caer al niño — he knocked the child over

hágalo pasar — tell him to come in

hacer que algo/alguien + subj — to make something/somebody + inf

vas a hacer que pierda la paciencia! — you're going to make me lose my temper!

18) ( obligar a)

hacer + inf a alguien — to make somebody + inf

me hizo esperar tres horas — she kept me waiting for three hours

me hizo abrirla — he made me open it

hacer que alguien + subj — to make somebody + inf

hizo que todos se sentaran — he made everybody sit down

19)

hacer hacer algo — to have o get something done/made

hice acortar las cortinas — I had o got the curtains shortened

20) (suponer, imaginar)

te hacía en Buenos Aires — I thought you were in Buenos Aires

yo que lo hacía casado! — I had the idea that he was married!
2.
hacer vi

Sentido I

1)

a) (obrar, actuar)

déjame hacer a mí — just let me handle this o take care of this

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? — what do you have to do to get the scholarship?

¿cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo? — how do they manage to live on that salary?

hacerle a algo — (Chi, Méx fam)

le hace a todo — she does a bit of everything

yo no le hago a la pintura — I don't go in for painting

hacer y deshacer — to do as one pleases, do what one likes

b) (+ compl)

hiciste bien en decírmelo — you did o were right to tell me

haces mal en mentir — it's wrong of you to lie

2) ( refiriéndose a las necesidades fisiológicas)

mamá, ya hice! — (esp AmL) Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

hacer de cuerpo or de vientre — (frml) to have a bowel movement (frml)

3) (fingir, simular)

hizo como que no me había visto — he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

hice como que no oía — I pretended not to hear

haz como si no supieras nada — act as if o pretend you don't know anything about it

4) ( servir)

hacer de algo: esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning; la escuela hizo de hospital — the school served as o was used as a hospital

5) ( interpretar personaje)

hacer de algo/alguien — to play (the part of) something/somebody

hacía de `malo' — he played the bad guy

Sentido II

6) (+ compl) ( sentar) (+ me/te/le etc)

le va a hacer bien salir un poco — it'll do her good to get out a bit

la trucha me hizo mal — (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me

7) ( corresponder)

hacerle a algo — to fit something

esta tapa no le hace al frasco — this lid doesn't fit the jar

8)

no le hace — ( no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; ( no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse

¿no le hace que tire la ceniza aquí? — do you mind if I drop the ash here?

9) (en 3^a pers) (frml) (tocar, concernir)

por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud — as far as your application is concerned

10) (Esp fam) ( apetecer)

¿(te) hace una cerveza? — care for a beer?, do you fancy a beer? (BrE colloq)
3.
hacer v impers

1)

a) ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico)

hace frío/calor/sol/viento — it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

hace tres grados — it's three degrees

(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso — the weather was terrible

b) (fam & hum)

hace sed ¿verdad? — it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

parece que hace hambre — you/they seem to be hungry

2) ( expresando tiempo transcurrido)

hace dos años que murió — he's been dead for two years

¿cuánto hace que se fue? — how long ago did she leave?

hace poco/un año — a short time/a year ago

hace mucho que lo conozco — I've known him for a long time

no lo veo desde hace años — I haven't seen him for years

hacía años que no lo veía — I hadn't seen him for o in years

hasta hace poco — until recently
4.
1) hacerse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse)

hágase la luz — (Bib) let there be light; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hizo un nudo en el hilo — I got a knot in the thread

se le ha hecho una ampolla — she's got o she has a blister

hacérsele algo a alguien — (Méx)

por fin se le hizo ganar el premio — she finally got to win the award

3)

a) (refl) ( hacer para sí) <café/falda> to make oneself

se hace toda la ropa — she makes all her (own) clothes

se hicieron una casita — they built themselves a little house

b) (caus) ( hacer que otro haga)

se hicieron una casita — they had a little house built

se hizo la cirugía estética — she had plastic surgery

voy a hacerme las manos — I'm going to have a manicure

4) ( causarse)

me hice un tajo en el dedo — I cut my finger

¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? — what did you do to your arm?

¿te hiciste daño? — did you hurt yourself?

5) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas)

todavía se hace pis/caca — (fam) she still wets/messes herself

6) (refl) ( adquirir) to make

hacerse un nombre — to make a name for oneself

hacerse enemigos — to make enemies

Sentido II

7)

a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become

hacerse famoso/monja — to become famous/a nun

se están haciendo viejos — they are getting o growing old

b) (impers)

se hace de noche muy pronto — it gets dark very early

se está haciendo tarde — it's getting late; (+ me/te/le etc)

se nos hizo de noche esperándolo — it got dark while we were waiting for him

c) ( cocinarse) pescado/guiso to cook

d) (AmL) ( pasarle a)

¿qué se habrá hecho María? — what can have happened to María?

8) ( resultar)

esto se hace muy pesado — this gets very boring; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hizo interminable — it seemed interminable

se me hace difícil creerlo — I find it very hard to believe

9) ( dar impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hace que está ofendida — I get the feeling o impression that she's upset

se me hace que va a llover — I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

hacérsele a alguien — (Chi fam) to back out

10) (caus)

hacerse + inf: hazte respetar make people respect you; el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming; un chico que se hace querer a likable kid; se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built; hazte ver por un médico — (AmL) go and see a doctor

11) ( acostumbrarse)

hacerse a algo/+ inf — to get used to something/-ing

no consigo hacerme a la idea — I can't get used to the idea

12) ( fingirse)

no te hagas el inocente — don't act the innocent

me vio pero se hizo el loco — he saw me but pretended he hadn't

¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? — (fam) is this guy stupid or just a good actor? (colloq)

no te hagas el sordo — don't pretend o act as if you didn't hear me

yo me hice — (Méx fam) I pretend not to notice

13) ( moverse) (+ compl) to move

hacerse atrás/a un lado — to move back/to one side

14) hacerse con

el ejército se hizo con la ciudad — the army took the city

tengo que hacerme con esa carta — I must get hold of that letter

logró hacerse con el control de la compañía — he managed to gain control of the company

15) hacerse de (AmL)

se hicieron de gran fama — they became very famous

tengo que hacerme de dinero — I must get o lay my hands on some money

se hizo de muchos amigos — he made a lot of friends

* * *

= accomplish, design (for/to), be up to, cause, conduct, do, devise, produce, render, compose, make, get (a)round to, make out, get round to, brew.

Ex: If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.

Ex: In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.

Ex: When I saw what he was up to, I drew back for a punch and hit him so hard on the nose that he fell on his back and lay there for some time, so that his wife stood over him and cried out 'Mercy! You've done my husband in!'.

Ex: As usage of the language causes terms to become anachronistic, or as increases in our level of awareness reveal undesirable connotations, we seek to change subject heading terms.

Ex: Obviously, this tagging must be conducted manually.

Ex: In all these cases where scientists studied what crafstmen knew how to do the resulting benefits have accrued to science not to technology.

Ex: Special classification schemes are generally devised for an application in which no major general scheme is suitable.

Ex: The present OCLC system does not produce catalog cards in sets, but if it did it could produce over 6,000 different sets for one title.

Ex: So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.

Ex: There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.

Ex: This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..

Ex: The article is entitled 'A list of lists of Web sites to check out: getting organized and getting around to it are two different things'.

Ex: The cards for those headings should be removed from the index and new cards made out if necessary.

Ex: The government have been making noises about it for some time but haven't quite got round to it.

Ex: The goddess owned a potent magick cauldron in which she planned to brew a special liquid for her ugly son.

* acceder haciendo clic = click.

* acusación + hacer = accusation + level.

* aguja de hacer croché = crochet hook, crochet needle.

* aguja de hacer ganchillo = crochet hook, crochet needle.

* aguja de hacer punto = knitting needle.

* algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.

* Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.

* al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so, in doing so.

* a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.

* anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.

* aprender haciendo = learn by + doing.

* batir hasta hacer espuma = work up + a lather.

* ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.

* buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.

* contenedor para hacer compost = compost bin.

* continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.

* continuar haciendo algo = get on with + Nombre.

* cuando hace frío = in the cold.

* cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.

* decidir hacer = spring for.

* decidir qué hacer con = make + disposition of.

* de hace años = of years ago.

* de hace muchos años = long-standing.

* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.

* de hace siglos = of yore.

* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.

* dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.

* dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.

* desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.

* desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.

* desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).

* desde hace muchos años = for years.

* desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], long since, in ages (and ages and ages).

* desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.

* desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.

* desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.

* desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.

* desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.

* desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.

* desde hace ya años = for years now.

* difícil de hacer = hard to do.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.

* el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.

* encargado de hacer el presupuesto = budgetmaker.

* esfuerzo + hacer sudar = work up + a lather.

* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.

* esperado hace tiempo = overdue.

* esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.

* establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.

* estar haciendo = be up to.

* estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.

* estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good.

* estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.

* existir desde hace años = be around for years.

* frotar hasta hacer espuma = lather.

* hace algunos años = some years ago.

* hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago, sometime back.

* hace años = years ago.

* hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.

* hacer huir en batalla = route.

* hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks, yonks and yonks.

* hace miles de años = aeons ago.

* hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muchísimos años = a great many years ago.

* hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.

* hace muchos años = many years ago.

* hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.

* hace + Número + años = Número + years ago.

* hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.

* hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.

* hacer a Alguien precavido = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.

* hacer abono orgánico = compost.

* hacer acampada = camp.

* hacer accesible a través de = make + available through.

* hacer ademanes = flail about, gesticulate.

* hacer aflorar = bring to + the surface.

* hacer aflorar sentimientos de antagonismo = bring to + the surface + feelings of antagonism.

* hacer ágil = limber up.

* hacer agua = Negativo + hold + water.

* hacer agua(s) = spring + a leak.

* hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.

* hacer ajustes = make + adjustment.

* hacer alarde de = boast, flaunt, brag, show off.

* hacer alegaciones = plead.

* hacer Algo a hurtadillas = sneak.

* hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.

* hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.

* hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).

* hacer Algo con mucho esfuerzo = plod (along/through).

* hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.

* hacer Algo de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.

* hacer Algo en exceso = push + Nombre + too far.

* hacer algo funcionar = make + Nombre + tick.

* hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.

* hacer Algo para la galería = play to + the gallery.

* hacer algo poco a poco = eat away at.

* hacer algo por amor al arte = labour of love.

* hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.

* hacer Algo posible = make + provision for.

* hacer Algo puré = mash.

* hacer Algo rápidamente = put together.

* hacer Algo realidad = make + Nombre + come true.

* hacer Algo sin ser visto = sneak.

* hacer Algo sobre la marcha = play + Nombre + by ear.

* hacer Algo trocitos = tear + Nombre + to shreds, tear + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer algunos comentarios sobre lo que Alguien ha dicho = take + a few cracks at.

* hacer alusión a = make + allusion to, make + reference to.

* hacer a mano = handcraft.

* hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.

* hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.

* hacer amigos = win + friends.

* hacer amistad = make + friend.

* hacer amistad con = make + friends with, befriend.

* hacer amistades = friend.

* hacer ampollas = blister.

* hacer anotaciones = annotate, mark + Nombre + up.

* hacer añicos = shatter, blow + Nombre + to bits, smash + Nombre + to bits, tear + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer aparecer = cause + display of.

* hacer a partir de = make out of.

* hacer apología = make + apology.

* hacer arreglos florales = arrange + flowers.

* hacer artesanalmente = handcraft.

* hacer asequible = make + amenable.

* hacer atractivo = endear.

* hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.

* hacer autostop = thumb + a lift, hitch + a ride.

* hacer avances = make + headway.

* hacer avanzar = nudge + Nombre + forward, push + the frontiers of, nudge + Nombre + along, nudge + Nombre + into, push + the boundaries of.

* hacer avanzar el conocimiento = push back + the frontiers of knowledge.

* hacer avanzar hacia = nudge + Nombre + toward.

* hacer averiguaciones = make + enquiry.

* hacer bajar = force down.

* hacer balance de = take + stock of.

* hacer barrabasadas = play + pranks.

* hacer basto = coarsen.

* hacer bien = do + good.

* hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, cut + Posesivo + losses, turn over + a new leaf.

* hacer borroso = blur.

* hacer bromas = banter.

* hacer bucles = loop.

* hacer buenas migas = hit it off.

* hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.

* hacer bulla = kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.

* hacer bulto = bulge.

* hacer búsquedas en = search through.

* hacer caca = take + a dump.

* hacer caer = oust.

* hacer caja = tally up + sales, balance + the cash, reconcile (with), balance + the cash drawer.

* hacer caja con = cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.

* hacer callar = shush, hush, quieten.

* hacer cambiar = swing + Persona.

* hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.

* hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.

* hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).

* hacer campaña = campaign, stump, go out on + the road.

* hacer cara a = brave.

* hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).

* hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.

* hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.

* hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.

* hacer caso omiso de = be oblivious of/to.

* hacer chanchullos = fiddle.

* hacer chatting = chat.

* hacer circular = pass around.

* hacer circular por = circulate round.

* hacer cisco = tear + apart, wipe + the floor with.

* hacer coincidir (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer cola = queue up.

* hacer colectas = exact + contributions.

* hacer comentarios = air + comments.

* hacer como el avestruz = bury + Posesivo + head in the sand (like an ostrich), stick + Posesivo + head in the sand.

* hacer como si nada = play it + cool.

* hacer comparaciones = draw + comparisons, make + comparisons.

* hacer comparecer = arraign.

* hacer compatible (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer compost = compost.

* hacer compras = do + shopping.

* hacer comprender = bring + home.

* hacer con Alguien lo que Uno quiera = be like putty in + Posesivo + hands.

* hacer concesiones = make + allowances.

* hacer conjeturas = speculate.

* hacer constar = state.

* hacer contrabando = smuggle.

* hacer copias = make + multiple copies.

* hacer copias mediante multicopista por disolvente = spirit duplication.

* hacer correr la voz = spread + the word, spread + the good word, pass on + the good word, spread + the news.

* hacer cosas = get + things done.

* hacer cosquillas = tickle.

* hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.

* hacer crítica = find + fault with.

* hacer croché = crochet.

* hacer cuadrar (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer cuadrar las cuentas = reconcile + receipts.

* hacer cuadras las facturas = reconcile + receipts.

* hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.

* hacer cumplir = uphold.

* hacer cumplir la disciplina = enforce + discipline.

* hacer cumplir la legislación = enforce + legislation.

* hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.

* hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.

* hacer cumplir una política = uphold + policy.

* hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.

* hacer daño = do + harm, hurt.

* hacer dar vueltas = gyrate.

* hacer de = make out of.

* hacer de carabina = play + gooseberry.

* hacer declamaciones = declaim.

* hacer dedo = hitch + a ride, thumb + a lift.

* hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.

* hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.

* hacer de nuevo = redo [re-do], remake.

* hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.

* hacer derretir el hielo = de-ice [deice].

* hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.

* hacer desaparecer una división = blur + division.

* hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.

* hacer descuento = discount.

* hacer desfilar = parade.

* hacer detonar = detonate.

* hacer de tripas corazón = bite + the bullet.

* hacer diabluras = play + pranks.

* hacer diana = hit + home.

* hacer difícil = make + it + difficult, make + difficult.

* hacer dinero = make + money.

* hacer dudar = make + Nombre + doubt, misgive.

* hacer eco = echo, resonate.

* hacer eco de = echo.

* hacer efectivo = cash in.

* hacer efectivo en metálico = pay in + cash.

* hacer ejercicio físico = work out.

* hacer ejercicios de calentamiento = limber up.

* hacer el aire irrespirable = choke + the air.

* hacer el amor = make + love.

* hacer el avío = get + ready.

* hacer el balance de cuentas = balance + the cash, balance + the cash drawer.

* hacer el cambio = make + the change.

* hacer el chorra = pissing into the wind.

* hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.

* hacer el dobladillo = hem.

* hacer elección = make + choices.

* hacer el esfuerzo necesario = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight.

* hacer el indio = horse around/about.

* hacer el intento = have + a go, give + it a shot, give + Nombre + a try, have + a stab at, take + a stab at, make + a stab at, give + it a whirl, give + it a try.

* hacer el mal = do + evil.

* hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.

* hacer el monigote = fool around.

* hacer el paripé = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* hacer el pasillo = form + a guard of honour.

* hacer el pasillo de honor = form + a guard of honour.

* hacer el recorrido normal = make + the rounds.

* hacer el ridículo = make + a fool of + Reflexivo, make + an arse of + Reflexivo, make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* hacer el testamento = testate.

* hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.

* hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* hacer encaje = tat.

* hacer encaje de bolillos = do + the impossible, jump through + hoops, double over + backwards.

* hacer encaje de bolillos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer encargos = run + errands.

* hacer enemigos = make + enemies.

* hacer entender = get across.

* hacer erupción = erupt.

* hacer escala = stop over.

* hacer eses = zigzag.

* hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.

* hacer espuma = work up + a lather, froth.

* hacer esquina con = form + right angles with.

* hacer estallar = spark, ignite, touch off, blow up, let off.

* hacer estallar en añicos = blow + sky high.

* hacer estallar una bomba = bomb.

* hacer estallar un guerra = ignite + war.

* hacer esto = go along + this road.

* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.

* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess around.

* hacer esto y aquello sin prisas = pootle.

* hacer estragos = lay + waste to, create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc, take + Posesivo + toll (on).

* hacer estragos en = play + havoc with.

* hacer estrías = rifle.

* hacer exenciones = make + exemptions.

* hacer experimentos = institute + experiments.

* hacer explícito = make + explicit.

* hacer explotar = blow up.

* hacer extensivo + Posesivo + agradecimiento = extend + Posesivo + thanks.

* hacer factible = make + feasible.

* hacer falta = need, must, have to, it + take.

* hacer flexible = limber up.

* hacer fortuna = make + Posesivo + fortune, make + a fortune, strike + it rich, strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.

* hacer fotocopias = photoduplication [photo-duplication].

* hacer fotografía = make + picture.

* hacer fracasar = foil, derail.

* hacer frente = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage.

* hacer frente a = confront, deal with, face, face up to, meet, cope with, wrestle with, stand up to, brave, breast, address.

* hacer frente a deudas = meet + debts.

* hacer frente a gastos = meet + expenses.

* hacer frente a la delincuencia = tackle + crime.

* hacer frente a la inflación = combat + inflation.

* hacer frente a la realidad = confront + reality, face + (the) facts, face + (up to) the fact that, face + reality.

* hacer frente a la realidad (de que) = face + the truth (that).

* hacer frente a las diferencias = face + differences.

* hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.

* hacer frente a la vida = cope.

* hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.

* hacer frente al futuro = face up to + the future.

* hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.

* hacer frente a los elementos = brave + the elements.

* hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.

* hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times, cope with + difficult times.

* hacer frente a una amenaza = address + threat.

* hacer frente a una crisis = face + crisis, meet + crisis.

* hacer frente a una incertidumbre = meet + uncertainty.

* hacer frente a una necesidad = meet + need, serve + need.

* hacer frente a una responsabilidad = meet + responsibility, face up to + responsibility.

* hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.

* hacer frente a un gasto = meet + cost.

* hacer frente a un problema = attack + problem, combat + problem, wrestle with + problem.

* hacer frente a un reto = rise (up) to + challenge, confront + challenge, meet + challenge, embrace + challenge.

* hacer fresco = be cool.

* hacer funcionar = service, do + the trick.

* hacer gala de = sport.

* hacer gala del conocimiento que uno tiene = air + knowledge.

* hacer ganchillo = crochet.

* hacer garabatos = scribble, scrawl, doodle.

* hacer girar = twiddle, twirl.

* hacer gozar = delight.

* hacer gracia = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.

* hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.

* hacer guardar silencio = shush.

* hacer hasta la presente = do + all along.

* hacer hidrófugo = render + water-repellent.

* hacer hincapié = emphasise [emphasize, -USA].

* hacer hincapié en = put + a premium on.

* hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.

* hacer historia = make + history, history in the making, go down in + history.

* hacer honor al nombre de Uno = live up to + Posesivo + name.

* hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.

* hacer horas extras = work + overtime.

* hacer hueco = make + room (for).

* hacer huelga = strike.

* hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.

* hacer huir = drive away, chase + Nombre + off.

* hacer imaginar = conjure up + an image of, conjure up + a vision of.

* hacer impermeable = render + water-repellent.

* hacer inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.

* hacer incomprensible = render + incomprehensible, garble.

* hacer indescifrable = render + indecipherable, garble.

* hacer innecesario = obviate + the need for, make + redundant.

* hacer insinuaciones = make + innuendoes.

* hacer insinuaciones sobre = make + noises about, make + a noise about.

* hacer insoluble = render + insoluble.

* hacer inutilizable = render + useless.

* hacer juego con = go with.

* hacer juegos malabares = juggle.

* hacer juegos malabares para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer justicia = do + justice.

* hacer la cama = make + the bed.

* hacer la cuenta = tot up, tote up.

* hacer la guerra = make + war.

* hacer (la) mona = play + hooky, play + truant, skip + class.

* hacer la paz = make + (the) peace.

* hacer la pelota = butter + Nombre + up, toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* hacer la pelota a + Alguien = curry + favour with + Alguien.

* hacer la pelotilla = toady, butter + Nombre + up.

* hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.

* hacer largos = swim + laps.

* hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.

* hacer las maletas = pack up, pack + Posesivo + belongings, pack + Posesivo + things, pack + Posesivo + suitcases, pack + Posesivo + bags.

* hacer las paces = heal + the breach, heal + the rift, bury + the hatchet, make + (the) peace, smoke + the peace pipe, smoke + the pipe of peace, bury + the tomahawk, bury + the war axe.

* hacer la transición = make + the transition.

* hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.

* hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.

* hacerle a Alguien un lavado de cerebro = brainwash.

* hacerle las cosas fáciles a Alguien = play into + the hands of.

* hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.

* hacerle una paja a un muerto = flog + a dead horse, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.

* hacerle un bombo a Alguien = knock + Alguien + up.

* hacer llamada telefónica = make + telephone call.

* hacer llorar = reduce + Nombre + to tears.

* hacer llorar de emoción = move + Nombre + to tears.

* hacerlo = do so, go ahead.

* hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, get + it + right, be right on track.

* hacer lo correcto = do + the right thing.

* hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.

* hacerlo difícil de + Infinitivo = make + it + hard to + Infinitivo.

* hacer lo imposible = bend over backwards, do + the impossible, lean over + backwards, double over + backwards.

* hacer lo imposible para = jump through + hoops.

* hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.

* hacerlo mal = get + it + (all) wrong.

* hacer lo más acertado dadas las circunstancias = do + the best thing in the circumstances.

* hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.

* hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into, give of + Posesivo + best.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out.

* hacerlo por uno mismo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacer lo que a Uno le de la gana = get away with + murder.

* hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.

* hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.

* hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.

* hacer los deberes = do + homework.

* hacerlo sin la ayuda de nadie = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacerlo solo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.

* hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacer malabarismos = juggle.

* hacer malabarismos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer mandados = run + errands.

* hacer maravillas = work + wonders.

* hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.

* hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.

* hacer más eficiente = streamline.

* hacer más estricto = tighten.

* hacer más fuerte = toughen.

* hacer más inteligente = smarten.

* hacer más interesante = spice up, add + spice.

* hacer más preciso = tightening up.

* hacer más rico = add + richness to.

* hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.

* hacer más sabroso = pep up.

* hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.

* hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.

* hacer mejoras = make + improvements.

* hacer mella = take + Posesivo + toll (on), leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression, hit + home.

* hacer mella en = dent, make + a dent in, take + a bite out of.

* hacer mención de/a = make + mention of.

* hacer mezcla = mix + cement.

* hacer milagros = work + wonders, work + miracles.

* hacer mucha ilusión = be thrilled.

* hacer mucho = do + much.

* hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.

* hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.

* hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.

* hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.

* hacer necesario = render + necessary.

* hacer negocio = make + business.

* hacer negocios = do + business, transact.

* hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.

* hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.

* hacer notar = bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, mark, note, bring to + notice, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice.

* hacer notar la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt, make + Posesivo + presence known.

* hacer novillos = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.

* hacer nudos = knot.

* hacer objeciones contra = urge against.

* hacer observaciones = comment on/upon.

* hacer obsoleto = make + redundant.

* hacer oídos sordos = turn + a deaf ear to.

* hacer ordinario = coarsen.

* hacer pagar tributos = exact + tributes.

* hacer palmas = clap.

* hacer paradas = make + stops.

* hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.

* hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.

* hacer partícipe = engage.

* hacer pasajero = render + transitory.

* hacer patochadas = fool around.

* hacer payasadas = fool around.

* hacer pedazos = shatter, smash + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer peligrar = place + in jeopardy, imperil, endanger, pose + risk.

* hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.

* hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.

* hacer pequeños ajustes = tinker + around the edges, tinker with.

* hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.

* hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.

* hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.

* hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.

* hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.

* hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.

* hacer permanente = render + permanent.

* hacer ping = ping.

* hacer pipí = pee.

* hacer pis = piss, pee, take + a leak, have + a leak, widdle, piddle.

* hacer planes = plan, make + plans.

* hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....

* hacer poco = do + little.

* hacer popular = popularise [popularize, -USA].

* hacer por encargo = make to + order.

* hacer + Posesivo + agosto = make + a killing.

* hacer + Posesivo + necesidades = relieve + Reflexivo, go + potty.

* hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work, do + Posesivo + business.

* hacer posible = enable, provide for, make + possible, provide + a basis for, make + an opportunity.

* hacer posible el crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* hacer preguntas = ask + questions, interrogate, air + questions, make + enquiry.

* hacer preparativo = make + arrangements.

* hacer preso = imprison, jail [gaol, -UK].

* * *

hacer [ E18 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ hacer (verbo transitivo)

Sentido I

A

1 crear

2 extender: cheque, factura etc

B efectuar, llevar a cabo

C formular, expresar

D con las necesidades fisiológicas

E adquirir: dinero, amigos etc

F preparar, arreglar

G

1 producir, causar

2 refiriéndose a sonidos

H recorrer

I en cálculos, enumeraciones

Sentido II

A

1 ocuparse en una actividad

2 como profesión, ocupación

3 estudiar

B

1 actuar de cierta manera

2 dar cierto uso

3 causar daño

C actuar como

D hacer una vida

E sustituyendo a otro verbo

F afectar, importar

Sentido III

A transformar en, volver

B dar apariencia de

C inducir a, ser la causa de que

D obligar a

E hacer hacer algo

F acostumbrar

G suponer, imaginar

■ hacer (verbo intransitivo)

Sentido I

A

1 obrar, actuar

2 hacer bien, mal etc

B con las necesidades fisiológicas

C fingir, simular

D intentar, procurar

E servir

F interpretar un personaje

Sentido II

A

1 sentarle bien, mal

2 quedar, resultar

B corresponder

C no le hace

D en tercera persona: concernir

E apetecer

■ hacer (verbo impersonal)

A

1 refiriéndose al tiempo

2 familiar humorístico

B expresando el tiempo transcurrido

■ hacerse (verbo pronominal)

Sentido I

A producirse

B

1 hacer para sí

2 hacer que otro haga

C causarse

D con las necesidades fisiológicas

E adquirir

Sentido II

A

1 volverse, convertirse en

2 impersonal

3 cocinarse

4 pasarle (a algn)

B resultar

C dar la impresión de

D causativo

E acostumbrarse

F fingirse

G

1 moverse

2 colocarse

H hacerse con

I hacerse de

vt

Sentido I [ Grammar notes (Spanish) ]

A

1 (crear) ‹mueble› to make; ‹casa/carretera› to build; ‹nido› to build, make; ‹coche› to make, manufacture; ‹dibujo› to do, draw; ‹lista› to make, draw up; ‹resumen› to do, make; ‹película› to make; ‹vestido/cortina› to make; ‹pan/pastel› to make, bake; ‹vino/café/tortilla› to make; ‹cerveza› to make, brew

les hace toda la ropa a los niños she makes all the children's clothes

hacer un nudo/lazo to tie a knot/bow

hazme un plano de la zona do o draw me a map of the area

me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa he made room o a place for me at the table

le hizo un hijo ( fam); he got her pregnant

hacen una pareja preciosa they make a lovely couple

2 (extender) ‹cheque/factura/receta› to make out, write out, write

me hizo un cheque she wrote o made me out a check

B (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹sacrificio› to make; ‹milagro› to work, perform; ‹deberes/ejercicios› to do; ‹transacción› to carry out; ‹experimento› to do, perform; ‹limpieza› to do

estaban haciendo los preparativos para el viaje they were making preparations for o they were preparing for the journey

me hicieron una visita they paid me a visit, they came and visited me

hicieron una gira por Europa they went on o did a tour of Europe

hicimos el viaje sin parar we did the journey without stopping

me hizo un regalo precioso she gave me a beautiful gift

tengo que hacer los mandados I have some errands to run

¿me haces un favor? will you do me a favor?

me hizo señas para que me acercara she motioned to me to come closer

hicimos un trato we did o made a deal

hago un papel secundario en la obra I have a minor part in the play

aún queda mucho por hacer there is still a lot (left) to do

C (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make; ‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up; ‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice; ‹pregunta› to ask

nadie hizo ninguna objeción nobody raised any objections, nobody objected

nos hizo un relato de sus aventuras he related his adventures to us, he gave us an account of his adventures

D

(con las necesidades fisiológicas): hace dos días que no hago caca ( fam); I haven't been for two days ( euph)

hice pis or pipí antes de salir ( fam); I had a pee before I left ( colloq)

hacer sus necesidades ( euf); to go to the bathroom o toilet

E (adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make; ‹amigo› to make

hicieron muchas amistades en Chile they made a lot of friends in Chile

F (preparar, arreglar) ‹cama› to make; ‹maleta› to pack

tengo que hacer la comida I must get lunch (ready) o cook lunch

hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven

G

1 (producir, causar) ‹ruido› to make

este jabón no hace espuma this soap doesn't lather

esos chistes no me hacen gracia I don't find those jokes funny

estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet

2 (refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go

los perros hacen `guau guau' dogs go `bow-wow'

el agua hacía glugluglú en los caños the water gurgled o made a gurgling noise in the pipes

¿cómo hace el coche del abuelo? how does Grandpa's car go?, what noise does Grandpa's car make?

H (recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do

hicimos los 500 kilómetros en cuatro horas we did o covered the 500 kilometers in four hours

I

(en cálculos, enumeraciones): son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500

el visitante que hacía el número mil the thousandth visitor

hace el número 26 en la lista she is o comes 26th on the list

Sentido II

A

1 (ocuparse en una actividad) to do

¿no tienes nada que hacer? don't you have anything to do?

ya terminé ¿qué hago ahora? I've finished, what shall I do now?

no hace más que or sino quejarse she does nothing but complain, all she ever does is complain

no hice más que or sino cumplir con mi deber I only o merely did my duty

le gustaría hacer teatro she would like to work in the theater

están haciendo una obra de Ibsen they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

deberías hacer ejercicio you should exercise, you should do o get some exercise

¿hace algún deporte? do you go in for o play o do any sports?

no estaba haciendo turismo, sino en viaje de negocios I wasn't there on vacation ( AmE) o ( BrE) on holiday, it was a business trip

2 (como profesión, ocupación) to do

¿qué hace su novio? — es médico what does her boyfriend do? — he's a doctor

3 (estudiar) to do

hace Derecho she's doing o studying o reading Law

hizo un curso de contabilidad he did an accountancy course

hizo la carrera de Filosofía she did a degree in philosophy o a philosophy degree, she studied philosophy

B

1 (actuar de cierta manera, realizar cierta acción) to do

yo en tu caso habría hecho lo mismo in your situation I would have done the same

perdona, lo hice sin querer I'm sorry, I didn't do it on purpose

haz lo que quieras do what you like

aquí se hace lo que digo yo I'm in charge around here, around here what I say goes

¡niño, eso no se hace! you mustn't do that!

haré lo posible por hablar con él I'll do all o everything I can to speak to him

¡qué se le va a hacer! or ¡qué le vamos a hacer! what can you o ( frml) one do?

no puedes aceptar — ¡qué le voy a hacer! no me queda más remedio you can't accept — what else can I do? I've no choice

hacerla ( Méx fam): ya la hizo: lo nombraron director now he's really made it: he's been appointed director

si le gano al sueco ya la hice if I can beat the Swede I'll have it in the bag ( colloq)

la hicieron bien y bonita con ese negocio they did really well out of that deal

hacerla (buena) ( fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! me dejé las llaves dentro now I've (really) done it! I've left the keys inside

¡ya la hicimos! se pinchó la rueda that's done it! o now, we're in trouble, we've got a flat

hacérsela buena a algn ( Méx); to keep one's word o promise to sb

se la hizo buena y se casó con ella he kept his word o promise and married her

soñé que te sacabas la lotería — ¡házmela buena! I dreamed you won the lottery — if only! o if only it would come true!

mañana dejo de fumar — ¡házmela buena! I'm going to give up smoking tomorrow — oh, please! o if only you would!

2 (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

¿qué vas a hacer con el dinero del premio? what are you going to do with the prize money?

no sé qué hice con los recibos I don't know what I did with the receipts

y el libro ¿qué lo hice? (CS fam); what did I do with the book?

3

(causar daño): hacerle algo a algn to do sth to sb

no le tengas miedo al perro, no hace nada don't be frightened of the dog, he won't hurt you

yo no le hice nada I didn't touch her o do anything to her

no te he contado la última que me hizo I haven't told you the latest thing he did to me

C

( esp Esp) (actuar como): deja de hacer el tonto/payaso stop acting o playing the fool, stop clowning around

D

(llevar): hacer una vida solitaria/normal to lead a lonely life/normal life

trata de hacer una vida sana try to lead a healthy life

E

(sustituyendo a otro verbo): toca bien la guitarra — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the guitar well — she used to play o be better

voy a escribirle — deja, ya lo haré yo I'm going to write to him — don't bother, I'll do it

voy a dimitir — por favor, no lo hagas I'm going to resign — please don't o please, don't do it

F

( RPl fam) (afectar, importar): la salsa quedó un poco líquida — ¿qué le hace? the sauce came out a bit thin — so what? o what does it matter?

eso no le hace nada that doesn't matter at all

Sentido III

A (transformar en, volver) to make

te hará hombre, hijo mío it will make a man of you, my son

la hizo su mujer he made her his wife

agarró la copa y la hizo añicos contra el suelo he grabbed the glass and smashed it to smithereens on the floor

hizo pedazos or trizas la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces

la película que la hizo famosa the movie that made her famous

este hombre me hace la vida imposible this man is making my life impossible

quisiera agradecer a quienes han hecho posible este encuentro I should like to thank (all) those who have made this meeting possible

hacer algo DE algo to turn sth INTO sth

hice de mi afición por la cocina una profesión I turned my interest in cooking into a career, I made a career out of my interest in cooking

hacer algo DE algn to make sth OF sb

quiero hacer de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you

B

(dar apariencia de): ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner

el pelo corto te hace más joven short hair makes you look younger

C (inducir a, ser la causa de que) hacer algo/a algn + INF to make sth/sb + INF

una de esas canciones que te hacen llorar one of those songs that make you cry

todo hace suponer que fue así everything suggests that o leads one to think that that is what happened

hizo caer al niño he knocked the child over

haga pasar al próximo tell the next person to come in, have the next person come in

eso no hizo sino precipitar el desenlace all that did was to hasten the end

hacer que algo/algn + SUBJ to make sth/sb + INF

¡vas a hacer que pierda la paciencia! you're going to make me lose my temper!

esto hace que sus reacciones sean lentas this makes him slow to react, this makes his reactions slow

D (obligar a) hacer + INF a algn to make sb + INF

me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours

se lo haré hacer de nuevo I'll make him do it again

me hizo abrirla or me la hizo abrir he made me open it

me hizo levantar(me) a las cinco she made me get up at five

hacer que algn + SUBJ to make sb + INF

hizo que todos se sentaran he made everybody sit down

E

hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done

hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened

le hice hacer un vestido para la boda I had o got a dress made for her for the wedding

F (acostumbrar) hacer a algn A algo to get sb used o accustomed TO sth

pronto la hizo a su manera de trabajar he soon got her used o accustomed to his way of working

G

(suponer, imaginar): te hacía en Buenos Aires I thought you were in Buenos Aires

tiene 42 años — yo la hacía más joven she's 42 — I thought she was younger

¡yo que lo hacía casado y con hijos! I had the idea that he was married with children!

■ hacer

vi

Sentido I

A

1

(obrar, actuar): nadie trató de impedírselo, lo dejaron hacer nobody tried to stop him, they just let him get on with it

tú no te preocupes, déjame hacer a mí don't you worry, just let me take care of it

déjalo hacer a él, que sabe qué es lo que conviene let him handle it, he knows what's best

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? how do you go about getting the grant?

¿cómo hay que hacer para ponerlo en funcionamiento? what do you have to do to make it work?

no me explico cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo I don't know how they manage to live on that salary

hacerle a algo (Chi, Méx fam): Enrique le hace a la electricidad Enrique knows a bit o knows something about electricity

tienen una empleada que le hace a todo they have a maid who does a bit of everything

ya sabes que yo no le hago a esos menesteres you know I don't go in for o do that sort of thing

hacer y deshacer to do as one pleases, do what one likes

¡no le hagas/hagan! ( Méx fam); you can't be serious!, you're joking o kidding! ( colloq)

2 (+ complemento):

hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me

haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie

mejor haría callándose she'd do better to keep quiet

B

( esp AmL) (con las necesidades fisiológicas): ¡mamá, ya hice! Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

hace dos días que no hace ( euf); he hasn't been for two days ( euph)

hagan antes de salir go to the bathroom o toilet before we leave, you'd better go before we leave ( euph)

hacer de cuerpo or de vientre ( frml); to move one's bowels ( frml), to have a bowel movement ( frml)

C

(fingir, simular): hizo (como) que no me había visto he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

cuando entre haz (como) que lees when she comes in, make out o pretend you're reading, when she comes in, pretend to be reading

hice (como) que no oía I pretended I couldn't hear, I acted as if I couldn't hear

hacer COMO SI + SUBJ:

haz como si no supieras nada make out o pretend you don't know anything about it, act as if you don't know anything about it

D (intentar, procurar) hacer POR + INF to try to + INF

tienes que hacer por corregir ese genio you must try to o ( colloq) try and do something about that temper (of yours)

tú no haces por entenderla you don't even try to understand her

E (servir) hacer DE algo:

esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning

la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital

F (interpretar un personaje) hacer DE algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb

siempre hace de `malo' he always plays the bad guy

hizo de Hamlet he played (the part of) Hamlet

Sentido II

A (+ compl)

1 (sentar) (+ me/te/le etc):

le va a hacer bien salir un poco it'll do her good to get out a bit

¡me hizo tanto bien su visita …! her visit did me such a lot of good …!

los mejillones me hicieron muy mal ( AmL); the mussels made me really ill

2

( Esp) (quedar): con los cuadros hace mucho más bonito it looks much prettier with the pictures

B (corresponder) hacerle A algo to fit sth

esta tapa no le hace al frasco this lid doesn't fit the jar

esta llave no le hace a la cerradura this isn't the right key for the lock

C

no le hace (no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; (no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse, don't give me that ( colloq)

¿no le hace que tire la ceniza en este florero? do you mind if I drop the ash in this vase?

D ( en tercera persona) ( frml)

(concernir, tocar): por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud as far as your application is concerned, as regards your application

E

( Esp fam) (apetecer): ¿hace or te hace una cerveza? (do you) feel like a beer?, do you fancy a beer? ( BrE colloq)

te invito a cenar a un chino ¿hace? — hace I'll take you out to a Chinese restaurant, how does that grab you? — great idea! ( colloq)

■

v impers

A

1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]

(refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico): hace frío/calor/sol/viento it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

hace tres grados bajo cero it's three degrees below (zero)

nos hizo un tiempo espantoso we had terrible weather

ojalá haga buen tiempo or ( esp Esp) bueno I hope the weather's fine o nice, I hope it's nice weather

2 ( familiar humorístico):

hace sed ¿verdad? it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

parece que hace hambre you/they seem to be hungry

¿hace sueño, niños? are you getting sleepy, children?

B

(expresando el tiempo transcurrido): hace dos años que murió he died two years ago, he's been dead for two years

¿cuándo llegaste? — hace un ratito when did you get here? — a short while ago

¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?, how long is it since she left?

lo leí hace poco I read it a short time ago

lo había visto hacía exactamente un año I had seen him exactly one year before

¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?

hace mucho tiempo que lo conozco or lo conozco desde hace mucho tiempo I've known him for a long time

hace años que no lo veo or no lo veo desde hace años I haven't seen him for years o it's years since I saw him

hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years, it had been years since I'd seen him

hasta hace poco vivían en Austria they lived in Austria until recently

■ hacerse

v pron

Sentido I

A

(producirse): hágase la luz ( Bib) let there be light

(+ me/te/le etc): se me ha hecho un nudo en el hilo I've got a knot in the thread, the thread has a knot in it

si no lo revuelves se te hacen grumos if you don't stir it, it goes lumpy o forms lumps

se le ha hecho una ampolla she's got o she has a blister

hacérsele a algn ( Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar un campeonato she finally got to win a championship

por fin se le hizo a Mauricio con ella Mauricio finally made it with her ( colloq)

B

1 ( refl)

(hacer para sí): se hace toda la ropa she makes all her (own) clothes

se hicieron una casita they built themselves a little house

2 ( caus)

(hacer que otro haga): se hace la ropa en Roma she has her clothes made in Rome

se hicieron una casita they had a little house built

se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery

voy a hacerme las manos I'm going to have a manicure

tienes que hacerte la barba you must get your beard trimmed

C

(causarse): me hice un tajo en el dedo I cut my finger

¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?

¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?

D

(con las necesidades fisiológicas): todavía se hace pis/caca ( fam); she still wets herself/messes her pants

se hace pis en la cama ( fam); he wets the bed

¡me estoy haciendo caca! ( fam); I'm desperate (to go to the bathroom o toilet)! ( colloq)

E ( refl)

(adquirir): se ha hecho un nombre en el mundo de la moda she's made a name for herself in the fashion world

sólo conseguirás hacerte enemigos si sigues así you'll only make enemies if you keep on like that

idea

Sentido II

A

1 (volverse, convertirse en) to become

se quiere hacer monja she wants to become a nun

se hizo famoso he became famous

se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old

2 ( impersonal):

en invierno se hace de noche muy pronto in winter it gets dark very early

vamos, se está haciendo tarde come on, it's getting late

(+ me/te/le etc): se nos hizo de noche esperándolo it got dark while we were waiting for him

3 (cocinarse) «pescado/guiso» to cook

dejar que se haga a fuego lento leave to cook over a low heat

4

( AmL) (pasarle a): no sé qué se habrá hecho María I don't know what can have happened to María o ( colloq) where María can have got(ten) to

B

(resultar): se hace muy pesado repetir lo mismo tantas veces it gets very boring having to repeat the same thing over and over again

(+ me/te/le etc): la espera se me hizo interminable the wait seemed interminable

se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe

C (dar la impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc):

se me hace que aquí pasa algo raro I get the feeling o impression that something strange is going on around here

se me hace que va a llover I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

se me hace que esta vez vas a tener suerte something tells me o I have a feeling (that) this time you're going to be lucky

D ( causativo) hacerse + INF:

tienes que hacerte oír/respetar you have to make people listen to you/respect you

el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming

cuando era actriz se hacía llamar Mónica Duarte when she was an actress she went by the name of Monica Duarte o she used the name Monica Duarte

es un chico que se hace querer he's a likable kid o a kid you can't help liking

se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built

hazte ver por un médico ( AmL); go and see a doctor

rogar

E (acostumbrarse) hacerse A algo to get used TO sth

no me hago al clima de este país I can't get used to the weather in this country

no consigo hacerme a la idea I can't get used to the idea

hacerse A + INF to get used TO -ING

no se hace a vivir solo he hasn't got used to living alone

F

(fingirse): no te hagas el inocente don't act all innocent

seguro que me vio pero se hizo el loco he must have seen me but he pretended he hadn't

¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? ( fam); is this guy stupid or just a good actor? ( colloq)

no te hagas el sordo don't pretend o make out you didn't hear me

se hizo la que no entendía she pretended o she made out she didn't understand

yo me hice ( Méx fam); I pretended not to notice

G

1 (moverse) (+ compl):

hacerse atrás to move back

hacerse a un lado to move to one side, to move aside

hazte para aquí/para allá move over this way/that way

2

( Col) (colocarse): ¿quieres salir en la foto? — sí ¿dónde me hago? do you want to be in the photo? — yes, where shall I stand/sit?

H hacerse con to take

el ejército se hizo con la ciudad the army took the city

se hizo con una fortuna considerable he amassed a considerable fortune

tengo que hacerme con esa información como sea I must get hold of that information somehow

se hicieron con la empresa they took over the company

lograron hacerse con el control de la compañía they managed to gain o get control of the company

no creo que puedan hacerse con la copa I don't think they can win the cup

I hacerse de

( AmL): se hicieron de gran fama they became very famous

tengo que hacerme de dinero I must get o lay my hands on some money

se han hecho de muchos amigos allí they've made a lot of friends there

* * *

Multiple Entries:
hacer
hacer algo
hacer ( conjugate hacer) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( crear) ‹mueble/vestido› to make;

‹casa/carretera› to build;
‹ nido› to build, make;
‹ túnel› to make, dig;
‹dibujo/plano› to do, draw;
‹ lista› to make, draw up;
‹ resumen› to do, make;
‹ película› to make;
‹nudo/lazo› to tie;
‹pan/pastel› to make, bake;
‹vino/café/tortilla› to make;
‹ cerveza› to make, brew;
◊ me hizo un lugar en la mesa he made room for me at the table;

hacen buena pareja they make a lovely couple
b) (producir, causar) ‹ ruido› to make;

◊ los chistes no me hacen gracia I don't find jokes funny;

estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
2
a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹ sacrificio› to make;

‹ milagro› to work, perform;
‹deberes/ejercicios/limpieza› to do;
‹ mandado› to run;
‹transacción/investigación› to carry out;
‹ experimento› to do, perform;
‹ entrevista› to conduct;
‹gira/viaje› to do;
‹ regalo› to give;
‹ favor› to do;
‹ trato› to make;
◊ me hicieron una visita they paid me a visit;

aún queda mucho por hacer there is still a lot (left) to do;
dar que hacer to make a lot of work
b) ‹cheque/factura› to make out, write out

3 (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make;
‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up;
‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice;
‹ pregunta› to ask;
◊ nadie hizo ninguna objeción nobody raised any objections

4
a) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):

◊ hacer caca (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq);

hacer pis or pipí (fam) to have a pee (colloq);
hacer sus necesidades (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)
b) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go;

◊ las vacas hacen `mu' cows go `moo'

5 ( adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make;
‹ amigo› to make
6 (preparar, arreglar) ‹ cama› to make;
‹ maleta› to pack;
◊ hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven;

tengo que hacer la comida I must make lunch;
ver tb comida b
7 ( recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do, cover
8 (en cálculos, enumeraciones):
◊ son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500

1
a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to do;

◊ hacer la(s) compra(s) to do the shopping;

¿hacemos algo esta noche? shall we do something tonight?;
hacer ejercicio to do (some) exercise;
¿hace algún deporte? do you play o do any sports?;
See Also→ amor 1b
b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do;

◊ ¿qué hace tu padre? what does your father do?

c) ( estudiar) to do

2 (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do;
◊ ¡eso no se hace! you shouldn't do that!;

¡qué le vamos a hacer! what can you o (frml) one do?;
toca bien el piano — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the piano well — she used to play better;
hacerla buena (fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! now I've really done it!;
See Also→ tonto sustantivo masculino, femenino
1 (transformar en, volver) to make;
◊ ella lo hizo posible she made it possible;

hizo pedazos la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces;
ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner;
hacer algo de algo to turn sth into sth;
quiero hacer de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
2
a) (obligar a, ser causa de que)

◊ hacer a algn hacer algo to make sb do sth;

me hizo abrirla he made me open it;
me hizo llorar it made me cry;
hágalo pasar tell him to come in;
me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours;
hacer que algo/algn haga algo to make sth/sb do sth
b)

◊ hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done/made;

hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
verbo intransitivo
1 (obrar, actuar):
◊ déjame hacer a mí just let me handle this o take care of this;

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? what do you have to do to get the scholarship?;
hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me;
haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
2 (fingir, simular):
◊ hice como que no oía I pretended not to hear;

haz como si no lo conocieras act as if o pretend you don't know him
3 ( servir):
◊ esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning;

la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
4 ( interpretar personaje) hacer de algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
(+ compl) ( sentar):
◊ tanto sol hace mal (AmL) too much sun is not good for you;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ el descanso le hizo bien the rest did him good;

la trucha me hizo mal (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
hacer v impers
1 ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico):
◊ hace frío/sol it's cold/sunny;

hace tres grados it's three degrees;
(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso the weather was terrible
2 ( expresando tiempo transcurrido):
◊ hace dos años que murió he's been dead for two years;

hace mucho que lo conozco I've known him for a long time;
hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years;
¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?;
hace poco/un año a short time/a year ago;
hasta hace poco until recently
hacerse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ se me hizo un nudo en el hilo I got a knot in the thread;

se le hizo una ampolla she got a blister;
hacérsele algo a algn (Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar el premio she finally got to win the award
2
a) ( refl) ( hacer para sí) ‹café/falda› to make oneself;

◊ se hicieron una casita they built themselves a little house

b) ( caus) ( hacer que otro haga):

◊ se hicieron una casita they had a little house built;

se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
3 ( causarse):
◊ ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?;

¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
4 ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):
◊ todavía se hace pis/caca (fam) she still wets/messes herself

5 ( refl) ( adquirir) to make;
◊ hacerse un nombre to make a name for oneself

1
a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become;

◊ se hicieron amigos they became friends;

se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old
b) ( resultar):

◊ se hace muy pesado it gets very boring;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ se me hizo interminable it seemed interminable;

se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe
c) ( impers):

◊ se hace de noche muy pronto it gets dark very early;

se está haciendo tarde it's getting late
d) ( cocinarse) [pescado/guiso] to cook

e) (AmL) ( pasarle a):

◊ ¿qué se habrá hecho María? what can have happened to María?

2 ( acostumbrarse) hacerse a algo to get used to sth
3 ( fingirse):
◊ no te hagas el inocente don't act the innocent;

¿es bobo o se (lo) hace? (fam) is he stupid or just a good actor? (colloq);
hacerse pasar por algn (por periodista, doctor) to pass oneself off as sb
4 ( moverse) (+ compl) to move;
◊ hacerse a un lado to move to one side

5
◊ hacerse de (AmL) (de fortuna, dinero) to get;

( de amigos) to make
hacer
I verbo transitivo
1 (crear, fabricar, construir) to make
hacer un jersey, to make a sweater
hacer un puente, to build a bridge
2 (una acción) to do: eso no se hace, it isn't done
haz lo que quieras, do what you want
¿qué estás haciendo?, (en este momento) what are you doing?
(para vivir) what do you do (for a living)?
hace atletismo, he does athletics
hacer una carrera/ medicina, to do a degree/ medicine
3 (amigos, dinero) to make
4 (obligar, forzar) to make: hazle entrar en razón, make him see reason
5 (causar, provocar) to make: ese hombre me hace reír, that man makes me laugh
estos zapatos me hacen daño, these shoes are hurting me
no hagas llorar a tu hermana, don't make your sister cry
6 (arreglar) to make
hacer la cama, to make the bed
hacer la casa, to do the housework
7 Mat (sumar, dar como resultado) to make: y con éste hacen cincuenta, and that makes fifty
8 (producir una impresión) to make... look: ese vestido la hace mayor, that dress makes her look older
9 (en sustitución de otro verbo) to do: cuido mi jardín, me gusta hacerlo, I look after my garden, I like doing it
10 (representar) to play: Juan hizo un papel en Fuenteovejuna, Juan played a part in Fuenteovejuna
11 (actuar como) to play: no hagas el tonto, don't play the fool
12 (suponer) te hacía en casa, I thought you were at home
II verbo intransitivo
1 (en el teatro, etc) to play: hizo de Electra, she played Electra
2 ( hacer por + infinitivo) to try to: hice por ayudar, I tried to help
3 (simular) to pretend: hice como si no lo conociera, I acted as if I didn't know him
4 fam (venir bien, convenir) to be suitable: si te hace, nos vamos a verle mañana, if it's all right for you, we'll visit him tomorrow
III verbo impersonal
1 (tiempo transcurrido) ago: hace mucho (tiempo), a long time ago
hace tres semanas que no veo la televisión, I haven't watched TV for three weeks
hace tres años que comenzaron las obras, the building works started three years ago
2 (condición atmosférica) hacía mucho frío, it was very cold
¿To make o to do?
El significado básico del verbo to make es construir, fabricar algo juntando los componentes (aquí hacen unos pasteles maravillosos, they make marvellous cakes here), obligar (hazle callar, make him shut up) o convertir: Te hará más fuerte. It'll make you stronger. También se emplea en expresiones compuestas por palabras tales como dinero ( money), ruido ( a noise), cama ( the bed), esfuerzo ( an effort), promesa ( a promise), c omentario ( a comment), amor ( love), guerra ( war).
El significado del verbo to do es cumplir o ejecutar una tarea o actividad, especialmente tratándose de los deportes y las tareas domésticas: Hago mis deberes por la noche. I do my homework in the evening. ¿Quién hace la plancha en tu casa? Who does the ironing in your house? También se emplea con palabras tales como deber ( duty), deportes ( sports), examen ( an exam), favor ( a favour), sumas ( sums).
' hacer' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abrir
- aclarar
- acopio
- acto
- adelantar
- adelantamiento
- advertir
- alarde
- aliviar
- amagar
- amarrar
- amor
- amortizar
- ampliar
- añicos
- aplanar
- aprecio
- aprender
- aspaviento
- atonía
- autostop
- ayuno
- balance
- broma
- burla
- burrada
- cábala
- caballo
- cabronada
- caca
- cafetera
- caja
- calceta
- calentar
- callar
- calle
- calor
- cama
- capacitar
- capaz
- caso
- castigar
- castillo
- chantaje
- colar
- colada
- colecta
- comecome
- comentar
- como
English:
abort
- abstain
- abuse
- accent
- accentuate
- accepted
- accustom
- act
- advance
- advertise
- afraid
- again
- agitate
- agree
- aim at
- aim to
- air
- all-out
- amenable
- antsy
- apart
- appearance
- arm-twisting
- as
- assert
- attempt
- audition
- authorize
- backup
- bake
- balance
- bandy about
- bed
- begin
- blast
- blind
- blueberry
- blur
- boil
- bonk
- boohoo
- book in
- bounce
- bring in
- bubble
- budget
- bulldoze
- bully
- bundle
- burp

* * *

hacer

♦ vt

1. [elaborar, crear, cocinar] to make;

hacer una fiesta to have a party;

hacer un vestido/planes to make a dress/plans;

hacer un poema/una sinfonía to write a poem/symphony;

hacer un nudo to tie a knot;

los cristianos creen que Dios hizo al hombre Christians believe that God created mankind;

haz un poco más la carne cook the meat a bit longer;
Fam
tu hermano ha hecho una de las suyas your brother has been up to his usual tricks;

Comp
Fam
¡buena la has hecho! you've really gone and done it now!

2. [construir] to build;

han hecho un edificio nuevo they've put up a new building

3. [generar] to produce;

el árbol hace sombra the tree gives shade;

la carretera hace una curva there's a bend in the road

4. [movimientos, sonidos, gestos] to make;

le hice señas I signalled to her;

hizo un gesto de aprobación con la cabeza she nodded her approval;

el gato hace “miau” cats go “miaow”;

el reloj hace tic-tac the clock goes tick-tock;

hacer ruido to make a noise

5. [obtener] [fotocopia] to make;
[retrato] to paint; [fotografía] to take
6. [realizar] [trabajo, estudios] to do;
[viaje] to make; [comunión] to take; [sacrificio] to make; [promesa, oferta] to make; [milagro] to perform; [experimento] to do, to perform; [favor] to do; [pregunta] to ask; [declaración] to make; [crucigrama] to do;
hacer una entrevista to do an interview;

hacer una entrevista a alguien to interview sb;

tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do;

hoy hace guardia she's on duty today;

estoy haciendo segundo I'm in my second year;

hago ingeniería I'm doing o studying engineering

7. [obrar, realizar una acción] to do;

¿qué habré hecho con las llaves? what have I done with the keys?;
CSur Fam
y mis llaves, ¿qué las hice? and my keys, now what did I do with them?;

¡le he dicho mil veces que eso no se hace! I've told him time and again that it's wrong to do that!;
Fam
haz lo que te dé la gana do whatever you want;

¿qué haces? vas a romper la bicicleta what are you doing o what do you think you're doing?, you're going to break the bicycle!;

¡qué le vamos a hacer! never mind!;

8. [practicar] [en general] to do;
[tenis, fútbol] to play;
debes hacer deporte you should start doing some sport

9. [arreglar] [casa, colada] to do;
[cama] to make; [maleta] to pack; [uñas] to do; [barba] to trim
10. [dar aspecto a] to cause to look o seem;

este espejo te hace gordo this mirror makes you look fat

11. [transformar en]
hacer a alguien feliz to make sb happy;

la guerra no lo hizo un hombre the war didn't make him (into) a man;

hizo pedazos el papel he tore the paper to pieces;

hacer de algo/alguien algo to make sth/sb into sth;

hizo de ella una buena cantante he made a good singer of her

12. [comportarse como]
hacer el tonto to act the fool;

hacer el vándalo to act like a hooligan;

hacer el ridículo to make a fool of oneself

13. [causar]
hacer daño a alguien to hurt sb;

me hizo gracia I thought it was funny;

un poco de aire fresco le hará bien a bit of fresh air will do her good;
Am
esos ñoquis me hicieron mal those gnocchi disagreed with me

14. Cine & Teatro [papel] to play;
[obra] to do, to perform;
hace el papel de la hija del rey she plays (the part of) the king's daughter;

hoy hacen una obra de Brecht today they're putting on o doing one of Brecht's plays

15. [suponer] to think, to reckon;

a estas horas yo te hacía en París I thought o reckoned you'd be in Paris by now;

te hacía más joven I thought you were younger, I'd have said you were younger

16. [ser causa de]
hacer que alguien haga algo to make sb do sth;

me hizo reír it made me laugh;

has hecho que se enfadara you've made him angry;

haces que me avergüence you make me ashamed;

la tormenta hizo que se cancelara el concierto the storm caused the concert to be called off

17. [mandar]
hacer que se haga algo to have sth done;

voy a hacer teñir este vestido I'm going to have this dress dyed;

la hizo callarse he made her shut up

18. [acostumbrar]
la prisión lo hizo a la soledad prison made o got him used to being alone

19. [cumplir]
hizo los cincuenta la semana pasada he was fifty last week, he celebrated his fiftieth birthday last week

20. [completar] to make;

tres y dos hacen cinco three and two make five;

y este huevo hace la docena and this egg makes (it) a dozen;

hago el número seis en la lista I'm number six on the list

21. [conseguir] to make;

hizo una gran fortuna he made a large fortune;

hizo muchas amistades en Australia she made a lot of friends in Australia

22. [recorrer] to do;

¿cuántos kilómetros hiciste ayer? how many kilometres did you do yesterday?;

hago dos kilómetros a pie todos los días I walk two kilometres every day

23. [referido a necesidades fisiológicas] to do;
Euf
tengo que hacer mis necesidades I have to answer a call of nature;
Fam
los niños quieren hacer pipí the children want to have a pee

24. [sustituyendo a otro verbo] to do;

se negó a ir y yo hice lo mismo she refused to go and I did likewise;

ya no puedo leer como solía hacerlo I can't read as well as I used to

♦ vi

1. [intervenir, actuar]
déjame hacer (a mí) let me do it;

Comp

ser el que hace y deshace: en la empresa, él es el que hace y deshace he's the one who calls the shots in the company

2.
hacer de [trabajar] to work as;
[servir] to serve as, to act as; Cine & Teatro [actuar] to play;
hace de electricista he's an electrician, he works as an electrician;

este tronco hará de asiento this tree trunk will do for somewhere to sit;

hace de don Quijote he's playing Don Quixote

3. [aparentar]
hacer como si to act as if;

haz como que no te importa act as if you don't care

4. [procurar, intentar]
hacer por hacer algo to try to do sth;

haré por verle esta noche I'll try to see him tonight

5. [proceder]
haces mal en callarte it's wrong of you not to say anything;

hizo bien dimitiendo she was right to resign;

¿cómo hay que hacer para abrir esta caja? how do you open this box?, what do you have to do to open this box?

6. Esp Fam [apetecer]
¿hace un vaso de vino? would you like o Br do you fancy a glass of wine?

7. Am [necesidades fisiológicas]
¿hiciste? have you done anything?;

preciso un baño, no hice antes de salir I need to find a bathroom, I didn't go before I came out

8. Méx Fam
hacer(la) buena: [ojalá] [m5]dicen que te sacaste la lotería – ¡házmela buena! they say you've won the lottery – if only!;

me ofreció empleo don Paco, voy a ver si me la hace buena Don Paco offered me a job, I'll see if he comes through for me

9. Méx Fam
hacerle a [profesión] to do;

por las mañanas estudia y en la tarde le hace a la peluquería she studies in the morning and in the afternoon she does hairdressing

10. Méx Fam
hacerle a [droga] to do;

ese tipo le hace a la cocaína that guy does coke

11. Méx Fam
hacerle a [aparentar] to pretend to be;

le hace al tonto, pero bien que sabe he pretends to be clueless but he knows perfectly well;

dile que no le haga al cuento tell him to stop Br spinning me a line o US jerking me around

12. Méx Fam
no le hagas [exclamación] come off it!, Br do me a favour!, US give me a break!;

perdí mi libro – ¡no le hagas! I lost my book – pull the other one! o sure you did!

13. Méx, RP
no le hace [no importa] it doesn't matter;

no sé si voy a poder ir – no le hace I don't know if I'll be able to go – it doesn't matter;

¿qué le hace? so what?, big deal!

♦ v impersonal

1. [tiempo meteorológico]
hace frío/sol/viento it's cold/sunny/windy;

hace un día precioso it's a beautiful day;

mañana hará mal tiempo the weather will be bad tomorrow

2. [tiempo transcurrido]
hace diez años ten years ago;

hace mucho a long time ago;

hace poco not long ago;

hace un rato a short while ago;

hace un mes que llegué it's a month since I arrived;

no la veo desde hace un año I haven't seen her for a year;

¿cuánto hace de eso? how long ago was that?

♦ See also the pronominal verb hacerse

* * *

hacer

<part hecho>

I v/t

1 ( realizar) do;

¡haz algo! do something!;

hacer una pregunta ask a question;

tengo que hacer los deberes I have to do my homework; !;

no hace más que quejarse all he does is complain;

no hay nada que hacer there’s nothing we can do;

se hace lo que se puede one does one’s best;

¡eso no se hace! that’s just not done!

2 ( elaborar, crear) make;

hacer la comida make o cook a meal;

hacer que algo ocurra make sth happen

3 ( obligar a)

:

hacer que alguien haga algo make s.o. do sth;

le hicieron ir they made him go

4 ( cumplir)

:

hoy hago veinte años I am twenty today, today is my twentieth birthday

5 ( equivaler a)

:

esta botella hace un litro this bottle holds a liter

6

:

¡qué le vamos a hacer! that’s life

II v/i

1

:

haces bien/mal en ir you are doing the right/wrong thing by going

2 ( sentar)

:

me hace mal it’s making me ill

3 ( servir de)

:

esto hará de mesa de objeto this will do as a table

4 ( fingir)

:

hacer como que o

como si act as if

5 L.Am.

no le hace it doesn’t matter

6 L.Am. ( parecer)

:

se me hace que it seems to me that

7 ( apetecer)

:

¿hace? fam does that sound good?

8

:

hacer de malo TEA play the villain

III v/ impers

:

hace calor/frío it’s hot/cold;

hace tres días three days ago;

hace mucho (tiempo) a long time ago, long ago;

desde hace un año for a year

* * *

hacer {40} vt

1) : to make

2) : to do, to perform

3) : to force, to oblige

los hice esperar: I made them wait

hacer vi

: to act

haces bien: you're doing the right thing

hacer v impers

1) (referring to weather)

hacer frío: to be cold

hace viento: it's windy

2)

hace : ago

hace mucho tiempo: a long time ago, for a long time

3)

no le hace : it doesn't matter, it makes no difference

4)

hacer falta : to be necessary, to be needed

♦ See also the reflexive verb hacerse

* * *

hacer vb

1. (crear, fabricar, conseguir) to make [pt. & pp. made]

Dios hizo al hombre God made man

voy a hacer la comida I'm going to make lunch

¿has hecho la cama? have you made your bed?

no hagas tanto ruido don't make so much noise

hizo mucho dinero he made a lot of money

ocho y tres hacen once eight and three make eleven

la película me hizo llorar the film made me cry

2. (una actividad, trabajo) to do [pt. did; pp. done]

¿qué haces? what are you doing?

¿qué hacen tus padres? what do your parents do?

¿qué has hecho en el cole hoy? what did you do at school today?

nos han mandado hacer un trabajo sobre Lorca we've got to do an essay on Lorca

¿has hecho los deberes? have you done your homework?

está haciendo un curso de informática he's doing a computer course

¿me haces un favor? can you do me a favour?

3. (tiempo meteorológico) to be

hace calor it's hot

hace sol it's sunny

hace buen tiempo the weather is good

4. (dar cierto aspecto) to make... look...

la barba te hace mayor your beard makes you look older

ese pantalón te hace más delgada those trousers make you look slimmer

5. (pensar) to think [pt. & pp. thought]

hacía más joven a tu hermano I thought your brother was younger

6. (aparentar) to pretend

haz como que no lo sabías pretend you didn't know

hace que trabaja he pretends to work

7. (cumplir años) to be

mañana haré 18 años I'll be 18 tomorrow

8. (poner) to show [pt. showed; pp. shown] / to be on

esta noche hacen una película buena there's a good film on tonight

hace (acción acabada) ago (acción que continúa) for

hace una semana a week ago

mi abuelo murió hace cinco años my grandfather died five years ago

hace años que no la veo I haven't seen her for years

vivo aquí desde hace un año I've been living here for a year

¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?

hacer bien to be right

haces bien en quejarte you're right to complain

hacer daño to hurt [pt. & pp. hurt]

hacer el tonto to act the fool / to mess about

hacer la maleta to pack

hacer señas to signal [pt. & pp. signalled]

hacer un dibujo to draw a picture [pt. drew; pp. drawn]

hacer un nudo to tie a knot

hacer un papel to play a part

hacer un viaje to go on a trip

hacer una casa to build a house [pt. & pp. built]

hacer una foto to take a photo [pt. took; pp. taken]

hacer una pregunta to ask a question

hacer una redacción to write an essay [pt. wrote; pp. written]

hacer una visita to visit

Spanish-English dictionary > hacer
6 БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

Мы приняли следующие сокращения для наиболее часто упоминаемых книг и журналов:

IJP - International Journal of Psycho-analysis

JAPA - Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association

SE - Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, ed. James Strachey (London: Hogarth Press and the Institute of Psycho-Analysis, 1953—74.)

PSOC - Psychoanalytic Study of the Child (New Haven: Yale University Press)

PQ - Psychoanalytic Quarterly

WAF - The Writings of Anna Freud, ed. Anna Freud (New York: International Universities Press, 1966—74)

PMC - Psychoanalysis The Major Concepts ed. Burness E. Moore and Bernard D. Fine (New Haven: Yale University Press)

\

О словаре: _about - Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts

\

1. Abend, S. M. Identity. PMC. Forthcoming.

2. Abend, S. M. (1974) Problems of identity. PQ, 43.

3. Abend, S. M., Porder, M. S. & Willick, M. S. (1983) Borderline Patients. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

4. Abraham, K. (1916) The first pregenital stage of libido. Selected Papers. London, Hogarth Press, 1948.

5. Abraham, K. (1917) Ejaculatio praecox. In: selected Papers. New York Basic Books.

6. Abraham, K. (1921) Contributions to the theory of the anal character. Selected Papers. New York: Basic Books, 1953.

7. Abraham, K. (1924) A Short study of the development of the libido, viewed in the light of mental disorders. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1927.

8. Abraham, K. (1924) Manic-depressive states and the pre-genital levels of the libido. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1949.

9. Abraham, K. (1924) Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1948.

10. Abraham, K. (1924) The influence of oral erotism on character formation. Ibid.

11. Abraham, K. (1925) The history of an impostor in the light of psychoanalytic knowledge. In: Clinical Papers and Essays on Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books, 1955, vol. 2.

12. Abrams, S. (1971) The psychoanalytic unconsciousness. In: The Unconscious Today, ed. M. Kanzer. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

13. Abrams, S. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.

14. Abse, D W. (1985) The depressive character In Depressive States and their Treatment, ed. V. Volkan New York: Jason Aronson.

15. Abse, D. W. (1985) Hysteria and Related Mental Disorders. Bristol: John Wright.

16. Ackner, B. (1954) Depersonalization. J. Ment. Sci., 100.

17. Adler, A. (1924) Individual Psychology. New York: Harcourt, Brace.

18. Akhtar, S. (1984) The syndrome of identity diffusion. Amer. J. Psychiat., 141.

19. Alexander, F. (1950) Psychosomatic Medicine. New York: Norton.

20. Allen, D. W. (1974) The Feat- of Looking. Charlottesvill, Va: Univ. Press of Virginia.

21. Allen, D. W. (1980) Psychoanalytic treatment of the exhibitionist. In: Exhibitionist, Description, Assessment, and Treatment, ed. D. Cox. New York: Garland STPM Press.

22. Allport, G. (1937) Personality. New York: Henry Holt.

23. Almansi, R. J. (1960) The face-breast equation. JAPA, 6.

24. Almansi, R. J. (1979) Scopophilia and object loss. PQ, 47.

25. Altman, L. Z. (1969) The Dream in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

26. Altman, L. Z. (1977) Some vicissitudes of love. JAPA, 25.

27. American Psychiatric Association. (1987) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3d ed. revised. Washington, D. C.

28. Ansbacher, Z. & Ansbacher, R. (1956) The Individual Psychology of Alfred Adler. New York: Basic Books.

29. Anthony, E. J. (1981) Shame, guilt, and the feminine self in psychoanalysis. In: Object and Self, ed. S. Tuttman, C. Kaye & M. Zimmerman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

30. Arlow. J. A. (1953) Masturbation and symptom formation. JAPA, 1.

31. Arlow. J. A. (1959) The structure of the deja vu experience. JAPA, 7.

32. Arlow. J. A. (1961) Ego psychology and the study of mythology. JAPA, 9.

33. Arlow. J. A. (1963) Conflict, regression and symptom formation. IJP, 44.

34. Arlow. J. A. (1966) Depersonalization and derealization. In: Psychoanalysis: A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

35. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Fantasy, memory and reality testing. PQ, 38.

36. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Unconscious fantasy and disturbances of mental experience. PQ, 38.

37. Arlow. J. A. (1970) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 51.

38. Arlow. J. A. (1975) The structural hypothesis. PQ, 44.

39. Arlow. J. A. (1977) Affects and the psychoanalytic situation. IJP, 58.

40. Arlow. J. A. (1979) Metaphor and the psychoanalytic situation. PQ, 48.

41. Arlow. J. A. (1979) The genesis of interpretation. JAPA, 27 (suppl.).

42. Arlow. J. A. (1982) Problems of the superego concept. PSOC, 37.

43. Arlow. J. A. (1984) Disturbances of the sense of time. PQ, 53.

44. Arlow. J. A. (1985) Some technical problems of countertransference. PQ, 54.

45. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1963) Psychoanalytic Concepts and the Structural Theory, New York: Int. Univ. Press.

46. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1969) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 50.

47. Asch, S. S. (1966) Depression. PSOC, 21.

48. Asch, S. S. (1976) Varieties of negative therapeutic reactions and problems of technique. JAPA, 24.

49. Atkins, N. (1970) The Oedipus myth. Adolescence, and the succession of generations. JAPA, 18.

50. Atkinson, J. W. & Birch, D. (1970) The Dynamics of Action. New York: Wiley.

51. Bachrach, H. M. & Leaff, L. A. (1978) Analyzability. JAPA, 26.

52. Bacon, C. (1956) A developmental theory of female homosexuality. In: Perversions,ed, S. Lorand & M. Balint. New York: Gramercy.

53. Bak, R. C. (1953) Fetishism. JAPA. 1.

54. Bak, R. C. (1968) The phallic woman. PSOC, 23.

55. Bak, R. C. & Stewart, W. A. (1974) Fetishism, transvestism, and voyeurism. An American Handbook of Psychiatry, ed. S. Arieti. New York: Basic Books, vol. 3.

56. Balint, A. (1949) Love for mother and mother-love. IJP, 30.

57. Balter, L., Lothane, Z. & Spencer, J. H. (1980) On the analyzing instrument, PQ, 49.

58. Basch, M. F. (1973) Psychoanalysis and theory formation. Ann. Psychoanal., 1.

59. Basch, M. F. (1976) The concept of affect. JAPA, 24.

60. Basch, M. F. (1981) Selfobject disorders and psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 29.

61. Basch, M. F. (1983) Emphatic understanding. JAPA. 31.

62. Balldry, F. Character. PMC. Forthcoming.

63. Balldry, F. (1983) The evolution of the concept of character in Freud's writings. JAPA. 31.

64. Begelman, D. A. (1971) Misnaming, metaphors, the medical model and some muddles. Psychiatry, 34.

65. Behrends, R. S. & Blatt, E. J. (1985) Internalization and psychological development throughout the life cycle. PSOC, 40.

66. Bell, A. (1961) Some observations on the role of the scrotal sac and testicles JAPA, 9.

67. Benedeck, T. (1949) The psychosomatic implications of the primary unit. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 19.

68. Beres, C. (1958) Vicissitudes of superego functions and superego precursors in childhood. FSOC, 13.

69. Beres, D. Conflict. PMC. Forthcoming.

70. Beres, D. (1956) Ego deviation and the concept of schizophrenia. PSOC, 11.

71. Beres, D. (1960) Perception, imagination and reality. IJP, 41.

72. Beres, D. (1960) The psychoanalytic psychology of imagination. JAPA, 8.

73. Beres, D. & Joseph, E. D. (1965) Structure and function in psychoanalysis. IJP, 46.

74. Beres, D. (1970) The concept of mental representation in psychoanalysis. IJP, 51.

75. Berg, M D. (1977) The externalizing transference. IJP, 58.

76. Bergeret, J. (1985) Reflection on the scientific responsi bilities of the International Psychoanalytical Association. Memorandum distributed at 34th IPA Congress, Humburg.

77. Bergman, A. (1978) From mother to the world outside. In: Grolnick et. al. (1978).

78. Bergmann, M. S. (1980) On the intrapsychic function of falling in love. PQ, 49.

79. Berliner, B. (1966) Psychodynamics of the depressive character. Psychoanal. Forum, 1.

80. Bernfeld, S. (1931) Zur Sublimierungslehre. Imago, 17.

81. Bibring, E. (1937) On the theory of the therapeutic results of psychoanalysis. IJP, 18.

82. Bibring, E. (1941) The conception of the repetition compulsion. PQ, 12.

83. Bibring, E. (1953) The mechanism of depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

84. Bibring, E. (1954) Psychoanalysis and the dynamic psychotherapies. JAPA, 2.

85. Binswanger, H. (1963) Positive aspects of the animus. Zьrich: Spring.

86. Bion Francesca Abingdon: Fleetwood Press.

87. Bion, W. R. (1952) Croup dynamics. IJP, 33.

88. Bion, W. R. (1961) Experiences in Groups. London: Tavistock.

89. Bion, W. R. (1962) A theory of thinking. IJP, 40.

90. Bion, W. R. (1962) Learning from Experience. London: William Heinemann.

91. Bion, W. R. (1963) Elements of Psychoanalysis. London: William Heinemann.

92. Bion, W. R. (1965) Transformations. London: William Heinemann.

93. Bion, W. R. (1970) Attention and Interpretation. London: Tavistock.

94. Bion, W. R. (1985) All My Sins Remembered, ed. Francesca Bion. Adingdon: Fleetwood Press.

95. Bird, B. (1972) Notes on transference. JAPA, 20.

96. Blanck, G. & Blanck, R. (1974) Ego Psychology. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

97. Blatt, S. J. (1974) Levels of object representation in anaclitic and introjective depression. PSOC, 29.

98. Blau, A. (1955) A unitary hypothesis of emotion. PQ, 24.

99. Bleuler, E. (1911) Dementia Praecox or the Group of Schizophrenias. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1951.

100. Blos, P. (1954) Prolonged adolescence. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 24.

101. Blos, P. (1962) On Adolescence. New York: Free Press.

102. Blos, P. (1972) The epigenesia of the adult neurosis. 27.

103. Blos, P. (1979) Modification in the traditional psychoanalytic theory of adolescent development. Adolescent Psychiat., 8.

104. Blos, P. (1984) Son and father. JAPA_. 32.

105. Blum, G. S. (1963) Prepuberty and adolescence, In Studies ed. R. E. Grinder. New York: McMillan.

106. Blum, H. P. Symbolism. FMC. Forthcoming.

107. Blum, H. P. (1976) Female Psychology. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).

108. Blum, H. P. (1976) Masochism, the ego ideal and the psychology of women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).

109. Blum, H. P. (1980) The value of reconstruction in adult psychoanalysis. IJP, 61.

110. Blum, H. P. (1981) Forbidden quest and the analytic ideal. PQ, 50.

111. Blum, H. P. (1983) Defense and resistance. Foreword. JAFA, 31.

112. Blum, H. P., Kramer, Y., Richards, A. K. & Richards, A. D., eds. (1988) Fantasy, Myth and Reality: Essays in Honor of Jacob A. Arlow. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.

113. Boehm, F. (1930) The femininity-complex In men. IJP,11.

114. Boesky, D. Structural theory. PMC. Forthcoming.

115. Boesky, D. (1973) Deja raconte as a screen defense. PQ, 42.

116. Boesky, D. (1982) Acting out. IJP, 63.

117. Boesky, D. (1986) Questions about Sublimation In Psychoanalysis the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.

118. Bornstein, B. (1935) Phobia in a 2 1/2-year-old child. PQ, 4.

119. Bornstein, B. (1951) On latency. PSOC, 6.

120. Bornstein, M., ed. (1983) Values and neutrality in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 3.

121. Bowlby, J. (1960) Grief and morning in infancy and early childhood. PSOC. 15.

122. Bowlby, J. (1961) Process of mourning. IJP. 42.

123. Bowlby, J. (1980) Attachment and Loss, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.

124. Bradlow, P. A. (1973) Depersonalization, ego splitting, non-human fantasy and shame. IJP, 54.

125. Brazelton, T. B., Kozlowsky, B. & Main, M. (1974) The early motherinfant interaction. In: The Effect of the Infant on Its Caregiver, ed. M. Lewis & L. Rosenblum New York Wiley.

126. Brenner, C. (1957) The nature and development of the concept of repression in Freud's writings. PSOC, 12.

127. Brenner, C. (1959) The masochistic character. JAPA, 7.

128. Brenner, C. (1973) An Elementary Textbook of Psycho-analysis. New York Int. Univ. Press.

129. Brenner, C. (1974) On the nature and development of affects PQ, 43.

130. Brenner, C. (1976) Psychoanalytic Technique and Psychic Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

131. Brenner, C. (1979) The Mind in Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

132. Brenner, C. (1979) Working alliance, therapeutic alliance and transference. JAPA, 27.

133. Brenner, C. (1981) Defense and defense mechanisms. PQ, 50.

134. Brenner, C. (1983) Defense. In: the Mind in Conflict. New York Int. Univ. Press.

135. Bressler, B. (1965) The concept of the self. Psychoanalytic Review, 52.

136. Breuer, J. & Freud, S. (1983—95) Studies on Hysteria. SE, 3.

137. Breznitz, S., ed. (1983) The Denial of Stress. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

138. Brody, S. (1964) Passivity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

139. Brown, H. (1970) Psycholinquistics. New York: Free Press.

140. Bruner, J. S. (1964) The course of cognitive growth. Amer. Psychologist. 19.

141. Bruner, J., Jolly, A. & Sylva, K. (1976) Play. New York Basic Books.

142. Bruner, J. E., Olver, R. R. &Greenfield, P. M. (1966) Studies in Cognitive Growth. New York: Wiley.

143. Buie, D H. (1981) Empathy. JAPA, 29.

144. Burgner, M. & Edgeumble, R. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relationships. PSOC, 27.

145. Call, J. ed. (1979) Basic Handbook of Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.

146. Carroll, G. (1956) Language, Thought and Reality. Cambridge & London: M. I. T. Press & John Wiley.

147. Cavenar, J. O. & Nash, J. L. (1976) The effects of Combat on the normal personality. Comprehensive Psychiat., 17.

148. Chassequet-Smirgel, J. (1978) Reflections on the connection between perversion and sadism. IJP, 59.

149. Chomsky, N. (1978) Language and unconscious knowledge. In: Psychoanalysis and Language, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, vol. 3.

150. Clower, V. (1975) Significance of masturbation in female sexual development and function. In: Masturbation from Infancy to Senescence, ed. I. Marcus & J. Francis. New York: Int. Uni" Press.

151. Coen, S. J. & Bradlow, P. A. (1982) Twin transference as a compromise formation. JAPA, 30.

152. Compton, A. Object and relationships. PMC. Forthcoming.

153. Cullen, W. (1777) First Lines of the Practice of Psysic. Edinburgh: Bell, Brandfute.

154. Curtis, B. C. (1969) Psychoanalytic understanding and treatment of impotence. In: Sexual Function and Dysfunction, ed. P. J. Fink & V. B. O. Hummett. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis.

155. Darwin, C. (1874) The Descent of Man. New York: Hurst.

156. Davidoff-Hirsch, H. (1985) Oedipal and preoedipal phenomena. JAPA, 33.

157. Davis, M. & Wallbridge, D. (1981) Boundary and Space. New York: Brunner-Mazel.

158. Deutsch, H. (1932) Homosexuality in women. PQ, 1.

159. Deutsch, H. (1934) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.

160. Deutsch, H. (1937) Absence of grief. PQ, 6.

161. Deutsch, H. (1942) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.

162. Deutsch, H. (1955) The impostor. In: Neuroses and Character Types. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.

163. Devereux, G. (1953) Why Oedipus killed Lains. IJP, 34.

164. Dewald, P. (1982) Psychoanalytic perspectives On resistance. In: resistance, Psychodynamics. and Behavioral Approaches, ed. P. Wachtel. New York: Plenum Press.

165. Dickes, R. (1963) Fetishistic behavior. JAPA. 11.

166. Dickes, R. (1965) The defensive function of an altered state of consciousness. JAPA, 13.

167. Dickes, R. (1967) Severe regressive disruption of the therapeutic alliance. JAPA, 15.

168. Dickes, R. (1981) Sexual myths and misinformation. In: Understanding Human Behaviour in Health and Illness, ed. R. C. Simon & H. Pardes. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

169. Dorpat, T. L. (1985) Denial and Defense in the Therapeutic Situation. New York: Jason Aronson.

170. Downey, T. W. (1978) Transitional phenomena in the analysis of early adolescent males. PSOC, 33.

171. Dunbar, F. (1954) Emotions and Bodily Functions. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

172. Easson, W. M. (1973) The earliest ego development, primitive memory traces, and the Isakower phenomenon. PQ, 42.

173. Edelheit, H. (1971) Mythopoiesis and the primal scene. Psychoanal. Study Society, 5.

174. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relation ships, part I. PSOC, 27.

175. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1975) The phallicnarcissistic phase. PSOC, 30.

176. Eidelberg, L. (1960) A third contribution to the study of slips of the tongue. IJP, 41.

177. Eidelberg, L. (1968) Encyclopedia of Psychoanalysis. New York: The Free Press; London: Collier-MacMillan.

178. Eissler, K. R. (1953) The effect of the structure of the ego on psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 1.

179. Ellenberg, H. F. (1970) The Discovery of the Unconscious. New York: Basic Books.

180. Emde, R. N. (1980) Toward a psychoanalytic theory of affect: I. & G. H. Pollock. Washington NYMH.

181. Emde R., Gaensbaner, T. & Harmon R. (1976) Emotional Expression in Infancy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

182. Erode R. & Harmon, R. J. (1972) Endogenous and exogenous smiling systems in early infancy. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 11.

183. Engel, G. L. (1962) Psychological Development in Health and Disease. New York Saunders.

184. Engel, G. L. (1967) Psychoanalytic theory of somatic disorder. JAPA, 15.

185. Engel, G. L. (1968) A reconsideration of the role of conversion in somatic disease. Compr. Psychiat., 94.

186. English, H. B. & English, A. C. (1958) A comprehensive Dictionary of Psychological and Psychoanalytical Terms. New York: David McKay.

187. Erard, R. (1983) New wine in old skins. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 10.

188. Erdelyi, M. H. (1985) Psychoanalysis. New York: W. H. Freeman.

189. Erikson, E. H. (1950) Childhood and Society. New York: Norton.

190. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The concept of ego identity. JAPA, 4.

191. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The problem of ego identity. JAPA, 4.

192. Esman, A. H. (1973) The primal scene. PSOC, 28.

193. Esman, A. H. (1975) The Psychology of Adolescence. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

194. Esman, A. H. (1979) Some reflections on boredom. JAPA, 27.

195. Esman, A. H. (1983) The "stimulus barrier": a review and reconsideration. PSOC, 38.

196. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1952) Psychoanalytic Studies of the Personality. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

197. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1954) An Object-Relations Theory of the Personality. New York: Basic Books.

198. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1963) Synopsis of an Object-Relations theory of the personality. IJP, 44.

199. Fawcett, J., Clark, D. C., Scheftner, W. H. & Hedecker, D. (1983) Differences between anhedonia and normal hedonic depressive states. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 40.

200. Fenichel, O. (1934) On the psychology of boredom. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, 1953, vol. 1.

201. Fenichel, O. (1941) Problems of Psychoanalytic Technique. Albany, N. Y.: Psychoanalytic Quaterly.

202. Fenichel, O. (1945) Character disorders. In: The Psychoanalytic Theory of the Neurosis. New York: Norton.

203. Fenichel, O. (1945) The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis New York: Norton.

204. Fenichel, O. (1954) Ego strength and ego weakness. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, vol. 2.

205. Ferenczi, S. (1909) Introjection and transference. In: Sex in Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.

206. Ferenczi, S. (191617) Disease or patho-neurosis. The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press, 1950.

207. Ferenczi, S. (1925) Psychoanalysis of sexual habits. In: The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.

208. Fine, B. D., Joseph, E. D. & Waldhorn, H. F., eds. (1971) Recollection and Reconstruction in Psychoanalysis. Monograph 4, Kris Study Group. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

209. Fink, G. (1967) Analysis of the Isakower phenomenon. JAPA, 15.

210. Fink, P. J. (1970) Correlation between "actual" neurosis and the work of Masters and Johson. P. Q, 39.

211. Finkenstein, L. (1975) Awe premature ejaculation. P. Q, 44.

212. Firestein, S. K. (1978) A review of the literature. In: Termination in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

213. Fisher, C. et. al. (1957) A study of the preliminary stages of the construction of dreams and images. JAPA, 5.

214. Fisher, C. et. al. (1968) Cycle of penile erection synchronous with dreaming (REM) sleep. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 12.

215. Fliess, R. (1942) The metapsychology of the analyst. PQ, 12.

216. Fliess, R. (1953) The Revival of Interest in the Dream. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

217. Fodor, N. & Gaynor, F. (1950) Freud: Dictionary of Psycho-analysis. New York: Philosophical Library.

218. Fordham, M. (1969) Children as Individuals. London: Hodder & Stoughton.

219. Fordham, M. (1976) The Self and Autism. London: Academic Press.

220. Fraiberg, S. (1969) Object constancy and mental representation. PSOC, 24.

221. Frank, A. Metapsychology. PMS. Forthcoming.

222. Frank, A. & Muslin, H. (1967) The development of Freud's concept of primal repression. PSOC, 22.

223. Frank, H. (1977) Dynamic patterns for failure in college students. Can. Psychiat. Ass. J., 22.

224. French, T. & Fromm, E. (1964) Dream Interpretation. New York: Basic Books.

225. Freud, A. (1936) The Ego and the Mechanisms of Defense. New York Int. Univ. Press.

226. Freud, A. (1951) Observations on child development. PSOC, 6.

227. Freud, A. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. WAF, 4.

228. Freud, A. (1958) Adolescence. WAF, 5.

229. Freud, A. (1962) Assessment of childhood disturbances. PSOC, 17.

230. Freud, A. (1962) Comments on psychic trauma. In: Furst (1967).

231. Freud, A. (1963) The concept of developmental lines. PSOC, 18.

232. Freud, A. (1965) Assessment of pathology, part 2. WAF, 6.

233. Freud, A. (1965) Normality and Pathology in Childhood. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

234. Freud, A. (1970) The infantile neurosis. WAF, 7.

235. Freud, A. (1971) Comments on aggression. IJP, 53.

236. Freud, A. (1971) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 26.

237. Freud, A. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.

238. Freud, S. (1887—1902) Letters to Wilhelm Fliess. New York: Basic Books, 1954.

239. Freud, S. (1891) On the interpretation of the aphasias. SE, 3.

240. Freud, S. (1893—95) Studies on hysteria. SE, 2.

241. Freud, S. (1894) The neuropsychoses of defence. SE, 3.

242. Freud, S. (1895) On the ground for detaching a particular syndrome from neurasthenia under the description "anxiety neurosis". SE, 3.

243. Freud, S. (1895) Project for a scientific psychology. SE, 1.

244. Freud, S. (1896) Draft K, Jameary 1, 1896, Neuroses of defense (A Christmas fairytale). In: Extracts from the Fliess papers (1892—99).

245. Freud, S. (1896) Further remarks on the neuropsychosis of defense. SE, 3.

246. Freud, S. (1896) Heredity and aetiology of neurosis. SE, 3.

247. Freud, S. (1898) Sexuality in the aetiology of the neurosis. SE, 3.

248. Freud, S. (1899) Screen memories. SE, 3.

249. Freud, S. (1900) The interpretation of dreams. SE, 4—5.

250. Freud, S. (1901) Childhood memories and screen memories SE, 6.

251. Freud, S. (1901) On dreams. SE, 5.

252. Freud, S. (1901) The psychopathology of everyday life. SE, 6.

253. Freud, S. (1905) Fragments of an analysis of a case of hysteria. SE, 7.

254. Freud, S. (1905) Jokes and their relation to the unconscious. SE, 8.

255. Freud, S. (1905) Psysical (or mental) treatment. SE, 7.

256. Freud, S. (1905) Three essays on the theory of sexuality. SE. 7.

257. Freud, S. (1908) Character and anal erotism. SE, 9.

258. Freud, S. (1908) On the sexual theories of children. SE, 9.

259. Freud, S. (1908) Preface to Wilhelm Stekel's Nervous Anxiety-States and Their Treatment. SE, 9.

260. Freud, S. (1909) Analysis of a phobia in a five-year-old boy. SE, 10.

261. Freud, S. (1909) Family romances. SE, 9.

262. Freud, S. (1909) Notes upon a case of obsessional neurosis. SE, 10.

263. Freud, S. (1910) A special type of choice of object made by men. SE, 11.

264. Freud, S. (1910) The autithentical meaning of primal words. SE, 11.

265. Freud, S. (1910) The future prospects of psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 11.

266. Freud, S. (1910) The psychoanalytic view of psychogenic disturbance of vision. SE, 11.

267. Freud, S. (1911) Formulations on the two principles of mental functioning. SE, 12.

268. Freud, S. (1911) Notes on a case of paranoia. SE, 12.

269. Freud, S. (1911) Psychoanalytic notes on an autobiographical account of a case of paranoia. SE, 12.

270. Freud, S. (1911—15) Papers on technique. SE, 12.

271. Freud, S. (1912) Contribution to a discussion on masturbation. SE, 12.

272. Freud, S. (1912) On the universal tendency to abasement in the sphere of love. SE, 11.

273. Freud, S. (1912) The dynamics of transference. SE, 12.

274. Freud, S. (1913) Editor's note The disposition to obsessional neurosis. SE, 12.

275. Freud, S. (1913) On beginning the treatment. SE, 12.

276. Freud, S. (1913) Totem and taboo. SE, 13.

277. Freud, S. (1914) Fausse reconnaissance (deja reconte) in psychoanalytic treatment. SE, 13.

278. Freud, S. (1914) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 15.

279. Freud, S. (1914) Observations on transference love. SE, 12.

280. Freud, S. (1914) On narcissism. SE. 14.

281. Freud, S. (1914) On the history of the psychoanalytic movement. SE, 14.

282. Freud, S. (1914) Remembering, repeating, and working-through. SE, 12.

283. Freud, S. (1914—16) Some character types met with in psychoanalysis. (II) Those wrecked by success SE, 14.

284. Freud, S. (1915) Das UnbewuЯte. Gesammelte Werke, 10.

285. Freud, S. (1915) Instincts and their vicissitudes. SE, 14.

286. Freud, S. (1915) Observation on transference-love. SE, I2.

287. Freud, S. (1915) Repression. SE, 14.

288. Freud, S. (1915) The unconscious. SE, 14.

289. Freud, S. (1915—17) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 15 & 16.

290. Freud, S. (1916) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.

291. Freud, S. (1916) Some character types met with in psychoanalytic work. SE, 16.

292. Freud, S. (1917) A metapsychological supplement to the theory of dreams. SE, 14.

293. Freud, S. (1917) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.

294. Freud, S. (1917) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 14.

295. Freud, S. (1917) On transformations of instinct as exemplified in anal erotism. SE, 17.

296. Freud, S. (1918) From the history of an infantile neurosis. SE, 17.

297. Freud, S. (1919) "A child is being beaten". SE, 17.

298. Freud, S. (1919) Lines of advance in psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 17.

299. Freud, S. (1919) The uncanny. SE, 17.

300. Freud, S. (1920) Beyond the pleasure principle. SE, 18.

301. Freud, S. (1920) The Psychogenesis of a case of homosexuality in a woman. SE, 18.

302. Freud, S. (1921) Group psychology and the analysis of the ego. SE, 18.

303. Freud, S. (1923) The ego and the id. SE, 19.

304. Freud, S. (1923) The infantile genital organization. SE, 19.

305. Freud, S. (1924) A short account of psychoanalysis. SE, 19.

306. Freud, S. (1924) Neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.

307. Freud, S. (1924) The dissolution of the Oedipus complex SE, 19.

308. Freud, S. (1924) The economic problem of masochism. SE, 19.

309. Freud, S. (1924) The loss of reality in neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.

310. Freud, S. (1925) Negation. SE, 19.

311. Freud, S. (1925) Some psychical consequences of the anatomical distinction between the sexes. SE, 19.

312. Freud, S. (1926) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety. SE, 20.

313. Freud, S. (1926) The question of lay analysis. SE, 20.

314. Freud, S. (1927) Fetishism. SE, 21.

315. Freud, S. (1930) Civilization and its discontents. SE, 21.

316. Freud, S. (1931) Female sexuality. SE, 21.

317. Freud, S. (1931) Libidinal types. SE, 21.

318. Freud, S. (1933) Femininity. SE, 22,.

319. Freud, S. (1933) New introductory lectures on psycho-analysis. SE, 22.

320. Freud, S. (1933) The psychology of women. New introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 22.

321. Freud, S. (1936) A disturbance of memory on the Acropolis. SE, 22.

322. Freud, S. (1937) Analysis terminable and interminable. SE, 23.

323. Freud, S. (1937) Constructions in analysis. SE, 23.

324. Freud, S. (1938) An outline on psychoanalysis. SE, 23.

325. Freud, S. (1938) Splitting of the ego in the process of defense. SE, 23.

326. Freud, S. (1939) Moses and monotheism. SE, 23.

327. Freud, S. (1940) An outline of psychoanalysis. SE, 23.

328. Frosch, J. (1966) A note on reality constancy. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

329. Frosch, J. (1967) Delusional fixity sense of conviction and the psychotic conflict. IJP, 48.

330. Frosch, J. (1977) The relation between acting out and disorders of impulse control. Psychiatry, 40.

331. Frosch, J. (1980) Neurosis and psychosis. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. J. Greenspan & G. H. Pollock. Washington, D. C.: National Institute of Health, vol. 3.

332. Frosch, J. (1983) The Psychotic Process. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

333. Furer, M. (1972) The history of the superego concept in psychoanalysis. In: Moral Value and the Superego concept in Psychoanalysis, ed. S. C. Fost. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

334. Furman, E. (1974) A Child s Parent Dies. New Heaven: Yale Univ. Press.

335. Furman, E. (1980) Transference and externalization. PSOC, 35.

336. Furst, S. Trauma. PMC, Forthcoming.

337. Furst, S. (1967) Psychic trauma. In: Psychic Trauma, ed. S. S. Furst. New York: Basic Books.

338. Furst, S. (1978) The stimulus barrier and the pathogenecity of trauma. IJP, 59.

339. Gaddini, R. (1978) Transitional object and the psychosomatic symptom. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).

340. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1976) Some suggested revisions concerning early female development. JAPA, 24(5).

341. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1980) The preoedipal development of the boy. JAPA, 28.

342. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1981) Infantile Origins of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

343. Ganzarain, R. Group psychology. PMC. Forthcoming.

344. Ganzarain, R. (1980) Psychotic-like anxieties and primitive defenses. Issues on Ego Psychology, 3(2).

345. Ganzarain, R. (1988) A comparative study of Bion's concepts about groups. In: Object Relations Group Psychotherapy. Madison, Ct.: Int. Univ. Press.

346. Gediman, H. K. (1971) The concept of the stimulus barrier. IJP, 52.

347. Gedo, J. & Goldberg, A. (1973) Models of the Mind. Chicago & London: Univ. of Chicago Press.

348. Geerts, A. E. & Prechardt, E., reporters (1978) Colloquium on "trauma". IJP, 59.

349. Gero, G. (1943) The idea of psychogenesis in modern psychiatry and in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Rev., 30.

350. Gill. M. M. (1963) Topography and Systems in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, Monogr. 10. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

351. Gill. M. M. (1967) The primary process in motives and thought. In: Motives and Thought, ed. R. R. Holt. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

352. Gill. M. M. (1974) Psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.

353. Gill, M. M & Rapaport, D. (1942) A case of amnesia and its bearing on the theory of memory. Character and Personality, 11.

354. Gillespie, W. (1956) The general theory of Sexual perversion. IJP, 37.

355. Glenn, J. (in press) A parameter. In: Annu. Psychoanal.

356. Glenn, J. & Kaplan, E. H. (1968) Types of orgasm in women. JAPA, 16.

357. Glower, E. (1929) The "screening" function of traumatic memories. IJP, 4.

358. Glower, E. (1931) Sublimation, substitution, and social anxiety. IJP, 12.

359. Glower, E. (1933) The relation of perversion-formation to the development of reality sense. IJP, 14.

360. Glower, E. (1955) The terminal phase. In: The Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

361. Goldberg, A. (1975) The evolution of psychoanalytic concepts of depression. In: Depression and Human Existence, ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.

362. Goldberg, A. ed. (1978) The Psychology of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

363. Goldberg, A. (1983) Self psychology and alternate perspectives on internalization. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.

364. Green, A. (1978) Potential space in Psychoanalysis. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).

365. Greenacre, P. (1949) A contribution to the study of screen memories. FSOC, 3/4.

366. Greenacre, P. (1950) General problems of acting out. PQ, 19.

367. Greenacre, P. (1950) Special problems of early female sexual development. In: Trauma, Growth and Personality New York: Int. Univ. Press.

368. Greenacre, P. (1952) Pregenital patterning. IJP, 33.

369. Greenacre, P. (1953) Penis awe and its relation to penis envy. In: Drives, Affects, Behavior, ed. R. M. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

370. Greenacre, P. (1956) Experiences of awe in childhood. PSOC,11.

371. Greenacre, P. (1957) The childhood of the artist. PSOC, 12.

372. Greenacre, P. (1958) The family romance of the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 2.

373. Greenacre, P. (1958) The relation of the impostor to the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 1.

374. Greenacre, P. (1968) Perversions. PSOC, 23.

375. Greenacre, P. (1969) The fetish and the transitional object, part 1. PSOC, 24.

376. Greenacre, P. (1970) The fetish and the transitional object, part 2. IJP 51, vol. 4.

377. Greenacre, P. (1970) The transitional object and the fetish. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

378. Greenacre, P. (1972) Crowds and crisis. PSOC, 27.

379. Greenacre, P. (1973) The primal scene and the sense of reality. PQ, 42.

380. Greenacre, P. (1975) On reconstruction. JAPA, 21.

381. Greenberg, J. R. & Mitchell, S. A. (1983) Object Relations in Psychoanalytic Theory. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.

382. Greenson, R. R. (1949) The psychology of apathy. PQ, 18.

383. Greenson, R. R. (1953) On boredom. JAPA, 1.

384. Greenson, R. R. (1960) Empathy and its vicissitudes. IJP, 41.

385. Greenson, R. R. (1962) On enthusiasm. JAPA, 10.

386. Greenson, R. R. (1965) The working alliance and the transference neurosis. PQ, 34.

387. Greenson, R. R. (1967) The technique and Practice of Psycho-analysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

388. Greenson, R. R. (1978) Exploration in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

389. Greenspan, S. & Pollock, G., eds. (1980) The Course of Life. Vol. I. Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing office.

390. Grinberg, L., Sor, D. & Tabak de Bianchedi, E. (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion, trans. A. Hahn. Scotland: Clunie Press.

391. Grinker, E. R (1945) Psychiatric disorders in combat crews overseas and in returnees. Med. Clin. North. Amer., 29.

392. Grinstein, A. (1983) Freud's Rules of Dream Interpretation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

393. Grolnick, S., Barkin, L. & Muensterberger, W., eds. (1978) Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.

394. Grosskurth, P. (1986) Melanie Klein. New York: Alfred Knopf.

395. Grossman, W. E. & Stewart, W. A. (1976) Penis envy. JAPA, 24 (5).

396. Grotstein, J. S. (1981) Splitting and Projective Indentification. New York: Jason Aronson.

397. Guntrip, H. (1961) Personality Structure and Human Interaction. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

398. Guntrip, H. (1968) Schizoid Phenomena, Object-Relations and the Self. London: Hogarth Press.

399. Harley, M. (1967) Transference developments in a five-year old child. In: the Child Analyst at Work, ed. E. Geleerd. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

400. Harley, M. (1974) Analyst and Adolescent at Work. New York: Quadrangle.

401. Harley, M. (1986) Child analysis, 1947—1984, a retrospective. PSOC, 41.

402. Harre, R. and Lamb, R. (1983) The Encyclopedia Dictionary of Psychology. Cambridge: M. I. T. Press.

403. Harrison, J. B. (1975) On the maternal origins of awe. PSOC, 30.

404. Harrison, J. B. (1979) On Freud's view of the infant-mother relationship and of the oceanic feeling. JAPA, 27.

405. Harrison, S. J. (1970) Is psychoanalysis "our science?". JAPA, 18.

406. Hartmann, H. PSOC, 5.

407. Hartmann, H. (1937) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

408. Hartmann, H. (1939) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1958.

409. Hartmann, H. (1939) Psychoanalysis and the concept of health. In: Hartmann (1964).

410. Hartmann, H. (1947) On rational and irrational action. In: Essays on Ego Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1964.

411. Hartmann, H. (1948) Comments on the theory of instinctual drives. PQ, 17.

412. Hartmann, H. (1950) Comments on the psychoanalytic theory of the ego. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

413. Hartmann, H. (1951) Technical implications of ego psychology PQ, 20.

414. Hartmann, H. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. PSOC, 7.

415. Hartmann, H. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of schizophrenia. In: Hartmann, PSOC, 8.

416. Hartmann, H. (1953) The metapsychology of schizophrenia. PSOC, 8.

417. Hartmann, H. (1955) Notes on the theory of sublimation. PSOC, 10.

418. Hartmann, H. (1956) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.

419. Hartmann, H. (1964) Essays in Ego Psychology. New York Int. Univ. Press.

420. Hartmann, H. (1964) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.

421. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1946) Comments in the formation of psychic structure. PSOC, 2.

422. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1949) Notes on the theory of aggression. PSOC, 3/4.

423. Hartmann, H. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1962) Notes on the superego. PSOC, 17.

424. Hassler, A. D. (1960) Guideposts of migrating fish. Science, 122.

425. Hastings, D. W. (1963) Impotence and Frigidity. Boston: Little, Brown.

426. Heimann, P. (1952) Certain functions of introjection and projection in early infancy. In: Klein et al. (1952).

427. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1962) Notes on the anal stage IJP, 43.

428. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1972) The psychoanalytical concept of aggression. IJP, 53.

429. Hendrick, I. (1958) Facts and Theories of Psychoanalysis, 3rd ed. New York: Alfred Knopf.

430. Hill, M. (1982) Analysis of transference. In: Theory and Technique, vol. 1. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

431. Hoffer, W. (1949) Mouth, hand, and ego integration. PSOC, 3/4.

432. Holder, A. (1982) Preoedipal contributions to the formation of the superego. PSOC, 37.

433. Holt, R. R. (1964) The emergence of cognitive psychology JAPA, 12.

434. Holt, R. R. (1967) Beyond vitalism and mechanism. In: Science and Psychoanalysis, ed. J. H. Masserman. Hew York: Grune & Stratton, vol. 2.

435. Hook, S. (1959) Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy. New York: Grove Press.

436. Horney, K. (1924) On the genesis of the castration complex in women. IJP, 5.

437. Horney, K. (1926) The flight from womanhood. IJP, 7.

438. Horowitz, M. J. (1972) Modes of representation of thought. JAFA, 20.

439. Horowitz, M. J. (1979) States of Mind, 2d. ed. New York: Plenum, 1987, chap. 3.

440. Hurvich, M. (1970) On the concept of reality testing. IJP, 51.

441. Isaacs, S. (1952) The nature and function of phantasy. In: Klein et. al. (1952).

442. Isakower, O. (1938) A contribution to the pathopsychology of phenomena associated with falling asleep. IJP, 19.

443. Isakower, O. (1963) Minutes of the faculty meeting. New York Psychoanalytic Institute, Oct. 14—Nov. 20. A. Z. Pteffer, reporter.

444. Isay, R. A. (1986) Homosexuality in homosexual and heterosexual men. In: The Psychology of Men, ed. G. Fogel, F. Lane & R. Liebert. New York: Basic Books.

445. Jacobi, J. (1959) Complex (Archetype) Symbol in the Work of C. G. Jung. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.

446. Jacobs, T. J. (1986) Transference relationships, relationships between transferences and reconstruction. In: Psycho-analysis, the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale N. J.: Analytic Press.

447. Jacobson, E. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of cyclothymic depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

448. Jacobson, E. (1954) Contribution to the metapsychology of psychotic identifications. JAPA, 2.

449. Jacobson, E. (1957) Normal and pathological moods. PSOC, 12.

450. Jacobson, E. (1959) Depersonalization. JAPA, 7.

451. Jacobson, E. (1964) The Self and the Object World. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

452. Jacobson, E. (1967) Psychotic Conflict and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

453. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

454. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression: Comparative Studies of Normal, Neurotic and Psychotic Conditions. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.

455. Jacobson, E. (1971) Normal and pathological moods. In: Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

456. Jacobson, E. (1975) The regulation of self-esteem. In: Depression and Human Existence. ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.

457. Jaffe, A. (1971) The Myth of Meaning. New York: Putnam.

458. Jaffe, D. S. (1970) Forgetting and remembering. P. Q, 39.

459. Janet, Dr. Pierre (1924) Principles of Psychotherapy. New York: Macmillan.

460. John, E. R. (1976) A model of consciousness. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Schwartz & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1976, vol. 1.

461. Jones, E. (1908) Rationalization in everyday life J Abnorm. Psychol., 3: 161—169.

462. Jones, E. (1918) Anal-erotic character traits. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis London— Balliere Tindall & Cox, 1948.

463. Jones, E. (1931) The concept of a normal mind. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis, 5th ed., London. Bailliйre, Tindall & Cox, 1948.

464. Jones, E. (1933) The phallic phase. IJP, 14.

465. Jones, E. (1934) Editorial preface to the Collected Papers of Sigmund Freud, 4. London— Hogarth Press.

466. Jones, E. (1941) Evolution and revolution. IJP, 22.

467. Jones, E. (1949) Hamlet and Oedipus. New York: Norton.

468. Jones, E. (1957) The life and work of Sigmund Freud, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.

469. Joseph, E. D. (1965) Regressive Ego Phenomena in Psychoanalysis. Monograph I, Kris Study Group. New York Int. Univ. Press.

470. Joseph, E. D. (1966) Memory and conflict. PQ, 35.

471. Joseph, E. D. & Wallerstein, R. S (1982) Psychotherapy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

472. Jung, C. G. (1921—57) Collected Works of C. G. Jung Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.

473. Jung, C. G. (1938) Psychological aspects of the mother archetype. In: Collected Works, vol. 9, pt. 1.

474. Jung, C. G. (1957) Animus and Anima. Zurich: Spring.

475. Jung, C. G. (1963) Memories Dreams, Reflections. New York Pantheon.

476. Kamyer, M. (1985) Identification and its vicissitudes. IJP, 66.

477. Kandell, E (1976) Cellular Basis of Behavior. San Francisco— W H. Freeman.

478. Kanzer, M. (1948) The passing of the Oedipus complex' in Greek drama. IJP, 29.

479. Kanzer, M. (1964) On interpreting the Oedipus plays Psychoanal Study Society, 3.

480. Kanzer, M. (1981) Freud's "analytic pact". JAPA, 29.

481. Kardiner, A. (1941) The Traumatic Neurosis of War New. York: Hoeber.

482. Karma, L. (1981) A clinical report of penis envy. JAPA, 29.

483. Karush, A., Daniels, C. E., Flood, C. & O'Connor, J. F. (1977) Psychotherapy in Chronic Ulcerative Colitis. Philadelphia: Sannders.

484. Katan, A. (1972) The infant's first reaction to strangers. IJP, 53.

485. Katan, M. (1940) The role of the word in mania. Bull. Phi la. Assn. Psychoanal., 22.

486. Katz, J. (1963) On primary gain and secondary gain. PSOC, 18.

487. Katz, J. (1985) Book review of Melanie Klein by Hanna Segal. New York: Viking Press. 1980 JAPA, 33 (suppl.).

488. Kaywin, L. (1966) Problems of sublimation. JAPA, 14.

489. Kernberg, O. F. (1966) Structural derivations of object relationships. IJP, 47.

490. Kernberg, O. F. (1967) Borderline personality organization. JAPA, 15.

491. Kernberg, O. F. (1975) Borderline Conditions and Pathological Narcissism. New York: Jason Aronson.

492. Kernberg, O. F. (1976) Object Relations Theory and Clinical Psychoanalysis. New York: Jason Aronson.

493. Kernberg, O. F. (1977) Boundaries and structure in love relations. JAPA, 25.

494. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Fairbairn's theory and challenge. In: Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory Applied. New York: Jason Aronson.

495. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Internal World and External Reality. New York: Jason Aronson.

496. Kernberg, O. F. (1984) Severe Personality Disorders. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

497. Kessler, J. W. (1970) Contributions of the mentally retarded toward a theory of cognitive development. In: Cognitive Studies, ed. J. Hellmuth. New York Brunner/Mazel.

498. Kestenberg, J. S. (1967) Phases of adolescence. J. Amer. Acad. Child. Psychiat., 6.

499. Khan, M. (1982) Introduction. In: D. W. Winnicott, Through Paediatrics to Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.

500. Klein, G. S. (1966) The several grades of memory. In: Psychoanalysis. A General Psychology, pd. H. M. Lowenstein, L M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York Int. Univ. Press.

501. Klein, M. (1932) The Psychoanalysis of Children London: Hogarth Press.

502. Klein, M. (1946) Notes on some schizoid mechanisms IJP, 27.

503. Klein, M. (1948) Contributions to Psychoanalysis, 1921—45. London: Hogarth Press.

504. Klein, M. (1950) Narrative of a Child Analysis. New York Basic Books.

505. Klein, M. (1957) Envy and Gratitude. New York: Basic Books.

506. Klein, M. (1957) On identification. In: New Directions in Psychoanalysis, ed. M. Klein, P. Heimann & R. Money-Kyrle. New York: Basic Books.

507. Klein, M. (1959) On the development of Mental functioning. In: Envy and Gratitude London: Delacorte Press, 1975.

508. Klein, M., Heimann, P., Isaacs, S. & Riviere J. (eds.) (1952) Developments in Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.

509. Knight, R. P. (1953) Borderline states. Bull. Menn. Clin., 17.

510. Knight, R. P. (1972) Clinician and Therapist: Selected Papers of Robert P. Knight, ed. Stuart C. Miller. New York: Basic Books.

511. Kohut, H. (1959) Introspection, empathy, and psycho-analysis. JAPA, 7.

512. Kohut, H. (1971) The Analysis of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

513. Kohut, H. (1977) The Restoration of the Self. New York Int. Univ. Press.

514. Kohut, H. (1978) The Search for the Self, ed. P. Ornstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

515. Kohut, H. (1984) How Does Analysis Cure? ed. A Goldben & P. Stepansky. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press.

516. Kohut, H. & Wolf, E. S. (1978) The disorders of the self and their treatment. IJP, 59.

517. Krapf, E. E. (1961) The concept of normality and mental, health in psychoanalysis. IJP, 59.

518. Kreisler, L. (1984) Fundamentals for a psychosomatic pathology of infants. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry, ed. J. D. Call, E. Galenson & R. L. Tyson. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.

519. Kris, A. O. (1982) Free Association. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

520. Kris, A. O. (1984) The conflicts of ambivalence. PSOC, 39.

521. Kris, E. (1951) Ego psychology and interpretation in psychoanalytic therapy. P. Q, 20.

522. Kris, E. (1952) Psychoanalytic Exploration in Art. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

523. Kris, E. (1956) On some vicissitudes of insight in psychoanalysis. IJP, 37.

524. Kris, E. (1956) The personal myth. JAPA, 4.

525. Kris, E. (1956) The recovery of childhood memories in psychoanalysis. PSOC, 11.

526. Krupuick, J. L. & Horowitz, M. J. (1981) Stress response syndromes. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 38.

527. Krystal, H. ed. (1968) Massive Psychic Trauma. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

528. Krystal, H. (1978) Trauma and affects. PSOC, 33.

529. Krystal, H. (1981) The hedonic element in affectivity. J. Psychoanal., 9.

530. Krystal, H. (1982) Alexithymia and the affectiveness of psychoanalytic treatment. Int. J. Psychoanal. Psychother., 9.

531. Kubie, L. S. (1947) The fallacious use of quantitative concepts in dynamic psychology. P. Q, 16.

532. Kubie, L. S. (1962) The fallacious misuse of the concept of sublimation. PQ, 31.

533. Kubie, L. S. (1972) Personal communication.

534. Kubie, L. S. (1975) The language tools of psychoanalysis. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 2.

535. Labov, W. (1972) Language in the Inner City. Philadelphia: Univ. Penn. Press.

536. Lagache, D. (1953) Behavior and psychoanalytic experience In Drives. Affects, Behavior, ed. R. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

537. Langer, S. K. (1962) Problems and techniques of psychoanalytic validation and progress. In: Psychoanalysis as Science, ed. E. Pumplan-Mindlin. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press.

538. Langer, W. (1958) The next assignment. Amer. Imago, 15.

539. Langhlin, H. P. (1967) The Neurosis. Washington: Butterworth.

540. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1967) Vocabulaire de la Psychoanalyse. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.

541. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1973) The Language of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.

542. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1983) The Language of psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.

543. Laseque, C. (1977) Les exhibitionnistes. L'Union Medicale, Froisieme Serie, 23.

544. Leaff, L. A. (1971) Affect versus feeling. JAPA, 19.

545. Leon, I. G. (1984) Psychoanalysis, Piaget and attachment. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.

546. Lerner, H. E. (1976) Parental Mislabeling of female genitals as a determinant of penis envy and learning inhibitions in women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).

547. Levey, M. (1985) The concept structure in psychoanalysis. Annu. Psychoanal. 12—13.

548. Levy, D. (1983) Wittgenstein on the form of psychoanalytic interpretation. Int. Rev. Psycho-anal., 10.

549. Levy, S. T. (1984) Principles of Interpretaion. New York: Aronson.

550. Levy, S. T. (1984) Psychoanalytic perspectives on emptiness. JAPA, 32.

551. Levy, S. T. (1985) Empathy and psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 33.

552. Lewin, B. D. (1933) The body as phallus. PQ, 2.

553. Lewin, B. D. (1946) Sleep, the mouth, and the dream screen. PQ, 15.

554. Lewin, B. D. (1950) The Psychoanalysis of Elation. New York: Norton.

555. Lewin, B. D. (1953) Reconslde ration of the dream screen. PQ, 22.

556. Lewis, H. B. (1971) Shame and Guilt in Neurosis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

557. Lichtenberg, J., Bornstein, M. & Silver, D., eds. (1984) Empathy, vols. 1—2. Hillsdale & London: Analytic Press.

558. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Kaplan, S. (1983) Reflections on Self Psychology. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.

559. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Slap, J. W. (1973) Notes on the concept of splitting and defense mechanism of splitting of representations. JAPA, 21.

560. Lichtenstein, H. (1961) Identity and sexuality. JAPA, 9.

561. Lichtenstein, H. (1970) Changing implications of the concept of psychosexual development. JAPA, 18.

562. Lidz, T., Fleck, S. & Cornelison. A. R. (1965) Schizophrenia and the Family. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

563. Lifschutz, J. E. (1976) A critique of reporting and assessment in the training analysis. JAPA, 24.

564. Limentani, A. (1979) The significance of transsexualism in relation to some basic psychoanalytic concepts. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 6.

565. Loewald, H. W. (1951) Ego and reality. IJP, 32.

566. Loewald, H. W. (1959) The waning of the Oedipus complex. JAPA, 27.

567. Loewald, H. W. (1962) Internalization, separation, mourning, and the superego. PQ, 31.

568. Loewald, H. W. (1971) Some considerations on repetition and repetition compulsion. IJP, 52.

569. Loewald, H. W. (1973) On internalization. IJP, 54.

570. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951—72) Practice and Precept in Psycho analytic Technique. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1982.

571. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951) The problem of interpretation. PQ, 20.

572. Loewenstein, R. M. (1957) A contribution to the psychoanalytic theory of masochism. JAPA, 5.

573. Loewenstein, R. M., Newman, L. M., Schur, M. & Solnit, A. J., eds. (1966) Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

574. Lorand, S. (1950) Clinical Studies in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

575. Lowinger, J. (1976) Ego Development. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.

576. Luria, A. R. (1978) The human brain and conscious activity. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Shwarta & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1978, vol. 2.

577. Lustman, J. (1977) On splitting. PSOC, 32.

578. Lynd, H. M. (1961) On Shame and the Search for Identity New York: Science Editions.

579. Madow, Z. & Snow, L. H., eds. (1970) The Psychodynamic Implications of the Physiological Studies on Dreams. Springfield, III: Thomas.

580. Mahler, M. S. (1952) On child psychosis and schizophrenia. PSOC, 7.

581. Mahler, M. S. (1963) Thoughts and development and individuation. PSOC. 12.

582. Mahler, M. S. (1966) Notes on the development of basic moods: the depressive affect in psychoanalysis. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schuz & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

583. Mahler, M. S. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

584. Mahler, M. S. (1975) Discussion on Bernard L. Pacella's paper. JAPA, 23.

585. Mahler, M. S. (1975) On the current status of infantile neurosis. JAPA, 23.

586. Mahler, M. S. (1979) Selected Papers of Margaret S. Mahler, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.

587. Mahler, M. S. & Purer, M. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

588. Mahler, M. S. & Gosliner, B. J. (1955) On Symbiotic child psychosis. PSOC, 10.

589. Mahler, M. S., Pine, F. & Bergman, A. (1975) The Psychological Birth of the Human Infant. New York: Basic Books.

590. Mahony, P. (1979) The boundaries of free association. Psychoanal. Contemp. Thought, 2.

591. Malcove, L. (1975) The analytic situation (and Panel discussion). J. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 2.

592. Marcovitz, E. (1973) On confidentiality in psychoanalysis. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 23.

593. Marcus, I. M. & Francis, J. J. (1975) Masturbation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

594. Marty, P. & de M'Uzan, M. (1963) La pensйe opйratoire. Rev. Psychoanaltique, 27 suppl.

595. Masson, J. M. (1980) The Oceanic Feeling. Boston: D. Reidel Publishing Company.

596. Masters, W. H. & Johnson, V. E. (1966) Human Sexual Response. Boston: Little, Brown.

597. McDaugall, J. (1984) The "dis-affected" patient. PQ, 53.

598. McDevitt, J. B. (1975) Separation-individuation and object constancy. JAPA, 23.

599. Meehl, P. E. (1962) Hedonic capacity. Bull. Menn. Clin., 39.

600. Meissner, W. H. (1978) The Paranoid Process. New York: Aronson.

601. Meissner, W. W. (1979) Internalization and object relations. JAPA, 27.

602. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Internalization in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

603. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Metapsychology: who needs it. JAPA, 29.

604. Meissner, W. W., Mack, J. E. & Semrad, E. V. (1975) Classical Psychoanalysis. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. A. M. Freedman, H. I. Kaplan & J. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

605. Menninger, W. (1943) Characterologic and symptomatic expressions related to the anal phase of psycho sexual development. PQ, 12.

606. Mesmer, Franz Anton (1965) The Nature of Hypnosis, ed. Ronald E. Shor and Martin T. Orne. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.

607. Metcalf, D. & Spitz, R. A. (1978) The transitional object. In: Grolnick et al. (1978).

608. Meyer, B. C. (1972) The contribution of psychoanalysis to biography. Psychoanal. Contemp. Sci., 1.

609. Meyer, J. (1982) The theory of gender identity disorders. JAPA, 30.

610. Meyer, J. (1985) Ego-dystonic homosexuality. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, 4th ed., ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

611. Meyer, J. (1985) Paraphilia. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 4th ed.

612. Michaels, R. & Gaeger, R. K. Adaptation. PMC. Forthcoming.

613. Milrod, D. (1982) The wished-for-self-image. PSOC, 37.

614. Modell, A. H. (1958) The Theoretical implications of hallucinatory experiences in schizophrenia. JAFA, 6.

615. Modell, A. H. (1965) Object Love and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

616. Modell, A. H. (1970) The transitional object and the creative act. PQ, 39.

617. Modell, A. H. (1975) The ego and the id. IJP, 56.

618. Money, J. & Green, R. (1969) Transsexualism and Sex Reassignment. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.

619. Monroe, R. R (1970) Episodic Behavior Disorders. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.

620. Moore, B. E. (164) Frigidity. PQ. 33.

621. Moore, B. E. (1975) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.

622. Moore, B. E. (1975) Toward a clarification on the concept of narcissism. PSOC, 30.

623. Moore, B. E. (1976) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.

624. Moore, B. E. (1977) Psychic representation and female orgasm. In: Female Psychology, ed. H. P. Blum. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

625. Moore, B. E. & Fine, B. D., eds. (1967) A Glossary of Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts. New York: Amer. Psychoanal. Assn.

626. Moore, B. E. & Rubinfine, D. Z. (1969) The mechanism of denial. Kris Study Group Monographs, New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 3.

627. Moses, R. (1978) Adult psychic trauma. IJP, 59.

628. Murray, C. D. (1930) Psychogenic factors in the etiology of ulcerative colitis and bloody diarrhea. Amer. J. Med. Sci., 180.

629. Nagera, H., ed. (1966) Early Childhood Disturbances, the Infantile Neurosis, and the Adulthood Disturbances. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

630. Nagera, H. (1967) The concepts of structure and structuralization. PSOC, 22.

631. Nagera, H. (1969—71) Basic Psychoanalytic Concepts. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

632. Nagera, H. (1976) Obsessional Neuroses. New York: Aronson.

633. Natterson, J. M. (1980) The Dream in Clinical Practice. New York: Jason Aronson.

634. Nemiah, J. C. & Sifneos, P. E. (1970) Affect and fantasy in patients with psychosomatic disorders. In: Modern Trends in Psychosomatic Medicine, ed. O. W. Hill. London: Butterworths, vol. 2.

635. Neubaner, P. B. (1979) The role of insight in psychoanalysis JAPA, 27.

636. Neubaner, P. B. (1982) Rivalry, envy, and Jealousy. PSOC, 37.

637. Novick, J. (1982) Varieties of transference in the analysis of an adolescent. IJP, 42.

638. Novick, J. & Kelly, K. (1970) Projection and externalization. PSOC, 25.

639. Noy, P. Wollstein, S. & Kaplan-de-Nour, A. (1966) Clinical observations of the psychogenesis of impotence. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 39.

640. Nunberg, H. (1948) The synthetic function of the ego. In: Practice and Theory of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.

641. Nunberg, H. (1954) Evaluation of the results of psychoanalytic treatment. IJP, 35.

642. Nunberg, H. (1955) Principles of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

643. Ogden, T. (1982) Projective Identification and Psycho-therapeutic Technique. New York: Jason Aronson.

644. Olinick, S. Z. (1964) The negative therapeutic reaction. IJP, 45.

645. Olinick, S. Z. (1980) The Psychotheraputic Instrument. New York: Jason Aronson.

646. Ornston, D. G. (1978) On projection. PSOC, 33.

647. Ornston, D. G. (1982) Strachey's influence. IJP, 63.

648. Ornston, D. G. (1985a) Freud's conception is different from Strachey's. JAPA, 33.

649. Ornston, D. G. (1985b) The invention of "cathexes" and Strachey's strategy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 12.

650. Ornston, D. G. (1988) How standard is the "Standard Edition? In Freud in Exile, ed. E. Timns & N. Segal. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

651. Orr, D. W. (1954) Transference and countertransference. JAPA, 2.

652. Ostow, M. (1974) Sexual Deviation. New York: Quadrangle.

653. Pacella, B. (1975) Early ego development and the deja vu. JAPA, 23.

654. Panel (1957) Acting out and its relation to impulse disorders. M. Kanzer, reporter. JAPA, 5.

655. Panel (1958) Problems of identity. D. Z. Rubinfine, reporter. JAPA, 6.

656. Panel (1958) Technical aspects of regression during psychoanalysis. K. T. Calder, reporter. JAFA, 11.

657. Panel (1963) The concept of the id. E. Marcovitz, reporter. JAPA, 11.

658. Panel (1964) Depersonalization. W. A. Stewart, reporter. JAPA, 12.,.

659. Panel (1966) Clinical and theoretical aspects of "as-if" characters. J. Weiss, reporter. JAPA, 11.

660. Panel (1969) The theory of genital primacy in the light of ego psychology. M. Berezin, reporter. JAPA, 17.

661. Panel (1971) Action, acting out, and the symptomatic act. N. Actins, reporter. JAPA, 18.

662. Panel (1970) Psychoanalytic theory of affects. L. B. Lofgren, reporter. JAPA, 16.

663. Panel (1970) The development of the child's sense of his sexual identity. Virginia, L. Glower, reporter. JAPA, 18.

664. Panel (1970) The negative therapeutic reaction. S. L. Olinick, reporter. JAPA, 18.

665. Panel (1972) Levels of confidentiality in the psychoanalytic situation. A. S. Watson, reporter JAPA, 20.

666. Panel (1974) Toward a theory of affects. P. Castelneuvo-Tedesco, reporter. JAPA, 22. W.

667. Panel (1975) The analytic situation. S. T. Shapiro, reporter. J. Phila. Aasn. Psychoanal.,2.

668. Panel (1980) New directions in affect theory. E. P. Lester, reporter. JAPA, 30.

669. Panel (1981) Insight. K. H. Blacker, reporter. JAPA, 29.

670. Panel (1981) Masochism. W. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 29.

671. Panel (1982) Beyond lay analysis. H. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 30.

672. Panel (1983) Clinical aspects of character. M. Willick, reporter. JAPA, 31.

673. Panel (1983) Theory of character. S. M. Abend, reporter. JAPA, 31.

674. Panel (1984) The neutrality of the analyst in the analytic situation, R. J. Leider, reporter. JAPA, 32. (1985) Perspectives on the nature of psychic reality. E. Roughton, reporter. JAPA, 33.

675. Panel (1987) Toward the further understanding of homosexual women. A Wolfson, reporter. JAPA, 35.

676. Pao, P.-N. (1971) Elation, hypomania and mania. JAFA, 19.

677. Parens, H. (1979) The Development of Aggression in Early Childhood. New York: Jason Aronson.

678. Parens, H. (1980) Psychic development during the second and third years of life. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington: Nat. Inst. Health.

679. Parens, H. & Saul, L. J. (1971) Dependence in Man. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

680. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1974) The transsexual syndrome in males. Amer. J. Psychother., 28.

681. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1983) Psychoanalytic theories of gender identity. J. Amer. Acad. Psychoanal., 2.

682. Peterfreund, E. & Schwartz, J. T. (1971) Information, systems, and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

683. Peto, A. (1976) The etiological significance of the primal scene in perversions. PQ, 44.

684. Pfeffer, A. Z. (1984) Modes of obsessional thinking. Presented at the New York Psychoanalytic Society, October 23.

685. Piaget, J. (1937) The Construction of Reality in the Child. New York: Basic Books, 1954.

686. Piaget, J. (1962) Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood New York: Norton.

687. Piers, G. & Singer, M. B. (1953) Shame and Guilt. Springfield: Thomas; New ed., New York: Norton.

688. Pine, F. (1985) Developmental Theory and Clinical Process. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

689. Poland, W. S. (1984) On the analyst's neutrality. JAFA, 32.

690. Pollock, G. H. (1961) Mourning and adaptation. IJP, 42.

691. Pollock, G. H. (1978) Process and affect. IJP, 59.

692. Potamianau, A. (1985) The personal myth. PSOC, 40.

693. Provence, S. & Lipton, R. (1962) Infants in Institutions. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

694. Pulver, S. E. Symptomatology. PMC. Forthcoming.

695. Pulver, S. E. (1970) Narcissism. JAPA, 18.

696. Rado, S. (1949) An adaptational view of sexual behavior In Psychosexual Development in Health and Disease, ed. P. H. Hock & J. Lubin. New York: Grune & Stratton.

697. Rangell, L. Affects. PMC. Forthcoming.

698. Rangell, L. (1959) The nature of conversion. JAPA, 7.

699. Rangell, L. (1963) Structural problems in intrapsychic conflict. PSOC, 18.

700. Rangell, L. (1966) An overview of the ending of an analysis. In: Psychoanalysis in Americas, ed. R. E. Litman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

701. Rangell, L. (1968) A point of view on acting out. IJP, 49.

702. Rangell, L. (1981) From insight to change. JAPA, 29.

703. Rangell, L. (1981) Psychoanalysis and dynamic psychotherapy. PQ, 50.

704. Rangell, L. (1983) Defense and resistance in psychoanalysis and life. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).

705. Rangell, L. (1985) The object in psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 33.

706. Rank, O. (1909) The Myth of the Birth of the Hero. New York: Nerv. Ment. Dis. Monogr., 18.

707. Rank, O. (1924) The Trauma of Birth. New York: Robert Brunner, 1952.

708. Rapaport, D. (1942) Emotions and Memory. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1950.

709. Rapaport, D. (1960) The structure of Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, monogr. 6, New York: Int. Univ. Press.

710. Rapaport, D. & Gill, M. M. (1959) The points of view and assumptions of metapsychology. In: The Collected Papers of David Rapaport. New York: Basic Books, 1967.

711. Rapoport, A. (1955) The role of symbols in human behavior. Psychiatric Research Reports, vol. 2, ed. J. S. Gottlieb et al. Washington: Amer. Psychiat. Assn.

712. Rappaport, E. A. (1968) Beyond traumatic neurosis. IJP, 49.

713. Reich, A. (1951) On countertransference. In: Psychoanalytic Contributions. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1973.

714. Reich, A. (1953) Narcissistic object choice in women. JAPA, 1.

715. Reich, A. (1954) Early identifications as archaic elements in the superego. JAPA, 2.

716. Reich, A. (1960) Pathologic forms of self-esteem regulation. PSOC, 15.

717. Reich, W. (1933) Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Press, 1949.

718. Reich, W. (1933) Some circumscribed character forms. In: Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Institute Press.

719. Reik, T. (1919) Ritual. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

720. Reiser, M. (1984) Mind, Brain and Body New York: Basic Books.

721. Richards, A. D. (1985) Isakower-like experience on the couch. PQ. 54.

722. Ricoeur, P. (1970) Freud and Philosophy. New Haven — Yale Univ. Press.

723. Ricoeur, P. (1976) Interpretation Theory. Forth Worth-Texas Christian Univ. Press.

724. Rinsley, D. B. (1982) Fairbairn's object relations and classical concepts of dynamics and structure. In: Borderline and Other Self Disorders' A Developmental and Object-Relations Respective New York: Jason Aronson.

725. Rioch, M. (1970) The work of W. R Bion on groups. Psychiatry, 33.

726. Ritvo, S. (1971) Late adolescence. PSOC, 18.

727. Ritvo, S. (1974) Current status of the concept of infantile neurosis. PSOC, 29.

728. Robbins, F & Sadow, L (1974) A developmental hypothesis of reality processing. JAPA, 22.

729. Rodman, F. R. (1987) Introduction In the Spontaneous Gesture — Selected Letters of D. W. Winnicott, ed. F. R. Rodman Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.

730. Roiphe, H. (1968) On an early genital phase. PSOC, 23.

731. Roiphe, H. & Galenson, E. (1981) Infantile Roots of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

732. Rose, G. (1978) The creativity of everyday life. In: Grolnick et al (1978).

733. Rose, H. (1928) A Handbook of Greek Mythology. London: Methuen.

734. Rosenblatt, A. D. & Thickstun, J T. (1970) A study of the concept of psychic energy. IJP, 51.

735. Rosenthal, S. M. (1968) The involutional depressive syndrome. Amer J. Psychiat., 124.

736. Ross, N. (1967) The "as-if" concept. JAPA, 15.

737. Ross, N. (1970) The primacy of genitality in the light of ego psychology. JAPA, 18.

738. Rothstein, A. (1983) The Structural Hypothesis. New York: Int., Univ. Press.

739. Roughton, R. Action and acting out. FMC. Forthcoming.

740. Rubinstein, B. B. (1972) On metaphor and related phenomena. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. A. R. Holt & E. Peterfreund., New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.

741. Rutter, M. (1972) Maternal Deprivation. Baltimore: Penguin Books.

742. Rycroft, C. (1968) A critical Dictionary of Psychoanalysis New York: Basic Books.

743. Sachs, D. M. (1979) On the relationship between psycho-analysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Bull. Phila Assn. Psychoanal, 6.

744. Sachs, H. (1942) The Creative Unconscious Cambridge, Mass.: Sci. Art. Publishers.

745. Samuels, A. (1985) Jung and the Post-Jungians London — Routledge & Kegan Paul.

746. Sandler, J. (1960) On the concept of the superego. PSOC, 15.

747. Sandler, J., Dare, C. & Holder, A (1973) The negative therapeutic reaction. In: The Patient and the Analyst New York: Int. Univ. Press.

748. Sandler, J. & Freud, A. (1985) The Analysis of Defense. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

749. Sandler, J., Hodler, A. & Meers, D. (1963) The ego ideal and the ideal self. PSOC, 18.

750. Sandler, J., Kennedy, H & Tyson, R. L (1980) The Technique of Child Psychoanalysis. Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.

751. Sandler, J. & Rosenblatt, B. (1962) The concept of the representational world. PSOC, 17.

752. Sandler, J. & Sandier, A. M. (1978) On the development of object relationships and affects. IJP, 59.

753. Sarlin, C. N. (1962) Depersonalization and derealization. JAPA, 10.

754. Sarlin, C. N. (1970) The current status of the concept of genital primacy. JAPA. 18.

755. Sarnoff, C. A. (1978) Latency. New York: Aronson.

756. Saussure de, F. (1911) Course in General Linguistic. New York: McGraw Hill.

757. Schafer. R. (1968) Aspects of Internalization. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

758. Schafer. R. (1974) Problems in Freud's psychology of women. JAPA, 22.

759. Schafer. R. (1975) Psychoanalysis without psychodynamics. IJP, 56.

760. Schafer. R. (1976) A New Language for Psychoanalysis. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

761. Schafer. R. (1983) The Analytic Attitude. New York: Basic Books.

762. Schechner, R. & Schuman, M. (1976) Ritual, Play and Performance New York: Seabury Press.

763. Schlesinger, N. & Robbins, F. P. (1983) A Developmental View of the Psychoanalytic Process. New York; Int. Univ. Press.

764. Schneirla, T. C. (1959) An evolutionary and developmental theory of biphasic processes underlying approach and withdrawal. In: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, ed. H. R. Jones. London: Univ. Nebraska Press.

765. Schur, M. (1955) Comments on the metapsychology of somatization. PSOC, 10.

766. Schur, M. (1966) The Id and the Regulatory Principles of Mental Functioning. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

767. Schuster. D. B. (1969) Bisexuality and body as phallus. PQ, 38.

768. Schwartz, H. J., ed. (1984) Psychotherapy of the Combat Veteran. New York: SP Medical and Scientific Books.

769. Segal, H. (1957) Notes on symbol formation. IJP, 39.

770. Segal, H. (1964) Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. London: Hogarth Press, 1973.

771. Segal, H. (1973) Introduction to the work of Melanie Klein. London: W. Heinemann.

772. Segal, H. (1981) The Work of Hanna Segal. New York: Jason Aronson.

773. Segal, H. (1986) Illumination of the dim, shadowy era. Sunday Times, London, May 11, 1986.

774. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1982) Psychoanalytic theories of aggression. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 2.

775. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1984) The end phase of analysis. JAPA, 32.

776. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1985) Change and integration in psychoanalytic developmental theory. In: New Ideas in Psychoanalysis, ed. C. F. Settlage & R. Brockbank. Hillsdale, N. J. Analytic Press.

777. Shapiro, T. (1979) Clinical Psycholinguistics. New York: Plenum Press.

778. Shapiro, T. (1984) On neutrality. JAPA, 32.

779. Shengold, L. (1967) The effects of overstimulation. IJP, 48.

780. Shopper, M. (1979) The (re)discovery of the vagina and the importance of the menstrual tampon. In: Female Adolescent Development, ed. M. Sugar. New York: Brunner/Mazel.

781. Sifneos, P. E. (1975) Problems of psychotherapy of patients with alexithymic characteristics and physical disease Psychother & Psychosom., 26.

782. Slap, J. & Saykin, J. (1984) On the nature and organization of the repressed. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 4.

783. Slovenko, R. (1973) Psychiatry and Law. Boston: Little, Brown.

784. Smith, J. H. (1976) Language and the genealogy of the absent object. In: Psychiatry and the Humanities, vol. 1, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven-Yale Univ. Press.

785. Smith, J. H. ed. (1978) Psychoanalysis and Language. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

786. Smith, W. R. (1894) The Religion of the Semites. New York: Meridian Library, 1956.

787. Socarides, C. W. (1963) The historical development of theoretical and clinical aspects of female homosexuality. JAPA, 11.

788. Socarides, C. W. (1970) A psychoanalytic study of the desire for sexual transformation ("transsexualism"). IJP, 51.

789. Socarides, C. W. (1978) Homosexuality. New York: Jason Aronson.

790. Socarides, C. W. (1982) Abdication fathers, Homosexual Sons. In: Father and Child, ed. S. H. Cath, A. R. Gurwitt & J. M. Ross. Boston: Little, Brown.

791. Solnit, A. J. & Ritvo, S. Instinct theory. PMC. Forthcoming.

792. Sophocles. The Oedipus Cycle, tr. D. Fitts & R. Fitzgerald. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1969.

793. Sours, J. A. (1974) The anorexia nervosa syndrome. IJP, 55.

794. Sours, J. A. (1980) Starving to Death in a Sia of Objects. New York: Aronson.

795. Spence, J. T. & Helmrich, R. L. (1978) Masculinity and Femininity. Austin and London: Univ. of Texas Press.

796. Sperber, D. (1974) Rethinking Symbolism. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.

797. Sperling, M. (1976) Anorexia nervosa. In: Psychosomatic Disorders in Childhood, ed. O. Sperling. New York: Aronson.

798. Spitz, R. A. (1945) Hospitalism. FSOC. 1.

799. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Anaclitic depression. PSOC, 2.

800. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Hospitalism: A follow-up report. PSOC, 2.

801. Spitz, R. A. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psychol. Monagr. 34.

802. Spitz, R. A. (1955) The primal cavity. PSOC, 10.

803. Spitz, R. A. (1957) No and Yes. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

804. Spitz, R. A. (1959) A Genetic Field Theory of Ego Formation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

805. Spitz, R. A. (1965) The First Year of Life. New York:Int. Univ. Press.

806. Spitz, R. A. & Wolf, K. M. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psycholol. Monogr., 34.

807. Spruiell, V. The self. PMC. Forthcoming.

808. Stamm, J. L. (1962) Altered ego states allied to the depersonalization. JAPA, 10.

809. Stein, M. (1971) The principle of multiple function. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 21.

810. Stekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.

811. Sterba, R. E. (1936—37) Hardwцrterbuch der Psychoanalyse. Vienna: Int. Psychoanal. Verlag.

812. Stern, D. N. (1974) The goal and structure of mother-infant play. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 13.

813. Stern, D. N. (1984) Affect attunement. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.

814. Stern, D. N. (1985) The Interpersonal World of the Infant New York: Basic Books.

815. Stevens, A. (1982) Archetype. London: Rouledge & Kegan Paul.

816. Stoller, R. J. (1971) The term "transvestism". Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 24.

817. Stoller, R. J. (1972) The "bedrock" of masculinity and femininity: bisexuality. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 26.

818. Stoller, R. J. (1974) Hostility and mystery in perversion. IJP, 55.

819. Stoller, R. J. (1975) Sex and Gender, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.

820. Stoller, R. J. (1976) Primary femininity. JAPA, 24 (5).

821. Stoller, R. J. (1982) Hear miss. In: Eating, Sleeping, and Sexuality, ed. M. Zalea. New York: Brunner/ Mazel.

822. Stoller, R. J. (1985) Observing the Erotic Imagination. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

823. Stolorow, R. (1984) Self psychology — a structural psychology. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.

824. Stolorow, R. Transference. PMC. Forthcoming.

825. Stone, L. (1954) The widening scope of indications for psychoanalysis. JAPA, 2.

826. Stone, L. (1961) The Psychoanalytic Situation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

827. Stone, L. (1967) The psychoanalytic situation and transference. JAPA, 15.

828. Stone, L. (1971) Reflections on the psychoanalytic concept of aggression. FQ, 40.

829. Stone, L. (1973) On resistance to the psychoanalytic process. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. B. B. Rubinstein. New York: Macmillan, vol. 2.

830. Stone, M. H. (1980) Borderline Syndromes. New York: McGrow Hill.

831. Strachey, J. (1934) The nature of the therapeutic action of psychoanalysis. IJP, 15.

832. Strachey, J. (1962) The emergence of Freud's fundamental hypothesis. SE, 3.

833. Strachey, J. (1963) Obituary (Joan Riviere). IJP, 44.

834. Strachey, J. (1966) General preface. SE, 1.

835. Swank, R. L. (1949) Combat exhaustion. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 109.

836. Szekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.

837. Taylor, G. J. (1977) Alexithymia and countertranceference. Psychother & Psychosom., 28.

838. Ticho, E. (1972) Termination of psychoanalysis. PQ, 41.

839. Tolpin, M. (1970) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 25.

840. Tolpin, M. (1971) On the beginnings of a cohesive self. PSOC. 26.

841. Tolpin, M. & Kohut, H. (1980) The disorders of the self. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington, B. C.: U. S. Dept. Health and Human Services.

842. Turkle, S. (1986) A review of Grosskurth, P.: Molanie Klein. New York: Times Books, Review, May 18, 1986.

843. Tyson, P. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.

844. Tyson, P. (1982) A developmental line of gender identity, gender role, and choice of love object. JAPA, 30.

845. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.

846. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. The psychoanalitic theory of development. PMC. Forthcoming.

847. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. (1984) Narcissism and superego development. JAPA, 34.

848. Tyson, R. & Sundler, J. (1971) Problems in the selection of patients for psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 44.

849. Valenstein, A. F. (1979) The concept of "classical" psycho-analysis. JAPA. 27. (suppl.).

850. Volkan, V. D. (1981) Linking Objects and Linking Phenomena. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

851. Waelder, R. (1930) The principle of multiple function. PQ, 5.

852. Waelder, R. (1962) Book review of Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy, ed. S. Hook. JAPA, 10.

853. Waelder, R. (1962) Psychoanalysis scientific method, and philosophy. JAPA, 10.

854. Waelder, R. (1963) Psychic determinism and the possibility of prediction. PQ, 32.

855. Waelder, R. (1967) Trauma and the variety of extraordinary challenges. In: Fuest (1967).

856. Waelder, R. (1967) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety: forty years later. PQ, 36.

857. Waldhorn, H. F. (1960) Assessment of analyzability. PQ, 29.

858. Waldhorn, H. F. & Fine, B. (1971) Trauma and symbolism. Kris Study Group monogr. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

859. Wallace, E. R. (1983) Freud and Anthropology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

860. Wallerstein, R. Reality. PMC. Forthcoming.

861. Wallerstein, R. (1965) The goals of psychoanalysis. JAPA, 13.

862. Wallerstein, R. (1975) Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

863. Wallerstein, R. (1983) Defenses, defense mechanisms and the structure of the mind. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).

864. Wallerstein, R. (1988) One psychoanalysis or many? IJP, 69.

865. Wangh, M. (1979) Some psychoanalytic observations on boredom. IJP, 60.

866. Weinshel, E. M. (1968) Some psychoanalytic considerations on moods. IJP, 51.

867. Weinshel, E. M. (1971) The ego in health and normality. JAPA, 18.

868. Weisman, A. D. (1972) On Dying and Denying. New York: Behavioral Publications.

869. Weinstock, H. J. (1962) Successful treatment of ulcerative colitis by psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Psychoanal. Res., 6.

870. Welmore, R. J. (1963) The role of grief in psychoanalysis. IJP. 44.

871. Werner, H. & Kaplan, B. (1984) Symbol Formation. Hillsdale N. J.: Lawrence Eribaum.

872. White. R. W. (1963) Ego and Reality in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, 3.

873. Whitman, R. M. (1963) Remembering and forgetting dreams in psychoanalysis. JAPA, 11.

874. Wiedeman, G. Sexuality. PMC. Forthcoming.

875. Wiedeman, G. (1962) Survey of psychoanalytic literature on overt male homosexuality. JAPA, 10.

876. Wieder, H. (1966) Intellectuality. PSOC, 21.

877. Wieder, H. (1978) The psychoanalytic treatment of preadolescents In Child Analysis and Therapy, ed. J. Glenn. New York Aronson.

878. Willick, M. S. Defense. PMC. Forthcoming.

879. Wilson, C. P. (1967) Stone as a symbol of teeth. PQ, 36.

880. Wilson, C. P Hohan, C. & Mintz, I. (1983) Fear of Being Fat. New York: Aronson.

881. Wilson, C. P. S Mintz, I. (1982) Abstaining and bulimic anorexics. Primary Care, 9.

882. Wilson, E. O. (1978) On Human Nature. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.

883. Winnicott, C. (1978) D. W. W.: a reflection. In: Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.

884. Winnicott, D. W. (1953) Transitional object and transitional phenomena. In: Collected Papers. New York Basic Books, 1958.

885. Winnicott, D. W. (1956) Primary maternal preoccupation. In: Winnicott (1958).

886. Winnicott, D. W. (1958) Collected Papers. New York: Basic Books, Inc.

887. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) Ego distortions in terms of true and false self. In: The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.

888. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) The theory of the parent-infant relationship. In: Winnicott (1965).

889. Winnicott, D. W. (1965) The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

890. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Playing and Reality. New York: Basic Books.

891. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Therapeutic Consultations in Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.

892. Winnicott, D. W. (1977) The Piggle. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

893. Winson, J. (1985) Brain and Psyche. New York: Anchor Press.

894. Wolf, E. S. (1976) Ambience and abstinence. Annu. Psycho-anal., 4.

895. Wolf, E. S. (1980) On the developmental line of self-object relations. In: Advances in Self Psychology, ed. A. Goldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

896. Wolf, E. S. (1983) Empathy and countertransference. In: The Future of Psychoanalysis, ed. A. Coldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

897. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Disruptions in the psychoanalytic treatment of disorders of the self. In: Kohut's Legacy, ed. P. Stepansky & A. Coldberg, Hillsdale, H. J.: Analytic Press, 1984.

898. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Selfobject relations disorders. In: Character Pathology, ed. M. Zales. New York: Bruner/Mazel.

899. Wolf, E. S. & Trosman, H. (1974) Freud and Popper-Lynkeus. JAPA, 22.

900. Wolfenstein, M. (1966) How is mourning possible? PSOC, 21.

901. Wolman, B. B. ed. (1977) The International Encyclopedia of Psychiatry, Psychology, Psychoanalysis, and Neurology. New York: Aesculapius.

902. Wolpert, E. A. (1980) Major affective disorders. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. I. Kaplan, A. M. Freedman & B. J. Saddock. Boston: Williams & Wilkins, vol. 2.

903. Wurmser, L. (1977) A defense of the use of metaphor in analytic theory formation. PQ, 46.

904. Wurmser, L. (1981) The Mask of Shame. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.

905. Zetzel, E. R. (1956) Current concepts of transference. TJP, 37.

Словарь психоаналитических терминов и понятий > БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ
7 algo

adv.

1 a bit (un poco).

es algo más grande it's a bit bigger

2 somewhat, a little bit, sort of, some.

pron.

1 something (alguna cosa).

¿te pasa algo? is anything the matter?

algo es algo something is better than nothing

algo así, algo por el estilo something like that

algo así como… something like…

por algo lo habrá dicho he must have said it for a reason

2 a bit, a little (cantidad pequeña).

algo de some

3 something (cosa importante).

se cree que es algo he thinks he's something (special)

* * *

algo

► pronombre

1 (afirmación) something; (negación, interrogación) anything

■ vamos a tomar algo let's have something to drink

■ ¿quieres algo? do you want anything?

■ ¿pasa algo? is anything wrong?, is anything the matter?

■ ¿queda algo de café? is there any coffee left?

► adverbio

1 (un poco) a bit, a little, somewhat

■ te queda algo grande it's a bit too big for you

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

algo así something like that

algo es algo something is better than nothing

* * *
1. pron.
something, anything

- algo de
2. adv.
somewhat, rather

* * *

1. PRON

1) [en oraciones afirmativas] something

estaba buscando algo más barato — I was looking for something cheaper

-¿no habéis comido nada? -sí, algo hemos picado — "haven't you eaten anything?" - "yes, we've had a little snack"

• algo así, es músico o algo así — he's a musician or something like that

dura algo así como tres horas — it's about three hours long

• algo de, tuve algo de miedo — I was a bit scared

sé algo de inglés — I know a little English

nos dieron algo de comer — they gave us something to eat

hay algo de verdad en lo que dicen — there is some truth in what they say

tenía algo de revolucionario — there was something of the revolutionary in him

tengo algo de prisa — I'm in a bit of a hurry

tienen algo de razón — they are right to a certain extent o in a way

• en algo, queríamos ser útiles en algo — we wanted to be of some use

se ha cambiado en algo el plan — the plan has been changed slightly

las dos hermanas se parecen en algo — there is a certain likeness between the two sisters

• estar en algo — (=implicado) to be involved in sth; Ven ** to be high on sth

• llegar a ser algo — to be something

• tomar algo — [de beber] to have a drink; [de comer] to have a bite (to eat)

¿quieres tomarte algo? — would you like a drink?

• llegamos a las tres y algo — we arrived at three something

al nacer pesó tres kilos y algo — she weighed just over three kilos at birth

- algo es algo

- creerse algo

darle algo a algn * —

casi me da algo cuando falló el penalti — I nearly died when he missed the penalty

si no deja de comer dulces un día le va a dar algo — if he doesn't stop eating sweet things something will happen to him one day

- cuando le da por algo...

- por algo será

si lo dice el director, por algo será — if the manager says so, he must have his reasons o there must be a reason for it

ya es algo —

ha logrado un estilo propio, lo que ya es algo — she has achieved her own style, which is quite something

2) [en oraciones interrogativas, condicionales] [gen] anything; [esperando respuesta afirmativa] something

¿hay algo para mí? — is there anything o something for me?

¿puedes darme algo? — can you give me something?

¿le has dado algo más de dinero? — have you given him any more money?

¿no le habrá pasado algo? — nothing has happened to him, has it?

2. ADV

1) [con adjetivo] rather, a little

estos zapatos son algo incómodos — these shoes are rather o a little uncomfortable

puede parecer algo ingenuo — he may seem slightly o rather o a little o somewhat frm naive

2) [con verbos] a little

me recuerda algo a mi padre — he reminds me a little of my father

la inflación ha subido algo más de dos puntos — inflation has gone up by a little over two points

3. SM

1)

• un algo, tiene un algo que atrae — there's something attractive about him o there's something about him that's attractive

había un algo de tristeza en su expresión — there was something sad in his expression

2) Col mid-afternoon snack
see ALGUNO, ALGO
* * *
I
pronombre

a) something; (en frases interrogativas, condicionales, etc) anything; ( esperando respuesta afirmativa) something

quiero decirte algo — I want to tell you something

si llegara a pasarle algo — if anything happened to her

¿quieres algo de beber? — do you want something o anything to drink?

por algo será — there must be some o a reason

le va a dar algo — he'll have a fit

algo así — something like that

algo es algo — it's better than nothing

eso ya es algo — at least that's something

sé algo de francés — I know some French

¿queda algo de pan? — is there any bread left?

hay algo de cierto en eso — there's some truth in that

b) ( en aproximaciones)

serán las once y algo — it must be some time after eleven

pesa tres kilos y algo — it weighs three kilos and a bit

es enfermera o algo así — she's a nurse or something like that

tendrá algo así como 30 años — she must be about 30
II
adverbio a little, slightly

son algo parecidos — they're somewhat similar

¿te duele? - algo — does it hurt? - a little o a bit
III
masculino

1)

a)

un algo — ( un no sé qué) something

si no llega pronto me va a dar algo — if he doesn't turn up soon, I'll go mad

tiene un algo que me recuerda a su madre — she has something of her mother about her

b) ( un poco)

hay un algo de verdad en eso — there is some truth in that

2) (Col) ( merienda) mid-afternoon snack

* * *

= anything, somewhat, something, business [businesses, -pl.], kinda [kind of], something or other.

Nota: Expresión utilizada para indicar que nos estamos refiriendo a cualquier cosa o a algo concreto de lo que no nos acordamos muy bien.

Ex. It may or may not be too late to do anything about it.

Ex. Both definitions have common roots, but their perspectives differ somewhat, the second definition being slightly broader in scope.

Ex. Bibliographic coupling is based on the idea that two articles which both cite another earlier article must have something in common; if they both cite two earlier articles, the linking is increased; while if their bibliographies had half a dozen earlier articles in common we should be justified in assuming that they covered very much the same subject.

Ex. I think this whole business about whether punctuation is obtrusive or not is quite honestly not worth discussing.

Ex. This paper examines colloquial contractions (spelling variants such as ' kinda' and 'hafta') against a background of other variations in the English writing system.

Ex. The article is entitled 'Participatory something or other through bargaining'.

----

* algas = algae.

* algo absurdo = nonsense.

* Algo a cargo de una sola persona = one-person operation.

* algo anda mal = something is amiss.

* algo antiestético = a blot on the landscape.

* algo así como = something like.

* algo banal = frill.

* algo básico = necessity.

* algo bueno = a good thing.

* algo bueno aportará = something is bound to come of it.

* algo casi seguro = a sure bet, safe bet.

* algo concreto = that certain something.

* algo demoledor = steamroller.

* Algo desacertado = infelicity.

* Algo desafortunado = infelicity.

* algo desagradable a la vista = a blot on the landscape.

* algo desconocido = virgin territory.

* algo diferente = something else.

* algo diferente de = something other than.

* algo difícil = tall order.

* algo digno de contemplar = a sight to behold.

* algo digno de ver = a sight to behold.

* algo distinto de = something other than.

* algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.

* algo en particular = that certain something.

* algo esencial = essential.

* algo es seguro = one thing is for sure.

* algo estúpido = no-brainer.

* algo estúpido, persona estúpida, algo fácil, algo obvio = no-brainer.

* algo extra = frill.

* algo fácil = no-brainer.

* Algo falso = hoax.

* algo grabado en piedra = tablet of stone.

* algo hecho rápidamente = quickie.

* algo impostergable = a matter of urgency.

* algo inaplazable = a matter of urgency.

* algo incompatible = a square peg in a round hole.

* algo insignificante = just a little dot.

* algo instintivo = gut feeling, gut instinct.

* algo inútil = a dead dog.

* algo irrelevante = irrelevance.

* algo mal visto = dirty word.

* algo maravilloso pero pasajero = a nine days wonder.

* algo más = anything else.

* algo más de = more of.

* algo minúsculo = just a little dot.

* algo muy agradable de oír = music to + Posesivo + ears.

* algo muy diferente de = a far cry from.

* algo muy difícil = a tough sell.

* algo muy distinto de = a far cry from.

* algo muy socorrido = standby [stand-by].

* algo muy valioso = nugget.

* algo obvio = no-brainer.

* algo opcional = extra.

* algo para picar = finger food.

* algo parecido = suchlike.

* Algo por lo que se puede cobrar = billable.

* Algo que ahorra tiempo = time saver [timesaver].

* Algo que es prescindible = inessential.

* algo que estropea el paisaje = a blot on the landscape.

* algo que rompe la armonía = a blot on the landscape.

* Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.

* Algo que se le va tomando el gusto con el tiempo = acquired taste.

* algo recién llegado = latecomer [late-comer].

* algo seguro = safe bet.

* algo sensacional = show-stopper [showstopper].

* algo superfluo = frill.

* algo urgente = rush on, a matter of urgency.

* algo va mal = something is amiss.

* algo visceral = gut feeling, gut instinct.

* algo ya muy conocido y usado = old nag.

* andar tramando algo malo = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* conseguir algo de = get + something out of.

* convertirse en algo normal = become + standard practice, settle into + the norm.

* estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* estar tramando algo malo = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* haber algo raro con = there + be + something fishy going on with.

* haber algo sospechoso con = there + be + something fishy going on with.

* hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.

* hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.

* hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.

* merecerse algo = deserve + a little something.

* o algo así = or something of that sort, or something to that effect, or something of that nature.

* o algo parecido = or something of that sort, or something to that effect, or something of that nature, or anything like that, or words to that effect.

* o algo similar = or something of that sort, or something to that effect, or something of that nature, or words to that effect.

* obtener algo de = get + something out of.

* pasar algo inesperado = things + take a turn for the unexpected.

* por si sirve de algo = for what it's worth [FWIW].

* preparar algo = put + a few things + together.

* quien algo quiere algo le cuesta = no pain, no gain.

* relativo a las algas = algal.

* se obtendrá algo de provecho = something is bound to come of it.

* ser algo bien conocido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.

* ser algo bueno = be a good thing.

* ser algo completamente distinto = be nothing of the sort.

* ser algo común = be a fact of life, be a common occurrence, become + a common feature, be a part of life.

* ser algo excepcional = be the exception rather than the rule, be in a league of its own.

* ser algo fácil = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.

* ser algo facilísimo = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.

* ser algo habitual = become + a common feature, be a fact of life.

* ser algo inevitable = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ser algo (muy) bien sabido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.

* ser algo muy claro = be a dead giveaway.

* ser algo muy obvio = be a dead giveaway.

* ser algo muy poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo muy raro = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo natural para = come + naturally to, be second nature to + Pronombre.

* ser algo normal = be a fact of life, become + a common feature, be a part of life.

* ser algo permanente = be here to stay.

* ser algo poco común = be the exception rather than the rule.

* ser algo poco conocido que = it + be + a little known fact that.

* ser algo poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo poco sabido que = it + be + a little known fact that.

* ser algo por lo que = be a matter for/of.

* ser algo que no ocurre con frecuencia = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo seguro = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.

* sonsacar algo de = get + something out of.

* tener algo en contra de = have + something against.

* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.

* tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.

* todo cuesta algo = nothing comes without a cost.

* traerse algo malo entre manos = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* * *
I
pronombre

a) something; (en frases interrogativas, condicionales, etc) anything; ( esperando respuesta afirmativa) something

quiero decirte algo — I want to tell you something

si llegara a pasarle algo — if anything happened to her

¿quieres algo de beber? — do you want something o anything to drink?

por algo será — there must be some o a reason

le va a dar algo — he'll have a fit

algo así — something like that

algo es algo — it's better than nothing

eso ya es algo — at least that's something

sé algo de francés — I know some French

¿queda algo de pan? — is there any bread left?

hay algo de cierto en eso — there's some truth in that

b) ( en aproximaciones)

serán las once y algo — it must be some time after eleven

pesa tres kilos y algo — it weighs three kilos and a bit

es enfermera o algo así — she's a nurse or something like that

tendrá algo así como 30 años — she must be about 30
II
adverbio a little, slightly

son algo parecidos — they're somewhat similar

¿te duele? - algo — does it hurt? - a little o a bit
III
masculino

1)

a)

un algo — ( un no sé qué) something

si no llega pronto me va a dar algo — if he doesn't turn up soon, I'll go mad

tiene un algo que me recuerda a su madre — she has something of her mother about her

b) ( un poco)

hay un algo de verdad en eso — there is some truth in that

2) (Col) ( merienda) mid-afternoon snack

* * *

= anything, somewhat, something, business [businesses, -pl.], kinda [kind of], something or other.

Nota: Expresión utilizada para indicar que nos estamos refiriendo a cualquier cosa o a algo concreto de lo que no nos acordamos muy bien.

Ex: It may or may not be too late to do anything about it.

Ex: Both definitions have common roots, but their perspectives differ somewhat, the second definition being slightly broader in scope.

Ex: Bibliographic coupling is based on the idea that two articles which both cite another earlier article must have something in common; if they both cite two earlier articles, the linking is increased; while if their bibliographies had half a dozen earlier articles in common we should be justified in assuming that they covered very much the same subject.

Ex: I think this whole business about whether punctuation is obtrusive or not is quite honestly not worth discussing.

Ex: This paper examines colloquial contractions (spelling variants such as ' kinda' and 'hafta') against a background of other variations in the English writing system.

Ex: The article is entitled 'Participatory something or other through bargaining'.

* algas = algae.

* algo absurdo = nonsense.

* Algo a cargo de una sola persona = one-person operation.

* algo anda mal = something is amiss.

* algo antiestético = a blot on the landscape.

* algo así como = something like.

* algo banal = frill.

* algo básico = necessity.

* algo bueno = a good thing.

* algo bueno aportará = something is bound to come of it.

* algo casi seguro = a sure bet, safe bet.

* algo concreto = that certain something.

* algo demoledor = steamroller.

* Algo desacertado = infelicity.

* Algo desafortunado = infelicity.

* algo desagradable a la vista = a blot on the landscape.

* algo desconocido = virgin territory.

* algo diferente = something else.

* algo diferente de = something other than.

* algo difícil = tall order.

* algo digno de contemplar = a sight to behold.

* algo digno de ver = a sight to behold.

* algo distinto de = something other than.

* algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.

* algo en particular = that certain something.

* algo esencial = essential.

* algo es seguro = one thing is for sure.

* algo estúpido = no-brainer.

* algo estúpido, persona estúpida, algo fácil, algo obvio = no-brainer.

* algo extra = frill.

* algo fácil = no-brainer.

* Algo falso = hoax.

* algo grabado en piedra = tablet of stone.

* algo hecho rápidamente = quickie.

* algo impostergable = a matter of urgency.

* algo inaplazable = a matter of urgency.

* algo incompatible = a square peg in a round hole.

* algo insignificante = just a little dot.

* algo instintivo = gut feeling, gut instinct.

* algo inútil = a dead dog.

* algo irrelevante = irrelevance.

* algo mal visto = dirty word.

* algo maravilloso pero pasajero = a nine days wonder.

* algo más = anything else.

* algo más de = more of.

* algo minúsculo = just a little dot.

* algo muy agradable de oír = music to + Posesivo + ears.

* algo muy diferente de = a far cry from.

* algo muy difícil = a tough sell.

* algo muy distinto de = a far cry from.

* algo muy socorrido = standby [stand-by].

* algo muy valioso = nugget.

* algo obvio = no-brainer.

* algo opcional = extra.

* algo para picar = finger food.

* algo parecido = suchlike.

* Algo por lo que se puede cobrar = billable.

* Algo que ahorra tiempo = time saver [timesaver].

* Algo que es prescindible = inessential.

* algo que estropea el paisaje = a blot on the landscape.

* algo que rompe la armonía = a blot on the landscape.

* Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.

* Algo que se le va tomando el gusto con el tiempo = acquired taste.

* algo recién llegado = latecomer [late-comer].

* algo seguro = safe bet.

* algo sensacional = show-stopper [showstopper].

* algo superfluo = frill.

* algo urgente = rush on, a matter of urgency.

* algo va mal = something is amiss.

* algo visceral = gut feeling, gut instinct.

* algo ya muy conocido y usado = old nag.

* andar tramando algo malo = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* conseguir algo de = get + something out of.

* convertirse en algo normal = become + standard practice, settle into + the norm.

* estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* estar tramando algo malo = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* haber algo raro con = there + be + something fishy going on with.

* haber algo sospechoso con = there + be + something fishy going on with.

* hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.

* hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.

* hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.

* merecerse algo = deserve + a little something.

* o algo así = or something of that sort, or something to that effect, or something of that nature.

* o algo parecido = or something of that sort, or something to that effect, or something of that nature, or anything like that, or words to that effect.

* o algo similar = or something of that sort, or something to that effect, or something of that nature, or words to that effect.

* obtener algo de = get + something out of.

* pasar algo inesperado = things + take a turn for the unexpected.

* por si sirve de algo = for what it's worth [FWIW].

* preparar algo = put + a few things + together.

* quien algo quiere algo le cuesta = no pain, no gain.

* relativo a las algas = algal.

* se obtendrá algo de provecho = something is bound to come of it.

* ser algo bien conocido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.

* ser algo bueno = be a good thing.

* ser algo completamente distinto = be nothing of the sort.

* ser algo común = be a fact of life, be a common occurrence, become + a common feature, be a part of life.

* ser algo excepcional = be the exception rather than the rule, be in a league of its own.

* ser algo fácil = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.

* ser algo facilísimo = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.

* ser algo habitual = become + a common feature, be a fact of life.

* ser algo inevitable = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ser algo (muy) bien sabido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.

* ser algo muy claro = be a dead giveaway.

* ser algo muy obvio = be a dead giveaway.

* ser algo muy poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo muy raro = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo natural para = come + naturally to, be second nature to + Pronombre.

* ser algo normal = be a fact of life, become + a common feature, be a part of life.

* ser algo permanente = be here to stay.

* ser algo poco común = be the exception rather than the rule.

* ser algo poco conocido que = it + be + a little known fact that.

* ser algo poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo poco sabido que = it + be + a little known fact that.

* ser algo por lo que = be a matter for/of.

* ser algo que no ocurre con frecuencia = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo seguro = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.

* sonsacar algo de = get + something out of.

* tener algo en contra de = have + something against.

* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.

* tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.

* todo cuesta algo = nothing comes without a cost.

* traerse algo malo entre manos = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* * *

algo¹ [ Grammar notes (Spanish) ]

pronoun

1 something; (en frases interrogativas, condicionales, etc) anything; (esperando respuesta afirmativa) something

algo le debe haber molestado something must have upset her

si llegara a pasarle algo, no me lo perdonaría if anything happened to her, I'd never forgive myself

¿quieres algo de beber? do you want something o anything to drink?

si no te creyó, por algo será if he didn't believe you there must be some o a reason

quiero que llegues a ser algo I want you to be somebody

le va a dar algo cuando lo vea he'll have a fit ( o go crazy etc) when he sees it

algo así something like that

algo es algo it's better than nothing

que esté arrepentido ya es algo he's sorry, that's something at least

algo DE algo:

¿queda algo de pan? is there any bread left?

hay algo de cierto en lo que dice there's some truth in what he says

2

(en aproximaciones): serán las once y algo it must be some time after eleven

pesa tres kilos y algo it weighs three kilos and a bit, it weighs just over three kilos

algo²

adverb

a little, slightly

se siente algo cansada she feels slightly o a little tired

son algo parecidos they're somewhat similar

es algo más caro, pero es mejor it's slightly o a little o a bit more expensive, but it is better

¿te duele? — algo does it hurt? — a little o a bit

algo³

masculine

A

1

un algo (un no sé qué) something

tiene un algo que me recuerda a su madre she has something of her mother about her

2

(un poco): hay un algo de verdad en lo que dice there's a grain of truth o some truth in what she says

B ( Col) (merienda) mid-afternoon snack, tea ( BrE)

* * *

algo 1 pronombre
a) something;

(en frases interrogativas, condicionales, etc) anything;
( esperando respuesta afirmativa) something;
◊ quiero decirte algo I want to tell you something;

si llegara a pasarle algo if anything happened to her;
¿quieres algo de beber? do you want something o anything to drink?;
por algo será there must be some o a reason;
le va a dar algo he'll have a fit;
o algo así or something like that;
eso ya es algo at least that's something;
sé algo de francés I know some French;
¿queda algo de pan? is there any bread left?
b) ( en aproximaciones):

◊ serán las once y algo it must be some time after eleven;

pesa tres kilos y algo it weighs three kilos and a bit
algo 2 adverbio
a little, slightly;
◊ está algo nublado it's a bit cloudy;

es algo para ti it's a bit too big for you
algo
I pron indef
1 (afirmativo) something
(interrogativo) anything: su padre es arquitecto o algo así, his father is an architect or something like that
¿algo más?, anything else?
si tu madre te ha reñido, por algo será, if your mother has told you off, there must be a reason for it
familiar me pagan poco, pero algo es algo, they don't pay me much, but it's better than nothing
2 (cantidad pequeña) some, a little: ¿queda algo de comer?, is there any food left?
II adv (un poco) quite, somewhat: me encuentro algo cansado, I'm feeling rather tired

' algo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- acabar
- achicharrar
- acoger
- acostumbrada
- acostumbrado
- actitud
- actual
- alcanzar
- alisar
- almohada
- almorzar
- alquilar
- alrededor
- amagar
- añales
- aparecer
- apestar
- aprender
- así
- asociarse
- aspirar
- atinar
- atravesada
- atravesado
- aunar
- bajar
- bala
- bambolearse
- bandeja
- beneficiarse
- blanca
- blanco
- bombera
- bombero
- broma
- buena
- bueno
- cábala
- cacarear
- cazar
- cachondeo
- calentar
- canela
- cantar
- cantada
- cantado
- capaz
- cara
- carecer
English:
about
- access
- acclimatized
- account
- accountable
- accustom
- acquaint
- acquit
- acting
- action
- actual
- addicted
- advance
- advantage
- advice
- afraid
- again
- agree
- ahead
- aim
- aim at
- aim to
- all-out
- allow
- allowance
- amenable
- amends
- amiss
- anathema
- angry
- anxious
- any
- anything
- apologize
- appal
- appall
- appeal
- arrange
- as
- ask
- ask for
- assess
- assessment
- associate
- at
- attempt
- attest
- authorize
- away
- ax

* * *

algo

♦ pron

1. [alguna cosa] something;
[en interrogativas] anything;
algo de comida/bebida something to eat/drink;

algo para leer something to read;

¿necesitas algo para el viaje? do you need anything for your journey?;

¿te pasa algo? is anything the matter?;

deben ser las diez y algo it must be gone ten o'clock;

pagaron dos millones y algo they paid over two million;

algo así, algo por el estilo something like that;

algo así como… something like…;

por algo lo habrá dicho he must have said it for a reason;

si se ofende, por algo será if she's offended, there must be a reason for it;

Comp

algo es algo something is better than nothing

2. [cantidad pequeña] a bit, a little;

algo de some;

habrá algo de comer, pero es mejor que vengas cenado there will be some food, but it would be best if you had dinner before coming;

¿has bebido cerveza? – algo did you drink any beer? – a bit

3. Fam [ataque]
te va a dar algo como sigas trabajando así you'll make yourself ill if you go on working like that;

¡a mí me va a dar algo! [de risa] I'm going to injure myself o Br do myself an injury (laughing)!;
[de enfado] this is going to drive me mad!
4. [cosa importante] something;

si quieres llegar a ser algo if you ever want to be anybody, if you ever want to get anywhere;

se cree que es algo he thinks he's something (special)

♦ adv
[un poco] a bit;
es algo más grande it's a bit bigger;

estoy algo cansado de vuestra actitud I'm rather o somewhat tired of your attitude;

se encuentra algo mejor she's a bit o slightly better;

necesito dormir algo I need to get some sleep

♦ nm

1.
un algo [cosa indeterminada] something;

esa película tiene un algo especial that film has something special

2. Col [refrigerio] refreshment;

tomar el algo to have a snack [between meals]

* * *

algo

I pron

1 en frases afirmativas something;

algo es algo it’s something, it’s better than nothing;

o algo así or something like that;

unas 5.000 personas o algo así 5,000 or so people, 5,000 people more or less;

por algo será there must be a reason

2 en frases interrogativas o condicionales anything

II adv rather, somewhat

* * *

algo adv

: somewhat, rather

es simpático, pero algo tacaño: he's nice but rather stingy

algo pron

1) : something

2)

algo de : some, a little

tengo algo de dinero: I've got some money

* * *

algo¹ adv rather / a bit

estoy algo nervioso I'm rather nervous

ya está algo mejor she's a bit better

algo² pron

1. (en frases afirmativas) something

tengo que decirte algo I've got something to tell you

2. (en frases interrogativas) anything

¿quiere algo más, señora? would you like anything else, madam?

¿pasa algo? is anything wrong?

3. (cantidad indeterminada) some / any

¿me dejas algo de dinero? can you lend me some money

algo así something like that

algo es algo something is better than nothing

por algo será there must be a reason

tomar algo to have a drink

Spanish-English dictionary > algo
8 de

prep.

1 of.

el coche de mi padre/mis padres my father's/parents' car

es de ella it's hers

la pata de la mesa the table leg

La casa de mi padre The house of my father [My father's house]

2 from (procedencia, distancia).

salir de casa to leave home

soy de Bilbao I'm from Bilbao

de la playa al apartamento hay 100 metros it's 100 meters from the beach to the apartment

3 (made) of (materia).

un vaso de plástico a plastic cup

un reloj de oro a gold watch

4 about (asunto).

hablábamos de ti we were talking about you

libros de historia history books

5 as.

trabaja de bombero he works as a fireman

6 from (time) (since).

trabaja de nueve a cinco she works from nine to five

de madrugada early in the morning

a las cuatro de la tarde at four in the afternoon

trabaja de noche y duerme de día he works at night and sleeps during the day

7 with (causa, modo).

morirse de hambre to die of hunger

llorar de alegría to cry with joy

de una patada with a kick

de una sola vez in one go

de tres en tres three at a time

8 if.

de ir a verte, sería este domingo if I do visit you, it'll be this Sunday

de no ser por ti, me hubiese hundido if it hadn't been for you, I wouldn't have made it

9 to.

Está ansiosa de obtener ese trabajo She is anxious to have that job.

f.

1 letter d.

2 SD, standard deviation.

3 ED, dose of erythema, erythema dose.

* * *

de

► nombre femenino

1 name of the letter d

————————

de

► preposición

1 (posesión, pertenencia) of

■ el libro de Juan Juan's book

■ el coche de mis padres my parents' car

■ el hermano de mi padre my father's brother

■ la mesa de mi habitación the table in my bedroom

2 (procedencia, origen) from

■ soy de Córdoba I'm from Córdoba

■ viene de Barcelona she comes from Barcelona

3 (descripción) with

■ la niña de ojos castaños the girl with dark eyes, the dark-eyed girl

■ el señor del abrigo azul the man in the blue coat

4 (tema) of, on, about

■ hablaron del tiempo they talked about the weather

5 (materia) made of, of

■ una mesa de madera a wooden table

■ un anillo de oro a gold ring

■ lo hicieron de plástico they made it out of plastic

6 (contenido) of

■ un vaso de agua a glass of water

7 (uso) for

■ aguja de calcetar knitting needle

■ gallo de pelea fighting cock

8 (oficio) by, as

■ trabaja de profesor he works as a teacher

■ es médico de profesión he's a doctor by profession

9 (modo) on, in, as

■ de pie standing up

■ estar de moda to be in fashion

10 (tiempo) at, by, in

■ de día by day, during the day

■ de noche at night

■ a las diez de la mañana at ten in the morning

11 (lugar) varias traducciones

■ la vecina de arriba our upstairs neighbour

■ el lavabo de abajo the downstairs toilet

■ la ventana de la derecha the window on the right

■ la puerta de la calle the street door

12 (precio) at

■ manzanas de dos euros el kilo apples at two euros a kilo

13 (medida) measuring

■ una botella de dos litros a two litre bottle

■ una mesa de un metro de ancho a metre-wide table

14 (causa) with, because of, of

■ llorar de alegría to cry with joy

■ morir de frío to die of cold

15 (agente) by

■ es una obra de Lope a play by Lope

16 (con superlativo) in, of

■ el mejor de España the best in Spain

■ el mayor de los tres the eldest of the three

17 (suposición) if

■ de haberlo dicho if he had told us

18 (en una aposición) of

■ la ciudad de Barcelona the city of Barcelona Table 1 NOTA See also del/Table 1

* * *

prep.

1) of

2) from

3) in, at

4) than

5) by

* * *

PREPOSITION

1) [relación] of

las calles de Madrid — the streets of Madrid

el alcalde de Valencia — the mayor of Valencia

cabo de Buena Esperanza — Cape of Good Hope

la ciudad de Madrid — the city of Madrid

en el mes de agosto — in the month of August

un libro de consulta — a reference book

un millón de euros — a million euros

la carretera de Valencia — the Valencia road, the road to Valencia

el interés del préstamo — the interest on the loan

la llave de mi cuarto — the key to my room

en el día de hoy — today

tuvieron la desgracia de perder el partido — they were unlucky enough to lose the match

ya era hora de que vinieses — it's about time you got here

el hecho de que yo no supiera nada — the fact that I didn't know anything about it

2) [pertenencia]

la casa de Isabel — Isabel's house

el coche de mi amigo — my friend's car

un familiar de mi vecina — a relative of my neighbour's

los coches de mis amigos — my friends' cars

el vestuario de las actrices — the actresses' dressing room

la señora de Pérez — Pérez's wife, Mrs Pérez

es de ellos — it's theirs

esa contestación es muy de ella — that answer is typical of her

3) [característica, material]

una cadena de oro — a gold chain

no es de oro — it's not gold

una puerta de cristal — a glass door

una cocina de gas — a gas cooker

este modelo es de electricidad — this model uses electricity, this is an electric model

ropa de buena calidad — good-quality clothes

un billete de primera clase — a first-class ticket

la niña de pelo largo — the girl with the long hair

ese tío del sombrero — that chap with o in the hat

pintado de rojo — painted red

lo tengo de varios colores distintos — I have it in several different colours

4) [contenido]

una caja de bombones — a box of chocolates

una copa de vino — [llena] a glass of wine; [vacía] a wine glass

una bolsita de té — a tea bag

estaba hecha un saco de nervios — she was a bundle of nerves

5) [origen, distancia, espacio temporal] from

soy de Galicia — I'm from Galicia

Julia no es de aquí — Julia is not from round here

los de Madrid son los mejores — the ones from Madrid are the best, the Madrid ones are the best

es de buena familia — he's from a good family

vuelo 507 (procedente) de Londres — flight 507 from London

vive a 20km de Madrid — she lives 20km from Madrid

aléjate del fuego — move away from the fire

marcó un gol a dos minutos del final del partido — he scored two minutes from the end of the match

el tren de Santiago — the Santiago train

el avión pasó a muy poca altura del suelo — the plane flew by at very low altitude

salir del cine — to come out of the cinema
de... a...
vivió de 1898 a 1937 — he lived from 1898 to 1937

de mi casa a la suya hay 5km — it is 5km from my house to his

de mayo a julio — from May to July

del 15 al 30 — from the 15th to the 30th

6) [causa]

murió de viejo — he died from old age

me dolían los pies de tanto andar — my feet were sore from all that walking

de puro cansado — out of sheer tiredness

no podía moverse de miedo — he was rigid with fear

estar loco de alegría — to be wild with joy

saltar de alegría — to jump for joy

7) [manera]

lo derribó de un solo puñetazo — he felled him with a single blow

se puso a mi lado de un salto — he jumped to my side

se lo bebió de un trago — he drank it all down in one go
de... en...
iban entrando de dos en dos — they came in two by two

bajó la escalera de tres en tres — he came down the stairs three at a time

de puerta en puerta — from door to door

8) (=respecto de)

estar mejor de salud — to be in better health, be better

es fuerte de brazos — he has strong arms

paralizado de las dos piernas — paralysed in both legs

es muy estrecho de hombros — he doesn't have very broad shoulders

9) [tema] about

un libro de biología — a biology book, a book on o about biology

hablaba de política — he was talking about politics

no sé nada de él — I don't know anything about him

una clase de francés — a French class

10) [uso]

máquina de coser — sewing machine

goma de mascar — chewing gum

11) [cantidad, medida, valor]

un chico de quince años — a fifteen-year-old boy

un viaje de dos días — a two-day journey

un embarazo de siete meses — a seven-month pregnancy

una moneda de 5 pesos — a 5-peso coin

tiene un metro de alto — it's a metre high

12) [con horas y fechas]

a las siete de la mañana — at seven o'clock in the morning, at seven a.m.

son las dos de la tarde — it's two o'clock in the afternoon, it's two p.m.

muy de mañana — very early in the morning

el 3 de mayo — 3 May ( leído May the third {o}2} the third of May)

13) [tiempo]

de día — during the day(time)

de noche — at night

de niño — as a child

de mayor voy a ser médico — when I grow up I'm going to be a doctor

14) [proporción]

tres de cada cuatro — three out of every four

15) [uso partitivo] of

uno de nosotros — one of us

comió un poco de pastel — she ate a bit of cake

¡había una de gente! — * there were loads of people there! *

16) [autoría] by

un libro de Cela — a book by Cela, a book of Cela's

las películas de Almodóvar — Almodóvar's films

17) [como complemento agente] by

fue amado de todos — he was loved by all

el rey entró seguido de su séquito — the king entered, followed by his entourage

tiene dos hijos de su primera mujer — he has two children by his first wife

18) [en aposición a sustantivos o adjetivos]

el bueno/pobre de Pedro — good/poor old Pedro

el imbécil de Fernández — that idiot Fernández

es un encanto de persona — he's a lovely person

19) [en comparaciones] than

es más difícil de lo que creía — it's more difficult than I thought

más/menos de siete — more/less than seven

más de 500 personas — more than o over 500 people

20) [con superlativos] in

el peor alumno de la clase — the worst pupil in the class

el más caro de la tienda/mundo — the most expensive in the shop/world

es el coche más caro del mercado — it's the dearest car on the market

21) + infin

un problema fácil de resolver — an easily solved problem

un libro agradable de leer — a nice book to read
ser de ({+ infin}8})
es de admirar su lealtad — his loyalty is admirable

es de esperar que recibamos una pronta respuesta — it is to be hoped that we receive a prompt reply

sería de desear que actualizaran su información — it would be desirable for them to update their information

22) [dependiente de formas verbales]

la acusaban de hipócrita — they accused her of being a hypocrite

colmar de elogios a algn — to shower praise on sb

se dio cuenta de que lo sabía — she realized (that) she knew it

de esto se deduce que... — from this it can be deduced that...

disfrutar de la vida — to enjoy life

¿qué esperabas de él? — what did you expect from him?

limpiar algo de polvo — to dust sth

llenar algo de algo — to fill sth with sth

se sirvió de sus amigos para salir de un mal trago — he turned to his friends to help him through a difficult patch

trabaja de camarero — he works as a waiter

lo uso de despensa — I use it as a pantry

vestido de azul — dressed in blue

23) [uso condicional] if

de ser posible — if possible

de haberlo sabido no habría venido — if I had known, I wouldn't have come

de resultar esto así — if this turns out to be true

de no ser así — if it were not so, were it not so

de no — LAm (=si no) otherwise

* * *
I
preposición

Sentido I

1) (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión)

la casa de mis padres/de la actriz — my parents'/the actress's house

el rey de Francia — the king of France

el cumpleaños de Luis — Luis's birthday

no es de él/de ella/de ellos — it isn't his/hers/theirs

su padre de usted — (frml) your father

es un amigo de mi hijo/de la familia — he's a friend of my son's/the family

un estudiante de quinto año — a fifth-year student

la correa del perro — the dog's leash

un avión de Mexair — a Mexair plane

la tapa de la cacerola — the saucepan lid

las calles de la capital — the streets of the capital

la subida de los precios — the rise in prices

al término de la reunión — at the end of the meeting

2)

a) ( introduciendo un nombre en aposición) of

la ciudad de Lima — the city of Lima

el aeropuerto de Barajas — Barajas airport

el mes de enero — the month of January

b) ( con apellidos)

[de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]

Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena — ≈Mrs Mónica Arocena

los señores de Díaz — (frml) Mr and Mrs Díaz

las señoritas de Paz — (frml) the Misses Paz (frml)

c) ( en exclamaciones)

pobre de él! — poor him!

ay de mí! — (liter) woe is me! (liter)

Sentido II

3) (expresando procedencia, origen, tiempo) from

volvía del banco — I was on my way back from the bank

es de Bogotá — she's/she comes from Bogotá

una carta de Julia — a letter from Julia

lo saqué de la biblioteca — I got it out of the library

lo recogió del suelo — she picked it up off the floor

un hijo de su primera mujer — a son by his first wife

al salir de la tienda — as he left the store

un amigo de la infancia — a childhood friend

la literatura de ese período — the literature of o from that period

de un día para otro — from one day to the next

de... a... — from... to...

de aquí a tu casa — from here to your house

de nueve a cinco — it's open from nine to five

4) (al especificar material, contenido, composición)

son de plástico — they're (made of) plastic

una mesa de caoba — a mahogany table

una inyección de morfina — an injection of morphine, a morphine injection

un curso de secretariado — a secretarial course

un vaso de agua — a glass of water

una colección de sellos — a stamp collection

un millón de dólares — a million dollars

5) (expresando causa, modo)

murió de viejo — he died of old age

verde de envidia — green with envy

estaba ronco de tanto gritar — he was hoarse from shouting so much

temblando de miedo — trembling with fear

de memoria — by heart

lo tumbó de un golpe — he knocked him down with one blow

de dos en dos or (CS) de a dos — two at a time

de a poco/de a uno — (CS) little by little/one by one

Sentido III

6)

a) (introduciendo cualidades, características)

es de una paciencia increíble — he is incredibly patient

objetos de mucho valor — objects of great value

¿de qué color lo quiere? — what color do you want it?

tiene cara de aburrido — he looks bored

tienes cosas de niño — sometimes you act like a child

una botella de un litro — a liter bottle

un niño de tres meses — a three-month-old child

la chica de azul/del abrigo rojo — the girl in blue/in the red coat

un hombre de pelo largo — a man with long hair

b) ( refiriéndose a una etapa en la vida) as

de niño — as a o when he was a child

7) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad)

el cepillo de la ropa — the clothes brush

copas de vino — wine glasses

ropa de cama — bed clothes

dales algo de comer — give them something to eat

¿qué hay de postre? — what's for dessert?

8)

a) (al definir, especificar)

el botón de abajo — the bottom button

el vecino de al lado — the next-door neighbor

es muy bonita de cara — she has a pretty face

¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? — how are we doing for time?

tiene dos metros de ancho — it's two meters wide

es fácil/difícil de pronunciar — it's easy/difficult to pronounce

b) ( sentido partitivo) of

¿quién de ustedes fue? — which (one) of you was it?

se llevó uno de los míos — she took one of mine

el mayor de los Soto — the eldest of the Soto children

9) ( con sentido ponderativo)

lo encontré de viejo...! — he seemed so old!

qué de coches! — (fam) what a lot of cars!

10)

a) ( con cifras)

el número de estudiantes es de 480 — there are 480 students

pagan un interés del 15% — they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%

b) ( en comparaciones de cantidad) than

cuesta más de £100 — it costs more than o over £100

pesa menos de un kilo — it weighs less than o under a kilo

un número mayor/menor de 29 — a number over/under 29

c) ( con un superlativo)

es el más caro de todos — it's the most expensive one

la ciudad más grande del mundo — the biggest city in the world

11) ( refiriéndose a una parte del día)

duerme de día y trabaja de noche — she sleeps during the day and works at night

salieron de madrugada — they left very early in the morning

12) ( en calidad de) as

trabaja de secretaria — she works as a secretary

hace de rey en la obra — he plays (the part of) a king in the play

13) (en expresiones de estado, actividad)

de mal humor — in a bad mood

estamos de limpieza general/fiesta — we're spring-cleaning/having a party

14) ( en oraciones pasivas) by

una novela de Goytisolo — a novel by Goytisolo

una casa rodeada de árboles — a house surrounded by trees

Sentido IV

15) ( con sentido condicional)

a)

de + inf: de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known o had I known, I would have come earlier; de no ser así no será considerada — otherwise it will not be considered

b)

ser de + inf — (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad)

es de esperar que... — it is to be hoped that...

es de destacar su actuación — her performance is worthy of note
II
femenino: name of the letter d

* * *

= across, in respect for, of, off, out of, from, featuring.

Ex. This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.

Ex. The author of a document is the person or organisation responsible for its creation, that is, the writer of a text, the illustrator in respect for illustrations and others responsible for the intellectual content of a work.

Ex. These institutes brought together some of the most influential people in the field.

Ex. Having entered the next state and a highway off the turnpike, he was amazed by the extraordinary flatness of the land, especially in contrast to the hilly terrain he had grown up with back home.

Ex. However, out of the enormous abundance of information produced, only 50% is new while the rest is redundant.

Ex. From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.

Ex. The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.

----

* abogado de oficio = legal aid.

* actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.

* alabanza de boquilla = lip service.

* alabar de boquilla = give + lip service.

* autorizado de antemano = pre-authorised [pre-authorized, -USA].

* cambiar de una vez a otra = change from + time to time, vary + from time to time.

* comenzar de nuevo = start + all over again.

* de... a = through.

* de abajo hacia arriba = bottom-up.

* de abolengo = well-born.

* de abordo = in-flight.

* de absorción = absorptive.

* de acá para allá = back and forth, to and fro.

* de acceso público = publicly accessible.

* de acceso rápido = fast-access.

* de acceso restringido = closed access.

* de acción = action-centered.

* de acompañante = in tow.

* de actitud = attitudinal.

* de actuación = for action.

* de actualidad = topical.

* de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.

* de acuerdo a = according to.

* de acuerdo con = according to, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, in + Posesivo + view, judging from.

* de acuerdo con el tema = thematically.

* de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.

* de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.

* de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.

* de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.

* de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.

* de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.

* de acuerdo con + Nombre = going on + Nombre.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.

* de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + opinion, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de adaptación = adaptive.

* de †frica = African.

* de Africa occidental = West African.

* de agua = water-based.

* de aguas profundas = deep-sea.

* de ahí = therefrom.

* de ahí que = hence.

* de ahora en adelante = from now on, from this point on.

* de Alaska = Alaskan.

* de Albania = Albanian.

* de alcance estatal = nationwide [nation-wide].

* de alcance nacional = nationwide [nation-wide].

* de alcohol = spirit-based.

* de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.

* de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.

* de alguna otra forma = in any other way.

* de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.

* de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.

* de algún modo u otro = of some sort.

* de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.

* de algún tipo = of some description.

* de algún tipo u otro = of some sort.

* de alta alcurnia = well-born.

* de alta cuna = well-born.

* de alta densidad = high-density.

* de alta energía = high energy.

* de alta fidelidad = hi-fi.

* de alta mar = offshore, sea-going, ocean-going.

* de alta potencia = high power.

* de alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.

* de alta productividad = high-performance.

* de alta resistencia = heavy-duty.

* de alta tecnología = high-tech, high-technology.

* de alta tensión = heavy-current.

* de alta velocidad = high-speed.

* de alto abolengo = well-born.

* de alto ahorro energético = energy-saving.

* de alto nivel = of a high order, high level [high-level], high-powered.

* de alto rango = high-ranking, highly placed.

* de alto rendimiento = high-performance, heavy-duty.

* de altos vuelos = high-flying, high-powered.

* de alto voltaje = high-voltage.

* de altura = high, top-notch.

* de altura regulable = height-adjustable.

* de aluvión = alluvial.

* de ámbito estatal = statewide [state-wide].

* de amplio alcance = broad in scope.

* de antaño = of old, age-old, old-time, of yore, of olden days, of yesteryear, bygone, gone by.

* de antemano = in advance (of), beforehand.

* de antes de la guerra = pre-war [prewar].

* de antigua generación = low-end.

* de antiguo = from time immemorial.

* de apariencia = cosmetic.

* de apariencia engañosa = meretricious.

* de aplicación específica = special-purpose.

* de aplicación específica a un equipo de ordenador = hardware-based.

* de aplicación general = general-purpose, of general application.

* de apoyo = enabling, supportive.

* de aprovechamiento = exploitative.

* de aquel entonces = of that day.

* de aquí para allá = back and forth.

* de aquí te espero = tremendous, enormous, humongous [humungous], gianormous.

* de Arabia Saudí = Saudi Arabian.

* de archivo = archival, archive.

* de armas tomar = redoubtable.

* de arranque = bootable.

* de arriba abajo = from top to bottom, from head to toe, from head to foot.

* de arriba hacia abajo = top-down.

* de ascendencia + Adjetivo = of + Adjetivo + descent.

* de asesoramiento = consultative.

* de aspecto = looking.

* de aspecto antiguo = old-face.

* de aspecto complicado = complicated-looking.

* de aspecto delgado = lean-looking.

* de aspecto digno = dignified.

* de aspecto impresionante = impressive-looking.

* de aspecto nuevo = new-looking.

* de aspecto poco profesional = botched-up.

* de aspecto profesional = professional-looking.

* de aspecto ruinoso = run-down.

* de aspecto solemne = dignified.

* de atención básica = preattentive.

* de atención primaria = preattentive.

* de atrás = rear.

* de atrás para adelante = back and forth.

* de aupa = royal.

* de autodesprecio = self-deprecating.

* de autogestión = self-managing.

* de autoprotección = self-protective.

* de autosuficiencia = self-satisfied.

* de baja calidad = poor in detail, low-grade [lowgrade], low-quality, third rate [third-rate], low-end, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].

* de baja intensidad = low-intensity [low intensity].

* de baja ralea = ignoble.

* de bajísima calidad = shoddy.

* de bajo consumo = low energy.

* de bajo contenido en grasas = low fat.

* de bajo crecimiento = low-growing.

* de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.

* de bajo precio = low-priced.

* de bajo riesgo = low-risk.

* de balde = for free.

* de barrio = neighbourhood-based.

* de base popular = grassroots [grass-roots].

* de bienvenida = salutatory.

* de boca en boca = word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.

* de bodas = bridal.

* de Boole = Boolean.

* de bote en bote = packed to capacity, choc-a-block, chock-full, densely packed, packed, packed to the rafters.

* de broma = humorously, teasingly.

* de bronce = brass.

* de buena calidad = good-quality.

* de buena disposición = good-natured.

* de buena fama = of good repute.

* de buena fe = bona fide, in good faith.

* de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.

* de buena reputación = of good repute.

* de buenas = on good terms.

* de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.

* de buena vecindad = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].

* de buena voluntad = in good faith.

* de buen corazón = kind-hearted, good-hearted, big-hearted.

* de buen grado = willing, good-humouredly, good-humoured, good-naturedly.

* de buen gusto = tasteful.

* de buen humor = good-humouredly, good-humoured, in good humour.

* de buenos modales = well-mannered.

* de buen vecino = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].

* de buen ver = good looking.

* de bulla y corriendo = in a rush.

* de caballo = huge, humongous [humungous], massive, gianormous.

* de cabo a rabo = lock, stock and barrel, from head to toe, from head to foot.

* de cachondeo = teasingly.

* de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].

* de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.

* de caderas anchas = wide-hipped.

* de cajón = no-brainer.

* de calidad = authoritative, qualitative, quality, well-made, high-end, quality assured, value-added.

* de calidad inferior = low-grade [lowgrade], substandard [sub-standard], low-end.

* de calidad superior = best-quality, top quality.

* de camino = on the way, while we're at it.

* de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.

* de campo = free-range.

* de campos fijos = fixed-field.

* de campus = campus-wide [campuswide].

* de capa caída = at a low ebb, in (the) doldrums.

* de capa y espada = cloak-and-dagger.

* de capital importancia = momentous, of cardinal importance.

* de cara a = face-to-face [face to face], facing.

* de carácter = in character.

* de carácter público = state-owned, government-owned, state-run, government-run, publicly owned [publicly-owned], publicly supported, publicly held.

* de carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].

* de carne y hueso = flesh-and-blood.

* de castigo = punitive.

* de casualidad = by accident, by a fluke, by chance, accidentally, by a stroke of (good) luck, by luck.

* de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.

* de cerámica = ceramic.

* de cerca = at close range, at close quarters.

* de chiripa = by a fluke, by a stroke of (good) luck, by chance, by luck.

* de cierto tipo = of a sort, of sorts.

* de cinco años = five yearly [five-yearly].

* de cinco días de duración = five-day.

* de cinco estrellas = 5-star [five-star].

* de cinco meses de duración = five-month-long.

* de civil = in plain clothes.

* de clasificación = classificatory.

* de clausura = cloistered.

* de clausura de congreso = end-of-conference.

* de cobre = cupric.

* de cojones = badass.

* de colegas = collegial, buddying.

* de Colombia = Colombian.

* de color = coloured [colored, -USA], non-white [nonwhite], full-colour, in colour.

* de color crema = creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], cream-coloured.

* de color de bronce = brassy.

* de colores = full-colour, multi-colour [multi-color -USA].

* de colores vivos = colourful [colorful, -USA].

* de colorines = brightly coloured.

* de color marroncillo = brownish tinged.

* de color rojo = red-coloured.

* de color rosa = rose-coloured.

* de color verde botella = bottle green.

* de color verde oscuro = bottle green.

* de color y textura parecidos al carbón = carbonaceous.

* de comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = earliest + Expresión Temporal.

* de cómo = as to how.

* de compañeros = collegial.

* de complicidad = knowing.

* de comportamiento = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].

* de comportamiento impecable = prim and proper.

* de conceptos = concept-based.

* de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept.

* de conducta = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].

* de confianza = reliable, trusted, trusting, reputable.

* de confirmación = confirmatory.

* de conformidad con = in compliance with, in keeping with.

* de conformidad con eso = accordingly.

* de conífera = coniferous.

* de construcción básica = brick and frame.

* de construcción sólida = solidly-built.

* de consulta fácil = scannable.

* de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based.

* de consumo = consumptive.

* de contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.

* de contrabando = bootleg.

* de contrapunto = contrapuntal.

* de Corea = Korean.

* de Corea del Sur = South Korean.

* de corral = free-range.

* de corta duración = short term [short-term].

* de corte + Adjetivo = of a + Adjetivo + nature.

* de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].

* de costa a costa = coast-to-coast.

* de coste cero = zero-cost.

* de costumbre = usual, usually.

* de creación = authorial.

* de crecimiento continuo = steadily growing.

* de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.

* de crecimiento rápido = fast-growing, fast-evolving.

* de cría intensiva = battery-caged.

* de crianza intensiva = battery-caged.

* de Crimea = Crimean.

* de cristal = glass.

* de crucial importancia = crucially important.

* de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.

* de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.

* de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].

* de cualquier modo = however, either way.

* de cualquier tipo = in any way [in anyway], in all forms.

* de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.

* de cuatro días de duración = four-day.

* de cuatro estrellas = four-star.

* de Cuba = Cuban.

* de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.

* de deficiente calidad = poor-quality, of poor quality.

* de delante hacia atrás = front to back, fore and aft.

* de densidad doble = double-density.

* de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.

* de derechas = right-wing.

* de derecho = de jure [iure].

* de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.

* de desarrollo = developmental.

* de desarrollo autónomo = self-evolving.

* de desarrollo rápido = fast-evolving.

* de descargo = exonerating, exculpatory.

* de desconexión = cut-off.

* de descubrimiento reciente = newly-discovered.

* de desecho = discarded.

* de desempate = tie-breaker [tiebreaker], tie-breaking [tiebreaking].

* de desguace = written-off.

* de despedida = valedictory.

* de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.

* de día a día = from day to day.

* de diámetro = in diameter.

* de diario = everyday.

* de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.

* de diesel = diesel-powered.

* de diferente modo = differently.

* de diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].

* de diferentes tonalidades de gris = grey scale [gray scale].

* de difícil solución = intractable.

* de dinero = well-to-do, well-off.

* de dirección = directorial, administrative.

* de diseño abierto = open-plan, open-planned.

* de diversa índole = kaleidoscopic, of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de diversos tipos = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de diverso tipo = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de doble cara = double-hinged, double-sided.

* de doble filo = double-edged.

* de doble hoja = double-hinged.

* de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.

* de doble uso = dual-use.

* de dolor = in pain.

* de dominio público = publicly owned [publicly-owned].

* de donde = whence, whence, from whence.

* ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?, where else...?.

* de dos caras = two-sided, two-faced.

* de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].

* de dos en dos = two at a time.

* de dos letras = two-letter.

* de dos niveles = two-tier.

* de dos páginas = two-page.

* de dos partidos políticos = bipartisan [bi-partisan].

* de dos patas = two-legged.

* de dos piernas = two-legged.

* de dos pies = two-legged.

* de dos plantas = two-storey [two-story].

* de dos tonalidades = bitonal.

* de dos tonos = bitonal.

* de dos volúmenes = two-volume.

* de duelo = in mourning.

* de duración limitada = timebound [time-bound].

* de Ecuador = Ecuadorian.

* de edad = elderly.

* de edad avanzada = over the hill.

* de edad escolar = school-age.

* de edad mediana = middle-aged.

* de edad universitaria = college-age.

* de elaboración de políticas = policy-forming.

* de ello = thereof, therefrom.

* de ellos = theirs.

* de embalsamar = embalming.

* de emisor a receptor = downstream.

* de encaje = lacy.

* de enmienda = amendatory.

* de ensueño = dream-like [dreamlike], picture-perfect.

* de entonces = of the day.

* de entreguerras = interwar.

* de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.

* de entretenimiento = recreational.

* de envergadura = heavy lifting.

* de época = vintage.

* de epopeya = epic.

* de esa época = of the period.

* de escándalo = outrageous.

* de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.

* de eso = thereof.

* de espaldas anchas = broad-shouldered.

* de especial importancia = of particular note.

* de espíritu cívico = public-spirited.

* de espíritu comunitario = public-spirited.

* de espíritu libre = free-spirited.

* de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.

* de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.

* de este modo = accordingly, by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.

* de este modo, de esta forma, de esta manera = in this way.

* de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.

* de Estonia = Estonian.

* de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.

* de estructura de acero = steel-framed.

* de estructura de madera = timber-framed.

* de Europa del Este = Eastern European.

* de Europa Occidental = Western-European, West European.

* de evaluación = evaluative.

* de éxito = successful.

* de éxito asegurado = sure-fire [surefire].

* de éxito garantizado = sure-fire [surefire].

* de éxito seguro = sure-fire [surefire].

* de expansión = expanded.

* de explotación = exploitative.

* de extensión = in length.

* de extensión normal = standard-length.

* de extremada urgencia = serious.

* de fabricación casera = homemade.

* de fácil acceso = easily available, over the counter, handy.

* de fácil alcance para = within easy reach of.

* de fácil manejo = liftable.

* de facto = de facto.

* de fama = of note.

* de fama internacional = of international renown.

* de fama mundial = world-renowned, internationally renowned, world-renown.

* de felpa = plush.

* de fiar = legit.

* de fichas = card-based.

* de fijación de normas = standard(s) setting.

* de final de año = end-year.

* de final de mes = end-of-the-month.

* de finales del siglo XIX y principios del XX = turn-of-the-century.

* de fin de año = end of the year.

* de fin de milenio = millennial.

* de forma = in form.

* de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.

* de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.

* de forma adecuada = adequately, fitly, appropriately.

* de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.

* de forma alternativa = alternatively.

* de forma anónima = anonymously.

* de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.

* de forma apreciable = markedly.

* de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.

* de forma audible = audibly.

* de forma autónoma = autonomously.

* de forma caprichosa = capriciously.

* de formación = formative.

* de forma clara = clearly.

* de forma cognitiva = cognitively.

* de forma colegiada = collegially.

* de forma combinada = in combination.

* de forma competitiva = competitively.

* de forma complemenetaria = complimentarily.

* de forma completa = in full.

* de forma completa, en su totalidad, completamente, por extenso = in full.

* de forma concisa = concisely.

* de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.

* de forma considerable = considerably.

* de forma continuada = continuously.

* de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.

* de forma deductiva = deductively.

* de forma desastrosa = disastrously.

* de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.

* de forma diferente = differently shaped.

* de forma digital = digitally.

* de forma divertida = funnily.

* de forma económica = cost-effectively.

* de forma errática = erratically.

* de forma escandalosa = outrageously.

* de forma especulativa = speculatively.

* de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.

* de forma exquisita = exquisitely.

* de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.

* de forma federal = federally.

* de forma general = widely, bulk.

* de forma global = holistically.

* de forma graciosa = funnily.

* de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.

* de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.

* de forma grotesca = grotesquely.

* de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].

* de forma heurística = heuristically.

* de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.

* de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.

* de forma indirecta = circuitous route.

* de forma inesperada = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.

* de forma innata = innately.

* de forma irregular = erratically.

* de forma lamentable = miserably.

* de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.

* de forma mágica = magically.

* de forma mecánica = mechanically.

* de forma mordaz = pungently.

* de forma mordaz, mordazmente, con sarcasmo = pungently.

* de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.

* de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.

* de forma negativa = in a negative light.

* de forma neutral = neutrally.

* de forma notoria = markedly.

* de forma opcional = optionally.

* de forma óptima = optimally.

* de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.

* de forma poco ética = unethically.

* de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.

* de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.

* de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.

* de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.

* de forma práctica = pragmatically.

* de forma precisa = precisely.

* de forma provocativa = provocatively.

* de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.

* de forma que = in ways that.

* de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.

* de forma rara = oddly, funnily.

* de forma recíproca = reciprocally.

* de forma rentable = cost-effectively.

* de forma residual = residually.

* de forma ridícula = grotesquely.

* de forma saludable = healthily.

* de forma sana = healthily.

* de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.

* de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.

* de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.

* de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.

* de forma sublime = subliminally.

* de forma suscinta = in brief.

* de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.

* de forma tosca = in crude form.

* de forma trágica = tragically.

* de fotograma completo = full-frame.

* de fotograma doble = half-frame.

* de frente = head-on, frontal.

* de fuera = outside, off-side.

* de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.

* de fuerza = forceful.

* de funcionamiento = operating, operational.

* de fundamental importancia = of prime importance, critically important.

* de gala = gala.

* de Galileo = Galilean.

* de Gambia = Gambian.

* de gas = gas-powered.

* de generación a generación = from generation to generation.

* de generación en generación = from generation to generation.

* de geofísica = geophysical.

* de gestión = managerial, back-office.

* de gestión del museo = curatorial.

* de Glasgow = Glaswegian.

* de golpe = in one lump, all at once, all at once.

* de grado básico = junior grade.

* de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.

* de gran belleza = scenic.

* de gran calibre = high-calibre.

* de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.

* de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.

* de gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* de gran corazón = big-hearted.

* de gran efecto = wide-reaching.

* de gran éxito comercial = high selling.

* de gran formato = oversized, oversize.

* de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].

* de gran influencia = seminal.

* de granja = free-range.

* de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.

* de gran lujo = top-class.

* de gran potencia = high-powered.

* de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.

* de gran talento = talented.

* de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.

* de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.

* de gran venta = high selling.

* de guardia = on duty, duty + Profesión, on call.

* de guasa = teasingly.

* de habla afrikaans = Afrikaans-speaking.

* de habla alemana = German-speaking.

* de habla francesa = French-speaking.

* de habla inglesa = English-speaking.

* de habla portuguesa = Portuguese-speaking.

* de hace años = of years ago.

* de hace muchos años = long-standing.

* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.

* de hace siglos = of yore.

* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.

* de hasta + Número = of up to + Número.

* de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.

* de hierbas = herbal.

* de hierro = iron, ferric.

* de higos a brevas = once in a blue moon.

* de hoja caduca = deciduous.

* de hoja perenne = evergreen.

* de hojas largas = long-leaved.

* de Homero = Homeric.

* de hongos = fungal.

* de horticultura = horticultural.

* de hoy = present-day.

* de hoy día = of today.

* de hoy en adelante = as from today.

* de hoy en día = of today.

* de huelga = striking.

* de humor = funny [funnier -comp., funniest -sup.].

* de ida y vuelta = return, round-trip.

* de ideas afines = like-minded.

* de igual a igual = as a peer.

* de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.

* de igual longitud = of equal length.

* de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).

* de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein.

* de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).

* de igual + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.

* de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.

* de imitación = copycat.

* de importancia = of note, of consequence.

* de importancia creciente = of growing importance.

* de importancia crucial = crucially important.

* de importancia fundamental = critically important.

* de improviso = unawares, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, unexpectedly.

* de incalculable valor = priceless.

* de incógnito = incognito.

* de inferior calidad = low-end, sub-par.

* de inflexión = inflexional [inflectional].

* de inmediato = immediately.

* de inspiración = inspirational.

* de interés especial = of particular concern, special-interest.

* de intereses similares = of like interest.

* de interés general = general-interest, of general interest.

* de interés humano = human interest.

* de interés periodístico = newsworthy.

* de investigación = exploratory.

* de isótopos = isotopic.

* de izquierdas = left-wing, leftist, lefty.

* de jabón = soapy [soapier -comp., soapiest -sup.].

* de jarana = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.

* de juerga = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.

* de Kenia = Kenyan.

* de la "a" a la "zeta" = a to z [a/z o a-z].

* de la adolescencia = teenage.

* de la alcaldía = mayoral.

* de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.

* de la cara = facial.

* de la Ceca a la Meca = from pillar to post.

* de la clase blanca, protestante y anglosajona americana = WASPish.

* de la cóclea = cochlear.

* de la columna vertebral = spinal.

* de la comedia = comedic.

* de la corteza = crustal, cortical.

* de la cría de aves = avicultural.

* de la duramadre = dural.

* de la edad media = dark-age.

* de la embajada = ambassadorial.

* de la época = of the time(s), of the day.

* de la época isabelina = Elizabethan.

* de la época victoriana = Victorian.

* de la espina dorsal = spinal.

* de la extensión de un libro = book-length.

* de la fama al olvido = riches to rags.

* de la forma más difícil = the hard way.

* de la forma más fácil = the easy way .

* de la fortuna a la pobreza = riches to rags.

* de la fóvea = foveal.

* de la gama alta = high-end.

* de la gama baja = low-end.

* de la gama inferior = low-end.

* de la guerra = wartime [wart-time].

* de la hipótesis = hypothesised [hypothesized, -USA].

* de la localidad = locally based [locally-based].

* de la malaria = malarial.

* de la mama = mammary.

* de la mandíbula inferior = mandibular.

* de la mandíbula superior = maxillar, maxillary.

* de la manera normal = in the normal manner.

* de la mañana = a.m. (latín - ante meridiam), in the morning.

* de la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.

* de la marina = marine.

* de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + abili.

* * *
I
preposición

Sentido I

1) (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión)

la casa de mis padres/de la actriz — my parents'/the actress's house

el rey de Francia — the king of France

el cumpleaños de Luis — Luis's birthday

no es de él/de ella/de ellos — it isn't his/hers/theirs

su padre de usted — (frml) your father

es un amigo de mi hijo/de la familia — he's a friend of my son's/the family

un estudiante de quinto año — a fifth-year student

la correa del perro — the dog's leash

un avión de Mexair — a Mexair plane

la tapa de la cacerola — the saucepan lid

las calles de la capital — the streets of the capital

la subida de los precios — the rise in prices

al término de la reunión — at the end of the meeting

2)

a) ( introduciendo un nombre en aposición) of

la ciudad de Lima — the city of Lima

el aeropuerto de Barajas — Barajas airport

el mes de enero — the month of January

b) ( con apellidos)

[de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]

Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena — ≈Mrs Mónica Arocena

los señores de Díaz — (frml) Mr and Mrs Díaz

las señoritas de Paz — (frml) the Misses Paz (frml)

c) ( en exclamaciones)

pobre de él! — poor him!

ay de mí! — (liter) woe is me! (liter)

Sentido II

3) (expresando procedencia, origen, tiempo) from

volvía del banco — I was on my way back from the bank

es de Bogotá — she's/she comes from Bogotá

una carta de Julia — a letter from Julia

lo saqué de la biblioteca — I got it out of the library

lo recogió del suelo — she picked it up off the floor

un hijo de su primera mujer — a son by his first wife

al salir de la tienda — as he left the store

un amigo de la infancia — a childhood friend

la literatura de ese período — the literature of o from that period

de un día para otro — from one day to the next

de... a... — from... to...

de aquí a tu casa — from here to your house

de nueve a cinco — it's open from nine to five

4) (al especificar material, contenido, composición)

son de plástico — they're (made of) plastic

una mesa de caoba — a mahogany table

una inyección de morfina — an injection of morphine, a morphine injection

un curso de secretariado — a secretarial course

un vaso de agua — a glass of water

una colección de sellos — a stamp collection

un millón de dólares — a million dollars

5) (expresando causa, modo)

murió de viejo — he died of old age

verde de envidia — green with envy

estaba ronco de tanto gritar — he was hoarse from shouting so much

temblando de miedo — trembling with fear

de memoria — by heart

lo tumbó de un golpe — he knocked him down with one blow

de dos en dos or (CS) de a dos — two at a time

de a poco/de a uno — (CS) little by little/one by one

Sentido III

6)

a) (introduciendo cualidades, características)

es de una paciencia increíble — he is incredibly patient

objetos de mucho valor — objects of great value

¿de qué color lo quiere? — what color do you want it?

tiene cara de aburrido — he looks bored

tienes cosas de niño — sometimes you act like a child

una botella de un litro — a liter bottle

un niño de tres meses — a three-month-old child

la chica de azul/del abrigo rojo — the girl in blue/in the red coat

un hombre de pelo largo — a man with long hair

b) ( refiriéndose a una etapa en la vida) as

de niño — as a o when he was a child

7) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad)

el cepillo de la ropa — the clothes brush

copas de vino — wine glasses

ropa de cama — bed clothes

dales algo de comer — give them something to eat

¿qué hay de postre? — what's for dessert?

8)

a) (al definir, especificar)

el botón de abajo — the bottom button

el vecino de al lado — the next-door neighbor

es muy bonita de cara — she has a pretty face

¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? — how are we doing for time?

tiene dos metros de ancho — it's two meters wide

es fácil/difícil de pronunciar — it's easy/difficult to pronounce

b) ( sentido partitivo) of

¿quién de ustedes fue? — which (one) of you was it?

se llevó uno de los míos — she took one of mine

el mayor de los Soto — the eldest of the Soto children

9) ( con sentido ponderativo)

lo encontré de viejo...! — he seemed so old!

qué de coches! — (fam) what a lot of cars!

10)

a) ( con cifras)

el número de estudiantes es de 480 — there are 480 students

pagan un interés del 15% — they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%

b) ( en comparaciones de cantidad) than

cuesta más de £100 — it costs more than o over £100

pesa menos de un kilo — it weighs less than o under a kilo

un número mayor/menor de 29 — a number over/under 29

c) ( con un superlativo)

es el más caro de todos — it's the most expensive one

la ciudad más grande del mundo — the biggest city in the world

11) ( refiriéndose a una parte del día)

duerme de día y trabaja de noche — she sleeps during the day and works at night

salieron de madrugada — they left very early in the morning

12) ( en calidad de) as

trabaja de secretaria — she works as a secretary

hace de rey en la obra — he plays (the part of) a king in the play

13) (en expresiones de estado, actividad)

de mal humor — in a bad mood

estamos de limpieza general/fiesta — we're spring-cleaning/having a party

14) ( en oraciones pasivas) by

una novela de Goytisolo — a novel by Goytisolo

una casa rodeada de árboles — a house surrounded by trees

Sentido IV

15) ( con sentido condicional)

a)

de + inf: de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known o had I known, I would have come earlier; de no ser así no será considerada — otherwise it will not be considered

b)

ser de + inf — (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad)

es de esperar que... — it is to be hoped that...

es de destacar su actuación — her performance is worthy of note
II
femenino: name of the letter d

* * *

= across, in respect for, of, off, out of, from, featuring.

Ex: This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.

Ex: The author of a document is the person or organisation responsible for its creation, that is, the writer of a text, the illustrator in respect for illustrations and others responsible for the intellectual content of a work.

Ex: These institutes brought together some of the most influential people in the field.

Ex: Having entered the next state and a highway off the turnpike, he was amazed by the extraordinary flatness of the land, especially in contrast to the hilly terrain he had grown up with back home.

Ex: However, out of the enormous abundance of information produced, only 50% is new while the rest is redundant.

Ex: From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.

Ex: The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.

* abogado de oficio = legal aid.

* actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.

* alabanza de boquilla = lip service.

* alabar de boquilla = give + lip service.

* autorizado de antemano = pre-authorised [pre-authorized, -USA].

* cambiar de una vez a otra = change from + time to time, vary + from time to time.

* comenzar de nuevo = start + all over again.

* de... a = through.

* de abajo hacia arriba = bottom-up.

* de abolengo = well-born.

* de abordo = in-flight.

* de absorción = absorptive.

* de acá para allá = back and forth, to and fro.

* de acceso público = publicly accessible.

* de acceso rápido = fast-access.

* de acceso restringido = closed access.

* de acción = action-centered.

* de acompañante = in tow.

* de actitud = attitudinal.

* de actuación = for action.

* de actualidad = topical.

* de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.

* de acuerdo a = according to.

* de acuerdo con = according to, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, in + Posesivo + view, judging from.

* de acuerdo con el tema = thematically.

* de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.

* de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.

* de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.

* de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.

* de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.

* de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.

* de acuerdo con + Nombre = going on + Nombre.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.

* de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + opinion, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de adaptación = adaptive.

* de frica = African.

* de Africa occidental = West African.

* de agua = water-based.

* de aguas profundas = deep-sea.

* de ahí = therefrom.

* de ahí que = hence.

* de ahora en adelante = from now on, from this point on.

* de Alaska = Alaskan.

* de Albania = Albanian.

* de alcance estatal = nationwide [nation-wide].

* de alcance nacional = nationwide [nation-wide].

* de alcohol = spirit-based.

* de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.

* de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.

* de alguna otra forma = in any other way.

* de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.

* de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.

* de algún modo u otro = of some sort.

* de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.

* de algún tipo = of some description.

* de algún tipo u otro = of some sort.

* de alta alcurnia = well-born.

* de alta cuna = well-born.

* de alta densidad = high-density.

* de alta energía = high energy.

* de alta fidelidad = hi-fi.

* de alta mar = offshore, sea-going, ocean-going.

* de alta potencia = high power.

* de alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.

* de alta productividad = high-performance.

* de alta resistencia = heavy-duty.

* de alta tecnología = high-tech, high-technology.

* de alta tensión = heavy-current.

* de alta velocidad = high-speed.

* de alto abolengo = well-born.

* de alto ahorro energético = energy-saving.

* de alto nivel = of a high order, high level [high-level], high-powered.

* de alto rango = high-ranking, highly placed.

* de alto rendimiento = high-performance, heavy-duty.

* de altos vuelos = high-flying, high-powered.

* de alto voltaje = high-voltage.

* de altura = high, top-notch.

* de altura regulable = height-adjustable.

* de aluvión = alluvial.

* de ámbito estatal = statewide [state-wide].

* de amplio alcance = broad in scope.

* de antaño = of old, age-old, old-time, of yore, of olden days, of yesteryear, bygone, gone by.

* de antemano = in advance (of), beforehand.

* de antes de la guerra = pre-war [prewar].

* de antigua generación = low-end.

* de antiguo = from time immemorial.

* de apariencia = cosmetic.

* de apariencia engañosa = meretricious.

* de aplicación específica = special-purpose.

* de aplicación específica a un equipo de ordenador = hardware-based.

* de aplicación general = general-purpose, of general application.

* de apoyo = enabling, supportive.

* de aprovechamiento = exploitative.

* de aquel entonces = of that day.

* de aquí para allá = back and forth.

* de aquí te espero = tremendous, enormous, humongous [humungous], gianormous.

* de Arabia Saudí = Saudi Arabian.

* de archivo = archival, archive.

* de armas tomar = redoubtable.

* de arranque = bootable.

* de arriba abajo = from top to bottom, from head to toe, from head to foot.

* de arriba hacia abajo = top-down.

* de ascendencia + Adjetivo = of + Adjetivo + descent.

* de asesoramiento = consultative.

* de aspecto = looking.

* de aspecto antiguo = old-face.

* de aspecto complicado = complicated-looking.

* de aspecto delgado = lean-looking.

* de aspecto digno = dignified.

* de aspecto impresionante = impressive-looking.

* de aspecto nuevo = new-looking.

* de aspecto poco profesional = botched-up.

* de aspecto profesional = professional-looking.

* de aspecto ruinoso = run-down.

* de aspecto solemne = dignified.

* de atención básica = preattentive.

* de atención primaria = preattentive.

* de atrás = rear.

* de atrás para adelante = back and forth.

* de aupa = royal.

* de autodesprecio = self-deprecating.

* de autogestión = self-managing.

* de autoprotección = self-protective.

* de autosuficiencia = self-satisfied.

* de baja calidad = poor in detail, low-grade [lowgrade], low-quality, third rate [third-rate], low-end, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].

* de baja intensidad = low-intensity [low intensity].

* de baja ralea = ignoble.

* de bajísima calidad = shoddy.

* de bajo consumo = low energy.

* de bajo contenido en grasas = low fat.

* de bajo crecimiento = low-growing.

* de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.

* de bajo precio = low-priced.

* de bajo riesgo = low-risk.

* de balde = for free.

* de barrio = neighbourhood-based.

* de base popular = grassroots [grass-roots].

* de bienvenida = salutatory.

* de boca en boca = word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.

* de bodas = bridal.

* de Boole = Boolean.

* de bote en bote = packed to capacity, choc-a-block, chock-full, densely packed, packed, packed to the rafters.

* de broma = humorously, teasingly.

* de bronce = brass.

* de buena calidad = good-quality.

* de buena disposición = good-natured.

* de buena fama = of good repute.

* de buena fe = bona fide, in good faith.

* de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.

* de buena reputación = of good repute.

* de buenas = on good terms.

* de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.

* de buena vecindad = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].

* de buena voluntad = in good faith.

* de buen corazón = kind-hearted, good-hearted, big-hearted.

* de buen grado = willing, good-humouredly, good-humoured, good-naturedly.

* de buen gusto = tasteful.

* de buen humor = good-humouredly, good-humoured, in good humour.

* de buenos modales = well-mannered.

* de buen vecino = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].

* de buen ver = good looking.

* de bulla y corriendo = in a rush.

* de caballo = huge, humongous [humungous], massive, gianormous.

* de cabo a rabo = lock, stock and barrel, from head to toe, from head to foot.

* de cachondeo = teasingly.

* de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].

* de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.

* de caderas anchas = wide-hipped.

* de cajón = no-brainer.

* de calidad = authoritative, qualitative, quality, well-made, high-end, quality assured, value-added.

* de calidad inferior = low-grade [lowgrade], substandard [sub-standard], low-end.

* de calidad superior = best-quality, top quality.

* de camino = on the way, while we're at it.

* de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.

* de campo = free-range.

* de campos fijos = fixed-field.

* de campus = campus-wide [campuswide].

* de capa caída = at a low ebb, in (the) doldrums.

* de capa y espada = cloak-and-dagger.

* de capital importancia = momentous, of cardinal importance.

* de cara a = face-to-face [face to face], facing.

* de carácter = in character.

* de carácter público = state-owned, government-owned, state-run, government-run, publicly owned [publicly-owned], publicly supported, publicly held.

* de carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].

* de carne y hueso = flesh-and-blood.

* de castigo = punitive.

* de casualidad = by accident, by a fluke, by chance, accidentally, by a stroke of (good) luck, by luck.

* de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.

* de cerámica = ceramic.

* de cerca = at close range, at close quarters.

* de chiripa = by a fluke, by a stroke of (good) luck, by chance, by luck.

* de cierto tipo = of a sort, of sorts.

* de cinco años = five yearly [five-yearly].

* de cinco días de duración = five-day.

* de cinco estrellas = 5-star [five-star].

* de cinco meses de duración = five-month-long.

* de civil = in plain clothes.

* de clasificación = classificatory.

* de clausura = cloistered.

* de clausura de congreso = end-of-conference.

* de cobre = cupric.

* de cojones = badass.

* de colegas = collegial, buddying.

* de Colombia = Colombian.

* de color = coloured [colored, -USA], non-white [nonwhite], full-colour, in colour.

* de color crema = creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], cream-coloured.

* de color de bronce = brassy.

* de colores = full-colour, multi-colour [multi-color -USA].

* de colores vivos = colourful [colorful, -USA].

* de colorines = brightly coloured.

* de color marroncillo = brownish tinged.

* de color rojo = red-coloured.

* de color rosa = rose-coloured.

* de color verde botella = bottle green.

* de color verde oscuro = bottle green.

* de color y textura parecidos al carbón = carbonaceous.

* de comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = earliest + Expresión Temporal.

* de cómo = as to how.

* de compañeros = collegial.

* de complicidad = knowing.

* de comportamiento = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].

* de comportamiento impecable = prim and proper.

* de conceptos = concept-based.

* de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept.

* de conducta = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].

* de confianza = reliable, trusted, trusting, reputable.

* de confirmación = confirmatory.

* de conformidad con = in compliance with, in keeping with.

* de conformidad con eso = accordingly.

* de conífera = coniferous.

* de construcción básica = brick and frame.

* de construcción sólida = solidly-built.

* de consulta fácil = scannable.

* de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based.

* de consumo = consumptive.

* de contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.

* de contrabando = bootleg.

* de contrapunto = contrapuntal.

* de Corea = Korean.

* de Corea del Sur = South Korean.

* de corral = free-range.

* de corta duración = short term [short-term].

* de corte + Adjetivo = of a + Adjetivo + nature.

* de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].

* de costa a costa = coast-to-coast.

* de coste cero = zero-cost.

* de costumbre = usual, usually.

* de creación = authorial.

* de crecimiento continuo = steadily growing.

* de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.

* de crecimiento rápido = fast-growing, fast-evolving.

* de cría intensiva = battery-caged.

* de crianza intensiva = battery-caged.

* de Crimea = Crimean.

* de cristal = glass.

* de crucial importancia = crucially important.

* de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.

* de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.

* de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].

* de cualquier modo = however, either way.

* de cualquier tipo = in any way [in anyway], in all forms.

* de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.

* de cuatro días de duración = four-day.

* de cuatro estrellas = four-star.

* de Cuba = Cuban.

* de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.

* de deficiente calidad = poor-quality, of poor quality.

* de delante hacia atrás = front to back, fore and aft.

* de densidad doble = double-density.

* de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.

* de derechas = right-wing.

* de derecho = de jure [iure].

* de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.

* de desarrollo = developmental.

* de desarrollo autónomo = self-evolving.

* de desarrollo rápido = fast-evolving.

* de descargo = exonerating, exculpatory.

* de desconexión = cut-off.

* de descubrimiento reciente = newly-discovered.

* de desecho = discarded.

* de desempate = tie-breaker [tiebreaker], tie-breaking [tiebreaking].

* de desguace = written-off.

* de despedida = valedictory.

* de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.

* de día a día = from day to day.

* de diámetro = in diameter.

* de diario = everyday.

* de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.

* de diesel = diesel-powered.

* de diferente modo = differently.

* de diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].

* de diferentes tonalidades de gris = grey scale [gray scale].

* de difícil solución = intractable.

* de dinero = well-to-do, well-off.

* de dirección = directorial, administrative.

* de diseño abierto = open-plan, open-planned.

* de diversa índole = kaleidoscopic, of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de diversos tipos = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de diverso tipo = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de doble cara = double-hinged, double-sided.

* de doble filo = double-edged.

* de doble hoja = double-hinged.

* de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.

* de doble uso = dual-use.

* de dolor = in pain.

* de dominio público = publicly owned [publicly-owned].

* de donde = whence, whence, from whence.

* ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?, where else...?.

* de dos caras = two-sided, two-faced.

* de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].

* de dos en dos = two at a time.

* de dos letras = two-letter.

* de dos niveles = two-tier.

* de dos páginas = two-page.

* de dos partidos políticos = bipartisan [bi-partisan].

* de dos patas = two-legged.

* de dos piernas = two-legged.

* de dos pies = two-legged.

* de dos plantas = two-storey [two-story].

* de dos tonalidades = bitonal.

* de dos tonos = bitonal.

* de dos volúmenes = two-volume.

* de duelo = in mourning.

* de duración limitada = timebound [time-bound].

* de Ecuador = Ecuadorian.

* de edad = elderly.

* de edad avanzada = over the hill.

* de edad escolar = school-age.

* de edad mediana = middle-aged.

* de edad universitaria = college-age.

* de elaboración de políticas = policy-forming.

* de ello = thereof, therefrom.

* de ellos = theirs.

* de embalsamar = embalming.

* de emisor a receptor = downstream.

* de encaje = lacy.

* de enmienda = amendatory.

* de ensueño = dream-like [dreamlike], picture-perfect.

* de entonces = of the day.

* de entreguerras = interwar.

* de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.

* de entretenimiento = recreational.

* de envergadura = heavy lifting.

* de época = vintage.

* de epopeya = epic.

* de esa época = of the period.

* de escándalo = outrageous.

* de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.

* de eso = thereof.

* de espaldas anchas = broad-shouldered.

* de especial importancia = of particular note.

* de espíritu cívico = public-spirited.

* de espíritu comunitario = public-spirited.

* de espíritu libre = free-spirited.

* de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.

* de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.

* de este modo = accordingly, by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.

* de este modo, de esta forma, de esta manera = in this way.

* de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.

* de Estonia = Estonian.

* de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.

* de estructura de acero = steel-framed.

* de estructura de madera = timber-framed.

* de Europa del Este = Eastern European.

* de Europa Occidental = Western-European, West European.

* de evaluación = evaluative.

* de éxito = successful.

* de éxito asegurado = sure-fire [surefire].

* de éxito garantizado = sure-fire [surefire].

* de éxito seguro = sure-fire [surefire].

* de expansión = expanded.

* de explotación = exploitative.

* de extensión = in length.

* de extensión normal = standard-length.

* de extremada urgencia = serious.

* de fabricación casera = homemade.

* de fácil acceso = easily available, over the counter, handy.

* de fácil alcance para = within easy reach of.

* de fácil manejo = liftable.

* de facto = de facto.

* de fama = of note.

* de fama internacional = of international renown.

* de fama mundial = world-renowned, internationally renowned, world-renown.

* de felpa = plush.

* de fiar = legit.

* de fichas = card-based.

* de fijación de normas = standard(s) setting.

* de final de año = end-year.

* de final de mes = end-of-the-month.

* de finales del siglo XIX y principios del XX = turn-of-the-century.

* de fin de año = end of the year.

* de fin de milenio = millennial.

* de forma = in form.

* de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.

* de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.

* de forma adecuada = adequately, fitly, appropriately.

* de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.

* de forma alternativa = alternatively.

* de forma anónima = anonymously.

* de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.

* de forma apreciable = markedly.

* de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.

* de forma audible = audibly.

* de forma autónoma = autonomously.

* de forma caprichosa = capriciously.

* de formación = formative.

* de forma clara = clearly.

* de forma cognitiva = cognitively.

* de forma colegiada = collegially.

* de forma combinada = in combination.

* de forma competitiva = competitively.

* de forma complemenetaria = complimentarily.

* de forma completa = in full.

* de forma completa, en su totalidad, completamente, por extenso = in full.

* de forma concisa = concisely.

* de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.

* de forma considerable = considerably.

* de forma continuada = continuously.

* de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.

* de forma deductiva = deductively.

* de forma desastrosa = disastrously.

* de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.

* de forma diferente = differently shaped.

* de forma digital = digitally.

* de forma divertida = funnily.

* de forma económica = cost-effectively.

* de forma errática = erratically.

* de forma escandalosa = outrageously.

* de forma especulativa = speculatively.

* de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.

* de forma exquisita = exquisitely.

* de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.

* de forma federal = federally.

* de forma general = widely, bulk.

* de forma global = holistically.

* de forma graciosa = funnily.

* de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.

* de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.

* de forma grotesca = grotesquely.

* de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].

* de forma heurística = heuristically.

* de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.

* de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.

* de forma indirecta = circuitous route.

* de forma inesperada = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.

* de forma innata = innately.

* de forma irregular = erratically.

* de forma lamentable = miserably.

* de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.

* de forma mágica = magically.

* de forma mecánica = mechanically.

* de forma mordaz = pungently.

* de forma mordaz, mordazmente, con sarcasmo = pungently.

* de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.

* de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.

* de forma negativa = in a negative light.

* de forma neutral = neutrally.

* de forma notoria = markedly.

* de forma opcional = optionally.

* de forma óptima = optimally.

* de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.

* de forma poco ética = unethically.

* de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.

* de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.

* de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.

* de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.

* de forma práctica = pragmatically.

* de forma precisa = precisely.

* de forma provocativa = provocatively.

* de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.

* de forma que = in ways that.

* de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.

* de forma rara = oddly, funnily.

* de forma recíproca = reciprocally.

* de forma rentable = cost-effectively.

* de forma residual = residually.

* de forma ridícula = grotesquely.

* de forma saludable = healthily.

* de forma sana = healthily.

* de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.

* de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.

* de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.

* de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.

* de forma sublime = subliminally.

* de forma suscinta = in brief.

* de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.

* de forma tosca = in crude form.

* de forma trágica = tragically.

* de fotograma completo = full-frame.

* de fotograma doble = half-frame.

* de frente = head-on, frontal.

* de fuera = outside, off-side.

* de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.

* de fuerza = forceful.

* de funcionamiento = operating, operational.

* de fundamental importancia = of prime importance, critically important.

* de gala = gala.

* de Galileo = Galilean.

* de Gambia = Gambian.

* de gas = gas-powered.

* de generación a generación = from generation to generation.

* de generación en generación = from generation to generation.

* de geofísica = geophysical.

* de gestión = managerial, back-office.

* de gestión del museo = curatorial.

* de Glasgow = Glaswegian.

* de golpe = in one lump, all at once, all at once.

* de grado básico = junior grade.

* de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.

* de gran belleza = scenic.

* de gran calibre = high-calibre.

* de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.

* de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.

* de gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* de gran corazón = big-hearted.

* de gran efecto = wide-reaching.

* de gran éxito comercial = high selling.

* de gran formato = oversized, oversize.

* de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].

* de gran influencia = seminal.

* de granja = free-range.

* de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.

* de gran lujo = top-class.

* de gran potencia = high-powered.

* de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.

* de gran talento = talented.

* de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.

* de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.

* de gran venta = high selling.

* de guardia = on duty, duty + Profesión, on call.

* de guasa = teasingly.

* de habla afrikaans = Afrikaans-speaking.

* de habla alemana = German-speaking.

* de habla francesa = French-speaking.

* de habla inglesa = English-speaking.

* de habla portuguesa = Portuguese-speaking.

* de hace años = of years ago.

* de hace muchos años = long-standing.

* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.

* de hace siglos = of yore.

* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.

* de hasta + Número = of up to + Número.

* de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.

* de hierbas = herbal.

* de hierro = iron, ferric.

* de higos a brevas = once in a blue moon.

* de hoja caduca = deciduous.

* de hoja perenne = evergreen.

* de hojas largas = long-leaved.

* de Homero = Homeric.

* de hongos = fungal.

* de horticultura = horticultural.

* de hoy = present-day.

* de hoy día = of today.

* de hoy en adelante = as from today.

* de hoy en día = of today.

* de huelga = striking.

* de humor = funny [funnier -comp., funniest -sup.].

* de ida y vuelta = return, round-trip.

* de ideas afines = like-minded.

* de igual a igual = as a peer.

* de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.

* de igual longitud = of equal length.

* de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).

* de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein.

* de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).

* de igual + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.

* de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.

* de imitación = copycat.

* de importancia = of note, of consequence.

* de importancia creciente = of growing importance.

* de importancia crucial = crucially important.

* de importancia fundamental = critically important.

* de improviso = unawares, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, unexpectedly.

* de incalculable valor = priceless.

* de incógnito = incognito.

* de inferior calidad = low-end, sub-par.

* de inflexión = inflexional [inflectional].

* de inmediato = immediately.

* de inspiración = inspirational.

* de interés especial = of particular concern, special-interest.

* de intereses similares = of like interest.

* de interés general = general-interest, of general interest.

* de interés humano = human interest.

* de interés periodístico = newsworthy.

* de investigación = exploratory.

* de isótopos = isotopic.

* de izquierdas = left-wing, leftist, lefty.

* de jabón = soapy [soapier -comp., soapiest -sup.].

* de jarana = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.

* de juerga = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.

* de Kenia = Kenyan.

* de la "a" a la "zeta" = a to z [a/z o a-z].

* de la adolescencia = teenage.

* de la alcaldía = mayoral.

* de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.

* de la cara = facial.

* de la Ceca a la Meca = from pillar to post.

* de la clase blanca, protestante y anglosajona americana = WASPish.

* de la cóclea = cochlear.

* de la columna vertebral = spinal.

* de la comedia = comedic.

* de la corteza = crustal, cortical.

* de la cría de aves = avicultural.

* de la duramadre = dural.

* de la edad media = dark-age.

* de la embajada = ambassadorial.

* de la época = of the time(s), of the day.

* de la época isabelina = Elizabethan.

* de la época victoriana = Victorian.

* de la espina dorsal = spinal.

* de la extensión de un libro = book-length.

* de la fama al olvido = riches to rags.

* de la forma más difícil = the hard way.

* de la forma más fácil = the easy way.

* de la fortuna a la pobreza = riches to rags.

* de la fóvea = foveal.

* de la gama alta = high-end.

* de la gama baja = low-end.

* de la gama inferior = low-end.

* de la guerra = wartime [wart-time].

* de la hipótesis = hypothesised [hypothesized, -USA].

* de la localidad = locally based [locally-based].

* de la malaria = malarial.

* de la mama = mammary.

* de la mandíbula inferior = mandibular.

* de la mandíbula superior = maxillar, maxillary.

* de la manera normal = in the normal manner.

* de la mañana = a.m. (latín - ante meridiam), in the morning.

* de la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.

* de la marina = marine.

* de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + abili

* * *

de¹

prep

[ Grammar notes (Spanish) ]

Sentido I

A

(en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión): la casa de mi hermano/de mis padres/de la actriz my brother's/my parents'/the actress's house

el rey de Francia the king of France

el cumpleaños de Luis Luis's birthday

el cumpleaños de la esposa de un compañero a colleague's wife's birthday, the birthday of the wife of one of my colleagues

no es de él/de ella/de ellos it isn't his/hers/theirs

su padre de usted ( frml); your father

un amigo de mi hijo a friend of my son's

es un amigo de la familia he's a friend of the family o a family friend

un estudiante de quinto año a fifth-year student

el nieto de los Arteaga the Arteagas' grandson

la mesa de la cocina the kitchen table

la correa del perro the dog's leash

un avión de Mexair a Mexair plane

la tapa de la cacerola the saucepan lid

las calles de la capital the streets of the capital, the capital's streets

la subida de los precios the rise in prices

al término de la reunión at the end of the meeting

B

1 (introduciendo un nombre en aposición) of

la ciudad de Lima the city of Lima

el aeropuerto de Barajas Barajas airport

el mes de enero the month of January

el imbécil de tu hermano that stupid brother of yours, your stupid brother

el bueno de Ricardo le aguanta cualquier cosa Ricardo is so good, he puts up with anything from her

2

(en exclamaciones): ¡pobre de él! poor him!

¡triste de quien no conozca ese sentimiento! ( liter); pity the person who has never experienced that feeling! ( liter)

C

(con apellidos): Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena ≈ Mrs Mónica Arocena

los señores de Rucabado ( frml); Mr and Mrs Rucabado

las señoritas de Paz ( frml); the Misses Paz ( frml) [de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]

D

( Arg crit) (a casa de): voy del médico I'm going to the doctor's

Sentido II

A

1

(expresando procedencia, origen): volvía de clase/del banco I was on my way back from my class/from the bank

es de Bogotá she's from Bogotá, she comes from Bogotá

lo saqué de la biblioteca I got it out of the library

lo recogió del suelo she picked it up off the floor

mis amigos de América my American friends, my friends from America

he recibido carta de Julia I've had a letter from Julia

un hijo de su primera mujer a son by his first wife

al salir de la tienda as he left the store

DE … A …:

de aquí a tu casa from here to your house

2 (en el tiempo) from

un amigo de la infancia a childhood friend

data del siglo XVII it dates from the 17th century

la literatura de ese período the literature of o from that period

lo conozco de cuando estuve en Rosales I know him from when I was in Rosales

de un día para otro from one day to the next

DE … A …:

está abierto de nueve a cinco it's open from nine to five o between nine and five

de aquí a que termine tenemos para rato it'll be a while yet before he finishes, he won't be finished for a while yet

B

(expresando causa): murió de viejo he died of old age

verde de envidia green with envy

estaba ronco de tanto gritar he was hoarse from shouting so much

eso es de comer tan poco that's what comes from o of eating so little

Sentido III

A

(introduciendo cualidades, características): es de una paciencia increíble he is incredibly patient, he is a man of incredible patience

un chiste de muy mal gusto a joke in very bad taste

objetos de mucho valor objects of great value

un pez de agua dulce a freshwater fish

¿de qué color lo quiere? what color do you want it?

tiene cara de aburrido he looks bored

ese gesto es muy de su madre that gesture is very reminiscent of his mother

tienes cosas de niño malcriado sometimes you act like a spoiled child

una botella de un litro a liter bottle

un niño de tres meses a three-month-old child

déme de las de 200 pesos el kilo give me some of those o some of the ones at 200 pesos a kilo

la chica del abrigo rojo the girl with o in the red coat

la señora de azul the lady in blue

un hombre de pelo largo a man with long hair

un anciano de bastón an old man with a stick [de is part of many compounds like cinturón de seguridad, hombre de negocios, válvula de escape, etc ]

B

(al especificar material, contenido, composición): una mesa de caoba a mahogany table

una inyección de morfina an injection of morphine, a morphine injection

el complemento ideal de todo plato de pescado the ideal complement to any fish dish

son de plástico they're (made of) plastic

un curso de secretariado a secretarial course

nos sirvió una copa de champán she gave us a glass of champagne

una colección de sellos a stamp collection, a collection of stamps

un millón de dólares a million dollars

C

(con sentido ponderativo): ¡lo encontré de viejo …! he seemed so old!

¡qué de coches! ( fam); what a lot of cars!

D

(al definir, especificar): tuvo la suerte de conseguirlo she was lucky enough to get it

aprieta el botón de abajo press the bottom button

E

1

(con cifras): el número de estudiantes es de 480 the number of students is 480, there are 480 students

pagan un interés del 15% they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%

2 (en comparaciones de cantidad) than

cuesta más de £100 it costs more than o over £100

pesa menos de un kilo it weighs less than o under a kilo

un número mayor/menor de 29 a number over/under 29

3

(en expresiones de modo): lo tumbó de un golpe he knocked him down with one blow

subió los escalones de dos en dos he went up the stairs two at a time

de a poco (CS); little by little, gradually

4

(CS): de a cuatro/ocho/diez: colócalos de a dos/cuatro put them in twos/fours

entraron de a uno they went in one by one o one at a time [de is part of many expressions entered under frente² m A 2. (↑ frente (2)), improviso, prisa etc]

F (en calidad de) as

está de profesor en una academia he's working as a teacher in a private school

le ofrecieron un puesto de redactor they offered him a job as an editor

hace de enanito en la obra he plays (the part of) a dwarf in the play

le habló de hombre a hombre he talked to him man to man

G

1

(limitando lo expresado a determinado aspecto): es muy bonita de cara she has a pretty face

es corto de talle/ancho de hombros he's short-waisted/broad-shouldered

es sorda de un oído she's deaf in one ear

¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? how are we doing for time?

tiene dos metros de ancho it's two meters wide

2

(refiriéndose a una etapa de la vida): de niño as a child, when he was a child

H

(en expresiones de estado, actividad): estaba de mal humor she was in a bad mood

estamos de limpieza general we're spring-cleaning [de is part of many expressions entered under juerga, picnic, obra etc]

I

(indicando uso, destino, finalidad): el cepillo de la ropa the clothes brush

el trapo de limpiar la plata the cloth for cleaning the silver

lo sirvió en copas de champán he served it in champagne glasses

dales algo de comer give them something to eat

¿qué hay de postre? what's for dessert? [de is part of many compounds like cuchara de servir, máquina de coser, saco de dormir, etc]

J (introduciendo el complemento agente) by

una novela de Goytisolo a novel by Goytisolo, a Goytisolo novel

seguidos del resto de la familia followed by the rest of the family

una casa rodeada de árboles a house surrounded by trees

viene acompañado de arroz it is served with rice

acompañado de su señora esposa ( frml); accompanied by his wife

Sentido IV

A

1 (sentido partitivo) of

¿quién de ustedes fue? which (one) of you was it?

se llevó uno de los míos she took one of mine

el mayor de los Rodríguez the eldest of the Rodríguez children

un cigarrillo de ésos que apestan one of those cigarettes that stink

2

(con un superlativo): eligió el más caro de todos she chose the most expensive one of all

la ciudad más grande del mundo the biggest city in the world

B

(refiriéndose a una parte del día): a las once de la mañana/de la noche at eleven in the morning/at night

duerme de día y trabaja de noche she sleeps during the day and works at night

salieron de madrugada they left very early in the morning

ver tb mañana³ f A. (↑ mañana (3)), tarde² (↑ tarde (2)), etc

Sentido V (con sentido condicional)

A DE + INF:

de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known, I would have come earlier o had I known, I would have come earlier

de no ser así no será considerada otherwise it will not be considered

de continuar este estado de cosas if this state of affairs persists

B SER DE + INF

(expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad): es de esperar que … it is to be hoped that …, one hopes that …

no son de fiar they are not to be trusted

es de destacar la actuación de Marta Valverde Marta Valverde's performance is worthy of note

C

de no ( AmL); if not

de²

feminine

name of the letter D

* * *

Del verbo dar: ( conjugate dar)

dé es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

Multiple Entries:
dar
de
dé
dar ( conjugate dar) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( entregar) to give;

◊ dale las llaves a Pedro give the keys to Pedro;

déme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?;
See Also→ conocer verbo transitivo 3 b, entender verbo transitivo
b) ‹cartas/mano› to give

2
a) (donar, regalar) ‹sangre/limosna› to give;

◊ me dio su reloj she gave me her watch

b) ( proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give;

‹información/idea› to give
3
a) (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

b) ( aplicar) ‹mano de pintura/barniz› to give

c) ‹sedante/masaje› to give

4 ( conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give;
◊ el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday;

nos dieron un premio we won o got a prize
5
a) (expresar, decir) ‹parecer/opinón› to give;

◊ ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?;

dales saludos give/send them my regards;
tuve que déle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him
b) (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando the line's busy o (BrE) engaged;

◊ el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck five

1
a) ( producir) ‹fruto/flor› to bear;

‹ dividendos› to pay;
◊ un negocio que da mucho dinero a business which makes a lot of money

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta):

◊ da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometres an hour;

venía a todo lo que daba it was travelling at full speed;
ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
2 (causar, provocar) ‹placer/susto› to give;
‹ problemas› to cause;
◊ dé trabajo to be hard work;

el calor le dio sueño/sed the heat made him sleepy/thirsty
1 ( presentar) ‹ concierto› to give;
◊ ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? (colloq);

¿dónde están dando esa película? where's that film showing?
2
a) ‹fiesta/conferencia› to give;

‹baile/banquete› to hold;
‹ discurso› (AmL) to make
b) (CS) ‹ examen› to take o (BrE) sit;

ver tb clase 4
( realizar la accion que se indica) ‹ grito› to give;
◊ dé un paso atrás to take a step back;

dame un beso give me a kiss;
ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
( considerar) dé algo/a algn por algo:
◊ lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead;

ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic;
¡dalo por hecho! consider it done!
verbo intransitivo
1
◊ dar a [ puerta] to give onto, open onto;

[ventana/balcón] to look onto, give onto;
[fachada/frente] to face
2 (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dé para algo/algn to be enough for sth/sb;
◊ no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time;

dé de sí ‹zapatos/jersey› to stretch
3 ( arrojar un resultado):
◊ el análisis le dio positivo her test was positive;

¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?;
a mí me dio 247 I made it (to be) 247
4 ( importar):
◊ da lo mismo it doesn't matter;

¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
¿qué más da? what difference does it make?;
me da igual I don't mind
5 ( en naipes) to deal
1
a) (pegar, golpear): déle a algn to hit sb;

( como castigo) to smack sb;
◊ dale al balón kick the ball;

el balón dio en el poste the ball hit the post
b) ( acertar) to hit;

◊ dé en el blanco to hit the target

2 (accionar, mover) déle a algo ‹a botón/tecla› to press sth;
‹ a interruptor› to flick sth;
‹a manivela/volante› to turn sth
3
◊ dar con ( encontrar) ‹ persona› to find;

‹ solución› to hit upon, find;
‹ palabra› to come up with
4 (hablando de manías, ocurrencias) déle a algn por hacer algo ‹por pintar/cocinar› to take to doing sth;
◊ le ha dado por decir que … he's started saying that …

5 [sol/luz]:
◊ aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning here;

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
darse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) [fruta/trigo] to grow
2 ( presentarse) [oportunidad/ocasión] to arise
3 ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ se le dan los idiomas she's good at languages

a) ( refl) ( realizar lo que se indica) ‹ducha/banquete› to have;

◊ dárselas de algo: se las da de valiente/de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he's brave/he knows a lot;

dárselas de listo to act smart
b) (golpearse, pegarse):

◊ se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammer;

se dieron contra un árbol they crashed into a tree;
se dio dé un golpe en la rodilla he hit his knee
( considerarse) dése por algo:
◊ con eso me déía por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that;

ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
de 1 preposición
1
a) (pertenencia, posesión):

◊ la casa dé dé mis padres my parents' house;

el rey dé Francia the king of France;
no es dé él it isn't his;
es un amigo dé mi hijo he's a friend of my son's;
un estudiante dé quinto año a fifth-year student;
la tapa dé la cacerola the saucepan lid;
un avión dé Mexair a Mexair plane
b) ( con un nombre en aposición) of;

◊ la ciudad dé Lima the city of Lima;

el aeropuerto dé Barajas Barajas airport;
el mes dé enero the month of January
2
a) (procedencia, origen, tiempo) from;

◊ es dé Bogotá she's/she comes from Bogotá;

una carta dé Julia a letter from Julia;
un amigo dé la infancia a childhood friend;
la literatura dé ese período the literature of o from that period;
dé aquí a tu casa from here to your house
b) (material, contenido, composición):

◊ son dé plástico they're (made of) plastic;

una mesa dé caoba a mahogany table;
un vaso dé agua a glass of water;
un millón dé dólares a million dollars
c) (causa, modo):

◊ murió dé viejo he died of old age;

dé tanto gritar from shouting so much;
verde dé envidia green with envy;
temblando dé miedo trembling with fear;
dé memoria by heart;
lo tumbó dé un golpe he knocked him down with one blow
d) ( en oraciones pasivas) by;

◊ un poema dé Neruda a poem by Neruda;

rodeada dé árboles surrounded by trees
3
a) (cualidades, características):

◊ de gran inteligencia of great intelligence;

objetos dé mucho valor objects of great value;
¿dé qué color lo quiere? what color do you want it?;
tiene cara dé aburrido he looks bored;
una botella dé un litro a liter bottle;
la chica dé azul the girl in blue
b) (al definir, especificar):

◊ el botón dé abajo the bottom button;

tiene dos metros dé ancho it's two meters wide;
es fácil de pronunciar it's easy to pronounce;
uno dé los míos one of mine;
el mayor dé los Soto the eldest of the Soto children
4
a) ( con cifras):

◊ pagan un interés dél 15% they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%

b) ( en comparaciones de cantidad) than;

◊ más dé £100 more than o over £100;

pesa menos dé un kilo it weighs less than o under a kilo;
un número mayor/menor dé 29 a number over/under 29
c) ( con un superlativo):

◊ es el más caro dé todos it's the most expensive one;

la ciudad más grande dél mundo the biggest city in the world
d) ( refiriéndose a una parte del día):

◊ dé día/noche during the day/at night;

dé madrugada early in the morning
5
a) ( en calidad de) as;

◊ trabaja dé secretaria she works as a secretary;

hace dé rey en la obra he plays (the part of) a king in the play
b) (en expresiones de estado, actividad):

◊ dé mal humor in a bad mood;

estamos dé fiesta we're having a party
c) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad):

◊ el cepillo dé la ropa the clothes brush;

copas dé vino wine glasses;
ropa dé cama bed clothes;
dales algo dé comer give them something to eat;
¿qué hay dé postre? what's for dessert?
6 ( con sentido condicional):
◊ dé haberlo sabido if I had known, had I known;

dé no ser así otherwise
de 2 sustantivo femenino: name of the letter d
dé see
◊ dar

dar
I verbo transitivo
1 to give: dame la mano, hold my hand
2 (conceder) to give: mi padre me dio permiso, my father gave me permission
le doy toda la razón, I think he is quite right
3 (transmitir una noticia) to tell
(un recado, recuerdos) to pass on, give
dar las gracias, to thank
4 (retransmitir u ofrecer un espectáculo) to show, put on
5 (organizar una fiesta) to throw, give
6 (producir lana, miel, etc) to produce, yield
(fruto, flores) to bear
(beneficio, interés) to give, yield
7 (causar un dolor, malestar) dar dolor de cabeza, to give a headache
(un sentimiento) dar pena, to make sad
le da mucha vergüenza, he's very embarrassed
8 (proporcionar) to provide: su empresa da trabajo a cincuenta personas, his factory gives work to fifty people
9 (una conferencia, charla) to give
(impartir clases) to teach
(recibir una clase) to have
US to take
10 (presentir) me da (en la nariz/en el corazón) que eso va a salir bien, I have a feeling that everything is going to turn out well
11 (estropear) to ruin: me dio la noche con sus ronquidos, he spoilt my sleep with his snoring
12 (abrir el paso de la luz) to switch on
(del gas, agua) to turn on
13 (propinar una bofetada, un puntapié, etc) to hit, give
14 (aplicar una mano de pintura, cera) to apply, put on
(un masaje, medicamento) to give
15 (considerar) dar por, to assume, consider: lo dieron por muerto, he was given up for dead
ese dinero lo puedes dar por perdido, you can consider that money lost
dar por supuesto/sabido, to take for granted, to assume
16 (la hora, un reloj) to strike: aún no habían dado las ocho, it was not yet past eight o'clock
17 (realizar la acción que implica el objeto) dar un abrazo/susto, to give a hug/fright
dar un paseo, to go for a walk
dar una voz, to give a shout
II verbo intransitivo
1 (sobrevenir) le dio un ataque de nervios, she had an attack of hysterics
2 dar de comer/cenar, to provide with lunch/dinner 3 dar a, (mirar, estar orientado a) to look out onto, to overlook
(una puerta) to open onto, lead to: esa puerta da al jardín, this door leads out onto the garden 4 dar con, (una persona, objeto) to come across: no fuimos capaces de dar con la contraseña, we couldn't come up with the password
dimos con él, we found him 5 dar de sí, (una camiseta, bañador) to stretch, give 6 dar en, to hit: el sol me daba en los ojos, the sun was (shining) in my eyes 7 dar para, to be enough o sufficient for: ese dinero no me da para nada, this money isn't enough for me
♦ Locuciones: dar a alguien por: le dio por ponerse a cantar, she decided to start singing
le dio por nadar, he got it into his head to go swimming
dar a entender a alguien que..., to make sb understand that...
dar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
dar para: el presupuesto no da para más, the budget will not stretch any further
dar que hablar, to set people talking
dar que pensar: el suceso dio que pensar, the incident gave people food for thought
dar a conocer, (noticia) to release
de preposición
1 (pertenencia, posesión) of
la dirección de mis padres, my parents' address
el teclado de este ordenador, this computer's keyboard
la primera página del libro, the first page of the book
2 (material) of: está hecho de madera, it's made of wood
una pajarita de papel, a paper bird
(contenido) un vaso de vino, a glass of wine
3 (asunto) about, on: sabe mucho de economía, she knows a lot about economics
un curso de inglés, an English course
un libro de arte, a book on art
4 (oficio) as: está/trabaja de enfermera, she is working as a nurse
5 (cualidad) una persona de carácter, a person with character
una rubia de pelo largo, a blonde with long hair
6 (procedencia) from: es de Bilbao, he is o comes from Bilbao
de Madrid a Cáceres, from Madrid to Cáceres
7 (parte) un poco de leche, a little milk
un trozo de carne, a piece of meat
8 (causa) with, because of
llorar de alegría, to cry with joy
morir de hambre, to die of hunger
9 (modo) lo bebió de un trago, she downed it in one
un gesto de satisfacción, an expression of satisfaction
10 (localización) el señor de la camisa azul, the man in the blue shirt
la casa de la esquina, the house on the corner
11 (tiempo) a las cinco de la mañana, at five in the morning
de año en año, year in year out
de día, by day
de noche, at night
de miércoles a viernes, from Wednesday to Friday
de pequeño, as a child
12 (finalidad) jornada de reflexión, eve of polling day
libro de consulta, reference book
máquina de escribir, typewriter
13 (instrumento) derribó la puerta de una patada, he kicked the door down
lo mataron de una puñalada, he was stabbed to death
14 (comparación) el discurso fue más largo de lo esperado, the speech was longer than expected
(con superlativo) in
el coche más caro del mundo, the most expensive car in the world
15 (precio) for
un pantalón de dos mil pesetas, a pair of trousers costing two thousand pesetas 16 una avenida de quince kilómetros, an avenue fifteen kilometres long
una botella de litro, a litre bottle
17 (condicional) de haberlo sabido no le hubiera invitado, if I had known I wouldn't have invited him
de no ser así, if that wasn't o weren't the case
de ser cierto, if it was o were true
18 (reiteración) de puerta en puerta, from door to door
de tres en tres, in threes o three at a time

'dé' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- a. C.
- a.m.
- abajo
- abanderada
- abanderado
- abandonar
- abandonarse
- abandono
- abanico
- abarrotar
- abarrotada
- abarrotado
- abarrotería
- abastecer
- abastecerse
- abastecimiento
- abasto
- abatir
- abatimiento
- abatirse
- abdicar
- abertura
- abierta
- abierto
- abismo
- ablandar
- abogar
- abogacía
- abogada
- abogado
- abominar
- abominable
- abono
- abortar
- abrir
- abridor
- abrigo
- abrupta
- abrupto
- absoluta
- absolutamente
- absoluto
- abstenerse
- abstención
- abstinencia
- abstraerse
- abuelo
- abuhardillada
- abuhardillado
English:
A
- A-level
- a.m.
- AA
- abandon
- ABC
- ability
- ablaze
- aboard
- about
- about-face
- about-turn
- above
- abreast
- abroad
- abrupt
- absence
- absent
- absolve
- absorb
- abstain
- abstract
- abundance
- abuse
- AC
- accepted
- access road
- accident
- accidental
- acclaim
- accommodate
- accommodation
- accomplished
- accomplishment
- accordance
- account
- account for
- accountable
- accumulation
- accuracy
- accurate
- accurately
- accuse
- accused
- accusingly
- accustom
- ache
- Achilles heel
- aching
- acid test

* * *

de prep de combines with the article el to form the contraction del (e.g. del hombre of the man).

1. [posesión, pertenencia] of;

el automóvil de mi padre/mis padres my father's/parents' car;

es de ella it's hers;

la maleta es de Eva the suitcase is Eva's o belongs to Eva;

el padre de la niña the girl's father;

el director de la empresa the manager of the company, the company's manager;

la boda o [m5] el casamiento de un amigo de mi hermano the wedding of a friend of my brother's, a friend of my brother's wedding;

un equipo de segunda división a second division team;

la comida del gato the cat's food;

el título de la novela the novel's title, the title of the novel;

la pata de la mesa the table leg;

una subida de precios a price rise;

los señores de Navarro Mr and Mrs Navarro

2. [procedencia, distancia] from;

salir de casa to leave home;

soy de Bilbao I'm from Bilbao;

no soy de aquí I'm not from round here;

de la playa al apartamento hay 100 metros it's 100 metres from the beach to the apartment;

estamos a 10 kilómetros de Buenos Aires we're 10 kilometres away from Buenos Aires;

el rey de España the king of Spain;

tuvo dos hijos de su primera esposa he had two children by his first wife;

b de Barcelona [deletreando] b for Barcelona

3. [en razonamiento]
de su sonrisa se deduce que todo ha ido bien you can tell from o by her smile that it all went well;

del resultado del experimento concluyo que la fórmula no funciona I infer from the result of the experiment that the formula doesn't work

4. [con nombre en aposición]
la ciudad de Caracas the city of Caracas;

el túnel del Canal the Channel Tunnel;

el signo de tauro the sign of Taurus;

el puerto de Cartagena the port of Cartagena

5. [en descripciones]
una película de terror a horror movie o Br film;

la señora de verde the lady in green;

el chico de la coleta the boy with the ponytail;

una actriz de veinte años a twenty-year-old actress;

¿de qué tamaño? what size?;

un político de fiar a trustworthy politician

6. [materia] (made) of;

un vaso de plástico a plastic cup;

un reloj de oro a gold watch;

una mesa de madera a wooden table

7. [contenido]
un vaso de agua a glass of water;

un plato de lentejas a plate of lentils

8. [precio]
he comprado las peras de 80 céntimos el kilo I bought the pears that were 80 cents a kilo;

un sello de 50 céntimos a 50-cent stamp

9. [uso]
una bici de carreras a racing bike;

ropa de deporte sportswear;

una máquina de escribir a typewriter;

una máquina de coser a sewing machine;

esta sartén es la del pescado y ésta la de las tortillas this frying pan's for fish and this one's for omelettes

10. [asunto] about;

hablábamos de ti we were talking about you;

libros de historia history books

11. [en calidad de] as;

trabaja de bombero he works as a fireman;

aparece de cosaco he appears as a Cossack, he plays a Cossack;

estás muy guapa de uniforme you look very pretty in uniform;

al desfile de carnaval iré de Napoleón I'll go as Napoleon in the carnival parade

12. [tiempo] [desde] from;
[durante] in;
trabaja de nueve a cinco she works from nine to five;

vivió en Bolivia de 1975 a 1983 she lived in Bolivia between 1975 and 1983, she lived in Bolivia from 1975 to 1983;

de madrugada early in the morning;

a las cuatro de la tarde at four in the afternoon;

trabaja de noche y duerme de día he works at night and sleeps during the day;

es de día it's daytime;

de niño solía jugar en la calle as a child I used to play in the street;

¿qué quieres ser de mayor? what do you want to be when you grow up?;

un compañero del colegio a friend from school;
Urug
de mañana/tarde in the morning/afternoon;
Urug
de noche at night;
Urug
ayer salimos de noche we went out last night

13. [causa] with;

morirse de hambre to die of hunger;

llorar de alegría to cry with joy;

temblar de miedo to tremble with fear;

eso es de fumar tanto that's what comes from smoking so much

14. [manera, modo] with;

de una patada with a kick;

rompió el cristal de una pedrada he shattered the window with a stone;

de una sola vez in one go;

lo bebió de un trago he drank it down in one go;

de tres en tres/cuatro en cuatro/ etc[m5]. three/four/ etc at a time;
CSur
de a tres/cuatro/ etc[m5]. in threes/fours/ etc;

de fácil manejo user-friendly;

ponerse de rodillas to kneel down

15. [con valor partitivo] of;

uno de los nuestros one of ours;

varios de nosotros several of us;

¿quién de vosotros sabe la respuesta? which of you knows the answer?

16. Literario [sobre]
de la paz y la guerra of war and peace

17. [en valoración]
lo tacharon de vulgar they branded him as vulgar, they accused him of being vulgar

18. [en lugar de]
yo de ti no lo haría I wouldn't do it if I were you;

yo de Eduardo le pediría perdón if I were Eduardo, I'd say sorry to her

19. [en comparaciones]
más/menos de… more/less than…;
[con superlativos]
el mejor de todos the best of all;

el más importante del mundo the most important in the world;

la peor película del año the worst film this year o of the year;

la impresora más moderna del mercado the most up-to-date printer on the market

20. (antes de infinitivo) [condición] if;

de querer ayudarme, lo haría if she wanted to help me, she'd do it;

de no ser por ti, me hubiese hundido if it hadn't been for you, I wouldn't have made it;

de ir a verte, sería este domingo if I do visit you, it'll be this Sunday

21. (después de adjetivo y antes de sustantivo) [enfatiza cualidad]
el idiota de tu hermano your stupid brother;

la buena de Susana good old Susana;

¡pobre de mí! poor me!

22. (después de adjetivo y antes de infinitivo)
es difícil de creer it's hard to believe;

una velada imposible de olvidar an unforgettable evening

23. (después del verbo “haber”) [obligación]
he de trabajar más I have to work harder;

has de gastar menos you should spend less

24. (antes de complemento agente)
una película de Buñuel a film by Buñuel, a Buñuel film;

vino acompañado de su familia he was accompanied by his family

25. (antes de adverbio de lugar)
el apartamento de abajo the downstairs Br flat o US apartment;

la fila de delante the front row

♦ de no loc conj
Am otherwise;
dime la verdad, de no te castigaré tell me the truth, otherwise I'm going to punish you

* * *

de

prp

1 origen from;

de Nueva York from New York;

de … a from … to

2 posesión of;

el coche de mi amigo my friend’s car

3 material (made) of;

un anillo de oro a gold ring

4 contenido of;

un vaso de agua a glass of water

5 cualidad

:

una mujer de 20 años a 20 year old woman

6 causa with;

temblaba de miedo she was shaking with fear

7 hora

:

de noche at night, by night;

de día by day

8 en calidad de as;

trabajar de albañil work as a bricklayer;

de niño as a child

9 agente by;

de Goya by Goya

10 condición if;

de haberlo sabido if I’d known

11 en aposición

:

la ciudad de Lima the city of Lima

* * *

de prep

1) : of

la casa de Pepe: Pepe's house

un niño de tres años: a three-year-old boy

2) : from

es de Managua: she's from Managua

salió del edificio: he left the building

3) : in, at

a las tres de la mañana: at three in the morning

salen de noche: they go out at night

4) : than

más de tres: more than three

dé dar

* * *

de prep

1. (posesión de alguien) 's

el coche de Alberto Alberto's car

los gatos de Emma Emma's cats

la profesora de Marta Marta's teacher

es de mi hermano it's my brother's

2. (posesión de algo) of

la ciudad de Roma the city of Rome

el mes de noviembre the month of November

el teléfono del colegio the school phone

los árboles del jardín the trees in the garden

3. (materia)

un balón de cuero a leather ball

muebles de madera wooden furniture

un vaso de plástico a plastic cup

4. (contenido) of

una botella de agua a bottle of water

un paquete de arroz a packet of rice

un vaso de leche a glass of milk

5. (materia, tema)

profesor de inglés English teacher

novela de aventuras adventure story

película de terror horror film

6. (origen, procedencia) from

es de Asturias he's from Asturias

esta carretera va de Salamanca a Zamora this road goes from Salamanca to Zamora

7. (descripción) with / in

la chica del pelo largo the girl with long hair

el hombre de negro the man in black

un chico de doce años a twelve year old boy

8. (agente) by

un libro de Rosa Montero a book by Rosa Montero

9. (con expresiones de tiempo)

es la una de la tarde it's one o'clock in the afternoon

el tren de las diez the ten o'clock train

abren de nueve a siete they open from nine until seven

nunca viajamos de noche we never travel at night

de niño when I was a child

10. (con números, una parte) than / of

había más de mil personas there were more than a thousand people

pesa menos de 5 kilos it weighs less than 5 kilos

un trozo de pan a piece of bread

Spanish-English dictionary > de
9 ser

m.

1 being (ente).

ser humano human being

los seres vivos living things

2 ens.

v.

1 to be (to be in some place or situation, to originate in, to belong to, to pertain, to exist really).

fue aquí it was here

lo importante es decidirse the important thing is to reach a decision

ser de to be made of; (estar hecho de) to be from; (provenir de) to belong to; (ser propiedad de) to be a member of (formar parte de)

¿de dónde eres? where are you from?

los juguetes son de mi hijo the toys are my son's

es alto/gracioso he is tall/funny

es azul/difícil it's blue/difficult

es un amigo/el dueño he is a friend/the owner

Yo soy buena I am good.

2 to be (to be worth, quantity).

¿cuánto es? how much is it?

son 300 pesos that'll be 300 pesos

¿qué (día) es hoy? what day is it today?, what's today?

mañana será 15 de julio tomorrow (it) will be 15 July

¿qué hora es? what time is it?, what's the time?

son las tres (de la tarde) it's three o'clock (in the afternoon), it's three (pm)

3 to be (joined to nouns which signify employment or occupation).

soy abogado/actriz I'm a lawyer/an actress

son estudiantes they're students

4 to be (to happen, to occur, to fall out).

es muy tarde it's rather late

era de noche/de día it was night/day

5 to be (auxiliary verb, by which the passive is formed).

fue visto por un testigo he was seen by a witness

6 to exist, to live.

7 to be for.

Me es muy fácil aprender español It is very easy for me to learn Spanish.

* * *

SER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

soy, eres, es, somos, sois, son.

Imperfect Subjunctive

era, eras, era, éramos, erais, eran.

Past Indicative

fui, fuiste, fue, fuimos, fuisteis, fueron.

Future Indicative

seré, serás, será, seremos, seréis, serán.

Conditional

sería, serías, sería, seríamos, seríais, serían.

Present Subjunctive

sea, seas, sea, seamos, seáis, sean.

Imperfect Subjunctive

fuera, fueras, fuera, fuéramos, fuerais, fueran;

fuese, fueses, fuese, fuésemos, fueseis, fuesen.

Future Subjunctive

fuere, fueres, fuere, fuéremos, fuereis, fueren.

Imperative

sé (tú), sea (él/Vd.), seamos (nos.), sed (vos.), sean (ellos/Vds.).

Past Participle

sido.

\

\

————————

SER

► abreviatura

1 RADIO ( Sociedad Española de Radiodifusión) Spanish private broadcasting company

* * *
1. verb
to be

- ser de
2. noun m.
being

* * *

SF ABR Esp
= Sociedad Española de Radiodifusión radio network
* * *
I 1.
cópula

1) ( seguido de adjetivos) to be

[ ser expresses identity or nature as opposed to condition or state, which is normally conveyed by estar. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in estar 1 cópula 1]

es bajo — he's short

es muy callada — she's very quiet

mi padre es calvo — my father's bald

es sorda de nacimiento — she was born deaf

es inglés/rubio/católico — he's English/fair/(a) Catholic

era cierto/posible — it was true/possible

sé bueno, estáte quieto — be a good boy and keep still

que seas muy feliz — I hope you'll be very happy; (+ me/te/le etc)

para serte sincero — to be honest with you, to tell you the truth

siempre le he sido fiel — I've always been faithful to her; ver tb verbo intransitivo I 5

¿éste es o se hace?/¿tú eres o te haces? — (AmL fam) is he/are you stupid or something? (colloq)

2) ( hablando de estado civil) to be

el mayor es casado/divorciado — the oldest is married/divorced

es viuda — she's a widow; ver tb estar I 3)

3) (seguido de nombre, pronombre, sintagma nominal) to be

soy peluquera/abogada — I'm a hairdresser/a lawyer

es madre de dos niños — she's a mother of two

ábreme, soy Mariano/yo — open the door, it's Mariano/it's me

el que fuera presidente — the former president

años más tarde sería mi asistente — years later she would become my assistant

por ser usted, haremos una excepción — for you o since it's you, we'll make an exception

dame cualquiera que no sea ése — give me any one except o but that one

ya no soy lo que era — I'm not what I used to be

4) (con predicado introducido por `de')

esos zapatos son de plástico — those shoes are (made of) plastic

soy de Córdoba — I'm from Cordoba

es de los vecinos — it belongs to the neighbors, it's the neighbors'

este libro no es de aquí — this book doesn't go o belong here

ésa es de las que... — she's one of those people who..., she's the sort of person who...

ser de lo que no hay — (fam) to be incredible (colloq)

5) (hipótesis, futuro)

será un error — it must be a mistake

¿será cierto? — can it be true?

pero será animal! — he must be a complete idiot
2.
ser vi

Sentido I

1)

a) ( existir) to be

b) (liter) ( en cuentos)

érase una vez... — once upon a time there was...

2)

a) (tener lugar, ocurrir)

la fiesta va a ser en su casa — the party is going to be (held) at her house

¿dónde fue el accidente? — where did the accident happen?

el asunto fue así... — it happened like this...

b) ( en preguntas)

ser de algo/alguien: ¿qué habrá sido de él? I wonder what happened to o what became of him; ¿qué es de Marisa? (fam) what's Marisa up to (these days)? (colloq); ¿qué va a ser de nosotros? — what will become of us?

3) ( sumar)

¿cuánto es (todo)? — how much is that (altogether)?

son 3.000 pesos — that'll be o that's 3,000 pesos

cuatro y cuatro son ocho — four and four are o make eight

somos diez en total — there are ten of us altogether

4) (causar, significar) to be

aquello fue su ruina — that was his downfall

5) ( resultar)

me va a ser imposible venir — I'm not going to be able to come

me fue muy difícil entenderlo — I found it very difficult to understand

6) ( consistir en) to be

lo importante es participar — the important o main thing is to take part

7) (indicando finalidad, adecuación)

ser para algo — to be for something

este agua es para beber — this water is for drinking

este traje no es para usarlo mucho — this suit is not for frequent wear

Sentido II

8) ( usado para enfatizar)

así es como queda mejor — like that it looks best

fue aquí donde lo vi — this is where I saw him, it was here that I saw him

era él el que quería — he was the one who wanted to

fueron los bancos los que se beneficiaron — it was the banks that benefited

fui yo quien or la que lo dije fui yo quien or la que lo dijo — I was the one who said it, it was me that said it

9)

es que...: ¿es que no lo saben? do you mean to say they don't know?; es que no sé nadar the thing is I can't swim; díselo, si es que te atreves — tell him, if you dare

10)

lo que es... — (fam)

lo que es yo, no pienso hablarle más — I certainly have no intention of speaking to him again

lo que es saber idiomas! — it sure is something to be able to speak languages! (AmE), what it is to be able to speak languages! (BrE)

11) (en locs)

a no ser que — (+ subj) unless

como debe ser: ¿ves como me acordé? - como debe ser! see, I did remember- I should think so too!; los presentó uno por uno, como debe ser she introduced them one by one, as you should; ¿cómo es eso? why is that?, how come? (colloq); como/cuando/donde sea: tengo que conseguir ese trabajo como sea I have to get that job no matter what; hazlo como sea, pero hazlo do it any way o however you want but get it done; puedo dormir en el sillón o donde sea I can sleep in the armchair or wherever you like o anywhere you like; como ser (CS) such as; de no ser así (frml) should this not be the case (frml); de ser así (frml) should this be so o the case (frml); de no ser por...: de no ser por él,... if it hadn't been o if it weren't for him,...; eso es! that's it!, that's right!; lo que sea: cómete una manzana, o lo que sea have an apple or something; tú pagas tus mil pesos o lo que sea... you pay your thousand pesos or whatever...; estoy dispuesta a hacer lo que sea I'm prepared to do whatever it takes o anything; no sea que or no vaya a ser que (+ subj) in case; cierra la ventana, no sea or no vaya a ser que llueva close the window in case it rains; ten cuidado, no sea or no vaya a ser que lo eches todo a perder be careful or you'll ruin everything; o sea: los empleados de más antigüedad, o sea los que llevan aquí más de... longer serving employees, that is to say those who have been here more than...; o sea que no te interesa in other words, you're not interested; o sea que nunca lo descubriste so you never found out; (ya) sea..., (ya) sea... either..., or...; (ya) sea por caridad, (ya) sea por otra razón,... whether he did it out of charity or for some other reason,...; sea como sea: hay que impedirlo, sea como sea it must be prevented now matter how o at all costs; sea cuando sea whenever it is; sea quien sea le dices que no estoy whoever it is, tell them I'm not in; si no fuera/hubiera sido por... — if it wasn't o weren't/hadn't been for...

Sentido III

12) ( en el tiempo) to be

¿qué fecha es hoy? — what's the date today?, what's today's date

¿qué día es hoy? — what day is it today?

es miércoles — it's Wednesday

serían las cuatro cuando llegó — it must have been (about) four (o'clock) when she arrived; ver tb verbo impersonal
3.
ser v impers to be

era primavera — it was spring(time)

es demasiado tarde para llamar — it's too late to phone
4.
ser v aux ( en la voz pasiva)

ser + pp — to be + pp

fue construido en 1900 — it was built in 1900
II
masculino

1)

a) ( ente) being

seres sobrenaturales — supernatural beings

b) (individuo, persona)

un ser querido — a loved one

un ser muy especial — a very special person

- ser humano/vivo

2)

a) ( naturaleza)

desde lo más profundo de mi ser — from the bottom of my heart

b) ( carácter esencial) essence

3) (Fil) being

la mujer que te dio el ser — the woman who brought you into this world

* * *
I 1.
cópula

1) ( seguido de adjetivos) to be

[ ser expresses identity or nature as opposed to condition or state, which is normally conveyed by estar. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in estar 1 cópula 1]

es bajo — he's short

es muy callada — she's very quiet

mi padre es calvo — my father's bald

es sorda de nacimiento — she was born deaf

es inglés/rubio/católico — he's English/fair/(a) Catholic

era cierto/posible — it was true/possible

sé bueno, estáte quieto — be a good boy and keep still

que seas muy feliz — I hope you'll be very happy; (+ me/te/le etc)

para serte sincero — to be honest with you, to tell you the truth

siempre le he sido fiel — I've always been faithful to her; ver tb verbo intransitivo I 5

¿éste es o se hace?/¿tú eres o te haces? — (AmL fam) is he/are you stupid or something? (colloq)

2) ( hablando de estado civil) to be

el mayor es casado/divorciado — the oldest is married/divorced

es viuda — she's a widow; ver tb estar I 3)

3) (seguido de nombre, pronombre, sintagma nominal) to be

soy peluquera/abogada — I'm a hairdresser/a lawyer

es madre de dos niños — she's a mother of two

ábreme, soy Mariano/yo — open the door, it's Mariano/it's me

el que fuera presidente — the former president

años más tarde sería mi asistente — years later she would become my assistant

por ser usted, haremos una excepción — for you o since it's you, we'll make an exception

dame cualquiera que no sea ése — give me any one except o but that one

ya no soy lo que era — I'm not what I used to be

4) (con predicado introducido por `de')

esos zapatos son de plástico — those shoes are (made of) plastic

soy de Córdoba — I'm from Cordoba

es de los vecinos — it belongs to the neighbors, it's the neighbors'

este libro no es de aquí — this book doesn't go o belong here

ésa es de las que... — she's one of those people who..., she's the sort of person who...

ser de lo que no hay — (fam) to be incredible (colloq)

5) (hipótesis, futuro)

será un error — it must be a mistake

¿será cierto? — can it be true?

pero será animal! — he must be a complete idiot
2.
ser vi

Sentido I

1)

a) ( existir) to be

b) (liter) ( en cuentos)

érase una vez... — once upon a time there was...

2)

a) (tener lugar, ocurrir)

la fiesta va a ser en su casa — the party is going to be (held) at her house

¿dónde fue el accidente? — where did the accident happen?

el asunto fue así... — it happened like this...

b) ( en preguntas)

ser de algo/alguien: ¿qué habrá sido de él? I wonder what happened to o what became of him; ¿qué es de Marisa? (fam) what's Marisa up to (these days)? (colloq); ¿qué va a ser de nosotros? — what will become of us?

3) ( sumar)

¿cuánto es (todo)? — how much is that (altogether)?

son 3.000 pesos — that'll be o that's 3,000 pesos

cuatro y cuatro son ocho — four and four are o make eight

somos diez en total — there are ten of us altogether

4) (causar, significar) to be

aquello fue su ruina — that was his downfall

5) ( resultar)

me va a ser imposible venir — I'm not going to be able to come

me fue muy difícil entenderlo — I found it very difficult to understand

6) ( consistir en) to be

lo importante es participar — the important o main thing is to take part

7) (indicando finalidad, adecuación)

ser para algo — to be for something

este agua es para beber — this water is for drinking

este traje no es para usarlo mucho — this suit is not for frequent wear

Sentido II

8) ( usado para enfatizar)

así es como queda mejor — like that it looks best

fue aquí donde lo vi — this is where I saw him, it was here that I saw him

era él el que quería — he was the one who wanted to

fueron los bancos los que se beneficiaron — it was the banks that benefited

fui yo quien or la que lo dije fui yo quien or la que lo dijo — I was the one who said it, it was me that said it

9)

es que...: ¿es que no lo saben? do you mean to say they don't know?; es que no sé nadar the thing is I can't swim; díselo, si es que te atreves — tell him, if you dare

10)

lo que es... — (fam)

lo que es yo, no pienso hablarle más — I certainly have no intention of speaking to him again

lo que es saber idiomas! — it sure is something to be able to speak languages! (AmE), what it is to be able to speak languages! (BrE)

11) (en locs)

a no ser que — (+ subj) unless

como debe ser: ¿ves como me acordé? - como debe ser! see, I did remember- I should think so too!; los presentó uno por uno, como debe ser she introduced them one by one, as you should; ¿cómo es eso? why is that?, how come? (colloq); como/cuando/donde sea: tengo que conseguir ese trabajo como sea I have to get that job no matter what; hazlo como sea, pero hazlo do it any way o however you want but get it done; puedo dormir en el sillón o donde sea I can sleep in the armchair or wherever you like o anywhere you like; como ser (CS) such as; de no ser así (frml) should this not be the case (frml); de ser así (frml) should this be so o the case (frml); de no ser por...: de no ser por él,... if it hadn't been o if it weren't for him,...; eso es! that's it!, that's right!; lo que sea: cómete una manzana, o lo que sea have an apple or something; tú pagas tus mil pesos o lo que sea... you pay your thousand pesos or whatever...; estoy dispuesta a hacer lo que sea I'm prepared to do whatever it takes o anything; no sea que or no vaya a ser que (+ subj) in case; cierra la ventana, no sea or no vaya a ser que llueva close the window in case it rains; ten cuidado, no sea or no vaya a ser que lo eches todo a perder be careful or you'll ruin everything; o sea: los empleados de más antigüedad, o sea los que llevan aquí más de... longer serving employees, that is to say those who have been here more than...; o sea que no te interesa in other words, you're not interested; o sea que nunca lo descubriste so you never found out; (ya) sea..., (ya) sea... either..., or...; (ya) sea por caridad, (ya) sea por otra razón,... whether he did it out of charity or for some other reason,...; sea como sea: hay que impedirlo, sea como sea it must be prevented now matter how o at all costs; sea cuando sea whenever it is; sea quien sea le dices que no estoy whoever it is, tell them I'm not in; si no fuera/hubiera sido por... — if it wasn't o weren't/hadn't been for...

Sentido III

12) ( en el tiempo) to be

¿qué fecha es hoy? — what's the date today?, what's today's date

¿qué día es hoy? — what day is it today?

es miércoles — it's Wednesday

serían las cuatro cuando llegó — it must have been (about) four (o'clock) when she arrived; ver tb verbo impersonal
3.
ser v impers to be

era primavera — it was spring(time)

es demasiado tarde para llamar — it's too late to phone
4.
ser v aux ( en la voz pasiva)

ser + pp — to be + pp

fue construido en 1900 — it was built in 1900
II
masculino

1)

a) ( ente) being

seres sobrenaturales — supernatural beings

b) (individuo, persona)

un ser querido — a loved one

un ser muy especial — a very special person

- ser humano/vivo

2)

a) ( naturaleza)

desde lo más profundo de mi ser — from the bottom of my heart

b) ( carácter esencial) essence

3) (Fil) being

la mujer que te dio el ser — the woman who brought you into this world

* * *

ser¹

¹ = being, creature.

Ex: A feeling of unshielded relief filled Pope's whole being.

Ex: Stories that lead to doing things are all the more attractive to children, who are active rather than passive creatures.

* abducción por seres extraterrestres = alien abduction.

* alimentación del ser humano = human nutrition.

* llegada de seres extraterrestres = alien visitation.

* nutrición del ser humano = human nutrition.

* ser consecuente con Uno mismo = be true to + Reflexivo.

* ser extraterrestre = alien creature.

* ser fiel con Uno mismo = be true to + Reflexivo.

* ser humano = human being, human, human person.

* ser inteligente = intelligent being.

* ser pensante = sentient being.

* ser superior = supreme being, higher being, superior being.

* ser supremo = supreme being.

* ser todo un éxito = hit + a home run, knock it out of + the park.

* ser vivo = living being, sentient being.

* todo ser humano = every living soul.

* tráfico de seres humanos = trafficking in human beings.

* trata de seres humanos = trafficking in human beings.

ser²

² = be, take + the form of, stand as.

Ex: Systems such as Dialog, IRS, ORBIT and BLAISE may be accessed by libraries and information units.

Ex: Hierarchical relationships may also take the form of co-ordinate relationships, in which case they may be represented by 'RT' or related term, in a similar manner to affinitive relationships below.

Ex: Meantime, our new library stand as as a confident symbol of the importance of ALL librarires to the nation's cultural, educational and economic success.

* anhelar ser = ache to be.

* a no ser que = unless.

* así es = that's how it is.

* así sea = amen.

* así son las cosas = that's they way things are.

* centrado en el ser humano = anthropocentric.

* clonación del ser humano = human cloning.

* como es el caso de = as it is with.

* cómo + ser = what + be like.

* conseguir ser el centro de atención = capture + spotlight.

* continuar siendo importante = remain + big.

* crearse el prestigio de ser = establish + a record as.

* cualquiera que fuere = any... whatsoever.

* cualquiera que fuese = any... whatsoever.

* cualquiera que sea + Nombre = whichever + Nombre.

* debilidad del ser humano = mankind's frailty.

* dejar de ser útil = outlive + Posesivo + usefulness.

* demostrar ser = prove + to be.

* de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.

* dicho sea de paso = by the by(e).

* dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.

* dinero + ser para = money + go towards.

* el + Nombre + es inestimable = the + Nombre + cannot be overestimated.

* el ser barato = cheapness.

* el sueño de todo ser viviente = the stuff dreams are made of.

* entrar sin ser visto = sneak into.

* es = it's [it is].

* esa es la cuestión = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.

* esa es la dificultad = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.

* es decir = i.e. (latín - id est), in other words, that is, that is to say, which is to say.

* es de deducir que = it follows that.

* es de destacar que = significantly.

* es de esperar = hopefully.

* es de esperar que = all being well.

* es de resaltar que = significantly.

* es de suponer que = presumably.

* ese es el asunto = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.

* ese es el problema = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.

* es el momento adecuado = the moment is ripe, the time is ripe.

* es el momento oportuno = the moment is ripe, the time is ripe.

* es evidente = clearly.

* es importante destacar = importantly.

* es inevitable que = inevitably.

* es interesante que = interestingly.

* es lo que a mí me parece = my two cents' worth.

* es lo que yo pienso = my two cents' worth.

* es más = more important, moreover.

* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.

* es mi opinión = my two cents' worth.

* es mi parecer = my two cents' worth.

* es por lo tanto deducible que = it therefore follows that.

* es por lo tanto de esperar que = it therefore follows that.

* es por lo tanto lógico que = it therefore follows that.

* ¡esta es tu oportunidad! = here's your chance!.

* estar siendo + Participio = be in process of + Nombre.

* evitar ser afectado = escape + unaffected.

* fue durante mucho tiempo = long remained.

* haber sido aceptado = be here to stay, have come + to stay.

* haber sido comprobado exhaustivamente = be thoroughly tested.

* la razón de ser = the reason for being.

* la verdad sea dicha = to tell the truth.

* llegar a ser = become, develop into.

* llegar a ser conocido como = become + known as.

* lo que es aun peor = worse still.

* lo que es peor = what's worse.

* lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* lo que + ser = what + be like.

* lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* merecer ser mencionado = deserve + mention.

* no ser aconsejable = be undesirable.

* no ser + Adjetivo + Infinitivo = be less than + Adjetivo + Infinitivo.

* no ser así ya = be no longer the case.

* no ser bien visto = be in the doghouse.

* no ser cobarde = be no chicken.

* no ser consciente de = remain + unaware of.

* no ser deseable = be undesirable.

* no + ser + de sorprender que = it + be + not surprising that.

* no ser fácil = be no picnic, not be easy.

* no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.

* no ser lo suficientemente bueno = not be good enough.

* no ser más que = be nothing more than, be nothing but.

* no ser nada = add up to + nothing.

* no ser nada fácil = be hard-pushed to.

* no ser ningún jovencito = be no chicken.

* no ser ni una cosa ni otra = fall between + two stools.

* no ser sino = be nothing but.

* no ser una gran pérdida = be no great loss.

* no ser un lecho de rosas = be not all roses.

* no ser verdad = be untrue.

* no somos todos iguales = one size doesn't fit all.

* no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* para ser específico = to be specific.

* para ser franco = in all honesty.

* para ser sincero = to be honest, in all honesty.

* pasar a ser = become, develop into.

* por ser + Adjetivo = as being + Adjetivo.

* por si fuera poco = to boot, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* posible de ser consultado por máquina = machine-viewable.

* posible de ser visto en pantalla = displayable.

* primer puesto + ser para = pride of place + go to.

* puede muy bien ser = could well be.

* puede muy bien ser que = it may well be that.

* que fue = one-time.

* que fue común antes = once-common.

* que ha sido abordado con preguntas = accost.

* que puede ser apilado = stacking.

* razón de ser = point, raison d'etre, rationale, sense of purpose.

* ser reconocido = gain + recognition.

* resultar ser = prove + to be, turn out to be, happen + to be.

* sea como sea = be that as it may, at all costs, at any cost, at any price, come hell or high water.

* sea cual fuere = any... whatsoever, any... whatsoever.

* sea cual fuese = any... whatsoever, any... whatsoever.

* sea cual sea el criterio utilizado = by any standard(s).

* sea lo que sea = whatever it is, be that as it may, call it what you want.

* seamos realistas = face it, let's face it.

* sean cuales sean = whatever they may be.

* sentido del ser humano = human sense.

* ser accesible a través de = be available through.

* ser aceptado = take + hold, gain + acceptance, take off.

* ser acertado = be spot on.

* ser aconsejable = be welcome, be better served by, be in order.

* ser acorde con = be commensurate with.

* ser acuciante = be acute.

* ser acusado de delito criminal = face + criminal charge.

* ser adecuado = be right, stand up, fit + the bill.

* ser + Adjetivo = get + Adjetivo.

* ser + Adjetivo + para = have + a + Adjetivo + effect on.

* ser afectado por = have + a high stake in.

* ser aficionado a = be fond of.

* ser afortunado = be lucky, strike + lucky.

* ser agradable de oír = be good to hear.

* ser agradable + Verbo = be neat to + Verbo.

* ser algo bien conocido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.

* ser algo bueno = be a good thing.

* ser algo completamente distinto = be nothing of the sort.

* ser algo común = be a fact of life, dominate + the scene, be a common occurrence, become + a common feature, be a part of life.

* ser Algo demasiado difícil para = be in over + Posesivo + head, be out of + Posesivo + depth.

* ser algo excepcional = be the exception rather than the rule, be in a league of its own.

* ser algo fácil = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.

* ser algo facilísimo = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.

* ser algo habitual = become + a common feature, be a fact of life.

* ser Algo imponente = loom + large.

* ser algo inevitable = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ser algo más profundo que = go + deeper than.

* ser algo más serio que = go + deeper than.

* ser algo (muy) bien sabido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.

* ser algo muy claro = be a dead giveaway.

* ser algo muy fácil de conseguir = be there for the taking.

* ser Algo muy importante = loom + large.

* ser algo muy obvio = be a dead giveaway.

* ser algo muy poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo muy raro = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo muy revelador = be a giveaway.

* ser algo natural para = be second nature to + Pronombre, come + naturally to.

* ser algo normal = be a fact of life, become + a common feature, be a part of life.

* ser algo permanente = be here to stay.

* ser algo poco común = be the exception rather than the rule.

* ser algo poco conocido que = it + be + a little known fact that.

* ser algo poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo poco sabido que = it + be + a little known fact that.

* ser algo por lo que = be a matter for/of.

* ser algo por ver = be an open question.

* ser algo que no ocurre con frecuencia = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo seguro = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.

* ser algo útil para = be something in the hand for.

* ser amado = loved-one.

* ser amigo de = be buddies with.

* ser analizado como una frase = be phrase parsed.

* ser apreciado = receive + appreciation.

* ser apropiado = be right.

* ser aproximadamente + Número = be around + Número, be about + Número.

* ser arrestado = be under arrest.

* ser asequible = be available, become + available.

* ser asequible a = be amenable to.

* ser así = be the case (with), be just like that.

* ser atacado = be under attack, come under + fire, be under assault.

* ser atractivo = look + attractive, be popular in appeal.

* ser atrevido = make + a bold statement.

* ser atribuible a = be attributable to.

* ser aun más = be all the more.

* ser autosuficiente = stand on + Posesivo + own, self-serve.

* ser autosuficiente económicamente = pay + Posesivo + own way.

* ser avaricioso = have + Posesivo + cake and eat it.

* ser bienvenido = be most welcome, make + welcome, be welcome.

* ser bonito + Verbo = be neat to + Verbo.

* ser buenísimo + Gerundio = be terrific at + Gerundio.

* ser bueno = make + good + Nombre.

* ser bueno en = be good at.

* ser bueno para Alguien = be to + Posesivo + advantage.

* ser cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.

* ser capaz de = be capable of.

* ser capaz de hacer cualquier cosa por = go to + any lengths to, go to + great lengths to.

* ser característico de = be emblematic of.

* ser carísimo = cost + be prohibitive.

* ser caro = be steep.

* ser casi seguro = be a good bet.

* ser chiquito pero matón = punch above + Posesivo + weight.

* ser chulo = be cool.

* ser clavado a = be a dead ringer for.

* ser cliente de una tienda = patronise + shop.

* ser coherente = cohere.

* ser como el día y la noche = different as night and day.

* ser como hablar con la pared = be like talking to a brick wall.

* ser como mínimo = be no less than.

* ser como una esfera = wrap around.

* ser como un círculo = wrap around.

* ser como un libro abierto = be an open book.

* ser complementario el uno del otro = be integral one to another.

* ser complementarios = be integral one to another.

* ser completamente diferente = be in a different league.

* ser completo = be all inclusive.

* ser común = be the case (with).

* ser condenado a prisión = receive + prison sentence.

* ser confuso = be deceiving.

* ser conocido por = famously, have + a track record of.

* ser conocido por todos = be out in the open.

* ser consciente = sentient being.

* ser consciente de = be alive to, be aware of, be cognisant of, be mindful of/that, become + cognisant of, be aware of, realise [realize, -USA].

* ser consciente de + Posesivo + valía = be alive to + Posesivo + worth.

* ser consciente + desafortunadamente = be painfully aware of.

* ser contradictorio de = run + contrary to.

* ser contraproducente = defeat + Posesivo + purpose, blowback.

* ser contrario a = be contrary to, be hostile to.

* ser conveniente + Infinitivo = be as well + Infinitivo, be well + Infinitivo.

* ser correcto = be all right, be correct, be right.

* ser cortés con = be civil towards.

* ser costumbre = be customary.

* ser creativo = be inventive.

* ser creíble = invoke + belief.

* ser criticado = be subjected to + criticism, be (the) subject of/to criticism, take + heat, come under + fire.

* ser crucial (para) = be central (to).

* ser cuestión de = come down to.

* ser culpable = be to blame.

* ser culpable (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).

* ser dado a = be amenable to, be apt to, be given to.

* ser de = be a native of.

* ser de alto nivel = be at a high level.

* ser de armas tomar = be a (real) handful.

* ser de ayuda = be of assistance.

* ser debatible = be a moot point, be open to question, be open to debate, be at issue.

* ser de calidad = be up to snuff, be up to scratch.

* ser decisión de + Nombre = be down to + Nombre.

* ser de contenido + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in content.

* ser de crecimiento rápido = be a quick grower.

* ser de difícil acceso = tuck away.

* ser de dominio público = be public domain.

* ser deficiente = be wanting.

* ser definitivo = be final.

* ser de gran ayuda para = be a boon to.

* ser de gran beneficio para = be of great benefit to.

* ser de importancia primordial = be of key importance.

* ser de importancia vital = lie at + the heart of.

* ser de interés para = be of interest (to/for).

* ser dejado en la obligación de Uno = be derelict in + duty.

* ser de la izquierda = be of the left.

* ser de la noche = night creature.

* ser de la opinión de que = be of the opinion that, be of the view that.

* ser del gusto de Uno = be to + Posesivo + taste.

* ser del orden de + Número = be of the order of + Número.

* ser de los que piensan que = subscribe to + view.

* ser demasiado = be over-provided, be a mouthful.

* ser demasiado + Adjetivo = be too + Adjetivo + by half.

* ser demasiado complaciente = lean over + too far backwards.

* ser demasiado común = be all too common.

* ser demasiado para = be too much for, be too much for.

* ser demasiado precavido = err + on the side of caution.

* ser demasiado preciso = put + too fine a point on, split + hairs.

* ser demasiado quisquilloso = put + too fine a point on, split + hairs.

* ser demasiado tarde para echar atrás = reach + the point of no return.

* ser de mucho uso = take + Nombre + a long way.

* ser de número limitado = be limited in number.

* ser de origen + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in origin.

* ser de poco valor = be of little use, be of little value.

* ser de primera categoría = be top notch.

* ser de raza negra o de piel morena = be coloured.

* ser de sabios = be a point of wisdom.

* ser desacertado = miss + the mark, miss + the point.

* ser desastroso = spell + bad news, be a shambles, be (in) a mess.

* ser desconocido para = be alien to.

* ser descorazonador = be dispiriting.

* ser desoído = be unheeded.

* ser despiadado = play + hardball.

* ser detenido = be under arrest.

* ser de un solo uso = be a one-trip pony.

* ser de un tipo diferente = be different in kind, differ in + kind (from).

* ser de un valor especial = be of particular value.

* ser de uso general = be in general use, be generally available.

* ser de utilidad = be of use.

* ser de utilidad a = be of service to.

* ser diestro en = be skilled at.

* ser difícil = be a stretch.

* ser difícil de bregar = be a (real) handful.

* ser difícil de conseguir = be hard to get.

* ser difícil de creer = beggar + belief.

* ser difícil de encontrar = be hard to find.

* ser difícil de lograr = be hard to get.

* ser difícil de superar = take + some beating.

* ser digno de = merit.

* ser digno de admiración = deserve + admiration.

* ser digno de crítica = merit + a critical eye.

* ser digno de + Infinitivo = be worth + Gerundio.

* ser diplomático = say + the right thing.

* ser discutible = be open to question, be open to debate, be at issue.

* ser dogmático = be dogmatic.

* ser dos mundos completamente distintos = be poles apart.

* ser dudoso = be doubtful.

* ser duro = play + hardball.

* ser eficaz para + Infinitivo = be efficient at + Gerundio.

* ser el acabóse = take + the biscuit, take + the cake, be the limit.

* ser el alma de = be the life of, be the life and soul of.

* ser el asunto = be the point.

* ser el beneficiario de = be on the receiving end of.

* ser el blanco de = be a pushover for.

* ser el blanco de las críticas = come under + fire.

* ser el canalizador de = be the conduit for.

* ser el capitán = skipper, captain.

* ser el caso (de) = be the case (with).

* ser el centro de atención = steal + the limelight, steal + the show, cut + a dash.

* ser el centro de todas las miradas = cut + a dash.

* ser el colmo = be the last straw, bring + the situation to a head, take + the biscuit, take + the cake, be the limit.

* ser el contrincante más débil = punch above + Posesivo + weight.

* ser el culo del mundo = be the pits.

* ser elegido = get in.

* ser elevado = be steep.

* ser el éxito de la fiesta = steal + the limelight, steal + the show.

* ser el fin de = sign + a death warrant (for).

* ser el jefe = be in charge, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* ser el límite = be the limit.

* ser el mandamás = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* ser el más afectado por = bear + the brunt of.

* ser el máximo = be the limit.

* ser el momento clave = mark + the watershed.

* ser el momento (de) = be the time to.

* ser el momento decisivo = mark + the watershed.

* ser el momento de/para = it + be + time to/for.

* ser el objetivo de Uno = be in business for.

* ser el orgullo de = be the pride and joy of.

* ser el origen de = provide + the material for.

* ser el paraje natural de = be home to.

* ser el preludio = usher in.

* ser el primero = be second to none, come out on + top.

* ser el primero en = lead + the way in.

* ser el primero en + Infinitivo = take + the lead in + Gerundio.

* ser el punto de partida de = form + the basis of.

* ser el punto más débil de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.

* ser el punto más flaco de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.

* ser el que con mayor frecuencia = be (the) most likely to.

* ser el que con menor frecuencia = be (the) least likely to.

* ser el resultado de = follow from, result from.

* ser el segundo de a bordo = play + second fiddle.

* ser el último grito = be all the rage.

* ser el último mono ser el último mono = feel + pulled and tugged.

* ser emblemático de = be emblematic of.

* ser en balde = be of no avail, be to no avail.

* ser en cierto modo un + Nombre = be something of a + Nombre.

* ser en vano = be of no avail, be to no avail.

* ser enviado a = have + the lead to.

* ser equiparable a = be commensurate with.

* ser erróneo = be wide of the mark, be wrong.

* ser escaso = be few and far between, be in short supply.

* ser esclavo de = be slave to.

* ser estupendo = sound + great, be fine and dandy.

* ser estúpido = be off + Posesivo + rocker.

* ser exigente al elegir = pick and choose.

* ser exigente al escoger = pick and choose.

* ser experto en = be skilled at.

* ser expulsado de = be dropped from.

* ser extraño para = be alien to.

* ser extremadamente + Adjetivo = be too + Adjetivo + by half.

* ser fácil = be easy.

* ser fácil de conseguir = be readily available.

* ser facilísimo = be a snap, be a piece of cake.

* ser factible de = be amenable to.

* ser familiar = strike + familiar chords, ring + a bell.

* ser famoso = gain + recognition, be popular.

* ser famoso por = famously, have + a track record of.

* ser favorable = be a plus.

* ser ficticio = be fiction.

* ser fiel a = cleave to.

* ser fructífero = come to + fruition.

* ser goloso = have + a sweet tooth.

* ser grosero con = be abusive of.

* ser hábil para = be adroit at.

* ser habitual = be customary.

* ser harina de otro costal = be a different kettle of fish.

* ser hipertenso = be hyper.

* ser hora de = it + be + time to/for.

* ser hora de definirse = time to climb off the fence.

* ser hora de irse = be time to go.

* ser hora de marcharse = be time to go.

* ser hora ya de que = be about time (that), be high time (that/to/for).

* ser humilde = hide + Posesivo + light under a bushel.

* sería mejor que + Subjuntivo = better + Infinitivo.

* ser ideal = suit + best, be just the thing, be just the ticket, be just the job.

* ser ideal para Uno = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea.

* ser idóneo para = be suited to.

* ser ignorado = be unheeded.

* ser igual a = be equivalent to, equal.

* ser igual que = amount to + the same thing as.

* ser ilegal = be against the law.

* ser ilimitado = be boundless.

* ser implacable = play + hardball.

* ser imponente = be awe-inspiring.

* ser importante = be of importance, make + a difference, be of consequence.

* ser importantísimo = make + all the difference in the world, make + difference in the world.

* ser importantísimo (para) = be central (to).

* ser imposible = be dead meat.

* ser imprescindible = be a must.

* ser improcedente = be out of order.

* ser imprudente = be reckless.

* ser inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.

* ser incapaz de = be unable to.

* ser incoherente = Negativo + hold + water.

* ser incompatible (con) = be irreconcilable (with).

* ser inconsistente = Negativo + hold + water.

* ser increíble = beggar + belief.

* ser independiente = go + Posesivo + own way, stew in + Posesivo + own juice, stand on + Posesivo + own (two) feet.

* ser indescriptible = beggar + description.

* ser indispensable = be a must.

* ser ineficaz = fire + blanks.

* ser infundado = be unfounded.

* ser inherente a = inhere in.

* ser inimaginable = beggar + imagination.

* ser inminente = be on the cards.

* ser inmune a = be immune from, be immune against.

* ser innovador = break + new ground, break + ground.

* ser innumerable = be without number, be legion.

* ser innumerables = run into + the thousands.

* ser insignificante = pale into + insignificance, stick + Algo + on a pin-point, be of no consequence.

* ser insignificante de = be slight in.

* ser inteligente = be talented.

* ser interesante = be of interest (to/for).

* ser interesante + Infinitivo = be as well + Infinitivo, be well + Infinitivo.

* ser interesante + Verbo = be neat to + Verbo.

* ser interminable = there + be + no end to.

* ser intransigente = play + hardball.

* ser inútil = fire + blanks.

* ser irrespetuoso con = disrespect, diss.

* ser justo = play + fair.

* ser justo con todos = give the devil his due.

* ser justo hasta con el diablo = give the devil his due.

* ser justo lo que se necesita = be just the thing, be just the ticket, be just the job.

* ser justo lo que Uno necesita = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.

* ser justo que = there + be + justice in.

* ser juzgado = stand + trial, stand for + trial.

* ser la abreviatura de = be short for.

* ser la base de = be at the core of, form + the basis of, be at the heart of.

* ser la ciudad de = be home to.

* ser la clave de = hold + the key to.

* ser la comidilla del barrio = be the talk of the town.

* ser la comidilla del pueblo = be the talk of the town.

* ser la consecuencia de = follow from, result from.

* ser la costumbre = be customary.

* ser la cuestión = be the point.

* ser la culminación de Algo = represent + the culmination of, mark + the culmination of.

* ser la culpa de = be the fault of.

* ser la debilidad de Alguien = be a sucker for.

* ser la elección lógica = be a/the natural choice.

* ser la elección natural = be a/the natural choice.

* ser la excepción = be the exception.

* ser la excepción a la regla = constitute + the exception to the rule.

* ser la excepción que confirma la regla = be the exception rather than the rule.

* ser la forma abreviada de = be short for.

* ser la forma de = be a recipe for.

* ser la fórmula para = be a recipe for.

* ser la gota que colma el vaso = bring + the situation to a head.

* ser la idea central de = be at the core of, be at the heart of.

* ser la imagen de = be a picture of.

* ser la intención = be the intention.

* ser la intención de uno = be + Posesivo + intention.

* ser la manera de = be a recipe for.

* ser la materia prima de = be grist to + Posesivo + mill.

* ser la mayoría = be in the majority.

* ser la mejor alternativa = be the best bet.

* ser la mejor manera de = be the conduit for.

* ser lamentable = be a pity.

* ser la minoría = be in the minority.

* ser la norma = be the norm, be the rule, become + the norm.

* ser la novedad = be on the scene.

* ser la obra de = be the work of.

* ser la persona ideal para = be the best placed to.

* ser la persona más indicada para = be in a position to.

* ser la propia responsabilidad de Alguien = be of + Posesivo + own making.

* ser la prueba de fuego de Algo = test + Nombre + to the limit.

* ser la punta de lanza de = spearhead.

* ser la razón de = lie at + the root of.

* ser la representación misma de = be a picture of.

* ser la responsabilidad de = be the responsibility of.

* ser la responsabilidad de Alguien + Infinitivo = it + lie with + Nombre/Pronombre + to + Infinitivo.

* ser la última palabra = be all the rage.

* ser la última persona del mundo que + Infinitivo = be one of the last people in the world to + Infinitivo.

* ser lector de una biblioteca = library membership.

* ser lento = be slow off the mark, be slow off the blocks.

* ser líder en = take + the lead in + Gerundio.

* ser lo de Uno = be cut out for, be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.

* ser lo más parecido a = be as close as we come to.

* ser lo mismo = be one and the same.

* ser lo normal = be the order of the day.

* ser lo principal de = be at the core of, be at the heart of.

* ser lo que a Uno le encanta = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.

* ser lo que a Uno le gusta = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea.

* ser lo que a Uno le interesa = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea.

* ser lo que a Uno le va = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.

* ser lo que a Uno más le gusta = be + Posesivo + big scene.

* ser lo que nos espera = be the shape of things to come.

* ser lo suficientemente + Adjetivo + como para = be + Adjetivo + enough to.

* ser lo suficientemente comprensivo = go + far enough.

* ser lo suficientemente conocido como para que = be sufficiently well known for.

* serlo todo para todos = be all things to all men, be all things to all people.

* ser lo último = be all the rage, be the pits.

* ser lo último en = become + the next stop in.

* ser lo último en lo que + pensar = be the last thing of + Posesivo + mind.

* ser lo último que + ocurrir + a Alguien = be the last thing of + Posesivo + mind.

* ser magnífico + Gerundio = be terrific at + Gerundio.

* ser malo = be a joke, spell + bad news, make + poor + Nombre.

* ser maravilloso = sound + great.

* ser más astuto que = outfox, outwit, outsmart.

* ser más interno = inner being.

* ser más un + Nombre = be more of a + Nombre.

* ser mayor = be older.

* ser mejor en = be better at.

* ser mejor que = be superior to, compare + favourably.

* ser mejor que + Subjuntivo = better + Infinitivo.

* ser menor = be less.

* ser menos + Adjetivo = be less of a(n) + Nombre.

* ser mínimo = be at a minimum.

* ser mirado de forma extraña = get + some funny looks.

* ser modesto = hide + Posesivo + light under a bushel.

* ser molesto = be disturbing.

* ser moroso = be in default.

* ser motivador = be motivating.

* ser motivo de preocupación = loom + large.

* ser mucho = be a mouthful.

* ser mucho más = be all the more.

* ser mucho más que = be far more than.

* ser muy aconsejable que = be well advised to.

* ser muy alto = be metres high.

* ser muy amigo de = be pally with.

* ser muy antiguo = go ba

* * *

SER

/ser/

feminine

= Sociedad Española de Radiodifusión

* * *

ser ( conjugate ser) cópula
1 ( seguido de adjetivos) to be
◊ ser expresses identity or nature as opposed to condition or state, which is normally conveyed by estar. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in estar 1 cópula 1 es bajo/muy callado he's short/very quiet;

es sorda de nacimiento she was born deaf;
es inglés/católico he's English/(a) Catholic;
era cierto it was true;
sé bueno, estate quieto be a good boy and keep still;
que seas muy feliz I hope you'll be very happy;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ siempre le he sido fiel I've always been faithful to her;

ver tb imposible, difícil etc
2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;
◊ el mayor es casado the oldest is married;

es viuda she's a widow;
ver tb estar 1 cópula 2
3 (seguido de nombre, pronombre) to be;
◊ soy abogada I'm a lawyer;

ábreme, soy yo open the door, it's me
4 (con predicado introducido por `de'):
◊ esos zapatos son de plástico those shoes are (made of) plastic;

soy de Córdoba I'm from Cordoba;
es de los vecinos it belongs to the neighbors, it's the neighbors';
no soy de aquí I'm not from around here
5 (hipótesis, futuro):
◊ será un error it must be a mistake;

¿será cierto? can it be true?
verbo intransitivo
1
a) ( existir) to be

b) (liter) ( en cuentos):

◊ érase una vez … once upon a time there was …

2
a) (tener lugar, ocurrir):

◊ la fiesta va a ser en su casa the party is going to be (held) at her house;

¿dónde fue el accidente? where did the accident happen?
b) ( en preguntas):

◊ ¿qué habrá sido de él? I wonder what happened to o what became of him;

¿qué es de Marisa? (fam) what's Marisa up to (these days)? (colloq);
¿qué va a ser de nosotros? what will become of us?
3 ( sumar):
◊ ¿cuánto es (todo)? how much is that (altogether)?;

son 3.000 pesos that'll be o that's 3,000 pesos;
somos diez en total there are ten of us altogether
4 (indicando finalidad, adecuación) ser para algo to be for sth;
◊ este agua es para beber this water is for drinking

( en locs)
◊ a no ser que (+ subj) unless;

¿cómo es eso? why is that?, how come? (colloq);
como/cuando/donde sea: tengo que conseguir ese trabajo como sea I have to get that job no matter what;
hazlo como sea, pero hazlo do it any way o however you want but get it done;
el lunes o cuando sea next Monday or whenever;
puedo dormir en el sillón o donde sea I can sleep in the armchair or wherever you like o anywhere you like;
de ser así (frml) should this be so o the case (frml);
¡eso es! that's it!, that's right!;
es que …: ¿es que no lo saben? do you mean to say they don't know?;
es que no sé nadar the thing is I can't swim;
lo que sea: cómete una manzana, o lo que sea have an apple or something;
estoy dispuesta a hacer lo que sea I'm prepared to do whatever it takes;
o sea: en febrero, o sea hace un mes in February, that is to say a month ago;
o sea que no te interesa in other words, you're not interested;
o sea que nunca lo descubriste so you never found out;
(ya) sea …, (ya) sea … either …, or …;
sea como sea at all costs;
sea cuando sea whenever it is;
sea donde sea no matter where;
sea quien sea whoever it is;
si no fuera/hubiera sido por … if it wasn't o weren't/hadn't been for …
( en el tiempo) to be;
◊ ¿qué fecha es hoy? what's the date today?, what's today's date;

serían las cuatro cuando llegó it must have been (about) four (o'clock) when she arrived;
ver tb v impers
ser v impers to be;
◊ era primavera it was spring(time)

ser v aux ( en la voz pasiva) to be;
fue construido en 1900 it was built in 1900
■ sustantivo masculino
1
a) ( ente) being;

◊ ser humano/vivo human/living being

b) (individuo, persona):

◊ un ser querido a loved one

2 ( naturaleza):
◊ desde lo más profundo de mi ser from the bottom of my heart

ser
I sustantivo masculino
1 being: es un ser despreciable, he's despicable
ser humano, human being
ser vivo, living being
2 (esencia) essence: eso forma parte de su ser, that is part of him
II verbo intransitivo
1 (cualidad) to be: eres muy modesto, you are very modest
2 (fecha) to be: hoy es lunes, today is Monday
ya es la una, it's one o'clock
3 (cantidad) eran unos cincuenta, there were about fifty people
(al pagar) ¿cuánto es?, how much is it?
son doscientas, it is two hundred pesetas
Mat dos y tres son cinco, two and three make five
4 (causa) aquella mujer fue su ruina, that woman was his ruin
5 (oficio) to be a(n): Elvira es enfermera, Elvira is a nurse
6 (pertenencia) esto es mío, that's mine
es de Pedro, it is Pedro's
7 (afiliación) to belong: es del partido, he's a member of the party
es un chico del curso superior, he is a boy from the higher year
8 (origen) es de Málaga, she is from Málaga
¿de dónde es esta fruta? where does this fruit come from?
9 (composición, material) to be made of: este jersey no es de lana, this sweater is not (made of) wool
10 ser de, (afinidad, comparación) lo que hizo fue de tontos, what she did was a foolish thing
11 (existir) Madrid ya no es lo que era, Madrid isn't what it used to be
12 (suceder) ¿qué fue de ella?, what became of her?
13 (tener lugar) to be: esta tarde es el entierro, the funeral is this evening 14 ser para, (finalidad) to be for: es para pelar patatas, it's for peeling potatoes
(adecuación, aptitud) no es una película para niños, the film is not suitable for children
esta vida no es para ti, this kind of life is not for you
15 (efecto) era para llorar, it was painful
es (como) para darle una bofetada, it makes me want to slap his face
no es para tomárselo a broma, it is no joke
16 (auxiliar en pasiva) to be: fuimos rescatados por la patrulla de la Cruz Roja, we were rescued by the Red Cross patrol
17 ser de (+ infinitivo) era de esperar que se marchase, it was to be expected that she would leave
♦ Locuciones: a no ser que, unless
como sea, anyhow
de no ser por..., had it not been for
es más, furthermore
es que..., it's just that...
lo que sea, whatever
o sea, that is (to say)
sea como sea, in any case o be that as it may
ser de lo que no hay, to be the limit
' ser' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- acceder
- además
- aficionada
- aficionado
- alardear
- alcanzar
- alimentar
- alta
- alto
- ambicionar
- antigüedad
- aparición
- arma
- atinar
- atorarse
- aúpa
- babear
- básica
- básico
- bendición
- caber
- cacho
- cada
- cafetera
- cafetero
- calco
- callo
- canela
- cansada
- cansado
- cantar
- capaz
- capirote
- carácter
- cardo
- carne
- carné
- caso
- cero
- colarse
- comida
- comidilla
- comido
- conmigo
- conquistador
- conquistadora
- contagiarse
- contemplar
- contienda
English:
accountable
- addicted
- adjust
- allow
- allowance
- ambition
- amount to
- anathema
- anomaly
- arduous
- around
- aspire
- aware
- bad
- be
- beating
- being
- belong
- betray
- big
- bill
- bind over
- bird
- booby trap
- boring
- bounce
- can
- carry
- catch up
- cerebral
- ceremonial
- ceremony
- charm
- chip
- claim
- come into
- come under
- connoisseur
- court
- degree
- deserve
- destroy
- differ
- do
- dodger
- doubly
- due
- ear
- easy
- edit

* * *

ser The auxiliary verb ser is used with the past participle of a verb to form the passive (e.g. la película fue criticada the movie was criticized).

♦ v aux
[para formar la voz pasiva] to be;
fue visto por un testigo he was seen by a witness;

la propuesta es debatida o [m5] está siendo debatida en el parlamento the proposal is being debated in parliament

♦ v copulativo

1. [con adjetivos, sustantivos, pronombres] [indica cualidad, identidad, condición] to be;

es alto/gracioso he's tall/funny;

soy chileno/chiapaneco I'm Chilean/from Chiapas;

es azul/difícil it's blue/difficult;

sé discreta/paciente be discreet/patient;

es un amigo/el dueño he's a friend/the owner;

son unos amigos míos they're friends of mine;

es el cartero/tu madre it's the postman o US mailman/your mother;

soy yo, ábreme open up, it's me;

soy Víctor [al teléfono] it's Víctor;

la casa es aquella de ahí the house is that one over there;

es un tipo muy simpático he's a very nice guy;

¿es eso verdad? is that true?;

eso no es cierto that isn't true;

es obvio que le gustas it's obvious that he likes you;

no es necesario ir it isn't necessary to go;

es posible que llueva it may rain;

no está mal para ser de segunda mano it's not bad considering it's second-hand;

no pierde sus derechos por ser inmigrante just because he's an immigrant doesn't mean he doesn't have any rights;

te lo dejo en la mitad por ser tú seeing as o because it's you, I'll let you have it half-price;

por ser usted, señora, 15 euros to you, madam, 15 euros;

que seas muy feliz I wish you every happiness, I hope you'll be very happy;

¡será imbécil el tipo! the guy must be stupid!;

este restaurante ya no es lo que era this restaurant isn't as good as it used to be o isn't what it used to be;
RP Fam
ser loco por algo to be wild about sth

2. [con sustantivos, adjetivos] [indica empleo, dedicación, estado civil, religión] to be;

soy abogado/actriz I'm a lawyer/an actress;

son estudiantes they're students;

para ser juez hay que trabajar mucho you have to work very hard to be o become a judge;

es padre de tres hijos he's a father of three;

es soltero/casado/divorciado he's single/married/divorced;

era viuda she was a widow;

son budistas/protestantes they are Buddhists/Protestants;

el que fuera gobernador del estado the former governor of the state;

Comp
Am Fam
¿tú eres o te haces? are you stupid or what?;

Comp
RP Fam
¿vos sos o te hacés? are you stupid or what?

3. [con "de"] [indica material, origen, propiedad]
ser de [estar hecho de] to be made of;
[provenir de] to be from; [pertenecer a] to belong to;
un juguete que es todo de madera a completely wooden toy, a toy made completely of wood;

¿de dónde eres? where are you from?;

estas pilas son de una linterna these batteries are from a torch;

¿es de usted este abrigo? is this coat yours?, does this coat belong to you?;

los juguetes son de mi hijo the toys are my son's;

portarse así es de cobardes only cowards behave like that, it's cowardly to behave like that

4. [con "de"] [indica pertenencia a grupo]
ser de [club, asociación, partido] to be a member of;

¿de qué equipo eres? [aficionado] which team o who do you support?;

soy del Barcelona I support Barcelona;

ser de los que… to be one of those people who…;

ése es de los que están en huelga he is one of those on strike;

no es de las que se asustan por cualquier cosa she's not one to get scared easily

♦ vi

1. [ocurrir, tener lugar] to be;

fue aquí it was here;

¿cuándo es la boda? when's the wedding?;

la final era ayer the final was yesterday;

¿cómo fue lo de tu accidente? how did your accident happen?;

¿qué fue de aquel amigo tuyo? what happened to that friend of yours?;

¿qué es de Pablo? how's Pablo (getting on)?

2. [constituir, consistir en] to be;

fue un acierto que nos quedáramos en casa we were right to stay at home;

lo importante es decidirse the important thing is to reach a decision;

su ambición era dar la vuelta al mundo her ambition was to travel round the world;

tratar así de mal a la gente es buscarse problemas treating people so badly is asking for trouble

3. [con fechas, horas] to be;

¿qué (día) es hoy? what day is it today?, what's today?;

hoy es jueves today's Thursday, it's Thursday today;

¿qué (fecha) es hoy? what's the date today?, what date is it today?;

mañana será 15 de julio tomorrow (it) will be 15 July;

¿qué hora es? what time is it?, what's the time?;

son las tres (de la tarde) it's three o'clock (in the afternoon), it's three (pm);

serán o [m5] deben de ser las tres it must be three (o'clock)

4. [con precios] to be;

¿cuánto es? how much is it?;

son 300 pesos that'll be 300 pesos;

¿a cómo son esos tomates? how much are those tomatoes?

5. [con cifras, en operaciones] to be;

ellos eran unos 500 there were about 500 of them;

11 por 100 son 1.100 11 times 100 is 1,100

6. [servir, ser adecuado]
ser para to be for;

este trapo es para (limpiar) las ventanas this cloth is for (cleaning) the windows;

este libro es para niños this book is for children;

la ciudad no es para mí the city isn't for me

7. [con "de" más infinitivo] [indica necesidad, posibilidad]
es de desear que… it is to be hoped that…;

era de esperar que pasara algo así it was to be expected that something like that would happen;

es de suponer que aparecerá presumably, he'll turn up;

es de temer cuando se enoja she's really scary when she gets angry

8. [para recalcar, poner énfasis]
ése es el que me lo contó he's the one who told me;

lo que es a mí, no me llamaron they certainly didn't call me, they didn't call me, anyway;

¿es que ya no te acuerdas? don't you remember any more, then?, you mean you don't remember any more?

9. [indica excusa, motivo]
es que no me hacen caso but o the thing is they don't listen to me;

es que no vine porque estaba enfermo the reason I didn't come is that I was ill, I didn't come because I was ill, you see;

¿cómo es que no te han avisado? how come they didn't tell you?

10. Literario [existir]
Platón, uno de los grandes sabios que en el mundo han sido Plato, one of the wisest men ever to walk this earth

11. [en frases]
a no ser que venga unless she comes;

tengo que conseguirlo (sea) como sea I have to get it one way or another;

hay que evitar (sea) como sea que se entere we have to prevent her from finding out at all costs o no matter what;

hazlo cuando sea do it whenever;

de no ser/haber sido por… if it weren't/hadn't been for…;

de no ser por él no estaríamos vivos if it weren't for him, we wouldn't be alive;

de no ser así otherwise;

de ser así if that should happen;

déjalo donde sea leave it anywhere o wherever;

érase una vez, érase que se era once upon a time;

dile lo que sea, da igual tell her anything o whatever, it doesn't make any difference;

haré lo que sea para recuperar mi dinero I will do whatever it takes o anything to get my money back;

se enfadó, y no era para menos she got angry, and not without reason;

no sea que…, no vaya a ser que… in case…;

la llamaré ahora no sea que luego me olvide I'll call her now in case I forget later;

Estados Unidos y Japón, o sea, las dos economías mundiales más importantes the United States and Japan, that is to say o in other words, the two most important economies in the world;

50 euros, o sea unas 8.300 pesetas 50 euros, that's about 8,300 pesetas;

o sea que no quieres venir so you don't want to come then?;

por si fuera poco as if that wasn't enough;

habla con quien sea talk to anyone;

sea quien sea no abras la puerta don't open the door, whoever it is;

si no fuera/hubiera sido por… if it weren't/hadn't been for…;
Am
siendo que… seeing that o as…, given that…;
Am
siendo que tienes la plata, cómprate el vestido más caro seeing as o since you've got the money, buy yourself the more expensive dress

♦ v impersonal
[indica tiempo] to be;
es muy tarde it's rather late;

era de noche/de día it was night/day

♦ nm

1. [ente] being;

seres de otro planeta beings from another planet

Comp
ser humano human being;
Ser Supremo Supreme Being;

los seres vivos living things

2. [persona] person;

sus seres queridos his loved ones

3. [existencia]
mis padres me dieron el ser my parents gave me my life

4. [esencia, naturaleza] being;

la quiero con todo mi ser I love her with all my being o soul

* * *

SER

f abr (= Sociedad Española de Radiodifusión) network of independent Spanish radio stations

* * *

ser {77} vi

1) : to be

él es mi hermano: he is my brother

Camila es linda: Camila is pretty

2) : to exist, to live

ser, o no ser: to be or not to be

3) : to take place, to occur

el concierto es el domingo: the concert is on Sunday

4) (used with expressions of time, date, season)

son las diez: it's ten o'clock

hoy es el 9: today's the 9th

5) : to cost, to come to

¿cuánto es?: how much is it?

6) (with the future tense) : to be able to be

¿será posible?: can it be possible?

7)

ser de : to come from

somos de Managua: we're from Managua

8)

ser de : to belong to

ese lápiz es de Juan: that's Juan's pencil

9)

es que : the thing is that

es que no lo conozco: it's just that I don't know him

10)

¡sea! : agreed!, all right!

11)

sea... sea : either... or

ser v aux (used in passive constructions) : to be

la cuenta ha sido pagada: the bill has been paid

él fue asesinado: he was murdered

ser nm

: being

ser humano: human being

* * *

ser¹ n (ente) being

ser humano human being

ser vivo living creature

ser² vb

1. (en general) to be

mi amigo es alemán my friend is German

es médico he's a doctor

el cuadro es de Picasso the painting is by Picasso

cinco más cinco son diez five plus five are ten

serán quince euros that'll be fifteen euros

somos cinco there are five of us

la fiesta es el sábado the party is on Saturday

el presidente fue asesinado the president was murdered

2. (estar hecho) to be made

la mesa es de madera the table is made of wood

3. (pertenecer) to belong

este libro es de María this book belongs to María / this book is María's

a no ser que unless

a no ser que llueva unless it rains

érase una vez once upon a time

Spanish-English dictionary > ser
10 ἐν

ἐν prep. w. dat. (Hom.+). For lit. s. ἀνά and εἰς, beg. For special NT uses s. AOepke, TW II 534–39. The uses of this prep. are so many and various, and oft. so easily confused, that a strictly systematic treatment is impossible. It must suffice to list the main categories, which will help establish the usage in individual cases. The earliest auditors/readers, not being inconvenienced by grammatical and lexical debates, would readily absorb the context and experience little difficulty.

① marker of a position defined as being in a location, in, among (the basic idea, Rob. 586f)

ⓐ of the space or place within which someth. is found, in: ἐν τῇ πόλει Lk 7:37. ἐν Βηθλέεμ Mt 2:1. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 3:1 (Just., D. 19, 5, cp. A I, 12, 6 ἐν ἐρημίᾳ) ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Ac 5:42. ἐν οἴκῳ 1 Ti 3:15 and very oft. ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house Lk 2:49 and perh. Mt 20:15 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302, C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός; PTebt 12, 3; POxy 523, 3; Tob 6:11 S; Goodsp., Probs. 81–83). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ Mt 20:3. ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ in heaven (Arat., Phaen. 10; Diod S 4, 61, 6; Plut., Mor. 359d τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ λάμπειν ἄστρα; Tat. 12, 2 τὰ ἄστρα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ) Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3); Rv 12:1; IEph 19:2.—W. quotations and accounts of the subject matter of literary works: in (Ps.-Demetr. c. 226 ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐθυδήμῳ; Simplicius in Epict. p. 28, 37 ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι; Ammon. Hermiae in Aristot. De Interpret. c. 9 p. 136, 20 Busse ἐν Τιμαίῳ παρειλήφαμεν=we have received as a tradition; 2 Macc 2:4; 1 Esdr 1:40; 5:48; Sir 50:27; Just., A I, 60, 1 ἐν τῷ παρὰ Πλάτωνι Τιμαίῳ) ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Lk 24:44; J 1:45. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις Ac 13:40. ἐν Ἠλίᾳ in the story of Elijah Ro 11:2 (Just., D. 120, 3 ἐν τῷ Ἰούδα). ἐν τῷ Ὡσηέ 9:25 (Just., D. 44, 2 ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ). ἐν Δαυίδ in the Psalter ( by David is also prob.: s. 6) Hb 4:7. ἐν ἑτέρῳ προφήτῃ in another prophet B 6:14. Of inner life φανεροῦσθαι ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσι be made known to (your) consciences 2 Cor 5:11. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Mt 5:28; 13:19; 2 Cor 11:12 et al.

ⓑ on ἐν τῷ ὄρει (X., An. 4, 3, 31; Diod S 14, 16, 2 λόφος ἐν ᾧ=a hill on which; Jos., Ant. 12, 259; Just., D. 67, 9 ἐν ὄρει Χωρήβ) J 4:20f; Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ in the market Mt 20:3. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mt 5:25. ἐν πλαξίν on tablets 2 Cor 3:3. ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν on the street corners Mt 6:5.

ⓒ within the range of, at, near (Soph., Fgm. 37 [34 N.²] ἐν παντὶ λίθῳ=near every stone; Artem. 4, 24 p. 217, 19 ἐν Τύρῳ=near Tyre; Polyaenus 8, 24, 7 ἐν τῇ νησῖδι=near the island; Diog. L. 1, 34; 85; 97 τὰ ἐν ποσίν=what is before one’s feet; Jos., Vi. 227 ἐν Χαβωλώ) ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακείῳ (q.v.) J 8:20. ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ near the pool of Siloam Lk 13:4. καθίζειν ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τινος sit at someone’s right hand (cp. 1 Esdr 4:29) Eph 1:20; Hb 1:3; 8:1.

ⓓ among, in (Hom.+; PTebt 58, 41 [111 B.C.]; Sir 16:6; 31:9; 1 Macc 4:58; 5:2; TestAbr B 9 p. 13, 27 [Stone p. 74]; Just., A I, 5, 4 ἐν βαρβάροις) ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ in the generation now living Mk 8:38. ἐν τῷ γένει μου among my people Gal 1:14 (Just., D. 51, 1 al. ἐν τῷ γένει ὑμῶν). ἐν ἡμῖν Hb 13:26. ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ in the crowd Mk 5:30 (cp. Sir 7:7). ἐν ἀλλήλοις mutually (Thu. 1, 24, 4; Just., D. 101, 3) Ro 1:12; 15:5. ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν (=among the commanding officers: Diod S 18, 61, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 21 §84) Ἰούδα Mt 2:6 et al. ἐν ἀνθρώποις among people (as Himerius, Or. 48 [14], 11; Just., A I, 23, 3, D. 64, 7) Lk 2:14; cp. Ac 4:12.

ⓔ before, in the presence of, etc. (cp. Od. 2, 194; Eur., Andr. 359; Pla., Leg. 9, 879b; Demosth. 24, 207; Polyb. 5, 39, 6; Epict. 3, 22, 8; Appian, Maced. 18 §2 ἐν τοῖς φίλοις=in the presence of his friends; Sir 19:8; Jdth 6:2; PPetr. II, 4 [6], 16 [255/254 B.C.] δινὸν γάρ ἐστιν ἐν ὄχλῳ ἀτιμάζεσθαι=before a crowd) σοφίαν λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις in the presence of mature (i.e. spiritually sophisticated) adults 1 Cor 2:6 (cp. Simplicius in Epict. p. 131, 20 λέγειν τὰ θεωρήματα ἐν ἰδιώταις). ἐν τ. ὠσὶν ὑμῶν in your hearing Lk 4:21 (cp. Judg 17:2; 4 Km 23:2; Bar 1:3f), where the words can go linguistically just as well w. πεπλήρωται as w. ἡ γραφὴ αὕτη (this passage of scripture read in your hearing). ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τινος in someone’s eyes, i.e. judgment (Wsd 3:2; Sir 8:16; Jdth 3:4; 12:14; 1 Macc 1:12) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:23). ἔν τινι in the same mng. as early as Trag. (Soph., Oed. C. 1213 ἐν ἐμοί=in my judgment, Ant. 925 ἐν θεοῖς καλά; also Pla., Prot. 337b; 343c) ἐν ἐμοί 1 Cor 14:11; possibly J 3:21 (s. 4c below) and Jd 1 belong here.—In the ‘forensic’ sense ἔν τινι can mean in someone’s court or forum (Soph., Ant. 459; Pla., Gorg. 464d, Leg. 11, 916b; Ael. Aristid. 38, 3 K.=7 p. 71 D.; 46 p. 283, 334 D.; Diod S 19, 51, 4; Ps.-Heraclit., Ep. 4, 6; but in several of these pass. the mng. does not go significantly beyond ‘in the presence of’ [s. above]) ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Cor 6:2 ( by you is also tenable; s. 6 below).

ⓕ esp. to describe certain processes, inward: ἐν ἑαυτῷ to himself, i.e. in silence, διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:8; Lk 12:17; διαπορεῖν Ac 10:17; εἰδέναι J 6:61; λέγειν Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 7:49; εἰπεῖν 7:39 al.; ἐμβριμᾶσθαι J 11:38.

② marker of a state or condition, in

ⓐ of being clothed and metaphors assoc. with such condition in, with (Hdt. 2, 159; X., Mem. 3, 11, 4; Diod S 1, 12, 9; Herodian 2, 13, 3; Jdth 10:3; 1 Macc 6:35; 2 Macc 3:33) ἠμφιεσμένον ἐν μαλακοῖς dressed in soft clothes Mt 11:8. περιβάλλεσθαι ἐν ἱματίοις Rv 3:5; 4:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων come in sheep’s clothing Mt 7:15. περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς walk about in long robes Mk 12:38 (Tat. 2, 1 ἐν πορφυρίδι περιπατῶν); cp. Ac 10:30; Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. ἐν λευκοῖς in white (Artem. 2, 3; 4, 2 ἐν λευκοῖς προϊέναι; Epict. 3, 22, 1) J 20:12; Hv 4, 2, 1. Prob. corresp. ἐν σαρκί clothed in flesh (cp. Diod S 1, 12, 9 deities appear ἐν ζῴων μορφαῖς) 1 Ti 3:16; 1J 4:2; 2J 7. ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ in all his glory Mt 6:29 (cp. 1 Macc 10:86). ἐν τ. δόξῃ τοῦ πατρός clothed in his Father’s glory 16:27; cp. 25:31; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:31.

ⓑ of other states and conditions (so freq. w. γίνομαι, εἰμί; Attic wr.; PPetr II, 11 [1], 8 [III B.C.] γράφε, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ἐν οἷς εἶ; 39 [g], 16; UPZ 110, 176 [164 B.C.] et al.; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 2 πάλιν ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ γενέσθαι; 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι; Tat. 20, 1f οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ ἄπειρος ὁ οὐρανός, … πεπερασμένος δὲ καὶ ἐν τέρματι; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6 ἐν … λεηλασίᾳ ‘plundering’): ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις Lk 16:23. ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1J 3:14. ἐν ζωῇ Ro 5:10. ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς Phlm 13 (Just., A II, 2, 11 ἐν δ. γενέσθαι). ἐν πειρασμοῖς 1 Pt 1:6; ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκός Ro 8:3. ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 Th 2:2. ἐν φθορᾷ in a state of corruptibility 1 Cor 15:42. ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχειν 2 Cor 10:6 (cp. PEleph 10, 7 [223/222 B.C.] τ. λοιπῶν ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ὄντων; PGen 76, 8; 3 Macc 5:8); ἐν ἐκστάσει in a state of trance Ac 11:5 (opp. Just., D, 115, 3 ἐν καταστάσει ὤν). Of qualities: ἐν πίστει κ. ἀγάπῃ κ. ἁγιασμῷ 1 Ti 2:15; ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ Tit 3:3; ἐν πανουργίᾳ 2 Cor 4:2; ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 Ti 2:2; ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:26; ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7; ἐν δόξῃ Phil 4:19.

③ marker of extension toward a goal that is understood to be within an area or condition, into: ἐν is somet. used w. verbs of motion where εἰς would normally be expected (Diod S 23, 8, 1 Ἄννων ἐπέρασε ἐν Σικελίᾳ; Hero I 142, 7; 182, 4; Paus. 7, 4, 3 διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ; Epict. 1, 11, 32; 2, 20, 33; Aelian, VH 4, 18; Vett. Val. 210, 26; 212, 6 al., s. index; Pel.-Leg. 1, 4; 5; 2, 1; PParis 10, 2 [145 B.C.] ἀνακεχώρηκεν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ; POxy 294, 4; BGU 22, 13; Tob 5:5 BA; 1 Macc 10:43; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 23=Stone p. 60 [s. on the LXX Thackeray 25]; πέμψον αὐτοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ En 10:9; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 22 [Stone p. 14] δάκρυα … ἐν τῷ νιπτῆρι πίπτοντα): εἰσέρχεσθαι Lk 9:46; Rv 11:11; ἀπάγειν GJs 6:1; ἀνάγειν 7:1; εἰσάγειν 10:1; καταβαίνειν J 5:3 (4) v.l.; ἀναβαίνειν GJs 22:13; ἀπέρχεσθαι (Diod S 23, 18, 5) Hs 1:6; ἥκειν GJs 5:1; ἀποστέλλειν 25:1. To be understood otherwise: ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ the word went out = spread in all Judaea Lk 7:17; likew. 1 Th 1:8. The metaphorical expr. ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων turn the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Lk 1:17 is striking but consistent w. the basic sense of ἐν. S. also γίνομαι, δίδωμι, ἵστημι, καλέω, and τίθημι. ἐν μέσῳ among somet. answers to the question ‘whither’ (B-D-F §215, 3) Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3; 8:7.

④ marker of close association within a limit, in

ⓐ fig., of pers., to indicate the state of being filled w. or gripped by someth.: in someone=in one’s innermost being ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα in him dwells all the fullness Col 2:9. ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα (prob. to be understood as local, not instrumental, since ἐν αὐ. would otherwise be identical w. διʼ αὐ. in the same vs.) everything was created in association with him 1:16 (cp. M. Ant. 4, 23 ἐν σοὶ πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; AFeuillet, NTS 12, ’65, 1–9). ἐν τῷ θεῷ κέκρυπται ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν your life is hid in God 3:3; cp. 2:3. Of sin in humans Ro 7:17f; cp. κατεργάζεσθαι vs. 8. Of Christ who, as a spiritual being, fills people so as to be in charge of their lives 8:10; 2 Cor 13:5, abides J 6:56, lives Gal 2:20, and takes form 4:19 in them. Of the divine word: οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1J 1:10; μένειν ἔν τινι J 5:38; ἐνοικεῖν Col 3:16. Of God’s spirit: οἰκεῖν (ἐνοικεῖν) ἔν τινι Ro 8:9, 11; 1 Cor 3:16; 2 Ti 1:14. Of spiritual gifts 1 Ti 4:14; 2 Ti 1:6. Of miraculous powers ἐνεργεῖν ἔν τινι be at work in someone Mt 14:2; Mk 6:14; ποιεῖν ἔν τινι εὐάρεστον Hb 13:21. The same expr. of God or evil spirits, who somehow work in people: 1 Cor 12:6; Phil 2:13; Eph 2:2 al.

ⓑ of the whole, w. which the parts are closely joined: μένειν ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ remain in the vine J 15:4. ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι μέλη πολλὰ ἔχομεν in one body we have many members Ro 12:4. κρέμασθαι ἔν τινι depend on someth. Mt 22:40.

ⓒ esp. in Paul. or Joh. usage, to designate a close personal relation in which the referent of the ἐν-term is viewed as the controlling influence: under the control of, under the influence of, in close association with (cp. ἐν τῷ Δαυιδ εἰμί 2 Km 19:44): of Christ εἶναι, μένειν ἐν τῷ πατρί (ἐν τῷ θεῷ) J 10:38; 14:10f (difft. CGordon, ‘In’ of Predication or Equivalence: JBL 100, ’81, 612f); and of Christians 1J 3:24; 4:13, 15f; be or abide in Christ J 14:20; 15:4f; μένειν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ πατρί 1J 2:24. ἔργα ἐν θεῷ εἰργασμένα done in communion with God J 3:21 (but s. 1e above).—In Paul the relation of the individual to Christ is very oft. expressed by such phrases as ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν κυρίῳ etc., also vice versa (FNeugebauer, NTS 4, ’57/58, 124–38; AWedderburn, JSNT 25, ’85, 83–97) ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός Gal 2:20, but here in the sense of a above.—See, e.g., Dssm., D. ntl. Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’ 1892; EWeber, D. Formel ‘in Chr. Jesu’ u. d. paul. Christusmystik: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff; LBrun, Zur Formel ‘in Chr. Jesus’ im Phil: Symbolae Arctoae 1, 1922, 19–37; MHansen, Omkring Paulus-Formeln ‘i Kristus’: TK 4/10, 1929, 135–59; HBöhlig, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 170–75; OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinschaft d. Pls² ’56; AWikenhauser, D. Christusmystik d. Pls² ’56; KMittring, Heilswirklichkeit b. Pls; Beitrag z. Verständnis der unio cum Christo in d. Plsbriefen 1929; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik d. Ap. Pls 1930 (Eng. tr., WMontgomery, The Myst. of Paul the Ap., ’31); WSchmauch, In Christus ’35; BEaston, Pastoral Ep. ’47, 210f; FBüchsel, ‘In Chr.’ b. Pls: ZNW 42, ’49, 141–58. Also HKorn, D. Nachwirkungen d. Christusmystik d. Pls in den Apost. Vätern, diss. Berlin 1928; EAndrews, Interpretation 6, ’52, 162–77; H-LParisius, ZNW 49, ’58, 285–88 (10 ‘forensic’ passages); JAllan, NTS 5, ’58/59, 54–62 (Eph), ibid. 10, ’63, 115–21 (pastorals); FNeugebauer, In Christus, etc. ’61; MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body ( 1 Cor 15) ’62, 110–13.—Paul has the most varied expressions for this new life-principle: life in Christ Ro 6:11, 23; love in Christ 8:39; grace, which is given in Christ 1 Cor 1:4; freedom in Chr. Gal 2:4; blessing in Chr. 3:14; unity in Chr. vs. 28. στήκειν ἐν κυρίῳ stand firm in the Lord Phil 4:1; εὑρεθῆναι ἐν Χ. be found in Christ 3:9; εἶναι ἐν Χ. 1 Cor 1:30; οἱ ἐν Χ. Ro 8:1.—1 Pt 5:14; κοιμᾶσθαι ἐν Χ., ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 15:18.—Rv 14:13; ζῳοποιεῖσθαι 1 Cor 15:22.—The formula is esp. common w. verbs that denote a conviction, hope, etc. πεποιθέναι Gal 5:10; Phil 1:14; 2 Th 3:4. παρρησίαν ἔχειν Phlm 8. πέπεισμαι Ro 14:14. ἐλπίζειν Phil 2:19. καύχησιν ἔχειν Ro 15:17; 1 Cor 15:31. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. λαλεῖν 2 Cor 2:17; 12:19. ἀλήθειαν λέγειν Ro 9:1. λέγειν καὶ μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. But also apart fr. such verbs, in numerous pass. it is used w. verbs and nouns of the most varied sort, often without special emphasis, to indicate the scope within which someth. takes place or has taken place, or to designate someth. as being in close assoc. w. Christ, and can be rendered, variously, in connection with, in intimate association with, keeping in mind ἁγιάζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:2, or ἅγιος ἐν Χ. Phil 1:1; ἀσπάζεσθαί τινα 1 Cor 16:19. δικαιοῦσθαι Gal 2:17. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12. παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 4:1. προσδέχεσθαί τινα Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. χαίρειν 3:1; 4:4, 10. γαμηθῆναι ἐν κυρίῳ marry in the Lord=marry a Christian 1 Cor 7:39. προϊστάμενοι ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ your Christian leaders (in the church) 1 Th 5:12 (but s. προί̈στημι 1 and 2).—εὐάρεστος Col 3:20. νήπιος 1 Cor 3:1. φρόνιμος 4:10. παιδαγωγοί vs. 15. ὁδοί vs. 17. Hence used in periphrasis for ‘Christian’ οἱ ὄντες ἐν κυρίῳ Ro 16:11; ἄνθρωπος ἐν Χ. 2 Cor 12:2; αἱ ἐκκλησίαι αἱ ἐν Χ. Gal 1:22; 1 Th 2:14; νεκροὶ ἐν Χ. 4:16; ἐκλεκτός Ro 16:13. δόκιμος vs. 10. δέσμιος Eph 4:1. πιστὸς διάκονος 6:21; ἐν Χ. γεννᾶν τινα become someone’s parent in the Christian life 1 Cor 4:15. τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ 9:1.—The use of ἐν πνεύματι as a formulaic expression is sim.: ἐν πν. εἶναι be under the impulsion of the spirit, i.e. the new self, as opposed to ἐν σαρκί under the domination of the old self Ro 8:9; cp. ἐν νόμῳ 2:12. λαλεῖν speak under divine inspiration 1 Cor 12:3. ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι I was in a state of inspiration Rv 1:10; 4:2; opp. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος came to himself Ac 12:11 (cp. X., An. 1, 5, 17 et al.).—The expr. ἐν πν. εἶναι is also used to express the idea that someone is under the special infl. of a good or even an undesirable spirit: Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; Lk 2:27; 1 Cor 12:3; Rv 17:3; 21:10. ἄνθρωπος ἐν πν. ἀκαθάρτῳ (ὤν) Mk 1:23 (s. GBjörck, ConNeot 7, ’42, 1–3).—ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖσθαι be in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19. οἱ ἐν νόμῳ those who are subject to the law Ro 3:19. ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἀποθνῄσκειν die because of a connection w. Adam 1 Cor 15:22.—On the formula ἐν ὀνόματι (Χριστοῦ) s. ὄνομα 1, esp. dγג. The OT is the source of the expr. ὀμνύναι ἔν τινι swear by someone or someth. (oft. LXX) Mt 5:34ff; 23:16, 18ff; Rv 10:6; παραγγέλλομέν σοι ἐν Ἰησοῦ Ac 19:14 v.l. The usage in ὁμολογεῖν ἔν τινι acknowledge someone Mt 10:32; Lk 12:8 (s. ὁμολογέω 4b) is Aramaic.

⑤ marker introducing means or instrument, with, a construction that begins w. Homer (many examples of instrumental ἐν in Radermacher’s edition of Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. p. 100; Reader, Polemo p. 258) but whose wide currency in our lit. is partly caused by the infl. of the LXX, and its similarity to the Hebr. constr. w. בְּ (B-D-F §219; Mlt. 104; Mlt-H. 463f; s. esp. M-M p. 210).

ⓐ it can serve to introduce persons or things that accompany someone to secure an objective: ‘along with’

α. pers., esp. of a military force, w. blending of associative (s. 4) and instrumental idea (1 Macc 1:17; 7:14, 28 al.): ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι meet, w. 10,000 men Lk 14:31 (cp. 1 Macc 4:6, 29 συνήντησεν αὐτοῖς Ἰούδας ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν). ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσιν αὐτοῦ Jd 14 (cp. Jdth 16:3 ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ).

β. impers. (oft. LXX; PTebt 41, 5 [c. 119 B.C.]; 16, 14 [114 B.C.]; 45, 17 al., where people rush into the village or the house ἐν μαχαίρῃ, ἐν ὅπλοις). (Just., D. 86, 6 τῆς ἀξίνης, ἐν ἧ πεπορευμένοι ἦσαν … κόψαι ξύλα) ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔρχεσθαι come with a stick (as a means of discipline) 1 Cor 4:21 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Mort. 23, 3 Ἑρμῆν καθικόμενον ἐν τῇ ῥάβδῳ; Gen 32:11; 1 Km 17:43; 1 Ch 11:23; Dssm., B 115f [BS 120]). ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας with the full blessing Ro 15:29. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ Mt 16:28. ἐν αἵματι Hb 9:25 (cp. Mi 6:6). ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1J 5:6. ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ Ἠλίου equipped w. the spirit and power of Elijah Lk 1:17. φθάνειν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ come with the preaching of the gospel 2 Cor 10:14. μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ not burdened w. old leaven 1 Cor 5:8.

ⓑ it can serve to express means or instrumentality in terms of location for a specific action (cp. TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 5f [Stone p. 30] κρατῶν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ζυγόν; Tat. 9, 2 οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεσσοῖς ἀθύροντες ‘those who play w. gaming pieces’ [as, e.g., in backgammon]): κατακαίειν ἐν πυρί Rv 17:16 (cp. Bar 1:2; 1 Esdr 1:52; 1 Macc 5:5 al.; as early as Il. 24, 38; cp. POxy 2747, 74; Aelian, HA 14, 15. Further, the ἐν Rv 17:16 is not textually certain). ἐν ἅλατι ἁλίζειν, ἀρτύειν Mt 5:13; Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34 (s. M-M p. 210; WHutton, ET 58, ’46/47, 166–68). ἐν τῷ αἵματι λευκαίνειν Rv 7:14. ἐν αἵματι καθαρίζειν Hb 9:22. ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ ἀποκτείνειν kill with the sword Rv 6:8 (1 Esdr 1:50; 1 Macc 2:9; cp. 3:3; Jdth 16:4; ἀπολεῖ ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ En 99:16; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] ἐν ῥ. πεσῇ … πεσοῦνται ἐν μαχαίρῃ; cp. Lucian, Hist. Conscrib. 12 ἐν ἀκοντίῳ φονεύειν). ἐν μαχαίρῃ πατάσσειν Lk 22:49 (διχοτομήσατε … ἐν μ. GrBar 16:3); ἐν μ. ἀπόλλυσθαι perish by the sword Mt 26:52. ποιμαίνειν ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 (s. ποιμαίνω 2aγ and cp. PGM 36, 109). καταπατεῖν τι ἐν τοῖς ποσίν tread someth. w. the feet Mt 7:6 (cp. Sir 38:29). δύο λαοὺς βλέπω ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου I see two peoples with my eyes GJs 17:2 (ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὀρᾶν=see with the eyes: cp. Il. 1, 587; Od. 8, 459; Callinus [VII B.C.], Fgm. 1, 20 Diehl²). ποιεῖν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι do a mighty deed w. one’s arm Lk 1:51 (cp. Sir 38:30); cp. 11:20. δικαιοῦσθαι ἐν τῷ αἵματι be justified by the blood Ro 5:9. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2; ἐν τ. παρακλήσει 2 Cor 7:7. εὐλογεῖν ἐν εὐλογίᾳ Eph 1:3. λαλοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς ἐν ψάλμοις 5:19. ἀσπάσασθαι … ἐν εὐχῇ greet w. prayer GJs 24:1. Of intellectual process γινώσκειν ἔν τινι know or recognize by someth. (cp. Thuc. 7, 11, 1 ἐν ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε; Sir 4:24; 11:28; 26:29) J 13:35; 1J 3:19; cp. ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου in the breaking of bread Lk 24:35 (s. 10c).—The ἐν which takes the place of the gen. of price is also instrumental ἠγόρασας ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου Rv 5:9 (cp. 1 Ch 21:24 ἀγοράζω ἐν ἀργυρίῳ).—ἐν ᾧ whereby Ro 14:21.—The idiom ἀλλάσσειν, μεταλλάσσειν τι ἔν τινι exchange someth. for someth. else Ro 1:23, 25 (cp. Ps 105:20) is not un-Greek (Soph., Ant. 945 Danaë had to οὐράνιον φῶς ἀλλάξαι ἐν χαλκοδέτοις αὐλαῖς=change the heavenly light for brass-bound chambers).

⑥ marker of agency: with the help of (Diod S 19, 46, 4 ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσι τοῦ συνεδρίου=with the help of the members of the council; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 9 p. 259, 31 ἐν ἐκείνῳ ἑαλωκότες) ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Mt 9:34. ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις λαλεῖν 1 Cor 14:21. κρίνειν τ. οἰκουμένην ἐν ἀνδρί Ac 17:31 (cp. SIG² 850, 8 [173/172 B.C.] κριθέντω ἐν ἄνδροις τρίοις; Synes., Ep. 91 p. 231b ἐν ἀνδρί); perh. 1 Cor 6:2 (s. 1e); ἀπολύτρωσις ἐν Χρ. redemption through Christ Ro 3:24 (cp. ἐν αὐτῷ σωθήσεσθε Just., A I, 60, 3).

⑦ marker of circumstance or condition under which someth. takes place: ἐν ᾧ κρίνεις Ro 2:1 (but s. B-D-F §219, 2); ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 14:22; ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 2 Cor 11:12; ἐν ᾧ τις τολμᾷ 11:21; ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν whereas they slander 1 Pt 2:12, cp. 3:16 (on these Petrine pass. s. also ὅς 1k); ἐν ᾧ ξενίζονται in view of your changed attitude they consider it odd 4:4. ἐν ᾧ in 3:19 may similarly refer to a changed circumstance, i.e. from death to life (WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits, ’65, esp. 135–42: ‘in this sphere, under this influence’ [of the spirit]). Other possibilities: as far as this is concerned: πνεῦμα• ἐν ᾧ spirit; as which (FZimmermann, APF 11, ’35, 174 ‘meanwhile’ [indessen]; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism, ’46, 108–15: ‘on that occasion’=when he died).—Before a substantive inf. (oft. LXX; s. KHuber, Unters. über den Sprachchar. des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 83): in that w. pres. inf. (POxy 743, 35 [2 B.C.] ἐν τῷ δέ με περισπᾶσθαι οὐκ ἠδυνάσθην συντυχεῖν Ἀπολλωνίῳ; Just., D. 10, 3 ἐν τῷ μήτε σάββατα τηρεῖν μήτε …) βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν as they were having rough going in the waves=having a difficult time making headway Mk 6:48. ἐθαύμαζον ἐν τῷ χρονίζειν … αὐτόν they marveled over his delay Lk 1:21. ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνειν σε in that you extend your hand Ac 4:30; cp. 3:26; Hb 8:13. W. aor. inf. ἐν τῷ ὑποτάξαι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Hb 2:8. Somet. the circumstantial and temporal (s. 7 and 10) uses are so intermingled that it is difficult to decide between them; so in some of the pass. cited above, and also Hv 1, 1, 8 et al. (B-D-F §404, 3; Rob. 1073).—WHutton, Considerations for the Translation of ἐν, Bible Translator 9, ’58, 163–70; response by NTurner, ibid. 10, ’59, 113–20.—On ἐν w. article and inf. s. ISoisalon-Soininen, Die Infinitive in der LXX, ’65, 80ff.

⑧ marker denoting the object to which someth. happens or in which someth. shows itself, or by which someth. is recognized, to, by, in connection with: ζητεῖν τι ἔν τινι require someth. in the case of someone 1 Cor 4:2; cp. ἐν ἡμῖν μάθητε so that you might learn in connection w. us vs. 6. Cp. Phil 1:30. ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί that this may be done in my case 1 Cor 9:15 (Just., D. 77, 3 τοῦτο γενόμενον ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ Χριστῷ). ἐδόξαζον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν θεόν perh. they glorified God in my case Gal 1:24, though because of me and for me are also possible. μήτι ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀνεκεφαλαιώθη ἡ ἱστορία GJs 13:1 (s. ἀνακεφαλαιόω 1). ποιεῖν τι ἔν τινι do someth. to (with) someone (Epict., Ench. 33, 12; Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 18 μὴ ἑτεροῖόν τι ποιήσῃς ἐν ἐμοί; Gen 40:14; Jdth 7:24; 1 Macc 7:23) Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31. ἐργάζεσθαί τι ἔν τινι Mk 14:6. ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι have someth. in someone J 3:15 (but ἐν αὐτῷ is oft. constr. w. πιστεύων, cp. v.l.); cp. 14:30 (s. BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 92). ἵνα δικαιοσύνης ναὸν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ σώματι ἀναδείξῃ AcPlCor 2:17 (s. ἀναδείκνυμι 1).—For the ordinary dat. (Diod S 3, 51, 4 ἐν ἀψύχῳ ἀδύνατον=it is impossible for a lifeless thing; Ael. Aristid. 49, 15 K.=25 p. 492 D.: ἐν Νηρίτῳ θαυμαστὰ ἐνεδείξατο=[God] showed wonderful things to N.; 53 p. 629 D.: οὐ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς βελτίστοις εἰσὶ παῖδες, ἐν δὲ πονηροτάτοις οὐκέτι=it is not the case that the very good have children, and the very bad have none [datives of possession]; 54 p. 653 D.: ἐν τ. φαύλοις θετέον=to the bad; EpJer 66 ἐν ἔθνεσιν; Aesop, Fab. 19, 8 and 348a, 5 v.l. Ch.) ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί Gal 1:16. φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς Ro 1:19 (Aesop 15c, 11 Ch. τ. φανερὸν ἐν πᾶσιν=evident to all). ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος (corresp. to τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβ.) 1 Cor 14:11 (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 21 μάταιός ἐστιν ἐν ἐμοί). δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις Ac 4:12. θεῷ … ἐν ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:14.—Esp. w. verbs of striking against: προσκόπτω, πταίω, σκανδαλίζομαι; s. these entries.

⑨ marker of cause or reason, because of, on account of (PParis 28, 13=UPZ 48, 12f [162/161 B.C.] διαλυόμενοι ἐν τῷ λιμῷ; Ps 30:11; 1 Macc 16:3 ἐν τῷ ἐλέει; 2 Macc 7:29; Sir 33:17)

ⓐ gener. ἁγιάζεσθαι ἔν τινι Hb 10:10; 1 Cor 7:14. ἐν τ. ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν Ro 1:24; perh. ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 9:7; Hb 11:18 (both Gen 21:12). ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν because of their many words Mt 6:7. ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν this is the reason why we believe J 16:30; cp. Ac 24:16; 1 Cor 4:4 (Just., D. 68, 7 οὐχὶ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ δυσωπήσω ὑμᾶς μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς διδασκάλοις ὑμῶν=‘surely you will be convinced by this [argument] to lose confidence in your teachers, won’t you?’); perh. 2 Cor 5:2. Sim., of the occasion: ἔφυγεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ at this statement Ac 7:29; cp. 8:6. W. attraction ἐν ᾧ = ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that = because Ro 8:3; Hb 2:18; 6:17.

ⓑ w. verbs that express feeling or emotion, to denote that toward which the feeling is directed; so: εὐδοκεῖν (εὐδοκία), εὐφραίνεσθαι, καυχᾶσθαι, χαίρειν et al.

⑩ marker of a period of time, in, while, when

ⓐ indicating an occurrence or action within which, at a certain point, someth. occurs Mt 2:1. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 3:1. ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς afterward Lk 7:11. ἐν τῷ μεταξύ meanwhile (PTebt 72, 190; PFlor 36, 5) J 4:31. in the course of, within ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (X., Ages. 1, 34; Diod S 13, 14, 2; 20, 83, 4; Arrian, Anab. 4, 6, 4 ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις; Aelian, VH 1, 6; IPriene 9, 29; GDI 1222, 4 [Arcadia] ἰν ἁμέραις τρισί; EpArist 24; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1:3 Jac.) Mt 27:40; J 2:19f.

ⓑ point of time when someth. occurs ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως Mt 11:22 (En 10:6; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ J 6:44; 11:24; 12:48; cp. 7:37. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ Mt 8:13; 10:19; cp. 7:22; J 4:53. ἐν σαββάτῳ 12:2; J 7:23. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ J 11:9 (opp. ἐν τῇ νυκτί vs. 10). ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ on the second visit Ac 7:13. ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ in the new age Mt 19:28. ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ 1 Cor 15:23; 1 Th 2:19; 3:13; Phil 2:12 (here, in contrast to the other pass., there is no reference to the second coming of Christ.—Just., D. 31, 1 ἐν τῇ ἐνδόξῳ γινομένῃ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ; 35, 8; 54, 1 al.); 1J 2:28. ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει in the resurrection Mt 22:28; Mk 12:23; Lk 14:14; 20:33; J 11:24 (Just., D. 45, 2 ἐν τῇ τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσει). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι at the last trumpet-call 1 Cor 15:52. ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει at the appearance of Jesus/Christ (in the last days) 2 Th 1:7; 1 Pt 1:7, 13; 4:13.

ⓒ to introduce an activity whose time is given when, while, during (Diod S 23, 12, 1 ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις=in the case of this kind of behavior) ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ when (you) pray Mt 21:22. ἐν τῇ στάσει during the revolt Mk 15:7. ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ in the course of his teaching Mk 4:2; 12:38. If Lk 24:35 belongs here, the sense would be on the occasion of, when (but s. 5b). ἐν αὐτῷ in it (the preaching of the gospel) Eph 6:20. γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ (τῇ προσευχῇ) while you are watchful in it Col 4:2. Esp. w. the pres. inf. used substantively: ἐν τῷ σπείρειν while (he) sowed Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; cp. 6:48 (s. 7 above and βασανίζω); ἐν τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους while people were asleep Mt 13:25; ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτόν during the accusations against him 27:12. W. the aor. inf. the meaning is likewise when. Owing to the fundamental significance of the aor. the action is the focal point (s. Rob. 1073, opp. B-D-F §404) ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνήν Lk 9:36. ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτόν 19:15. ἐν τῷ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτούς 9:34.—W. ἐν ᾦ while, as long as (Soph., Trach. 929; Cleanthes [IV/III B.C.] Stoic. I p. 135, 1 [Diog. L. 7, 171]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 11 Jac.; Plut., Mor. 356c; Arrian, Anab. 6, 12, 1; Pamprepios of Panopolis [V A.D.] 1, 22 [ed. HGerstinger, SBWienAk 208/3, 1928]) Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 24:44 D; J 5:7.

⑪ marker denoting kind and manner, esp. functioning as an auxiliary in periphrasis for adverbs (Kühner-G. I 466): ἐν δυνάμει w. power, powerfully Mk 9:1; Ro 1:4; Col 1:29; 2 Th 1:11; ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ justly Ac 17:31; Rv 19:11 (cp. Just., A II, 4, 3 and D. 16, 3; 19, 2 ἐν δίκῃ). ἐν χαρᾷ joyfully Ro 15:32. ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ earnestly Ac 26:7. ἐν σπουδῇ zealously Ro 12:8. ἐν χάριτι graciously Gal 1:6; 2 Th 2:16. ἐν (πάσῃ) παρρησίᾳ freely, openly J 7:4; 16:29; Phil 1:20. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ Ac 5:23. ἐν τάχει (PHib 47, 35 [256 B.C.] ἀπόστειλον ἐν τάχει) Lk 18:8; Ro 16:20; Rv 1:1; 22:6. ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7 (belongs prob. not to σοφία, but to λαλοῦμεν: in the form of a secret; cp. Polyb. 23, 3, 4; 26, 7, 5; Just., D. 63, 2 Μωυσῆς … ἐν παραβολῇ λέγων; 68, 6 εἰρήμενον … ἐν μυστηρίῳ; Diod S 17, 8, 5 ἐν δωρεαῖς λαβόντες=as gifts; 2 Macc 4:30 ἐν δωρεᾷ=as a gift; Sir 26:3; Polyb. 28, 17, 9 λαμβάνειν τι ἐν φερνῇ). Of the norm: ἐν μέτρῳ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους acc. to the measure of each individual part Eph 4:16. On 1 Cor 1:21 s. AWedderburn, ZNW 64, ’73, 132–34.

⑫ marker of specification or substance: w. adj. πλούσιος ἐν ἐλέει Eph 2:4; cp. Tit 2:3; Js 1:8.—of substance consisting in (BGU 72, 11 [191 A.D.] ἐξέκοψαν πλεῖστον τόπον ἐν ἀρούραις πέντε) τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν Eph 2:15. ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι Js 1:4 (contrast Just., A I, 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι). Hb 13:21a.— amounting to (BGU 970, 14=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 242, 14f [177 A.D.] προσηνενκάμην αὐτῷ προοῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις) πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε Ac 7:14.—Very rarely for the genitive (Philo Mech. 75, 29 τὸ ἐν τῷ κυλίνδρῳ κοίλασμα; EpArist 31 ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρία = ἡ αὐτῶν θ.; cp. 29; Tat. 18, 1 πᾶν τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ εἶδος) ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι the free gift in beneficence or grace Ro 5:15.—DELG. LfgrE s.v. ἐν col. 569 (lit. esp. early Greek). M-M. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐν
11 coup

coup [ku]

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque coup est suivi d'un complément de nom désignant une partie du corps ou un instrument, par exemple coup de pied, coup de téléphone, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━masculine noun

   a. ( = heurt, choc) blow

• il a pris un coup sur la tête ( = il s'est cogné) he banged his head ; ( = on l'a frappé) he was hit on the head

• la voiture a reçu un coup the car has had a bump

• donner des coups dans la porte to bang on the door

• en prendre un sacré coup (inf) [carrosserie] to have a nasty bang ; [personne, confiance, moral] to take a (real) knock

• ça lui a fichu un coup (inf) it's given him a shock

• coup dur hard blow

• il m'a donné un coup he hit me

• en venir aux coups to come to blows

• coups et blessures assault and battery

   b. (Sport, Jeux) (Cricket, golf, tennis) stroke ; (Boxing) punch ; (Shooting) shot ; (Chess) move ; (aux dés) throw

• coup droit (Tennis) drive

• faire un coup droit to do a forehand drive

• coup bas blow below the belt

• c'était un coup bas it was below the belt

• coup franc (Football, rugby) free kick ; (Basketball) free-throw shot

• tous les coups sont permis no holds barred

   c. [d'arme à feu] shot

• il jouait avec le fusil quand le coup est parti he was playing with the rifle when it went off

   d. ( = habileté) avoir le coup to have the knack

• attraper or prendre le coup to get the knack

   e. ( = bruit) knock

• sonner 3 coups to ring 3 times

• les douze coups de minuit the twelve strokes of midnight

• sur le coup de minuit (inf) on the stroke of midnight

   f. ( = événement) coup du sort blow dealt by fate

• coup de chance or de bol (inf) stroke of luck

   g. ( = action) [de cambrioleurs] job (inf)

• il est sur un coup (inf) he's up to something

• elle voulait cette maison, mais ils étaient plusieurs sur le coup (inf) she wanted that house but there were several people after it (inf)

• c'est un coup à tenter it's worth a go (inf)

• il a raté son coup he blew it (inf)

• c'est un coup à se tuer ! (inf) you could get yourself killed doing that!

• c'est encore un coup de 1 000 € (inf) that'll be another 1,000 euros to fork out (inf)

• coup monté set-up (inf)

• tu ne vas pas nous faire le coup d'être malade you're not going to go and be ill on us (inf)

• il nous fait le coup chaque fois he always does that

• faire un coup en vache à qn (inf) to pull a dirty trick on sb (inf)

   h. ( = fois) (inf) time

• à tous les coups every time

• du même coup at the same time

• pleurer un bon coup to have a good cry

   i. ( = boisson) (inf) aller boire un coup to go and have something to drink ; (au café) to go for a drink

• j'ai bu un coup de rouge I had a glass of red wine

• il a bu un coup de trop he's had one too many (inf)

   j. ( = partenaire sexuel) (vulg!) être un bon coup to be a good lay (vulg!)

   k. (locutions) en mettre un coup (inf) to pull out all the stops (inf)

► à coup(s) de

• le théâtre ne fonctionne qu'à coups de subventions ( = au moyen de) the theatre can only function thanks to subsidies► à coup sûr definitely

► après coup afterwards

► au coup par coup [agir] on an ad hoc basis ; [embaucher, acheter] as and when the need arises

► dans le coup

• être dans le coup (impliqué) to be in on it (inf) ; (au courant) to know all about it ; (à la page) to be with it (inf)

• mettre qn dans le coup to get sb involved► du coup as a result

► d'un seul coup ( = soudain) all at once ; ( = en une seule fois) in one go

► du premier coup [reconnaître, voir] straight away

• il a eu son permis de conduire du premier coup he passed his driving test first time► pour le coup

• là, pour le coup, il m'a étonné he really surprised me there► sous le coup de

• être sous le coup d'une forte émotion to be in a highly emotional state

• il l'a fait sous le coup de la colère he did it in a fit of anger

• être sous le coup d'une condamnation to have a current conviction

• tomber sous le coup de la loi to be a statutory offence► coup sur coup in quick succession

• deux victoires coup sur coup two successive wins► sur le coup ( = instantanément) outright

• mourir sur le coup to be killed outright

• sur le coup je n'ai pas compris at the time I didn't understand► tout à coup all of a sudden

► tout d'un coup all of a sudden

► valoir le coup

• ça vaut le coup it's worth it

• c'est un film qui vaut le coup the film is worth seeing

* * *
ku
Note: Les expressions comme coup de barre, coup de maître, coup de téléphone etc seront normalement dans le dictionnaire sous le deuxième élément donc respectivement sous barre, maître, téléphone etc

nom masculin

1) ( choc physique) ( neutre) knock; ( brutal) blow, whack (colloq); (dur, par accident) bang; ( qui entaille) stroke; ( d'un mouvement tranchant) chop; ( du plat de la main) smack; ( sec et rapide) rap; ( léger et direct) tap; ( léger et fouettant) flick; ( de la pointe) poke, prod, jab

coup à la porte — knock at the door

coup de marteau — hammer blow

d'un coup de hache — [couper, tuer] with a single blow from an axe GB ou ax US

à coups de hache — [couper, tuer] with an axe GB ou ax US

casser la porte à (grands) coups de marteau — to break down the door with a hammer

à coups de subventions — by means of subsidies

fièvre combattue à coups d'antibiotiques — fever controlled with antibiotics

sous le coup d'un embargo — under an embargo

donner un coup de quelque chose à quelqu'un — gén to hit ou strike somebody with something

donner un coup de poing/pied/couteau à quelqu'un — to punch/kick/stab somebody

prendre un coup — [personne, voiture] to get a knock

en avoir pris un coup — (colloq) fig ( être très abîmé) to have taken (quite) a punishing

rendre coup pour coup — lit to fight back; fig to give tit for tat

en venir aux coups — to come to blows ( pour over)

les trois coups — Théâtre three knocks signalling [BrE] that the curtain is about to rise

2) ( choc moral) gén blow; ( plus modéré) knock

porter un coup (sévère) à — to deal [somebody/something] a (severe) blow [personne, organisation]

en cas de coup dur — ( accident) should anything really bad happen; ( difficulté) if things get rough

ça m'a donné un (sacré) coup — (colloq) it gave me an awful shock

sous le coup de la colère — in (a fit of) anger

sous le coup de la fatigue/peur — out of tiredness/fear

être sous le coup d'une forte émotion — to be in a highly emotional state

tomber sous le coup d'une condamnation — to be liable to conviction

3) ( bruit) gén knock; ( retentissant) bang; ( sourd) thump, thud

au douzième coup de minuit — on the last stroke of midnight

sur le coup de dix heures — (colloq) around ten

coup de gong — stroke of a gong

coup de sifflet — whistle blast

4) ( mouvement rapide)

se donner un (petit) coup de brosse/peigne — to give one's hair a (quick) brush/comb GB, to brush/comb one's hair (quickly)

donner un coup sur la table — to dust the table

les volets ont besoin d'un coup de peinture — the shutters need a lick of paint

d'un coup d'aile — with a flap of its wings

5) Jeux, Sport (au tennis, golf, cricket) gén stroke; ( qu'on juge) shot; (aux échecs, dames) move; ( aux dés) throw; ( à la boxe) blow, punch; ( au karaté) ( du poing) punch; ( du tranchant) chop; ( du pied) kick

tous les coups sont permis — lit, fig no holds barred

coup défendu — Jeux, Sport foul

6) ( d'arme à feu) (décharge, détonation) shot; ( munition) round

blesser quelqu'un d'un coup de fusil or pistolet — to shoot and wound somebody

tuer quelqu'un d'un coup de fusil or pistolet — to shoot somebody dead

7) (colloq) ( action organisée) ( opération illégale) job (colloq), racket (colloq); ( vilain tour) trick (colloq); ( manœuvre) move

monter un coup — to plan a job (colloq)

coup monté! — set-up! (colloq)

mettre quelqu'un dans le coup — to cut somebody in on the deal (colloq)

être sur un gros coup — to be onto something big (colloq)

il a raté son coup — (colloq) he blew it (colloq)

réussir son coup — to pull it off

être dans le coup — ( impliqué) to be in on it; ( au courant) to be up to date, to know what's going on

tu n'es plus dans le coup! — fig you're behind the times!

être/rester hors du coup — ( non impliqué) to have/to keep one's nose clean (colloq)

8) (fois, moment)

essayer encore un coup — to have another shot

du premier coup — ( immédiatement) straight off; ( à la première tentative) at the first attempt

(encore) un coup pour rien — no go again (colloq)

à chaque coup, à tout coup, à tous les coups — every time

ce coup-ci/-là — this/that time

du coup — (colloq) as a result

du même coup — (colloq) by the same token

pour le coup — (colloq) this time

après coup — afterwards, in restropect

au coup par coup — as things come

coup sur coup — in succession

tout d'un coup, tout à coup — suddenly, all of a sudden

d'un coup, d'un seul coup — just like that

en un seul coup — in one go (colloq)

sur le coup — ( à ce moment-là) at the time; ( immédiatement) instantly, on the spot

pleure un bon coup — have a good cry

respire un grand coup — take a deep breath

boire à petits coups — to sip

boire à grands coups — to swig

9) (colloq) ( boisson) drink

je te paye un coup (à boire) — I'll buy you a drink

donne-moi encore un petit coup de gin — give me another shot (colloq) of gin

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- coup bas

- coups et blessures

- coup droit

- coup fourré

- coup franc

••

tenir le coup — ( résister à l'épreuve) [personne] to make it (colloq); [véhicule, chaussures] to last out; [lien, réparation] to hold; ( ne pas abandonner) [personne] to hold on; [armée] to hold out; ( faire face) to cope

j'ai vu venir le coup — I could see it coming

faire coup double — to kill two birds with one stone

en mettre un coup — (colloq) to give it all one's got (colloq)

être aux cent coups — (colloq) to be worried sick (colloq), to be in a state (colloq)

faire les quatre cents coups — (colloq) to be up to no good

attraper le coup pour faire quelque chose — (colloq) to get the knack of doing something; pierre

* * *
ku nm
1) (donné par qn ou qch) blow

porter un rude coup à qch — to deal a severe blow to sth

porter un coup fatal à qch fig — to deal a death blow to sth

donner un coup de couteau à qn — to stab sb

recevoir un coup de couteau — to be stabbed

donner un coup de coude à qn — to nudge sb

un coup de poignard dans le dos fig — a stab in the back

à coups de hache — with an axe

à coups de marteau — with a hammer

2) [fusil, pistolet, revolver] shot

un coup de fusil — a rifle shot

tuer qn à coups de fusil — to shoot sb dead (with a rifle)

tué à coups de fusil — shot dead (with a rifle)

tuer qn à coups de revolver — to shoot sb dead (with a handgun)

blessé à coups de revolver — shot and wounded (with a handgun)

3) (= bruit) [horloge]

sur le coup de minuit — on the stroke of midnight

sur le coup de midi — at the stroke of noon

sur le coup de huit heures — at the stroke of eight o'clock

coup de sonnette — ring of the bell

4) (affectif) blow, shock

Ça m'a fait un coup de le voir comme ça! — It gave me a shock to see him like that!

5) (= mouvement) stroke

coup de crayon — pencil line

coup de pinceau — brushstroke

donner un coup de balai — to sweep up, to give the floor a sweep

donner un coup de chiffon — to dust, to do some dusting

6) (= accès) wave

un coup de fatigue — a wave of tiredness

7) (action ponctuelle)

un coup de génie — a stroke of genius

un coup médiatique — a media stunt

réussir son coup — to pull it off *

8) TENNIS shot

9) FOOTBALL kick

See:

coup de pied de coin,

coup franc,

coups de pied arrêtés

10) BOXE punch, blow

11) (= fois) time

du premier coup — first time, at the first attempt

Il a été reçu au permis du premier coup. — He passed his driving test first time.

du même coup — at the same time

à tous les coups — every time

Je me trompe de rue à tous les coups. — I get the street wrong every time.

d'un seul coup (= subitement) — suddenly, (= à la fois) at one go

12) ÉCHECS move

13) (autres locutions)

avoir le coup — to have the knack

être dans le coup (= à la page) — to be with it

être sur un coup — to be on to something

boire un coup — to have a drink

du coup — as a result

à coup sûr — definitely, without fail

après coup — afterwards

Après coup j'ai regretté de m'être mis en colère. — Afterwards I was sorry I'd lost my temper.

coup sur coup — in quick succession

sur le coup; Il est mort sur le coup. — He died instantly.

Sur le coup je ne l'ai pas reconnu. — I didn't recognize him at first.

sous le coup de; agir sous le coup de la colère — to do sth out of anger

tomber sous le coup de la loi — to constitute a statutory offence

* * *

coup nm Les expressions comme coup de barre, coup de maître, coup de téléphone etc seront normalement dans le dictionnaire sous le deuxième élément, donc respectivement sous barre, maître, téléphone etc.

1 ( choc physique) ( neutre) knock; ( brutal) blow, whack○; (dur, par accident) bang; ( qui entaille) stroke; ( d'un mouvement tranchant) chop; ( du plat de la main) smack; ( sec et rapide) rap; ( léger et direct) tap; ( léger et fouettant) flick; ( de la pointe) poke, prod, jab; coup sur la tête knock ou blow ou bang on the head; coup à la porte knock at the door; coup de marteau hammer blow; d'un coup de hache [couper, tuer] with a single blow from an axe GB ou ax US; à coups de hache/machette [couper, tuer] with an axe GB ou ax US/a machete; frapper qn à coups de gourdin to club sb, to beat sb with a club; assommer qn à coups de gourdin to knock sb senseless with a club; tuer qn à coups de gourdin to club sb to death; casser qch à coups de gourdin to take a club to sth; casser la porte à (grands) coups de marteau to break down the door with a hammer; à coups de dollars by forking out dollars; à coups de subventions by means of subsidies; fièvre combattue à coups d'antibiotiques fever controlled with antibiotics; disperser des manifestants à coups de gaz lacrymogène to disperse demonstrators by using ou with teargas; sous le coup d'un embargo under an embargo; céder sous les coups de l'ennemi to cave in under enemy pressure; donner or porter un coup à qn/qch gén to hit sb/sth; donner un coup de qch à qn gén to hit ou strike sb with sth; donner un coup de poing/pied/coude/dents/couteau à qn to punch/kick/nudge/bite/stab sb; recevoir un coup [personne] to get hit; recevoir un coup de qch gén to get hit with sth; recevoir un coup de poing/pied/coude/couteau to be punched/kicked/nudged/stabbed; prendre un coup [personne, appareil, voiture] to get a knock; en avoir pris un coup○ ( être très abîmé) to have taken (quite) a punishing; rendre un coup to hit back; rendre coup pour coup lit to fight back; fig to give tit for tat; en venir aux coups to come to blows (pour over); frapper trois coups à la porte to knock on the door three times, to give three knocks on the door; les trois coups Théât three knocks signalling^GB that the curtain is about to rise;

2 ( choc moral) gén blow; ( plus modéré) knock; porter un coup (sévère) à to deal [sb/sth] a (severe) blow [personne, organisation, théorie]; être un coup terrible to be a terrible ou real blow (pour to); sa fierté en a pris un coup it was a blow to his/her pride; ce fut un coup dur pour eux/pour l'économie it was a great blow for ou to them/for ou to the economy; porter un coup très dur à qn to deal sb a major blow; en cas de coup dur ( accident) should anything really bad happen; ( difficulté) if things get rough; ça m'a donné un (sacré) coup○ it gave me an awful shock; sous le coup de la colère in (a fit of) anger; sous le coup de la fatigue/peur out of tiredness/fear; être sous le coup d'une forte émotion to be in a highly emotional state; tomber sous le coup d'une condamnation to be liable to conviction; être sous le coup d'une condamnation to have a conviction; être sous le coup d'une procédure d'extradition to be facing extradition proceedings; ⇒ mauvais;

3 ( bruit) gén knock; ( retentissant) bang; ( sourd) thump, thud; j'ai entendu un coup à la porte I heard a knock at the door; au douzième coup de minuit on the last stroke of midnight; sur le coup de dix heures○ around ten; coup de gong stroke of a gong; coup de sifflet whistle blast; donner un coup de gong to strike the gong; donner un coup de sifflet to blow one's whistle;

4 ( mouvement rapide) coup de brosse/peigne brush/comb; se donner un (petit) coup de brosse/peigne to give one's hair a (quick) brush/comb GB, to brush/comb one's hair (quickly); donner un (petit) coup d'aspirateur à une pièce to give a room a (quick) hoover® GB, to vacuum a room (quickly); donner un coup sur la table to dust the table; les volets ont besoin d'un coup de peinture the shutters need a lick of paint; d'un coup d'aile with a flap of its wings;

5 Jeux, Sport (au tennis, golf, cricket) gén stroke; ( dont on juge) shot; (aux échecs, dames) move; ( aux dés) throw; ( à la boxe) blow, punch; ( au karaté) ( du poing) punch; ( du tranchant) chop; ( du pied) kick; tous les coups sont permis lit, fig no holds barred; coup défendu Jeux, Sport foul;

6 ( d'arme à feu) (décharge, détonation) shot; ( munition) round; chasser qn à coups de fusil to scare sb off with gunshots; blesser qn d'un coup de fusil or pistolet to shoot and wound sb; tuer qn d'un coup de fusil or pistolet to shoot sb dead;

7 ○( action organisée) ( opération illégale) job○, racket○; ( vilain tour) trick○; ( manœuvre) move; monter un coup to plan a job○, to set up a racket○; c'est encore un coup des enfants! the children have been up to their tricks again!; c'était un beau coup de vendre tes actions it was a good ou shrewd move to sell your shares; monter un coup contre qn gén to set sb up; ( en vue d'une fausse accusation) to frame sb; c'est un coup monté! it's a set-up○!; monter le coup à qn to pull a fast one on sb○; expliquer le coup à qn to put sb in the picture; mettre qn dans le coup to bring sb in on the job○, to cut sb in on the racket○ ou deal; ils m'ont mis sur or dans le coup they've let me in on it ou on the racket○ ou on the deal○; se mettre dans le coup to get in on the action○; mettre qn sur un coup to put sb in on a job○, to put sb onto a racket○; être sur un gros coup to be onto something big○; préparer un sale or mauvais coup to be up to mischief; manquer or rater○ or foirer◑ son coup to blow it○, not to pull it off; il a raté son coup○ he blew it○; réussir son coup to pull it off; être dans le coup ( impliqué) to be in on it ou on the racket○ ou on the deal○; ( au courant) to be up to date, to know what's going on, to know what's what○; tu n'es plus dans le coup! fig you're behind the times!; être/rester hors du coup ( non impliqué) to have/to keep one's nose clean○; être sur le coup ( opération d'envergure) to be in on it ou on the job○; qui a fait le coup? gén who did it?; ( opération minutieuse) whose work is it, who did the job?; elle m'a fait le coup de la veuve éplorée she did the weeping widow act with me; ce n'est pas la première fois qu'il me fait le coup it's not the first time he's done that to me;

8 (fois, moment) essayer un coup/encore un coup to have a shot/another shot; du premier coup ( immédiatement) straight off; ( à la première tentative) at the first attempt; au deuxième/troisième coup at the second/third attempt; (encore) un coup pour rien no go again○; à chaque coup, à tout coup, à tous les coups every time; ce coup-ci/-là this/that time; du coup○ as a result; du même coup○ by the same token; pour le coup○ this time; après coup afterwards, in restropect; au coup par coup as things come; coup sur coup in succession; tout d'un coup, tout à coup suddenly, all of a sudden; d'un coup, d'un seul coup just like that; d'un seul coup d'un seul○ in one fell swoop; en un seul coup in one go○; sur le coup ( à ce moment-là) at the time; [mourir, tuer] instantly, on the spot; rigoler un bon coup to have a good laugh; pleure un bon coup have a good cry; mouche-toi un bon coup give your nose a good blow; respire un grand coup take a deep breath; boire à petits coups to sip; boire à grands coups to swig;

9 ○( boisson) drink; viens, je te paye un coup (à boire) come on, I'll buy you a drink; un coup de rouge/blanc a glass of red/white wine; donne-moi encore un petit coup de gin give me another shot○ of gin;

10 ●( partenaire sexuel) un bon or beau coup a good fuck● ou lay●.

Composés

coup bas ( en boxe) blow ou punch below the belt; fig blow below the belt; c'était un coup bas fig that was below the belt; coups et blessures Jur assault and battery; coups et blessures volontaires malicious wounding ¢; coup droit ( au tennis) (forehand) drive; faire un coup droit ( au tennis) to drive; coup fourré dirty trick; coup franc ( au football) free kick.

Idiomes

tenir le coup ( résister à l'épreuve) [personne] to make it○; [véhicule, appareil, chaussures] to last out; [lien, réparation] to hold; ( ne pas abandonner) [personne] to hold on; [forces, armée] to hold out; ( faire face) to cope; j'ai vu venir le coup I could see it coming; faire coup double to kill two birds with one stone; compter les coups ( rester neutre) to stay ou stand on the sidelines; en mettre un coup○ to give it all one's got○; être aux cent coups○ to be worried sick○, to be in a state○; faire les quatre cents coups○ to be up to no good; les coups sont bons mais rares○! any chance of another drop of wine?; avoir/attraper le coup pour faire qch○ to have/to get the knack of doing sth; tirer un or son coup● to have a screw●.

[ku] nom masculin

A.[HEURT, DÉFLAGRATION]

1. [généralement] blow, knock

[avec le poing] punch, blow

[avec le pied] kick

un coup violent a hard knock

elle a failli mourir sous ses coups he thrashed her to within an inch of her life, he nearly battered her to death

frapper à coups redoublés to hit twice as hard

donner un petit coup à ou sur quelque chose to tap something lightly

donner un coup sec sur quelque chose to give something a (hard ou smart) tap

il frappait sur la porte à grands coups/à petits coups he banged on the door/he knocked gently at the door

donner un coup sur la table [avec le poing] to bang one's fist (down) on the table

en arriver ou en venir aux coups to come to blows

j'ai pris un coup sur la tête I got a knock ou a bang on the head

prendre des coups to get knocked about

recevoir un coup to get hit

rendre coup pour coup (sens propre & figuré) to hit back, to give as good as one gets

coups et blessures DROIT grievous bodily harm

porter un coup à quelqu'un (sens propre & figuré) to deal somebody a blow

les grandes surfaces ont porté un (rude) coup au petit commerce (figuré) small traders have been dealt a (severe) blow by large retail chains

le coup a porté (sens propre & figuré) the blow struck home

2. [attaque, choc] blow, shock

ça m'a fait un coup

a. [émotion] it gave me a shock

b. [déception] it was a blow

sale coup (pour la fanfare)! (familier) that's a bit of a blow ou downer!

en prendre un coup (familier) : trois échecs d'affilée, son moral en a pris un coup with three successive failures, her morale has taken a bit of a bashing

avec le krack boursier, l'économie en a pris un coup the economy has suffered a great deal from the crash

tenir le coup: j'ai trop de travail, je ne sais pas si je tiendrai le coup I've got too much work, I don't know if I'll be able to cope

3. [en boxe] punch, blow

coup bas

a. (sens propre) blow ou punch below the belt

b. (figuré) blow below the belt

c'est un coup bas that's below the belt

tous les coups sont permis (sens propre & figuré) (there are) no holds barred

compter les coups (sens propre & figuré) to keep score

4. ARMEMENT shot, blast

un coup de revolver a shot, a gunshot

le coup est parti

a. [revolver] the gun went off

b. [fusil] the rifle went off

tirer un coup de canon to fire ou to blast a cannon

(revolver à) six coups six-shot gun

faire coup double

a. CHASSE to do a right and left

b. (figuré) to kill two birds with one stone

5. [bruit - généralement] knock ; [ - sec] rap

[craquement] snap

des coups au carreau knocking ou knocks on the window

un coup de gong a bang on a gong

[heure sonnée] stroke

6. (vulgaire) [éjaculation]

tirer un ou son coup to shoot one's load (vulgaire)

B.[GESTE, ACTION]

1. [mouvement d'une partie du corps]

un coup de corne a butt

un coup de langue a lick

elle nettoyait ses chatons à (grands) coups de langue she was licking the kittens clean

un coup de bec

a. (sens propre) a peck

b. (figuré) cutting remark

un coup de dent

a. (sens propre) a bite

b. (figuré) cutting remark

coup de griffe ou patte

a. (sens propre) swipe of the paw

b. (figuré) cutting remark

2. [emploi d'un instrument]

donner un (petit) coup de brosse/chiffon à quelque chose to give something a (quick) brush/wipe

je vais me donner un coup de peigne I'll just comb my hair ou give my hair a (quick) comb

je viens pour un coup de peigne [chez le coiffeur] I just want a quick comb through

passe un coup d'aspirateur au salon give the living room a quick vacuum

passe un coup d'éponge sur la table give the table a wipe (with the sponge)

un coup de marteau a blow with a hammer

il s'est donné un coup de marteau sur le doigt he hit his finger with a hammer

en deux coups de rame nous pouvons traverser la rivière we can cross the river in a couple of strokes

passe un coup dans la salle de bains (familier) give the bathroom a going-over

en donner ou ficher (familier) ou mettre (familier) un coup to get down to business

il a fallu qu'ils en mettent un sacré coup they really had to pull out the stops

3. [au golf, au billard] stroke

TENNIS shot, stroke

coup droit (forehand) drive

4. (familier) [savoir-faire] knack

ah, tu as le coup pour mettre la pagaille! you really have a gift ou a knack for creating havoc, don't you!

une fois que tu auras pris le coup, ça ira tout seul! you'll find it's very easy once you get used to it ou once you've got the knack!

5. MÉTÉOROLOGIE

coup de chaleur heatwave

coup de mer heavy swell

coup de vent gust of wind

6. [effet soudain] wave

j'ai un coup de cafard I feel down all of a sudden

j'ai eu un coup de fatigue I suddenly felt tired, a wave of tiredness came over me

il a eu un coup de folie et a acheté une Rolls he went mad and bought himself a Rolls-Royce

avoir un coup de chaleur to feel the beginnings of sunstroke

7. (familier) [boisson] drink

j'ai le hoquet — bois un coup I've got (the) hiccups — drink something ou have a drink

tu me sers un coup (à boire)? could you pour me a drink?

boire un coup de trop to have one too many

un coup de rouge a glass of red wine

8. [lancer] throw

elle a renversé toutes les boîtes de conserve en un seul coup she knocked down all the cans in one throw

[aux dés] throw (of the dice)

[action, JEUX] move

CARTES go

c'est un coup pour rien

a. [essai] it's a trial run

b. [échec] it's a failure

C.[ACTE OU SITUATION EXCEPTIONNELS]

1. (familier) [mauvais tour] trick

il prépare un coup he's up to something

(faire) un mauvais ou sale coup (à quelqu'un) (to play) a dirty trick (on somebody)

je parie que c'est un coup de Julie! I bet Julie's behind this!

coup en traître stab in the back

monter un coup contre quelqu'un to set somebody up, to frame somebody

il nous a encore fait le coup he's pulled the same (old) trick on us again

faire le coup de... à quelqu'un: il a essayé de me faire le coup de la panne he tried to pull the old running-out-of-petrol trick on me

ne me fais pas le coup de ne pas venir! now don't stand me up, will you!

coup monté put-up job, frame-up

faire un coup en douce: il fait toujours ses coups en douce he's always going behind people's backs

2. (très familier & argot milieu) [vol, escroquerie] job

3. (familier) [affaire]

je suis sur un coup I'm onto something

je veux l'acheter mais on est plusieurs sur le coup I want to buy it but there are several people interested

expliquer le coup à quelqu'un to explain the situation ou set-up to somebody

être dans tous les coups to have a finger in every pie

rattraper le coup to sort things out

il a manqué ou raté son coup he didn't pull it off

elle a réussi son coup she pulled it off

c'est un coup à avoir un accident, ça! that's the sort of thing that causes accidents!

combien crois-tu que ça va coûter? — oh, c'est un coup de 3 000 euros how much do you think it will cost? — oh, about 3,000 euros

[personne - sexuellement] (vulgaire)

c'est un bon coup he/she's a good lay (très familier)

4. [action remarquable, risquée] coup

faire un beau ou joli coup to pull a (real) coup

quand il s'agit d'un gros coup, elle met la main à la pâte when it's something really important, she lends a hand

tenter le coup to have a go, to give it a try

c'est un coup à faire ou tenter it's worth trying ou a try

5. [circonstance marquante]

marquer le coup to mark the occasion

un coup de chance ou de pot (familier) ou de bol (familier) a stroke of luck, a lucky break

D.[FOIS] time, go

du premier coup first time, at the first attempt

au prochain coup, tu vas y arriver you'll do it next time ou at your next go

essaie encore un coup have another go

ce coup-ci, on s'en va this time, we're off

pour un coup (familier) just for (this) once

un bon coup (familier) : c'est ça, pleure un bon coup that's it, have a good cry

vous devriez vous expliquer un bon coup! you should have it out once and for all!

un grand coup (familier) [en se mouchant, sur des bougies]: souffle un grand coup! blow hard!

respire un grand coup take a deep breath

————————

à coups de locution prépositionnelle

démoli à coups de marteau smashed to pieces with a hammer

la productivité a été augmentée à coups de primes spéciales productivity was increased through ou by dint of special bonuses

à coup sûr locution adverbiale

undoubtedly, certainly, for sure

elle ne s'engage qu'à coup sûr she only commits herself when she's certain of the outcome

————————

après coup locution adverbiale

afterwards, later on

son attitude, après coup, s'expliquait bien it was easy to explain her attitude afterwards ou in retrospect

à tous les coups locution adverbiale

(familier)

1. [chaque fois] every time

ça marche à tous les coups it never fails

2. [sans aucun doute]

à tous les coups, il a oublié he's bound to have forgotten

au coup par coup locution adverbiale

(familier) bit by bit

négocier au coup par coup to have piecemeal negotiations

coup sur coup locution adverbiale

one after the other, in quick succession

dans le coup (familier) locution adjectivale

elle est dans le coup

a. [complice] she's in on it ou involved in it

b. [au courant] she knows all about it

c. [à la page] she's hip ou with it

moi, je ne suis plus dans le coup

a. [dans l'affaire] count me out ou leave me out of it

b. [au courant] I'm a bit out of touch ou out of it

dans le coup (familier) locution adverbiale

mettre quelqu'un dans le coup to let somebody in on the act

————————

du coup locution adverbiale

so, as a result

elle ne pouvait pas venir, du coup j'ai reporté le dîner as she couldn't come, I put the dinner off, she couldn't come so I put the dinner off

————————

d'un (seul) coup locution adverbiale

1. [en une seule fois] in one (go), all at once

il a tout bu d'un coup he drank the whole lot in one go, he downed it in one

2. [soudainement] all of a sudden

j'ai eu envie de pleurer/de le gifler, ça m'a pris d'un coup (familier) I got a sudden urge to cry/to slap him

pour le coup locution adverbiale

pour le coup, je ne savais plus quoi faire at that point, I didn't know what to do next

j'ai aussi failli renverser le lait, c'est pour le coup qu'il aurait été en colère! (familier) I nearly spilt the milk as well, he really would have been furious then!

sous le coup de locution prépositionnelle

faire quelque chose sous le coup de la colère to do something in anger

sous le coup de la colère, on dit des choses qu'on regrette après you often say things in anger which you regret later

il est encore sous le coup de l'émotion he still hasn't got over the shock

tomber sous le coup de quelque chose to come within the scope of something

tomber sous le coup de la loi to be punishable by law

sur le coup locution adverbiale

1. [mourir] instantly

2. [à ce moment-là] straightaway, there and then

je n'ai pas compris sur le coup I didn't understand immediately ou straightaway

sur le coup de locution prépositionnelle

sur le coup de 6 h/de midi roundabout ou around 6 o'clock/midday

————————

coup d'aile nom masculin

tous les moineaux se sont envolés d'un coup d'aile all the sparrows took wing suddenly

Paris-Bruxelles en un coup d'aile (figuré) Paris-Brussels in one short hop

coup de balai nom masculin

donner un coup de balai to sweep up

je vais donner un coup de balai dans la cuisine I'm going to sweep (out) the kitchen

la cuisine a besoin d'un bon coup de balai the kitchen needs a good sweep

le comité aurait besoin d'un bon coup de balai (figuré) the committee could do with a shake-up

coup de barre nom masculin

(familier)

j'ai le coup de barre I feel tired all of a sudden

coup de chapeau nom masculin

praise

donner un coup de chapeau à quelqu'un to praise somebody

son livre mérite un coup de chapeau his book deserves some recognition

coup de cœur nom masculin

avoir un ou le coup de cœur pour quelque chose to fall in love with something, to be really taken with something

voici nos coups de cœur dans la collection de printemps here are our favourite spring outfits

(comme adjectif invariable)

des prix coup de cœur special offers

coup de coude nom masculin

donner un coup de coude à quelqu'un

a. [en signe] to nudge somebody

b. [agressivement] to dig one's elbow into somebody

————————

coup d'éclat nom masculin

feat

faire un coup d'éclat to pull off a coup

————————

coup d'État nom masculin

[putsch] coup (d'état)

coup de feu nom masculin

1. [tir] shot

tirer un coup de feu to fire a shot, to shoot

on a entendu des coups de feu we heard shots being fired ou gunshots

2. (figuré)

c'est le coup de feu there's a sudden rush on

coup de fil

→ link=coupcoup de téléphone

coup de filet nom masculin

[poissons] draught, haul

[suspects] haul

coup de foudre nom masculin

1. MÉTÉOROLOGIE flash of lightning

2. (figuré) love at first sight

ça a été le coup de foudre it was love at first sight

coup de fouet nom masculin

donner un coup de fouet à quelqu'un

a. (sens propre) to lash ou to whip somebody

b. (figuré) to give somebody a boost

————————

coup fourré nom masculin

(figuré) low trick

————————

coup franc nom masculin

free kick

coup de fusil nom masculin

1. [acte] shot

[bruit] shot, gunshot

on entendait des coups de fusil you could hear shooting ou shots being fired

recevoir un coup de fusil to get shot

2. (figuré)

on y mange bien, mais après c'est le coup de fusil! it's a good restaurant, but the bill is a bit of a shock!

coup de grâce nom masculin

(sens propre & figuré) coup de grâce, deathblow

————————

coup du lapin nom masculin

[coup] rabbit punch

[dans un accident de voiture] whiplash (substantif non comptable)

coup de main nom masculin

1. [raid] smash-and-grab (attack)

MILITAIRE coup de main

2. [aide]

donner un coup de main à quelqu'un to give ou to lend somebody a hand

3. [savoir-faire]

avoir le coup de main to have the knack ou the touch

————————

coup d'œil nom masculin

1. [regard] look, glance

elle s'en rendit compte au premier coup d'œil she noticed straight away ou immediately ou at a glance

donner ou jeter un petit coup d'œil à to have a quick look ou glance at

d'un coup d'œil, il embrassa le tableau he took in the situation at a glance

avoir le coup d'œil to have a good eye

valoir le coup d'œil to be (well) worth seeing

2. [panorama] view

coup de pied nom masculin

[d'une personne, d'un cheval] kick

le coup de pied de l'âne (figuré) the parting shot

donner un coup de pied à quelqu'un/dans quelque chose to kick somebody/something

coup de poing nom masculin

punch

donner un coup de poing à quelqu'un to give somebody a punch, to punch somebody

faire le coup de poing to brawl, to fight

coup de poing adjectif invariable

‘opération coup de poing’ ‘prices slashed’

coup de poker nom masculin

(bit of a) gamble

on peut tenter la chose, mais c'est un coup de poker we can try it but it's a bit risky

coup de pompe nom masculin

(familier)

sudden feeling of exhaustion

j'ai un coup de pompe I suddenly feel completely shattered (UK) ou beat (US)

coup de pouce nom masculin

bit of help

donner un coup de pouce à quelqu'un to pull (a few) strings for somebody

donner un coup de pouce à quelque chose to give something a bit of a boost

coup de sang nom masculin

1. MÉDECINE stroke

2. (figuré) angry outburst

elle a eu un coup de sang she exploded (with rage)

coup de soleil nom masculin

sunburn (substantif non comptable)

prendre ou attraper un coup de soleil to get sunburnt

————————

coup du sort nom masculin

[favorable] stroke of luck

[défavorable] stroke of bad luck

coup de téléphone nom masculin

(phone) call

donner ou passer un coup de téléphone to make a call

donner ou passer un coup de téléphone à quelqu'un to phone ou to call ou to ring (UK) somebody

recevoir un coup de téléphone to receive ou to get a phone call

coup de tête nom masculin

1. [dans une bagarre] head butt

donner un coup de tête à quelqu'un to head-butt somebody

2. SPORT header

3. (figuré) (sudden) impulse

sur un coup de tête on (a sudden) impulse

coup de théâtre nom masculin

THÉÂTRE coup de théâtre, sudden twist in the action

(figuré) sudden turn of events

et alors, coup de théâtre, on lui demande de démissionner and then, out of the blue, he was asked to resign

coup de torchon nom masculin

(familier) [bagarre] fist-fight

[nettoyage] clear-out (UK), cleanup

coup de vent nom masculin

1. [rafale] gust (of wind)

2. (locution)

en coup de vent in a flash ou a whirl

entrer/partir en coup de vent to rush in/off

elle est passée par Lausanne en coup de vent she paid a flying visit to Lausanne

manger en coup de vent to grab something to eat

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > coup
12 ἔχω

ἔχω (Hom.+) impf. εἶχον, 1 pl. εἴχαμεν and 3 pl. εἶχαν (both as vv.ll.; Mlt-H. 194; B-D-F §82) Mk 8:7; Rv 9:8 or εἴχοσαν (B-D-F §84, 2; Mlt-H. 194; Kühner-Bl. II p. 55) J 15:22, 24; 2 aor. ἔσχον; mixed aor. forms include ἔσχαν Hv 3, 5, 1, ἔσχοσαν 1 Esdr 6:5; 1 Macc 10:15 (ἔσχον, εἴχον vv.ll.); pf. ἔσχηκα; plpf. ἐσχήκειν.—In the following divisions: act. trans. 1–9; act. intr. 10; mid. 11.

① to possess or contain, have, own (Hom.+)

ⓐ to possess someth. that is under one’s control

α. own, possess (s. esp. TestJob 9f) κτήματα πολλά own much property Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. πρόβατα Lk 15:4; J 10:16. θησαυρόν Mt 19:21; Mk 10:21b. βίον living Lk 21:4; 1J 3:17. δραχμὰς δέκα Lk 15:8. πλοῖα Rv 18:19. κληρονομίαν Eph 5:5. θυσιαστήριον Hb 13:10a; μέρος ἔ. ἔν τινι have a share in someth. Rv 20:6. Gener. μηδὲν ἔ. own nothing (SibOr 3, 244) 2 Cor 6:10. ὅσα ἔχεις Mk 10:21; cp. 12:44; Mt 13:44, 46; 18:25. τί ἔχεις ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔλαβες; what do you have that you have not been given? 1 Cor 4:7. The obj. acc. is often used w. an adj. or ptc.: ἔ. ἅπαντα κοινά have everything in common Ac 2:44 (cp. Jos., Ant. 15, 18). ἔ. πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα have many good things stored up Lk 12:19.—Hb 12:1. Abs. ἔ. have (anything) (Soph.et al.; Sir 13:5; 14:11) Mt 13:12a; Mk 4:25a; Lk 8:18a. ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν in accordance w. what you have 2 Cor 8:11. ἔ. εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν have (enough) to complete Lk 14:28. W. neg. ἔ. have nothing Mt 13:12b; Mk 4:25b; Lk 8:18b.—ὁ ἔχων the one who has, who is well off (Soph., Aj. 157; Eur., Alc. 57; X., An. 7, 3, 28; Ar. 15:7). πᾶς ὁ ἔχων everyone who has (anything) Mt 25:29a; Lk 19:26a. ὁ μὴ ἔχων the one who has nothing (X., An. 7, 3, 28; 1 Esdr 9:51, 54; 2 Esdr 18:10) Mt 25:29b; Lk 19:26b; 1 Cor 11:22.

β. have = hold in one’s charge or keeping ἔ. τὰς κλεῖς hold the keys Rv 1:18; cp. 3:7. τὸ γλωσσόκομον the money-box J 12:6; 13:29.

ⓑ to contain someth. have, possess, of the whole in relation to its parts

α. of living beings, of parts of the body in men and animals μέλη Ro 12:4a; cp. 1 Cor 12:12. σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα Lk 24:39 (Just., A I, 66, 2 καὶ σάρκα καὶ αἷμα) ἀκροβυστίαν Ac 11:3. οὖς Rv 2:7, 11. ὦτα Mt 11:15; Mk 7:16; Lk 8:8. χεῖρας, πόδας, ὀφθαλμούς Mt 18:8f; Mk 9:43, 45, 47. Of animals and animal-like beings ἔ. πρόσωπον Rv 4:7. πτέρυγας vs. 8. κέρατα 5:6. ψυχάς 8:9. τρίχας 9:8. κεφαλάς 12:3 (TestAbr B 14 p. 118, 19 [Stone p. 84]) al. ἔχοντες ὑγιῆ τὴν σάρκα AcPlCor 2:32 (Just., D. 48, 3 σάρκα ἔχων). Of plants (TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62] εὗρον δένδρον … ἔχον κλάδους) ῥίζαν ἔ. Mt 13:6; Mk 4:6.

β. of inanimate things: of cities τ. θεμελίους ἔ. Hb 11:10; cp. Rv 21:14. Of a head-covering χαρακτῆρα ἔχει βασιλικόν has a royal emblem GJs 2:2.

ⓒ to have at hand, have at one’s disposal have ἄρτους Mt 14:17; cp. 15:34; J 21:5, where the sense is prob. ‘Did you catch any fish for breakfast?’. οὐκ ἔχω ὸ̔ παραθήσω αὐτῷ I have nothing to set before him Lk 11:6. μὴ ἐχόντων τί φάγωσι since they had nothing to eat Mk 8:1; cp. Mt 15:32 (Soph., Oed. Col. 316 οὐκ ἔχω τί φῶ). οὐκ ἔχω ποῦ συνάξω I have no place to store Lk 12:17. ἄντλημα a bucket J 4:11a. οἰκίας ἔ. have houses (at one’s disposal) 1 Cor 11:22. Of pers.: have (at one’s disposal) (PAmh 92, 18 οὐχ ἕξω κοινωνόν and oft. in pap) Moses and the prophets Lk 16:29. παράκλητον an advocate, a helper 1J 2:1. οὐδένα ἔ. ἰσόψυχον Phil 2:20. ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἔ. J 5:7.

ⓓ to have within oneself have σύλλημα ἔχει ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου she has something conceived through the Holy Spirit GJs 18:1. Var. constr. w. ἐν: of women ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ. be pregnant (γαστήρ 2) Mt 1:18, 23 (Is 7:14); 24:19; Mk 13:17; Lk 21:23; 1 Th 5:3; Rv 12:2. ἔ. τινὰ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ have someone in one’s heart Phil 1:7 (Ovid, Metam. 2, 641 aliquem clausum pectore habere). ἔ. τι ἐν ἑαυτῷ (Jos., Ant. 8, 171; cp. TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 14 [Stone p. 8] ἔκρυψεν τὸ μυστήριον, μόνος ἔχων ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ): ζωήν J 5:26. τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1J 5:10; τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου have a sentence of death within oneself 2 Cor 1:9.

ⓔ to have with oneself or in one’s company have μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 17) τινά someone Mt 15:30; 26:11; Mk 2:19; 14:7; J 12:8; AcPl Ha 8, 35; σὺν αὐτῷ 4:18.—The ptc. w. acc. = with (Diod S 12, 78, 1 ἔχων δύναμιν with a [military] force; 18, 61, 1 ὁ θρόνος ἔχων τὸ διάδημα the throne with the diadem; JosAs 27:8 ἔχοντες ἐσπασμένας τὰς ῥομφαίας ‘with their swords drawn’) ἀνέβησαν ἔχοντες αὐτόν they went up with him Lk 2:42 D.

② to stand in a close relationship to someone, have, have as

ⓐ of relatives πατέρα ἔ. J 8:41. ἀδελφούς Lk 16:28. ἄνδρα (Aristot., Cat. 15b, 27f λεγόμεθα δὲ καὶ γυναῖκα ἔχειν καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἄνδρα; Tob 3:8 BA) be married (of the woman) J 4:17f; 1 Cor 7:2b, 13; Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1). γυναῖκα of the man (cp. Lucian, Tox. 45; SIG 1160 γυναικὸς Αἴ., τῆς νῦν ἔχει; PGM 13, 320; 1 Esdr 9:12, 18; Just., D. 141, 4 πολλὰς ἔσχον γυναίκας. As early as Od. 11, 603 Heracles ἔχει Ἥβην) 1 Cor 7:2a, 12, 29 (for the wordplay cp. Heliod. 1, 18, 4 in connection w. the handing over of a virgin: σὺ ἔχων οὐκ ἕξεις; Crates, 7th Ep. [p. 58, 8 Malherbe] πάντʼ ἔχοντες οὐδὲν ἔχετε). τέκνα Mt 21:28; 22:24; 1 Ti 3:4; 5:4; Tit 1:6. υἱούς (Artem. 5, 42 τὶς τρεῖς ἔχων υἱούς; cp. θυγατέρα TestAbr B 10 p. 114, 17 [Stone p.76]) Lk 15:11; Gal 4:22. σπέρμα have children Mt 22:25. W. acc. as obj. and in predicate (Ar. 8, 4 τούτους συνηγόρους ἔχοντες τῆς κακίας; 11, 3 ἔσχε μοιχὸν τὸν Ἄρην; Ath. 7, 2 ἔχομεν προφήτας μάρτυρας) ἔ. τινὰ πατέρα have someone as father Mt 3:9. ἔ. τινὰ γυναῖκα (w. γυναῖκα to be understood fr. the context) 14:4; cp. Mk 6:18; ὥστε γυναῖκά τινα τοῦ πατρὸς ἔ. that someone has taken his father’s wife (as his own wife: the simple ἔχειν in this sense as Plut., Cato Min. 21, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 10 §34; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 147. Perh. an illicit relationship is meant, as Longus 4, 17; Hesychius Miles. [VI A.D.], Viri Ill. 4 JFlach [1880] ἔχω Λαί̈δα) 1 Cor 5:1 (Diod S 20, 33, 5 of a man who had illicit relations with his stepmother: ἔχειν λάθρᾳ τοῦ πατρὸς τὴν Ἀλκίαν).

ⓑ more gener. φίλον have a friend Lk 11:5. ἀσθενοῦντας have sick people Lk 4:40 and χήρας widows 1 Ti 5:16 to care for; παιδαγωγοὺς ἔ. 1 Cor 4:15. δοῦλον Lk 17:7. οἰκονόμον 16:1; κύριον ἔ. have a master, i.e. be under a master’s control Col 4:1; δεσπότην ἔ. 1 Ti 6:2; βασιλέα J 19:15. ἀρχιερέα Hb 4:14; 8:1. ποιμένα Mt 9:36. ἔχων ὑπʼ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας I have soldiers under me Lk 7:8. W. direct obj. and predicate acc. ἔ. τινὰ ὑπηρέτην have someone as an assistant Ac 13:5 (Just., A I, 14, 1) ἔ. τινὰ τύπον have someone as an example Phil 3:17.—Of the relation of Christians to God and to Jesus ἔ. θεόν, τὸν πατέρα, τὸν υἱόν have God, the Father, the Son, i.e. be in communion w. them 1J 2:23; 2J 9; AcPl Ha 4, 7.—HHanse, at end of this entry.

③ to take a hold on someth., have, hold (to), grip

ⓐ of holding someth. in one’s hand ἔ. τι ἐν τῇ χειρί have someth. in one’s hand (since Il. 18, 505) Rv 1:16; 6:5; 10:2; 17:4. Of holding in the hand without ἐν τῇ χειρί (Josh 6:8; JosAs 5:7) ἔ. κιθάραν 5:8. λιβανωτὸν χρυσοῦν 8:3, cp. vs. 6; 14:17 and s. ἀλάβαστρον Mt 26:7 and Mk 14:3.

ⓑ of keeping someth. safe, a mina (a laborer’s wages for about three months) in a handkerchief keep safe Lk 19:20.

ⓒ of holding fast to matters of transcendent importance, fig. τὴν μαρτυρίαν Rv 6:9; 12:17; 19:10; the secret of Christian piety 1 Ti 3:9; an example of sound teaching 2 Ti 1:13; keep (Diod S 17, 93, 1 τὴν βασιλείαν ἔχειν=keep control) Mk 6:18.

ⓓ of states of being hold, hold in its grip, seize (Hom. et al.; PGiss 65a, 4 παρακαλῶ σε κύριέ μου, εἰδότα τὴν ἔχουσάν με συμφορὰν ἀπολῦσαί μοι; Job 21:6; Is 13:8; Jos., Ant. 3, 95 δέος εἶχε τοὺς Ἑβρ.; 5, 63; Just., D. 19, 3) εἶχεν αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις trembling and amazement had seized them Mk 16:8.

④ to carry/bear as accessory or part of a whole, have on, wear, of clothing, weapons, etc. (Hom. et al.; LXX; TestAbr B p. 114, 22 [Stone p. 76]) τὸ ἔνδυμα Mt 3:4; 22:12 (cp. ἔνδυσιν TestJob 25:7). κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων w. τὶ to be supplied while he wears (a covering) on his head 1 Cor 11:4. ἔ. θώρακας Rv 9:9, 17. ἔ. μάχαιραν wear a sword (Jos., Ant. 6, 190) J 18:10. Sim. of trees ἔ. φύλλα have leaves Mk 11:13 (ApcSed. 8:8).

⑤ be in a position to do someth., can, be able, ἔ. w. inf. foll. (Hom. et al.; cp. Eur., Hec. 761; Hdt. 1, 49; Pla., Phd. p. 76d; Demosth., Ep. 2, 22; Theocr. 10, 37 τὸν τρόπον οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν=I cannot specify the manner; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 21, 2, Hermot. 55; Epict. 1, 9, 32; 2, 2, 24 al.; Ael. Aristid. 51, 50 K.=27 p. 546 D.: οὐκ ἔχω λέγειν; PPetr II, 12, 1, 16; PAmh 131, 15; Pr 3:27; ApcEsdr 2:24; 3:7; 6:5; TestAbr A 8, p. 86, 13 [Stone p. 20]; Jos., Ant. 1, 338; 2, 58; Just., A I, 19, 5, D. 4, 6 οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν) ἔ. ἀποδοῦναι be able to pay Mt 18:25a; Lk 7:42; 14:14. μὴ ἔ. περισσότερον τι ποιῆσαι be in a position to do nothing more 12:4. οὐδὲν ἔ. ἀντειπεῖν be able to make a reply Ac 4:14; cp. Tit 2:8. ἔ. κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ J 8:6 (cp. 9a below, end). ἀσφαλές τι γράψαι οὐκ ἔχω I have nothing definite to write Ac 25:26a; cp. 26b. ἔ. μεταδιδόναι Eph 4:28a. ἔ. τὴν τούτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι be able to recall these things to mind 2 Pt 1:15. κατʼ οὐδενὸς εἶχεν μείζονος ὀμόσαι he could swear by no one greater Hb 6:13. In the same sense without the actual addition of the inf., which is automatically supplied fr. context (X., An. 2, 1, 9) ὸ̔ ἔσχεν (i.e. ποιῆσαι) ἐποίησεν she has done what she could Mk 14:8.

⑥ to have an opinion about someth., consider, look upon, view w. acc. as obj. and predicate acc. (POxy 292, 6 [c. 25 A.D.] ἔχειν αὐτὸν συνεσταμένον=look upon him as recommended; 787 [16 A.D.]; PGiss 71, 4; Job 30:9; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 16, 19; Ath. 32, 3 τοὺς μὲν υἱοὺς … νοοῦμεν, τοὺς δὲ ἀδελφούς ἔχομεν) ἔχε με παρῃτημένον consider me excused (= don’t expect me to come) Lk 14:18b, 19 (cp. Martial 2, 79 excusatum habeas me). τινὰ ἔντιμον ἔ. hold someone in honor Phil 2:29. ἔ. τινὰ ὡς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 14:5; 21:26, 46 v.l. (cp. GNicod 5 [=Acta Pilati B 5 p. 297 Tdf.] ἔχειν [Jannes and Jambres] ὡς θεούς; Just., D. 47, 5 τὸν μετανοοῦντα … ὡς δίκαιον καὶ ἀναμάρτητον ἔχει). ἔ. τινὰ εἰς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 21:46 (cp. Duris [III B.C.]: 76 Fgm. 21 Jac. ὸ̔ν εἰς θεοὺς ἔχουσιν). εἶχον τ. Ἰωάννην ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν they thought that John was really a prophet Mk 11:32.

⑦ to experience someth., have (freq. in auxiliary capacity CTurner, JTS 28, 1927, 357–60)

ⓐ of all conditions of body and soul (Hom. et al.; LXX)

α. of illness, et al. (ApcMos 6 νόσον καὶ πόνον ἔχω; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 305) ἀσθενείας have sicknesses/diseases Ac 28:9. μάστιγας physical troubles Mk 3:10. πληγὴν τῆς μαχαίρης Rv 13:14. θλῖψιν J 16:33b; 1 Cor 7:28; Rv 2:10. Esp. of possession by hostile spirits: δαιμόνιον ἔ. be possessed by an evil spirit Mt 11:18; Lk 7:33; 8:27; J 7:20; 8:48f, 52; 10:20. Βεελζεβούλ Mk 3:22. πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον vs. 30; 7:25; Ac 8:7. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου Lk 4:33. πνεῦμα πονηρόν Ac 19:13. πνεῦμα ἄλαλον Mk 9:17. πνεῦμα ἀσθενείας spirit of sickness Lk 13:11. τὸν λεγιῶνα (the evil spirit called) Legion Mk 5:15.

β. gener. of conditions, characteristics, capabilities, emotions, inner possession: ἀγάπην ἔ. have love (cp. Diod S 3, 58, 3 φιλίαν ἔχειν; Just., D. 93, 4 φιλίαν ἢ ἀγάπην ἔχοντε) J 5:42; 13:35; 15:13; 1J 4:16; 1 Cor 13:1ff; 2 Cor 2:4; Phil 2:2; 1 Pt 4:8. ἀγνωσίαν θεοῦ fail to know God 1 Cor 15:34. ἁμαρτίαν J 9:41; 15:22a. ἀσθένειαν Hb 7:28. γνῶσιν 1 Cor 8:1, 10 (Just., A II, 13, 1; D. 28, 4). ἐλπίδα Ac 24:15; Ro 15:4; 2 Cor 3:12; 10:15; Eph 2:12; 1J 3:3 (Ath. 33, 1). ἐπιθυμίαν Phil 1:23. ἐπιποθίαν Ro 15:23b; ζῆλον ἔ. have zeal Ro 10:2. Have jealousy Js 3:14. θυμόν Rv 12:12. λύπην (ApcMos 3 p. 2, 16 Tdf.) J 16:21f; 2 Cor 2:3; Phil 2:27; μνείαν τινὸς ἔ. remember someone 1 Th 3:6. παρρησίαν Phlm 8; Hb 10:19; 1J 2:28; 3:21; 4:17; 5:14. πεποίθησιν 2 Cor 3:4; Phil 3:4. πίστιν Mt 17:20; 21:21; Mk 4:40; Ac 14:9; Ro 14:22; 1 Cor 13:2; 1 Ti 1:19 al. (Just., A I, 52, 1). προφητείαν have the gift of prophecy 1 Cor 13:2. σοφίαν (X., Mem. 2, 3, 10) Rv 17:9. συνείδησιν ἁμαρτιῶν Hb 10:2. καλὴν συνείδησιν 13:18; ἀγαθὴν ς. 1 Ti 1:19; 1 Pt 3:16; ἀπρόσκοπον ς. Ac 24:16; ὑπομονήν Rv 2:3. φόβον 1 Ti 5:20. χαράν Phlm 7. χάριν ἔ. τινί be grateful to someone Lk 17:9; 1 Ti 1:12; 2 Ti 1:3; σιγὴν ἔ. be silent Hs 9, 11, 5. ἀνάγκην ἔσχον I felt it necessary Jd 3 (HKoskenniemi, Studien zur Idee und Phraseologie des Griechischen Briefes bis 400 n. Chr. ’56, 78–87).

γ. of advantages, benefits, or comforts that one enjoys: ἔ. τὰ αἰτήματα to have been granted the requests 1J 5:15; ἀνάπαυσιν ἔ. have rest Rv 4:8; 14:11; ἀπόλαυσιν τινος ἔ. enjoy someth. Hb 11:25. βάθος γῆς Mt 13:5b; Mk 4:5b; γῆν πολλήν Mt 13:5a; Mk 4:5a. τὴν προσέλευσιν τὴν πρὸς τὸν κύριον AcPl Ha 8, 22f; εἰρήνην Ro 5:1. ἐλευθερίαν Gal 2:4. S. ἐξουσία, ἐπαγγελία, ἔπαινος, ζωή, ἰκμάς, καιρός, καρπός, καύχημα, καύχησις, λόγος, μισθός, νοῦς, πνεῦμα, προσαγωγή, πρόφασις, τιμή, χάρις (=favor), χάρισμα.

δ. of a sense of obligation in regard to someth.—W. dir. object have = have someth. over one, be under someth.: ἀνάγκην ἔχειν be under necessity 1 Cor 7:37a; w. inf. foll. have a need (ἀνάγκη 1) Lk 14:18; 23:16 v.l.; Hb 7:27; χρείαν ἔ. be in need abs. Eph 4:28b; τινός need someth. (Aeschyl. et al.; SIG 333, 20; 421, 35 al.; PPetr III, 42 G 9, 7 [III B.C.] ἐάν τινος χρείαν ἔχῃς; Ath. 13, 2 ποίας ἔτι χρείαν ἑκατόμβης ἔχει;) Mt 6:8; 9:12a; Mk 11:3; Lk 19:31, 34; J 13:29; 1 Cor 12:21; Hb 10:36 al.; w. inf. foll. (TestSol 13:2) Mt 3:14; 14:16; J 13:10; 1 Th 1:8; 4:9; 5:1. νόμον J 19:7. ἐπιταγήν 1 Cor 7:25. ἐντολήν (SIG 559, 9 ἔ. τὰς ἰντολάς; 1 Esdr 4:52; 2 Macc 3:13; Jos., Bell. 1, 261) Hb 7:5; 1J 2:7; 4:21; 2J 5; cp. J 14:21. διακονίαν 2 Cor 4:1. ἀγῶνα Phil 1:30; Col 2:1. πρᾶξιν Ro 12:4b. ἔγκλημα Ac 23:29. κόλασιν ApcPt Bodl. (ApcEsdr 1:22 p. 25, 17 Tdf.).

ε. of a sense of inevitability in respect to some action.—W. inf. foll. one must (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 1, 3 καθαιρεθῆναι ἔχεις=you must be deposed; Porphyr., Against the Christians 63 Harnack [ABA 1916] παθεῖν; Gen 18:31; Jos., Ant. 19, 348 τοῦ τεθνάναι; TestSol 5:12 σίδηρα ἔχεις φορέσαι; TestAbr A 18 p. 100, 22 [Stone p. 48] τοῦ βίου τοῦτου ἀπαλλάξαι εἶχες; Just., D. 51, 2 ἔργῳ πεισθήναι ὑμῶν ἐχόντων) βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι I must undergo a baptism Lk 12:50. ἔχω σοί τι εἰπεῖν I have someth. to say to you (Lucian, Philops. 1 ἔχεις μοι εἰπεῖν. Without dat. Aelian, VH 2, 23; Jos., Ant. 16, 312) 7:40. καινόν σοι θέαμα ἔχω ἐξηγήσασθαι I have a wonderful new thing to tell you=‘I must tell you about something wonderful that I’ve just seen’ GJs 19:3. ἀπαγγεῖλαι Ac 23:17, 19; cp. vs. 18. πολλὰ γράφειν 2J 12; 3J 13.

ⓑ of temporal circumstances w. indications of time and age: πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις you are not yet fifty years old J 8:57 (cp. Jos., Ant. 1, 198). τριάκοντα κ. ὀκτὼ ἔτη ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ αὐτοῦ who had been sick for 38 years 5:5 (Cyranides p. 63, 25 πολὺν χρόνον ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀρρωστίᾳ. W. cardinal numeral TestJob 26:1 δέκα ἑπτὰ ἔτη ἔχω ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς; POxy 1862, 17 τέσσαρες μῆνας ἔχει. Mirac. S. Georgii 44, 7 [JAufhauser 1913] ἔσχεν … ἔτη ἑπτά); cp. Mt 9:20 v.l. τέσσαρας ἡμέρας ἔ. ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ have lain in the grave for four days J 11:17 (Jos., Ant. 7, 1 αὐτοῦ δύο ἡμέρας ἔχοντος ἐν τῇ Σεκέλλᾳ). πολὺν χρόνον ἔ. be (somewhere or in a certain condition) for a long time 5:6. ἡλικίαν ἔχειν be of age (Pla., Euthyd. 32, 306d; Plut., Mor. 547a; BGU 168 τοῖς ἀτελέσι ἔχουσι τὴν ἡλικίαν) 9:21, 23. τέλος ἔχειν have an end, be at an end (Lucian, Charon 17; UPZ 81 III, 20 [II A.D.] τέλος ἔχει πάντα; Ar. 4:2 ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος) Mk 3:26; Lk 22:37 (on the latter pass. s. τέλος 2); cp. Hb 7:3.

⑧ as connective marker, to have or include in itself, bring about, cause w. acc. (Hom. et al.; Wsd 8:16) of ὑπομονή: ἔργον τέλειον Js 1:4. Of πίστις: ἔργα 2:17. Of φόβος: κόλασιν 1J 4:18. Of παρρησία: μεγάλην μισθαποδοσίαν Hb 10:35. Of πολυτέλεια: λύπην, χαράν Hs 1, 10. ἐσχάτην εὐλογίαν, ἥτις διαδοχὴν οὐκ ἔχει ultimate blessing, which has no successor GJs 6:2.

⑨ special combinations

ⓐ w. prep. ἐν: τὸν θεὸν ἔ. ἐν ἐπιγνώσει acknowledge God Ro 1:28 (cp. ἐν ὀργῇ ἔ. τινά=‘be angry at someone’, Thu. 2, 18, 5; 2, 21, 3; ἐν ὀρρωδίᾳ ἔ. τ. 2, 89, 1; ἐν ἡδονῇ ἔ. τ.=‘be glad to see someone’ 3, 9, 1; ἐν εὐνοίᾳ ἔ. Demosth. 18, 167). ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (ἕτοιμος b). ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν he has no hold on me J 14:30 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 32 §125 ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι=have someth. [hope of safety] in someone). κατά τινος: on 1 Cor 11:4 s. above 4. ἔ. τι κατά τινος have someth. against someone Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:14. ἔ. κατά τινος w. sim. mng. Hm 2:2; Hs 9, 23, 2; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:4, 20. ἔ. τινὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον meet someone face to face Ac 25:16. μετά: ἔ. τι μετά τινος have someth. w. someone κρίματα lawsuits 1 Cor 6:7. περί: ἔ. περί τινος have (a word, a reference, an explanation) about someth. B 12:1; with adv. τελείως 10:10. πρός τινα have someth. against someone (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 21, 21 ὅσον τις ὑμῶν ἔχει πρὸς ἕτερον) Ac 24:19. ζητήματα ἔ. πρός τινα have differences w. someone (on points in question) 25:19. λόγον ἔ. πρός τινα 19:38. πρᾶγμα (=Lat. causa, ‘lawsuit’: BGU 19 I, 5; 361 II, 4) ἔ. πρός τινα (POxy 743, 19 [2 B.C.] εἰ πρὸς ἄλλους εἶχον πρᾶγμα; BGU 22:8) 1 Cor 6:1. ἵνα ἔχωσιν κατηγορίαν αὐτοῦ J 8:4 D (cp. 5 above). πρός τινα ἔ. μομφήν have a complaint against someone Col 3:13.

ⓑ τοῦτο ἔχεις ὅτι you have this (in your favor), that Rv 2:6. ἔ. ὁδόν be situated (a certain distance) away (cp. Peripl. Eryth. 37: Ὡραία ἔχουσα ὁδὸν ἡμερῶν ἑπτὰ ἀπὸ θαλάσσης) of the Mt. of Olives ὅ ἐστιν ἐγγὺς Ἰερουσαλὴμ σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν Ac 1:12.—ἴδε ἔχεις τὸ σόν here you have what is yours Mt 25:25. ἔχετε κουστωδίαν there you have a guard (=you can have a guard) 27:65 (cp. POxy 33 III, 4).

⑩ to be in some state or condition, act. intr. (spatially: Ath. 25, 1 οἱ ἄγγελοι … περὶ τόν ἀέρα ἔχοντες καὶ τὴν γῆν) w. adv. (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX).

ⓐ impers. it is, the situation is (Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 10 πῶς ὑμῖν ἔχειν ταῦτα δοκεῖ; =how does this situation seem to you? Just., D. 3, 5 τὸ … ὡσαύτως ἀεὶ ἔχων) ἄλλως 1 Ti 5:25. οὕτως (Antig. Car. 20; Cebes 4, 1; POxy 294, 11 [22 A.D.] εἰ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει; TestSol 20:8; Jos., Ant. 15, 261; Just., D. 3:5 οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει) Ac 7:1; 12:15; 17:11; 24:9. τὸ καλῶς ἔχον what is right 1 Cl 14:2 (Michel 543, 12 [c. 200 B.C.] καλῶς ἔχον ἐστὶ τιμᾶσθαι τοὺς εὔνους ἄνδρας). τὸ νῦν ἔχον for the present Ac 24:25 (cp. Plut., Mor. 749a; Lucian, Anachars. 40, Catapl. 13 τὸ δὲ νῦν ἔχον μὴ διάτριβε; Tob 7:11).

ⓑ pers. be (in a certain way) πῶς ἔχουσιν how they are Ac 15:36 (cp. Gen 43:27; Jos., Ant. 4, 112). ἑτοίμως ἔ. be ready, hold oneself in readiness w. inf. foll. (BGU 80, 17 [II A.D.] ἡ Σωτηρία ἑτοίμως ἔχουσα καταγράψαι; Da 3:15 LXX; Jos., Ant. 13, 6; Just., D. 50, 1) 21:13; 2 Cor 12:14; 1 Pt 4:5. Also ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (s. ἕτοιμος b end). εὖ ἔ. be well-disposed πρός τινα toward someone Hs 9, 10, 7 (cp. Demosth. 9, 63 ἥδιον ἔχειν πρός τινα; SIG 1094, 4 φιλανθρώπως ἔχει πρὸς πάντας). κακῶς ἔ. be sick (Aristoph. et al.; POxy 935, 15; Ezk 34:4) Mt 4:24; 8:16; 9:12b; 17:15 v.l. (see πάσχω 2). καλῶς ἔ. be well, healthy (Epict. 1, 11, 4; PGen 54, 8; PFlor 230, 24) Mk 16:18; ἐσχάτως ἔ. (s. ἐσχάτως) 5:23; κομψότερον ἔ. feel better (κομψῶς ἔ.: Epict. 2, 18, 14; 3, 10, 13; PParis 18; PTebt 414, 10 ἐὰν κομψῶς σχῶ) J 4:52.

⑪ to be closely associated, in a variety of renderings, hold fast, be next to, be next, mid. (Hom. et al.) in NT only ptc.

ⓐ of proper situation or placement, esp. of inner belonging hold fast, cling to. The ‘to’ of belonging and the ‘with’ of association are expressed by the gen. (Theognis 1, 32 ἀεὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο=ever hold fast to the good people; X., Oec. 6, 1; Pla., Leg. 7, 811d; Lucian, Hermot. 69 ἐλπίδος οὐ μικρᾶς ἐχόμενα λέγεις; Sallust. 14 p. 26, 24 τ. θεῶν; Philo, Agr. 101 τὰ ἀρετῆς ἐχόμενα; Jos., Ant. 10, 204 οὐδὲν ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας ἐχόμενον, C. Ap. 1, 83 παλαιᾶς ἱστορίας ἐχόμενον; Just., A I, 68, 1 λόγου καὶ ἀληθείας ἔχεσθαι; Tat. 33, 1 μανίας ἔχεται πολλῆς; Ath., R. 48, 3 λόγῳ … ἀληθείας ἐχομένῳ) τὰ ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας things that belong to salvation Hb 6:9.

ⓑ of proximity

α. spatial, to be next to someth: ἐχόμενος neighboring (Isocr. 4, 96 νῆσος; Hdt. 1, 134 al. οἱ ἐχόμενοι=‘the neighbors’; Diod S 5, 15, 1; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 71 §294; Arrian, Peripl. 7, 2; PParis 51, 5 and oft. in pap; 1 Esdr 4:42; Jos., Ant. 6, 6 πρὸς τὰς ἐχομένας πόλεις; 11, 340) κωμοπόλεις Mk 1:38.

β. temporal, to be next, immediately following (Thu. 6, 3, 2 τ. ἐχομένου ἔτους al.; SIG 800, 15; PRev 34, 20; PAmh 49, 4; PTebt 124, 43; LXX) τῇ ἐχομένῃ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ, as Polyb. 3, 112, 1; 5, 13, 9; 2 Macc 12:39; Jos., Ant. 6, 235; 7, 18 al.; cp. εἰς τὴν ἐχομένην [i.e. ἡμέραν] PMich 173, 16 [III B.C.]) on the next day Lk 13:33 (v.l. ἐρχομένῃ); Ac 20:15; w. ἡμέρᾳ added (PAmh 50, 17) 21:26. τῷ ἐχομένῳ σαββάτῳ 13:44 v.l. (for ἐρχομένῳ; cp. 1 Macc 4:28, where the witnesses are similarly divided).—On the whole word HHanse, ‘Gott Haben’ in d. Antike u. im frühen Christentum ’39.—B. 641; 740. EDNT. M-M. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἔχω
13 πνεῦμα

πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.³ 308ff).

① air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)

ⓐ wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).

ⓑ the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).

② that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen² 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.² 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.

③ a part of human personality, spirit

ⓐ when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X⁷ 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.

ⓑ as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).

ⓒ spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.

④ an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).

ⓐ God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).

ⓑ good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.

ⓒ evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.

⑤ God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.

ⓐ the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.

ⓑ the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.

ⓒ Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).

α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).

β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.

ⓓ abs.

α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).

β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.

ⓔ The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.

ⓕ Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.

ⓖ The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.

α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.

β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.

γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).

δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.

⑥ the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).

ⓐ πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.

ⓑ Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).

ⓒ The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.

ⓓ The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.

ⓔ One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.

ⓕ The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.

⑦ an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.

⑧ an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen² 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines⁶ 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes² 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πνεῦμα
14 quien

pron.

who (sujeto).

fue mi hermano quien me lo explicó (Formal) it was my brother who explained it to me

era Pepe a quien vi/de quien no me fiaba it was Pepe (whom) I saw/didn't trust

* * *

quien

► pronombre (pl quienes)

1 (sujeto) who

■ me encontré a Toni, quien me dijo que estabas enfermo I met Toni, who told me you were ill

2 (complemento) who, whom

■ las personas a quienes me encontré ayer están aquí the people (whom) I met yesterday are here

■ se lo das a quien quieras you can give it to whoever you want

3 (indefinido) whoever, anyone who

■ quien sepa la respuesta que me lo diga anyone who knows the answer tell me

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

como quien as if

■ hace como quien no ve she acts as if she can't see

quien más quien menos figurado everybody

* * *

pron.

1) who, whom

2) whoever, whomever

* * *

PRON REL

1) [con antecedente]

a) [como sujeto] who

hablé con mi abogado, quien me dio la razón — I spoke to my solicitor, who said I was right

él es quien se ocupa de estos asuntos — he is the one who deals with these things

el Ayuntamiento será quien se haga cargo de eso — it'll be the Council that take care of that

b) [como complemento] who, whom frm

su profesor, a quien está dedicado el libro, siempre lo apoyó — his teacher, who the book is dedicated to, always supported him, his teacher, to whom the book is dedicated, always supported him frm

el pintor a quien describe en su libro — the painter he describes in his book, the painter whom he describes in his book frm

la señorita con quien hablaba — the young lady I was talking to, the young lady to whom I was talking frm

2) [como indefinido]

a) + subjun

un libro muy interesante para quien sepa poco del tema — a very interesting book for anyone who knows little about the subject

quienes no estén de acuerdo que se vayan — anyone who doesn't agree can leave

pregúntale a quien quieras — ask anyone o whoever you like

"a quien corresponda" — "to whom it may concern"

b) + indic

quien más se quejaba era él — the person who complained most was him, he was the one that o who complained the most

yo hablo con quien quiero — I'll speak to who I like

la tierra es para quien la trabaja — the land belongs to he who works it

lo dijo como quien anuncia una gran noticia — he said it like someone announcing some really important news

hay quien no piensa lo mismo — there are some o those who do not think the same

no hay quien lo aguante — no one can stand him

¡no hay quien te entienda! — there's no understanding you!

c)

quien más, quien menos —

quien más, quien menos tiene un amigo que ha estudiado en el extranjero — most of us have a friend who has studied abroad

quien más, quien menos, todos hemos tenido miedo a la oscuridad de pequeños — all of us, to some extent, have been afraid of the dark as children

- como quien dice

nací en Navarra, a un paso, como quien dice, de Francia — I was born in Navarre, just a stone's throw from France, so to speak

como quien no quiere la cosa —

se acercó, como quien no quiere la cosa, a enterarse de lo que decíamos — he casually moved closer to us to find out what we were saying

era capaz de beberse una botella de vino, como quien no quiere la cosa — he was quite capable of drinking a whole bottle of wine, just like that o as if it were nothing

como quien oye llover —

estuve una hora intentando convencerlo, y él, como quien oye llover — I spent an hour trying to persuade him but it was like water off a duck's back

no ser quien —

él no es quién para decirme lo que tengo que hacer — it's not for him to tell me what to do

tú no eres quien para decirme si tengo que llegar a casa antes de las diez — it's not for you to tell me whether I should come home before ten

* * *

pronombre

1)

a) (sujeto) who, that; (complemento) who, that, whom (frml)

tienes que ser tú misma quien lo decida — you are the one who o that has to decide

es a él a quien debemos agradecérselo — he's the one (who) we must thank

la chica con quien salía — the girl (who) I was going out with

b) (frml o liter) ( en frases explicativas) who, whom (frml)

su hermano, a quien no había visto,... — her brother, who o whom she had not seen,...

sus padres, para quienes esto había sido un duro golpe,... — her parents, for whom this had been a severe blow,...

2) ( la persona que)

quienes hayan terminado pueden irse — those who have finished may go

quien lo haya encontrado — the person who found it

quien se lo haya dicho — whoever told him

no encontré quien me lo pudiera explicar — I didn't find anybody who could explain it to me

3)

no ser quien: no soy quien para opinar al respecto I'm not the (right) person to comment on this matter; tú no eres quien para juzgarme — you're nobody to judge me

* * *

= who, whom, whoever.

Ex. The problem is to decide who to select as being mainly responsible.

Ex. The variety of reader places in a library adds interest to the interior but also provide for the many preferences of the users, some of whom seem to prefer a very busy location.

Ex. Whoever cataloged it at LC, and I'm willing to bet it happened elsewhere too, probably didn't get much beyond the dust jacket where there was a big clue about something special to the book.

----

* a quien madruga, Dios le ayuda = the early bird catches the worm.

* de quién sabe dónde = out of the woodwork.

* dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.

* haz el bien y no mires a quién = cast your bread upon the waters.

* ¡mira quién habla! = look who's talking!.

* No importa lo que se conoce, sino a quién se conoce = It's not what you know, but who you know.

* quien algo quiere algo le cuesta = no pain, no gain.

* quienes = whom.

* Quién es quién = Who's Who.

* quien guarda, halla = waste not, want not.

* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....

* ¿quién más...? = who else...?.

* quien mucho abarca poco aprieta = bite off more than + Pronombre + can chew.

* quien nada arriesga nada gana = nothing ventured, nothing gained.

* quien no malgasta no pasa necesidades = waste not, want not.

* quien paga manda = he who pays the piper calls the tune.

* quién + Pronombre + iba a decir que... = little did + Pronombre + know that....

* quien quiera peces que se moje el culo = you cannot make an omelette without breaking eggs.

* ¿quién sabe? = who knows?.

* quién sabe lo que = who knows what.

* quién sabe qué = who knows what.

* quien siembra vientos recoge tempestades = as you sow, so shall you reap.

* ¿quién si no...? = who else but...?.

* ¡quién te lo iba a decir! = lo and behold!, lo!.

* salir de quién sabe dónde = come out of + the woodwork.

* sálvese quien pueda = the devil take the hindmost, let battle commence.

* * *

pronombre

1)

a) (sujeto) who, that; (complemento) who, that, whom (frml)

tienes que ser tú misma quien lo decida — you are the one who o that has to decide

es a él a quien debemos agradecérselo — he's the one (who) we must thank

la chica con quien salía — the girl (who) I was going out with

b) (frml o liter) ( en frases explicativas) who, whom (frml)

su hermano, a quien no había visto,... — her brother, who o whom she had not seen,...

sus padres, para quienes esto había sido un duro golpe,... — her parents, for whom this had been a severe blow,...

2) ( la persona que)

quienes hayan terminado pueden irse — those who have finished may go

quien lo haya encontrado — the person who found it

quien se lo haya dicho — whoever told him

no encontré quien me lo pudiera explicar — I didn't find anybody who could explain it to me

3)

no ser quien: no soy quien para opinar al respecto I'm not the (right) person to comment on this matter; tú no eres quien para juzgarme — you're nobody to judge me

* * *

= who, whom, whoever.

Ex: The problem is to decide who to select as being mainly responsible.

Ex: The variety of reader places in a library adds interest to the interior but also provide for the many preferences of the users, some of whom seem to prefer a very busy location.

Ex: Whoever cataloged it at LC, and I'm willing to bet it happened elsewhere too, probably didn't get much beyond the dust jacket where there was a big clue about something special to the book.

* a quien madruga, Dios le ayuda = the early bird catches the worm.

* de quién sabe dónde = out of the woodwork.

* dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.

* haz el bien y no mires a quién = cast your bread upon the waters.

* ¡mira quién habla! = look who's talking!.

* No importa lo que se conoce, sino a quién se conoce = It's not what you know, but who you know.

* quien algo quiere algo le cuesta = no pain, no gain.

* quienes = whom.

* Quién es quién = Who's Who.

* quien guarda, halla = waste not, want not.

* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....

* ¿quién más...? = who else...?.

* quien mucho abarca poco aprieta = bite off more than + Pronombre + can chew.

* quien nada arriesga nada gana = nothing ventured, nothing gained.

* quien no malgasta no pasa necesidades = waste not, want not.

* quien paga manda = he who pays the piper calls the tune.

* quién + Pronombre + iba a decir que... = little did + Pronombre + know that....

* quien quiera peces que se moje el culo = you cannot make an omelette without breaking eggs.

* ¿quién sabe? = who knows?.

* quién sabe lo que = who knows what.

* quién sabe qué = who knows what.

* quien siembra vientos recoge tempestades = as you sow, so shall you reap.

* ¿quién si no...? = who else but...?.

* ¡quién te lo iba a decir! = lo and behold!, lo!.

* salir de quién sabe dónde = come out of + the woodwork.

* sálvese quien pueda = the devil take the hindmost, let battle commence.

* * *

quien

pronoun

A

1 (con antecedente explícito — como sujeto) who, that; (— como objeto) who, that, whom ( frml)

tienes que ser tú misma quien lo decida you are the one who o that has to decide

es a él a quien debemos agradecérselo he's the one (who) we must thank, he's the one (that) we must thank, he's the one (whom) we must thank

la chica con quien salía the girl (who) I was going out with, the girl (that) I was going out with, the girl with whom I was going out

2 ( frml o liter) (en frases explicativas — como sujeto) who; (— como objeto) who, whom ( frml)

su hermano, a quien no había visto, … her brother, who o whom she had not seen, …

sus padres, para quienes esto había sido un duro golpe, … her parents, for whom this had been a severe blow, …

B

(con antecedente implícito): quienes hayan terminado pueden irse those who have finished o anybody who has finished may go

sálvese quien pueda every man for himself

hubo quien la criticó por esto there were those who criticized her for this

no encontré quien me lo pudiera explicar I didn't find anybody who could explain it to me

C

no ser quien: no soy quien para opinar al respecto I'm not the (right) person to comment on this matter

tú no eres quien para juzgarme you're nobody to judge me

* * *

Multiple Entries:
quien
quién
quien pronombre
1
a) ( sujeto) who, that;

( complemento) who, that, whom (frml);
◊ tienes que ser tú misma quién lo decida you are the one who o that has to decide;

es a él a quién debemos agradecérselo he's the one (who) we must thank;
la chica con quién salía the girl (who) I was going out with
b) (frml o liter) ( en frases explicativas) who, whom (frml);

◊ su hermano, a quién no había visto, … her brother, who o whom she had not seen, …

2 ( la persona que):
◊ quiénes hayan terminado those who have finished;

quién lo haya encontrado the person who found it;
quién se lo haya dicho whoever told him
quién pronombre
who;
◊ ¿quiénes eran? who were they?;

¿quién de ustedes se atrevería? which of you would dare?;
¿con quiénes fuiste? who did you go with?;
¿de quién es esto? whose is this?;
llegó una postal — ¿de quién? there's a postcard — who's it from?
quien pron rel
1 (sujeto) who: estuve con mi hermana, quien me contó sus problemas, I was with my sister, who told me her problems
2 (complemento) es en él en quien pienso, he's the one I'm thinking about
la persona para quien trabajo es muy metódica, the person for whom I work is very methodical
(como negativa) nobody: no hay quien soporte este calor, nobody can stand this heat
no hubo quien le defendiera, no one defended him
3 (indefinido) whoever, anyone who: quien lo haya visto, que lo diga, anyone who has seen him should tell us
quién pron
1 (interrogativo) (sujeto) who?
¿quién es?, who is it?
(complemento) who
aún no sé quién es el ganador, I don't know yet who the winner is
¿con quién fuiste?, who did you go with?
adivina en quién estoy pensando, guess who I'm thinking about
2 (posesivo) de quién, whose: ¿de quién es ese libro? whose is that book?
3 (en exclamaciones) ¡quién sabe!, who knows!
♦ Locuciones: no es quién para juzgarme, he's not the person to judge me

' quién' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abogada
- abogado
- acudir
- callar
- confesar
- creerse
- decir
- distribuir
- ganarse
- garantizar
- guapa
- guapo
- hablar
- hacer
- instigación
- irse
- mando
- mirar
- parte
- pique
- quien
- rienda
- saber
- salvarse
- vela
- yo
- a
- abarcar
- acertar
- aguantar
- andar
- atender
- barba
- comprar
- diablo
- importar
- ir
- propio
- salvar
- ser
- tocar
- tomar
- ver
English:
advise
- alone
- anybody
- beauty
- bird
- boss
- call
- carry-on
- choose
- commit
- conduct
- control
- culprit
- deal
- do
- envoy
- fault
- god
- grab
- guess
- humour
- it
- laugh
- look up to
- man
- matter
- me
- misplaced
- missing
- most
- next
- nobody
- one-upmanship
- place
- put up to
- repair
- second
- speak
- stare
- suspect
- take over
- that
- think
- upkeep
- us
- venture
- who
- whoever
- whom
- whose

* * *

quien pron

1. (relativo) [sujeto] who;
[complemento] who, Formal whom;
fue mi hermano quien me lo explicó it was my brother who explained it to me;

él fue quien me robó he's the one who robbed me;

era Rosario a quien vi/de quien no me fiaba it was Rosario (who) I saw/didn't trust;

buscaba a alguien con quien hablar I was looking for someone to talk to;

el atracador, a quien nadie reconoció, logró escapar the mugger, who nobody recognized, was able to escape;

gane quien gane, el partido está siendo memorable whoever wins, it has been an unforgettable game

2. (indefinido)
quien lo encuentre que se lo quede whoever finds it can keep it;

quienes quieran verlo que se acerquen whoever wants to see it will have to come closer;

quien no sabe nada de esto es tu madre one person who knows nothing about it is your mother;

hay quien lo niega there are those who deny it;

al billar no hay quien le gane he's unbeatable at billiards;

quien más quien menos everyone;

quien más quien menos, todo el mundo se lo esperaba that's what everyone expected, to some extent or other;

Comp
CAm, Méx, Ven Fam
quien quita y… [tal vez] maybe…;
[ojalá] let's hope…;
visita nuestra página, quien quita y te gusta visit our website, you may like it o maybe you'll like it;

¿mañana sales de viaje? quien quita y te vaya bien so you're off on a trip tomorrow? I hope it all goes well

* * *

quien

pron rel sujeto who, that; objeto who, whom fml, that;

no soy quien para hacerlo I’m not the right person to do it;

hay quien there are people;

no hay quien lo haga nobody can do it;

la mujer con quien llegó the woman he arrived with;

quien más (y) quien menos some more, (and) some less

* * *

quien pron, pl quienes

1) : who, whom

no sé quien ganará: I don't know who will win

las personas con quienes trabajo: the people with whom I work

2) : whoever, whomever

quien quiere salir que salga: whoever wants to can leave

3) : anyone, some people

hay quienes no están de acuerdo: some people don't agree

quién pron, pl quiénes

1) : who, whom

¿quién sabe?: who knows?

¿con quién hablo?: with whom am I speaking?

2)

de quien : whose

¿de quién es este libro?: whose book is this?

* * *

quien pron

1. (sujeto) who

fue Javier quien me lo dio it was Javier who gave it to me

Cuando quien se refiere al complemento de un verbo se puede omitir

la persona a quien dimos el mensaje the person we gave the message to

el chico con quien salía the boy I used to go out with

son tus padres con quienes deberías hablar it's your parents you should talk to

2. (cualquiera) whoever

quien desee venir, puede hacerlo whoever wants to come can do so

quien llegue el primero, que nos guarde una mesa whoever gets there first, save us a table

Spanish-English dictionary > quien
15 CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. The Oxford Book of Portuguese Verse: XIIth Century-XXth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1925, 1952 (2nd edition, B. Vi-digal, ed.).

   ■. Portuguese Literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922, 1970 (2nd edition, B. Vidigal, ed.).

   ■ Bleiberg, German, Maureen Ihrie, and Janet Pérez, eds. Dictionary of the Literature of the Iberian Peninsula, 2 vols. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1993.

   ■ Castro, Francisco Lyon de, ed. História da literatura portuguesa, 7 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 2001-02.

   ■ Cidade, Hernani. Lições de Cultura e Literatura Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■ Cook, Manuela. Portuguese: A Complete Course for Beginners. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1996. Figueiredo, Fidelino. História literária de Portugal. Coimbra, 1944. Gentile, Georges Le. La Littérature Portugaise. Rev. ed. Paris, 1951. Kunoff, Hugo. Portuguese Literature from Its Origins to 1990: A Bibliography Based on the Collections at Indiana University. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1994.

   ■ Longland, Jean. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry. A Bilingual Selection. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House, 1966. Prado Coelho, Jacinto do. Dicionário das Literaturas Portuguesas, Galega e Brasileira, 3rd ed. Oporto, 1978. Rossi, Giuseppe C. Storia della letteratura portoghesa. Florence, 1953.

   ■ Santos, João Camilo dos. "Portuguese Contemporary Literature." In Antônio Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 218-42. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. História da cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-60.

   ■. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990 ed.

   ■, and Oscar Lopes. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Oporto and Coimbra, 1992 ed.

   ■ Seguier, Jaime de, ed. Dicionário Prático Ilustrado. Oporto: Lello, 1961 and later eds.

   ■ Simões, João Gaspar. História da poesia portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1955-56 and later eds.

   ■. História da poesia portuguesa do século XX. Lisbon, 1959 and later eds.

   ■ Stern, Irwin, ed.-in-chief. Dictionary of Brazilian Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1988.

   ■ TRAVEL AND TOURIST GUIDES ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Adragão, José Victor. The Algarve: The Land, the Sea and Its People. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ballard, Sam, and Jane Ballard. Pousadas of Portugal: Unique Lodgings in State-owned Castles, Palaces, Mansions and Hotels. Boston: Harvard Common, 1986.

   ■ Bridge, Ann, and Susan Lowndes Marques. The Selective Traveller in Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1968.

   ■ Ellingham, Mark, et al. Portugal: The Rough Guide. London: Rough Guides, 2008 ed.

   ■ Hogg, Anthony. Travellers' Portugal. London: Solo Mio, 1983.

   ■ Kite, Cynthia, and Ralph Kite. Portuguese Country Inns & Pousadas. New York: Warner Books; Karen Brown's Country Inn Series, 1988.

   ■ Lowndes, Susan, ed. Fodor's Portugal 1991. New York: Fodor's, 1990.

   ■ Proença Raúl, and Sant'anna Dionísio, eds. Guía De Portugal. I. Generalidades. Lisboa E, Arredores. Lisbon: Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1924; 1983.

   ■ Robertson, Ian. Portugal: Blue Guide. London: Benn; New York: Norton, 2000 and later eds.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Living in Portugal. Paris and New York: Flammarion, 1995. Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Minho and North Portugal: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1968.

   ■. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■. Algarve: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1973.

   ■ HISTORY OF PORTUGAL Ancient and Medieval (2000 BCE-1415 CE)

   ■ Alarção, Jorge de. Roman Portugal. Volume I: Introduction. Warminster, U.K., 1988.

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal. Vol. I. Coimbra, 1922. Arnaut, Salvador Dias. A Crise Nacional dos fins do século XVI. Vol. 1. Coimbra, 1960.

   ■ Baião, Antônio, Hernani Cidade, and Manuel Múrias, eds. História de Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40. Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962. Cortesão, Jaime. Os Factores Democráticos no Formação de Portugal. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ David, Pierre. Etudes Historiques sur la Galice et le Portugal du VI au XII siécle. Paris, 1947.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999. Diffie, Bailey W. Prelude to Empire: Portugal Overseas before Henry the Navigator. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1960. Dutra, Francis A. "Portugal: To 1279." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 35-48. New York: Scribners, 1987.

   ■. "Portugal: 1279-1481." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 48-56. New York: Scribners, 1987. Gama Barros, Henrique de. História de Administração Pública em Portugal nos séculos XII à XV, 11 vols. Lisbon, 1945-51. Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. A Economia dos Descobrimentos Henriquinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Gonzaga de Azevedo, Luís. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1939-44.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. História de Portugal, 8 vols., 9th ed. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Kennedy, Hugh. Muslim Spain and Portugal: A Political History of al-Anda-lus. London: Longman, 1996.

   ■ Lencastre e Tavora, Luía Gonzaga. O Estudo da Sigilografia Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. The Origins of Spain and Portugal. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.

   ■ Lopes, David. "Os Árabes nas obras de Alexandre Herculano." Boletim da Segunda Classe. Lisbon: Academia Real das Sciéncias, III (1909-10). MacKendrick, Paul. The Iberian Stones Speak. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática De Portugal [chapter I, 114315]. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mattoso, José, ed. A Nobreza Medieval Portuguesa: A Família e o Poder. Lisbon: Estampa, 1981.

   ■. Religião e cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1982.

   ■. Identificaçao de um país ( ensaio sobre as orígens de Portugal), 2 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■. Novos Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1988.

   ■. Historia de Portugal. Vol. 2: A Monarquia Feudal ( 1096-1480). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. Hansa e Portugal na Idade Média. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■. Introduçao à História da Agricultura em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■. Daily Life in Portugal in the Middle Ages. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971.

   ■. Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. "Introduçao à História da Cidade Medieval Portuguesa." Bracara Augusta XXV, 92-93 (January-December 1981): 367-87.

   ■. Guía do Estudante de História Medieval Portuguesa, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Portugal Na Crise Dos Séculos XIV e XV-Vol. IV of Serrão and Oliveira Marques, Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Peres, Damião de, ed. História de Portugal. Vols. I, II. Barcelos, 1928-29.

   ■ Rau, Virginia. Subsídios para o estudo das Feiras Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■. Sesma'rias Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. "Portugal, formação de." Dicionário da História de Portugal. Vol. III, 432-51. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Russell, P. E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1968.

   ■ Silva, Armando Coelho Ferreira. A Cultura Castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Pacos de Ferreira, 1986.

   ■ Varagnac, André. O Homem antes da Escrita ( Pre-história). Lisbon, 1963.

   ■ Imperial and Early Modern (1415-1822)

   ■ Azevedo, J. Lúcio de. História de António de Vieira, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1918-20.

   ■. Épocas de Portugal Económico. Lisbon, 1929.

   ■ Borges de Macedo, Jorge. Problemas de História de Indústria Portuguesa no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. "Pombal." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. III, 415-23. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ Bovill, Edward W. The Battle of the Alcazar: An Account of the Defeat of Dom Sebastian at El-Ksar el-Kebir. London, 1952.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg, South Africa: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■. João de Barros: Portuguese Humanist and Historian of Asia. New Delhi, India: Xavier Centre, 1981.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Dictator of Portugal: A Life of the Marquis of Pombal, 16991782. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1938.

   ■ Cunha, Luís da. Testamento Político. Lisbon, 1820.

   ■ Davidson, Lillias C. Catherine of Bragança. London: John Murray, 1908.

   ■ Dutra, Francis A. "Membership in the Order of Christ in the Seventeenth Century." The Americas 27 (1970): 3-25.

   ■ Eberlein, H. D., and R. W. Ramsdell. The Practical Book of Italian, Spanish and Portuguese Furniture. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1927.

   ■ Ericeira, Luís de Meneses [Count of]. História de Portugal Restaurado, 4 vols. Oporto, 1945.

   ■ Fisher, H. E. S. "Anglo-Portuguese Trade, 1700-70." Economic History Review XVI, 2 (1963): 219-33.

   ■. The Portugal Trade: A Study of Anglo-Portuguese Commerce, 1700- 1770. London: Methuen, 1971.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal: 1691-1708. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal, 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. Economy and Society in Baroque Portugal, 1668-1703. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1981.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. New York: AMS Press, 1968 reprint.

   ■ Kendrick, T. D. The Lisbon Earthquake. London: Methuen, 1956.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Privileges of an Englishman in the Kingdom and Dominions of Portugal." Atlante 11 (1954): 57-77.

   ■ Macauley, Neil. Dom Pedro: The Struggle for Liberty in Brazil and Portugal, 1798-1834. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1986.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. London: Carcanet, 1990.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. Prix et Monnaies au Portugal. Paris, 1955.

   ■. "Portugal and Her Empire." In New Cambridge Modern History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1961): 509-10.

   ■. A Economia dos descobrimentos henri-quinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■. Estructura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Mauro, Frédéric. Le Portugal et l'Atlantique au XVII siécle ( 1570-1670). Paris: SEVPEN, 1960.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Pombal and the Nationalization of the Luso-Brazilian Economy." Hispanic American Historical Review XLVIII (November 1968): 608-31.

   ■. Conflicts and Conspiracies: Brazil and Portugal, 1750-1808. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973.

   ■ Norris, A. H., and R. W. Bremner. The Lines of Torres Vedras. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal, 1980.

   ■ Oliveira, Antônio de. A Vida Económica e Social de Coimbra de 1537 à 1640, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1971-72.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Royal Power and the Cortes in Portugal. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1927.

   ■. Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■. "The Mode of Government in Portugal during the Restoration [1640-68] Period." In Edgar Prestage, ed., Melange d'Etudes Portugaises Offerts a M. Georges Le Gentil, 265-70. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Rabassa, Gregory. "Padre Antônio Vieira: Portugal's Amazing Polymath." Camões Centre Quarterly 2, 3-4 (Autumn and Winter 1990): 27-32. Rau, Virginia. D. Catarina de Bragança: Rainha de Inglaterra. Lisbon, 1944. Ricard, Robert. "Prophecy and Messianism in the Works of Antônio Vieira." The Americas 37 (1960): 357-88.

   ■ Roche, T. W. E. Philippa: Dona Filipa of Portugal. London: Phillimore, 1971.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Rooney, Peter T. "Hapsburg Fiscal Policies in Portugal, 1580-1640." Journal of European Economic History 23, 3 (1994): 545-62.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. "The Religion of the Marranos." Jewish Quarterly Review 22 (1931): 1-33.

   ■. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. Inquisição e Cristãos-Novos. Oporto, 1969.

   ■. A Inquisição Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969 and later eds.

   ■ Schneider, Susan. O Marquês De Pombal E O Vinho Do Porto: Dependência e subdesenvolvimento em Portugal no século XVIII. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Shaw, L. M. E. Trade, Inquisition and the English Nation in Portugal, 16401690. London: Carcancet, 1989.

   ■ Shillington, V. M., and A. B. W. Chapman. The Commercial Relations of England and Portugal. London: Routledge, 1907.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Smith, John Athelstone [Conde de Carnota]. Marquis of Pombal, 2nd ed. London, 1872.

   ■ Thomas, Gerturde Z. Richer Than Spices. New York: Knopf, 1965. Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Constitutional Monarchy and Liberalism (1822-1910)

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. O Cinco de Outubro. Lisbon, 1965. Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1969 ed.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. O desenvolvimento do capitalismo em Portugal no século XIX. Lisbon, 1981. Caetano, Marcello. História Breve das Constituções portuguesas. Lisbon, 1971 ed.

   ■ Carnota, Conde da. Memoirs of Marshal, the Duke of Saldanha, with Selections from His Correspondence, 2 vols. London: John Murray, 1880. Carvalho, Joaquim de. Estudos sobre a cultura portuguesa do século XIX. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Carlota Joaquina, Queen of Portugal. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1947.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Zé Provinho na Obra de Rafael Bordalo Pinheiro. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Fuschini, Augusto. Liquidações políticas. Lisbon, 1896.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. Estrutura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Homem, Amadeu Carvalho. A Propaganda Republicana ( 1870-1910). Coimbra, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. Portugal: A Short History. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1973. Machado, Alvaro Manuel. A Geração de 70-uma revolução cultural e literária. Lisbon, 1986 ed.

   ■ Martins, Joaquim Pedro de Oliveira. Portugal Contemporâneo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953 ed.

   ■ Medina, João. Eça Político. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Fontes Pereira de Melo. Oporto: Ed. Afrontamento, 1999.

   ■ Nobre, Eduardo. Paixoes Reais. Lisbon: Quimera, 2002.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. Livre Câmbio e Desenvolvimento Económico: Portugal na segunda metade do século XIX. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. Revolução, Finanças, Dependência Externa ( de 1820 à convenção de Gramido). Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal. Volume III. Barcelos, 1935 ed.

   ■ Ramos, Rui. D.Carlos. 1863-1908. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2006.

   ■. Liberal Reformism in Portugal. Oliveira Martins, the Movement for New Life and the Politics of the Constitutional Monarchy ( 1885-1908). Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.

   ■ Rorick, David. Maria da Fonte: History and Myth. M.A. thesis, History Department, Sonoma State University, Sonoma, Calif., 1984.

   ■ Sá, Vítor de. Perspectivas do Século XIX. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Sampaio Bruno: O homem e o pensamento. Lisbon, 1958.

   ■. Temas Oitocentistas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1959-62.

   ■. "Liberalismo." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. II, 732-41. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Do Sebastianismo ao Socialismo. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Silbert, Albert. Do Portugal de Antiga Regime ao Portugal Oitocentista. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Teles, Basílio. Do Ultimatum ao 31 de Janeiro. Lisbon, 1968 ed.

   ■ Parliamentary, Republican Portugal (1910-26)

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. A Cadeira do Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1980. Arriaga, Manuel de. Na primeira presidência da República Portugueza: Um rápido relatório. Lisbon, 1916.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey, F. G. In Portugal. London, 1912.

   ■. Portugal of the Portuguese. London: Pitman, 1915.

   ■ Bragança-Cunha, V. de. Revolutionary Portugal, 1910-1936. London: Swift, 1937.

   ■ Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. In Brandão, Obras Completas. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Burity, Braz [Pseudonym of Joaquim Madureira]. A Forja da Lei. Coimbra, 1915.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. Portugal Na Alvorada Do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. 'The Aesthetics of Nationalism: Modernism and Authoritarianism in Early 20th-Century Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 15-43. Campos, Ezequiel. Política. Oporto, 1924.

   ■ Cardia, Sottomayor, ed. Seara Nova: Antologia. Pela Reforma da República (1, 2) 1921-1926, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1971-72.

   ■ Carqueja, Bento. O Povo de Portugal. Oporto, 1916.

   ■. O Futuro de Portugal: Portugal Apos À Guerra. Oporto, 1920.

   ■ Chagas, João. Diário, 1914-1918, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1929-30.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. "Memórias da Grande Guerra." In Obras Completas de Jaime Cortesão. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. As Minhas Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1966-68.

   ■ Derou, Jean. Les Relations Franco-Portugaises ( 1910-1926). Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 1986.

   ■ Fazenda, Pedro. A Crise Política. Lisbon, 1926.

   ■ Ferrão, Carlos. História De la República. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ferreira, David. "5 De Outubro de 1910." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História De Portugal III (1968): 264-67. Ferreira Martins, Gen. Luís, ed. Portugal na Grande Guerra, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Gomes da Costa, Gen. Manuel. Memórias. Lisbon, 1930. História Política da Primeira República Portuguesa ( 1910-1915), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Lorenzo, Felix. Portugal ( cinco anos de republica). Madrid, 1915.

   ■ Machado, Bernardino. Depois de 21 de Maio. Lisbon, 1922.

   ■ Machado Santos, Antônio. 1907-1910: A revolução portugueza. Relatôrio.

   ■ Lisbon, 1911. Madureira, Arnaldo. 0 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Magno, David. Livro da Guerra de Portugal na Flandres. Oporto, 1920.

   ■. A Situação Portuguesa. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Marques Guedes, Armando. Cinco Meses no governo. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Martins, Rocha. Memórias sobre Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1921.

   ■ Medeiros, Fernando. Nas Orígens Do A Sociedade E A Economia Portuguesas Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1978. Medina, João. "Oh! a República!...," Estudos sobre o Republicanismo e a Primeira República Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal: Primeira República, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. "Uma Aristocracia Operária: Os Chapeleiros (18701913)." Análise Social 60, 2nd series (1979). Montalvor, Luís de, ed. História de Regimen Republicano em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1930-32.

   ■ Oliveira, César. O Operariado E A República Democrática, 1910-1914. Oporto, 1972.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. "The Portuguese 1920s: A General Survey." Iberian Studies 2 (1973): 32-40.

   ■. História De la República Portuguesa: As Estruturas De Base, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973-74.

   ■. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Alguns aspectos estruturais. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■. O Terceiro Governo Afonso Costa— 1917. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Pabôn, Jesus. La Revolución Portuguesa, 2 vols. Madrid, 1945-46; Portuguese edition: Lisbon, 1961. Paxeco, Oscar. Os Que Arrancaram Em 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1937. Peres, Damião, ed. História De Portugal. Ediçao Monumental: Supplemento. Oporto, 1954.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. A Memória do Presidente— Rei Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1928.

   ■ Relvas, José. Memórias Políticas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1977-78.

   ■ Schwartzman, Kathleen C. "Lucros, investimentos e coligações políticas na I República." Análise Social XVIII, 72-71 (1982): 741-58.

   ■. The Social Origins of Democratic Collapse: The First Portuguese Republic in the Global Economy. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1989.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Liberalismo, socialismo e republicanismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Silva, Antônio Maria da. O Meu Depoimento, 2 vols. Mem Martins, 1978-82.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Poder e a guerra, 1914-1918. Lisbon: Estampa, 1996.

   ■, and Antônio Costa Pinto, eds. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 2000.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Decadência E Queda Da I República Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980-84.

   ■ Torre (Gomez), Hipôlito dela, and J. Sanchez Cervello. Portugal En El Siglo XX. Madrid: Ediciones Istmo: Colecciôn La Historia en sus textos, 1992.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. "A República e as classes trabalhadores (Outubro 1910-Agosto 1911)." Análise Social IX, 31 (1972): 293-316.

   ■. O Poder e o Povo: A Revolução de 1910. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Veríssimo Serrao, Joaquim. História De Portugal. Volume XI: A Primeira República ( 1910-1926): História Política, Religiosa, Militar e Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■. História De Portugal Volume XII: História Diplomática, Social, Económica e Cultural. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain and Portugal, 1910-1916." Ph.D. dissertation, History, University of London, 1971.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese Revolution of 1910." Journal of Modern History 44 (June 1972): 172-94.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978.

   ■. "Nightmare Republic: Portugal, 1910-1926." History Today (London) 32 (September 1981): 5-10.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young: An Historical Study. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917.

   ■ Authoritarian Portugal (1926-74)

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Injustiça: O Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■. Um Homem Bom: Aristides De Sousa Mendes, O " Wallenberg Portuguese' Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Os Americanos E Portugal. Vol. 1. Os anos de Ricard Nixon, 1969-1974. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Os Americanos e Portugal. 1961. Kennedy e Salazar: O Leão e a Raposa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Salazar/Caetano. Cartas Secretas. 1932-1968. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1993.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■. Portugal na guerra do petróleo: Os Açores E As Vitórias de Israel 1973. Lisbon: Edeline, 2000. Aquino, Acácio Tómas de. O Segredo das Prisões Atlânticas. Lisbon, 1978. Araquistain, Luis. "Dictatorship in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 7 (October 1928): 41-53.

   ■ Assac, Jacques Ploncard. Salazar. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1967.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. "The Political Economy of Portugal's Old Regime: Growth and Change Preceding the 1974 Revolution." World Development 7, 8-9 (August-September 1979): 799-812.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Blume, Norman. "SEDES: An Example of Opposition in a Conservative Authoritarian State." Government and Opposition 12 (Summer 1977): 351-66.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. A origem da democracia-cristã em Portugal e o Sala-zarismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. "Notas para uma caracterização política do salazarismo." In Gabinete de Investigações Sociais. Análise Social: A Formação de Portugal Contemporâneo: 1900-1980. Vol. I, 72-74 (April-December 1981): 773-94.

   ■. "O Integralismo nas origens do Salazarismo." Análise Social XVIII (1982): 1409-19.

   ■. "A Oposição Eleitoral ao Salazarismo." Revista de História das Ideias V (1983).

   ■. Monárquicos e Republicanos no Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Sobre o fascismo e o seu avento em Portugal." Análise Social XII, 48 (1976), 873-915.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. A Missão Dos Dirigentes. Lisbon, 1966, 4th ed.

   ■. Depoimento. São Paulo, 1974.

   ■. História Breve das Constituições Portugueses. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. As Minhas Memórias de Salazar. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Campinos, Jorge. A Ditadura Militar, 1926-1933. Lisbon, 1975. Carrilho, Maria. Forças Armadas e Mudança Política em Portugal no Século XX. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial Contributos para uma reavaliação. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Otelo Saraiva de. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Castanheira, Jose Pedro and Valdemar Cruz. A Filha Rebelde. Lisbon: Temas & Debates, 2003.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, et al. O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, Lisbon, March 1980]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. 'The Radical Right and the Military Dictatorship in Portugal: The National May 28 League (1928-1933)." Luso-Brazilian Review 23, 1 (Summer 1986): 1-15.

   ■. "O Salazarismo No Recente Investigação Sobre o Fascismo Europeu...." Análise Social XXV (1990): 695-713.

   ■. As camisas azuis: Ideologias, elites e movimentos fascistas em Portugal, 1914-1945. Lisbon: Estampa, 1994.

   ■. Salazar's Dictatorship and European Fascism: Problems of Interpretation. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995.

   ■. The Blue Shirts: Portuguese Fascists and the New State. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000.

   ■ Delgado, Humberto. The Memoirs of General Delgado. London: Cassell, 1964.

   ■. Memórias De Humberto Delgado. Iva Delgado and Antônio de Figueiredo, eds. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Duarte Silva, A. E., et al. Salazar E O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Egerton, F. C. C. Salazar, Rebuilder of Portugal. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1943.

   ■ Ferraz, Artur Ivens. A Asenção de Salazar: Memórias de Ivens Ferraz. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ferro, Antônio. Salazar: O Homem E A Sua Obra. Lisbon, 1933. English edition: Salazar: Portugal and Her Leader. London: Faber & Faber, 1939, and editions in other languages.

   ■. Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Ausentes. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Figueiredo, Antônio. Portugal and Its Empire: The Truth. London: Gollancz, 1961.

   ■. "The Case Against Portugal." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 46-57. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Portugal. Fifty Years of Dictatorship. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1975.

   ■ Fox, Ralph. Portugal Now. London, 1937.

   ■ Freitas do Amaral, Diogo. O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-1975). Lisbon: Bertrand, 1995.

   ■ Fryer, Peter, and Patricia McGowan Pinheiro. Oldest Ally: A Portrait of Sala-zar's Portugal. London: Dobson, 1961.

   ■ Gallagher, Tom. "Controlled Repression in Salazar's Portugal." Journal of Contemporary History 14, 3 (July 1979): 385-403.

   ■. "The Mystery Train: Portugal's Military Dictatorship 1926-32." European Studies Review 11 (1981): 325-54.

   ■. "From Hegemony to Opposition: The Ultraright Before and After 1974." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 81-103. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Portugal: A Twentieth Century Interpretation. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1983.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique. Santa Maria: My Crusade for Portugal. London: Weiden-feld and Nicholson, 1961.

   ■. Carta Aberta ao Dr. Salazar. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Gamier, Christine. Vacances avec Salazar. Paris, 1952; American edition: Salazar in Portugal: An Intimate Portrait. New York, 1954. Georgel, Jacques. O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Gouveia, Fernando. Memórias de um Inspector da PIDE. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Portugal: The Bureaucracy of Empire." LADAC Occasional Papers series 2, 9 (1973). Austin, Tex.: Institute of Latin American Studies.

   ■. Portugal: The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "The Military in Politics: The Politicization of the Portuguese Armed Forces." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 221-56. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Guyomard, George. La Dictature Militaire au Portugal. Paris, 1927.

   ■ Janeiro, Helena Pinto. Salazar E Pétain. Relações Luso-Francesas Durante A II Guerra Mundial ( 1940-44). Lisbon: Cosmos, 1998.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. "A Catholic View." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 80-103. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Leeds, Elizabeth. "Labor Export, Development and the State: The Political Economy of Portuguese Emigration." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.

   ■ Lewis, Paul H. "Salazar's Ministerial Elite, 1932-1968."Journal of Politics 40 (August 1987): 622-47.

   ■ Lins, Alvaro. Missão em Portugal. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Linz, Juan. "Foreword." In L. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, xii-xi. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. A evolução do sistema corporativo português, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "The Evolution of Portuguese Corporatism under Salazar and Caetano." In L. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 47-88. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ McCarthy, Mary. "Letter from Lisbon." The New Yorker XXX, 51 (February 5, 1955): 80-96.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. O Socialismo e o Futuro da Peninsula. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. A " Elite" Industrial Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. "The Portuguese Industrial Elite and Its Corporative Relations." Economic Development and Cultural Change 24, 3 (April 1976): 495-526.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Opposition in Portugal." Government and Opposition 4 (Spring 1969): 250-63.

   ■. "Portugal." In S. J. Woolf, ed., European Fascism, 302-36. New York: Vintage, 1969.

   ■. "Introduction: Tristes durées." In R. Feijô, H. Martins and J. de Pina-Cabral, eds., Death in Portugal: Studies in Portuguese Anthropology and Modern History. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João. Salazar em França. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Salazar E Os Fascistas: Salazarismo e Nacional-Sindicalismo: A história dum conflito 1932/1935. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. Ditadura: O " Estado Novo," 2 vols., in his História Contemporânea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros, ed. Dez Anos de Política Externa ( 1936-1947): A Nação Portuguesa e a Segunda Guerra Mundial, 12 vols., and in progress. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Educação e Sociedade no Portugal de Salazar. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Nogueira, Alberto Franco. Salazar, 6 vols. Coimbra and Oporto, 1978-85.

   ■. História de Portugal, 1933-1974: II Supplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■ Oliveira, César. Portugal e a II República de Espanha, 1931-l 936. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Salazar E A Guerra Civil De Espanha, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. A Maçonaria Portuguesa e o Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. History of Portugal; 1 in 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976 ed.

   ■. A Liga de Paris E A Ditadura Militar, 1927-1928. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: 1980 and later eds.

   ■, ed. A Literatura Clandestina Em Portugal, 1926-1932, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Patriarca, Fátima. A Questaão Social no Salazarismo. Vol. 1. Lisbon: INCM, 1995.

   ■. Sindicatos contra Salazar: A revolta do 18 de janeiro de 1934. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 2000. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal. Volume 2. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.

   ■. "Salazarism: 'Fascism' or 'Bureaucratic Authoritarianism'?" In Estudos de história portuguesa: Homenagem à A. H. de Oliveira Marques. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Pereira, José Pacheco. Conflitos sociais nos campos do sul de Portugal. Mem Martins, 1978.

   ■. A Preparação Ideológica da Intervenção Militar de 28 de Maio de 1926. Oporto, 1978.

   ■. "Problemas da história do P. C. P." In A. Costa Pinto et al., eds., O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, University of Lisbon, March 1980], 269-85. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal durante a II Guerra Mundial. Em fuga de Hitler e do Holocausto. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2006.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Dinossauro Excelentíssimo. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Presidência do Conselho de Ministros. Comissão do Livro Negro Sobre o Regime Fascista ["Black Book" series]. Eleições No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. A Política De Informação No Regime Fascista, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. Livros Proibidos No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Presos Políticos No Regime Fascista, 5 vols. Lisbon, 1981-87.

   ■. Relatórios Para Oliveira Salazar, 1931-1939. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Discriminação Política No Emprego No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Proibição Da " Time" No Regime Fascista [ Time magazine July 23, 1946, with Dr. Salazar on cover]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Os Estudantes No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Trabalho, Sindicatos E Greves No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Correspondência Entre Mário De Figueiredo E Oliveira Salazar. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Repressão Política E Social No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Correspondência de Pedro Teotónio Pereira para Oliveira Salazar vol. 1 ( 1931-1939), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1987-89.

   ■ Queiroga, Captain Fernando. Portugal Oprimido. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Raby, David L. "Populism and the Portuguese Left: From Delgado to Otelo." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 61-80. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Fascism and Resistance in Portugal: Communists, Liberals and the Military Dissidents in the Opposition to Salazar, 1941-1974. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1988.

   ■ Raby, Dawn Linda. "The Portuguese Presidential Election of 1949: A Successful Government Maneuver?" Luso-Brazilian Review 27, 1 (Summer 1990): 63-77.

   ■ Rêgo, Raúl. Diário Político. Lisbon, 1969; 1974, 2nd ed.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados. Oporto, 1970.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados/ Páginas de Política, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfrâmio. Lisbon, 1944.

   ■. Quando os Lobos Uivam. Lisbon, 1958; English ed. Patricia McGowan

   ■ Pinheiro, trans. London: Cape, 1963.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London and Boston: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rocha, José Antônio De Oliveira. The Portuguese Administrative State. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, University of South Carolina, 1986.

   ■ Rosa, Frederico Delgado. Humberto Delgado. Biografia Do General Sem Medo. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2008. Rosas, Fernando. O Estado Novo Nos Anos Trinta: 1928-1938. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. O Salazarismo E A Aliança Luso-Britânica. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Entre A Paz E A Guerra... 1939-1945. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. O Estado Novo ( 1926-1974). Vol. VII of José Mattoso, ed. Historia De

   ■ Portugal. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1994.

   ■. and Pedro Aires Oliveira (eds.). A Transicao Falhada. O Marcelismo e o Fim do Estado Novo ( 1968-1974). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. Salazar. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Uma Tentativa de Participação política. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. A Liberalização bloqueada. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■. Vale a Pena ser Deputado? Fundão, 1973.

   ■ Salazar, Antônio de Oliveira. Discursos E Notas Políticas. [Speeches, Broadcasts, Notes and Statements, 1928-1966, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1935-1966]. Several editions.

   ■. Doctrine and Action: Internal and Foreign Policy of the New Portugal, I928-1939. Robert Edgar Broughton, trans. London: Faber & Faber, 1939.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■. The Road for the Future [Speeches, statements of policy made during 1928-62]. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. Entrevistas: 1960-1966 [interviews]. Coimbra, 1967.

   ■. Salazar: Pensamento e doutrina política. Textos anthológicos. [Anthology of speeches, writings, interviews granted, 1914-68]. Mendo C. Henriques and Gonçalo de Sampaio e Melo, eds. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Santana, Emilio. Historia de um Atentado. O atentado contra Salazar. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. Corporatism and Public Policy in Authoritarian Portugal. London: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (Nov. 1975): 5-33.

   ■. "The Impact and Meaning of Elections in Authoritarian Portugal, 1933-74." In G. Hermet et al., eds., Elections Without Choice. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■. "'The 'Regime d'exception' That Became the Rule: Forty-Eight Years of Authoritarian Domination in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Mak-ler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 3-46. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Gerhard Lehmbruch, eds. Trends towards Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1979.

   ■ Shelton, Richard L. "Development of the Communist Party of Portugal, 1921-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, St. Louis University, 1984.

   ■ Silva, José. Memórias de um operário. Vol. 2. Oporto, 1971. Soares, Mário. Escritos Políticos. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. Portugal Bailloné. Paris, 1972; Portuguese edition: Portugal Amordaçado, Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Portugal's Struggle for Liberty. Translated by Mary Gawsworth. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Johannesburg: Perskor, 1974.

   ■ Teixeira, Luis [Sampaio]. Perfil de Salazar. Lisbon, 1938.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. "From Neutrality to Alignment: Portugal in the Foundation of the Atlantic Pact." EUI: Working Papers in History. Florence, Italy: European University Institute, 1991.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Portugal na Segunda Guerra. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. A Neutralidade Portuguesa e o Ouro Nazi. Lisbon: Quetzal, 2000.

   ■ Teotônio Pereira, Pedro. Memórias, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1972-73.

   ■ Vasco, Nuno. Vigiados e perseguidos. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Veríssimo, Serrão. Marcelo Caetano: Confidencias No Exílio. Lisbon, 1985. Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. West, S. George. The New Corporative State of Portugal [Inaugural lecture, King's College, London, Feb. 1937]. London: New Temple Press, 1937. Wheeler, Douglas L. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Days of Wine and Carnations: The Portuguese Revolution of [April 25] 1974." Bulletin. New Hampshire Council on World Affairs XX (July 1974): 1-10.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Jacques Frémontier, ed., Les Hommes d'Siecle XX: Les Dictateurs. Paris: Mazenod, 1978.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926- 1974." In S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■. "In the Service of Order: The Portuguese Dictatorship's Political Police (PVDE; PIDE) and the British, German and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 24, 2 (January 1983): 1-25.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978. Portuguese edition: História Política de Portugal, 1910-l926. Mem Martins, 1985.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review [two part article] 12, 1-2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa, 1926-1933. Mem Martins, 1988.

   ■. "The Third Pig: From Theory to Grubby Fact in Reassessing the Estado Novo." In B. F. Taggie and R. W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 145-68. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State Press, 1989.

   ■. "And Who Is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 119-39.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Research Guide to European Historical Biography. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C.: Beacham, 1992.

   ■. "'Estado Presente de tranquilidade,' posto em causa: Portugal observado e analisado no contexto internacional de 1958-59." In Iva Delgado, Carlos Pacheco, and Telmo Faria, eds., Humberto Delgado: As eleições de 58, 448-71. Lisbon: Vega, 1998.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. New York: Praeger and London: Pall Mall, 1971; reprinted: Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. "Toward a Framework for the Study of Political Change in Iberic-Latin Tradition: The Corporative Model." World Politics 25 (January 1973): 206-35.

   ■. Corporatism and Development: The Portuguese Experience. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1977.

   ■. "The Corporatist Tradition and the Corporative System in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal. The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 89-122. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ World War II and Portugal

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Um Homem Bom. Aristides De Sousa Mendes O " Wallenberg Portugues." Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■. Injustica-o Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■ Agudo, Manuel Ros. La Guerra Secreta de Franco ( 1939-1945). Barcelona, 2002.

   ■ Anon., Fugindo a Hitler e a Salazar e ao Holocausto-Refugiados em Portugal entre 1933-1945. Lisbon: Soc. Tipografica, 1994.

   ■ Barreiros, Jose Antonio. A Lusitania Dos Espioes. Lisbon: Hugin, 1995.

   ■. O Espiao Alemao Em Goa. Operacao Long Shanks, 1943. Lisbon, 2001.

   ■ Beevor, J. G. SOE. Recollections and Reflections 1940-45. London, 1981. Bloch, Michael. Operation Willi: The Plot to Kidnap the Duke of Windsor July 1940. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984. Carrilho, Maria et. al., Portugal Na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Contributos para uma reavaliacao. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1989. Cole, Robert. Britain and the War of Words in Neutral Europe, 1939-45. New York: St. Martin's, 1990. Colvin, Ian. Flight 777. London: Evans, 1957. Dias, Mariana Tavares. Lisboa nos Anos 40. Lisbon: Quimera, 1997. Eizenstadt, Stuart E. Coord. U.S. and Allied Efforts to Recover and Restore Gold and Other Assets Stolen or Hidden by Germany during World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Fralon, Jose-Alain. A Good Man in Evil Times. The Story of Aristides De Sousa Mendes: The Man Who Saved the Lives of Countless Refugees in World War II. New York: Carroll & Graf, 2001.

   ■ Giraudoux, Jean. Portugal. Paris: Grasset, 1958.

   ■ Johns, Philip. Within Two Cloaks. Missions With SIS and SOE. London, 1979.

   ■ Koestler, Arthur. Arrival and Departure. London, 1943.

   ■ Leitz, Christian. Sympathy for the Devil: Neutral Portugal and Nazi Germany in World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Louca, Antonio. Hitler e Salazar. Comercio em tempos de Guerra 1940-1944. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Luca, Antonio. "Portugal's Double Game: Between the Nazis and the Allies." In Avi Beker, ed., The Plunder of Jewish Property during the Holocaust. Confronting European History. New York, 2001. MacIntyre, Ben. Agent Zigzag. New York: Harmony, 2007. Martins, Maria Joao. O Paraiso Triste. O Quotidiano em Lisboa durante a II Grande Guerra. Lisbon: Vega, 1994. Masterman, J.C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. Muggeridge, Malcolm. Chronicles of Wasted Time. Chronicle 2: The Infernal Grove. New York: William Morrow, 1974.

   ■ Nery, Julia. O Consul. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 2006.

   ■ Popov, Dusko. Spy/ Counterspy. London, 1974.

   ■ Prokosch, Frederick. The Conspirators. New York, 1943.

   ■ Remarque, Erich Maria. The Night in Lisbon. New York, 1966.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfarmio Romance. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1943.

   ■ Rosas, Fernando. Portugal entre a Paz e a Guerra. Lisbon: Estampa, 1990.

   ■ Saint-Exupery, Antoine. Wartime Writings, 1939-1944. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano, ed. Portugal E A Guerra. Historia das Intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais seculos XIX e XX. Lisbon: Colibri, 1998.

   ■ Telo, Antonio Jose. Propagandal E Guerra Secreta Em Portugal 1939-45. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. Portugal na Segunda Guerra ( 1941-1945), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Os Acores E O Controlo Do Atlantico ( 1898/ 1948). Lisbon: Ed. Asa, 1993.

   ■. A neutralidade portuguesa e o ouro nazi. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Vintras, R.E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Age Old Business of Espionage." 1987 World Book Year Book. Chicago, 1987.

   ■. "'In the Service of Order.' The Portuguese Political Police and the British, Germany and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 36: no. 3 (Jan. 1983), 1-25.

   ■. "And Who is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 23 (no. 2) (Summer 1989), 119-39.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, WI), 23 (nos.1, 2) (Summer, 1986; Winter, 1986). 97-111; 108-127.

   ■. "Last of the Great Air Mysteries of the War [World War II]." Bridport and Lyme Regis Gazette (Dorset, U.K.), June 5, 2003, 24-25.

   ■. "Leslie Howard Helped Win World War II," St. Louis Post-Dispatch (St. Louis, Mo.), April 3, 5, 2005.

   ■ Wilson, Robert. A Small Death in Lisbon. London, 2000.

   ■. The Company Of Strangers. San Diego, 2002.

   ■ Wylie, Neville. "An Amateur Learns His Job? Special Operations Executive in Portugal, 1940-42." Journal of Contemporary History. 36: no. 3 (2001), 441-57.

   ■ The Military

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General. Historia do Exercito Portugues. Lisbon: Inquerito, 1945.

   ■ Kaulza de Arriaga, General. Guerra e Politica. Em nome da verdade. Os anos decisivos. Lisbon: Referendo, 1987.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, Jose. O Comportamento Politico dos Militares, Forcas Armadas e Regimes Politicos em Portugal no seculo XX. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992.

   ■ Pereira Marques, Fernando. Exercito e Sociedade em Portugal. No Declinio do Antigo Regime e advento do Liberalismo. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Ribeiro Dos Santos, Antonio Pedro. O Estado E A Order Publica. As Institui-coes Militares Portuguesas. Lisbon: Instituto Superior De Ciencias Sociais E Politicas, 1999.

   ■ Saraiva de Carvalho, Otelo. Alvorada em Abril. Amadora (Portugal): Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Compendio de Historia Militar e Naval de Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1931.

   ■ Spinola, Antonio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon: Arcadia, 1974.

   ■. Pais Sem Rumo. Contributo para a historia de uma Revolucao. Lisbon: Scire, 1978.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. Portugal e a Guerra. Historia das intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais do seculo XX. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 1999.

   ■. Coord., Nova Historia Militar de Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2003-.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. O Poder e o Povo. A Revolucao de 1910. Lisbon: Moraes, 1976, 1982.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. Republican Portugal: A Political History ( 1910-1926). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978, 1998.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa ( 1926-1933). Mem Martins: Europa- America, 1988.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926-1974: "The Honor of the Army." In Lawrence S. Graham and Harry M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Government and Politics since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. "Hidden Fluidity in an Ultra-Stable Party System." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 101-27. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel, ed. Sistema Eleitoral Portugües: Debate Político e Parlamentar. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/ Casa da Moeda, 1998.

   ■, ed. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." In Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer, 2000): 1-404.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., ed. Political Parties and Democracy in Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1997. Carlucci, Frank. "Confiei no Povo Portugues." Visao (Lisbon), April 10, 1997, 46-47.

   ■. "The View from the U.S. Embassy." In Hans Binnendijk, ed., Authoritarian Regimes in Transition. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Service Institute, Center for the Study of Foreign Affairs, 1987.

   ■ Coelho, Mário Baptista, ed. Portugal. O Sistema Política a Constitucional, 1974-87. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, UNL, 1989.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antonio. "Settling Accounts with the Past in a Troubled Transition to Democracy: The Portuguese Case." In Alexandra Barahona De Brito, Carmen Gonzalez-Enriquez, and Paloma Aguilar, eds., The Politics of Memory: Transitional Justice in Democratizing Societies, 65-91. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Cruzeiro, Maria Manuela. Costa Gomes-o Ultimo Marechal. Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 1998.

   ■ Domingos, Emídio Da Veiga. Portugal Político. Análise das Instituiçoes. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Goldey, David. "Elections and the Consolidation of Portuguese Democracy: 1974-1983." Electoral Studies 2, 3 (1983): 229-40.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Institutionalizing Democracy: Governance in Post-1974 Portugal." In Ali Farazmand, ed., Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, 81-90. New York: Dekker, 1991.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Gunther, Richard. "Spain and Portugal." In G. A. Dorfman and P. J. Duignan, eds., Politics in Western Europe, 186-236. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1988.

   ■ Magone, José Maria. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1997.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth R., and Scott C. Monje, eds. Portugal: The Constitution and the Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-1989. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Camões Center Special Report No. 2, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. "The New Parliament in Portugal." Legislative Studies Quarterly, 3 (May 1978): 309-334.

   ■. "Local Government and Political Culture in a Portuguese Rural County." Comparative Politics 13 (April 1981): 271-89.

   ■. "Portugal's Administrative Elite: Social Origins and Political Attitudes." West European Politics 6 (Jan. 1983): 63-74.

   ■. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■ Pinto Balsemão, Francisco. "The Constitution and Politics: Options for the Future." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 197-232. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Sartori, Giovanni. "Portugal." In Sartori, G, ed., Parties and Party Systems. Vol. 1, 131-45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Secretary of State for Mass Communications. Constitution of the Portuguese Republic [1976]. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Contemporary Portugal since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. A Ilusão do poder: Analise do Sistema Partidário, 19761982. Lisbon, 1983. Almeida, Diniz de. Orígens e Evolução do Movimento dos Capitães. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Ascensao, Apogeu e Queda do MFA, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Alves, Márcio Moreira. Les Soldats Socialistes du Portugal. Paris: Gallimard, 1975.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Sá Carneiro: Um Meteoro Nos Anos Setenta. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. O Segredo do 25 de Novembro. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■ Arouca, Manuel. Os Filhos Da Costa Do Sol. Mem Martins, 1989. Audibert, Pierre, and Daniel Brignon. Portugal: Les nouveaux centurions. Paris, 1974.

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. Caminhos para uma revolução. Lisbon, 1975. Barreto, Antônio. Memórias da Reforma Agrária. Mem Martins: Europa-Amé-rica, 1983.

   ■, and C. V. Preto, eds. A Situação Social em Portugal, 1960-1996. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 1996.

   ■ Bermeo, Nancy Gina. "Worker Management in Industry: Reconciling Representative Government and Industrial Democracy in a Polarized Society." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 181-98. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. The Revolution within the Revolution: Workers' Control in Rural Portugal. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Braeckman, Colette. Portugal: Revolution surveilée. Brussels: Rossei, 1975.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. "O Presidente da República na génese e evolução do sistema de governor portugües." Análise social XXIX, 125-26 (1994): 237-65.

   ■, coord. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer 2000): 1-404. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Popular Support for Democracy in Post-revolutionary Portugal: Results from a Survey." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 21-42. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Politics and Nationhood: Post-Revolutionary Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1984.

   ■. "Portugal Fifteen Years after the April Revolution." Field Staff Reports ( 1989-90/ No. 1, Europe), 3-11. Indianapolis, Ind.: Universities Field Staff International, 1990.

   ■, and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Ortelo Saraiva de. Cinco Meses Mudaram Portugal. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Cid, Augusto. PREC-Processo Revolucionário Eventualmente Chocante. Viseu, 1977.

   ■ Costa Lobo, Marina, and Pedro C. Magalhaes. "From 'Third Wave' to 'Third Way': Europe and the Portuguese Socialists (1975-1999)," Journal of Southern Europe and the Balkans 3, no. 1 (2001), 25-35.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■, and Nuno Severiano Teixeira, eds. Southern Europe and the Making of the European Union. New York: Columbia Univ. Press, 2002.

   ■ Cunhal, Alvaro. A Revolução Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999.

   ■ Downs, Charles. "Comissões de Moradores and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4 (1986): 267-94.

   ■. Revolution at the Grassroots: Community Organizations in the Portuguese Revolution. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989.

   ■ Dufour, Jean-Marc. Prague sur Tage. Paris, 1975.

   ■ Durão Barroso, José. Le systémepolitiqueportugais face à l'intégration euro-péenne. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Eisfeid, Rainer. "Portugal: What Role/What Future?" In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution. New York: RIIC, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■. Sozialistischer Pluralismus in Europa: Ansãtze und Scheitern am Beispiel Portugal. Cologne: Verlag Wissenchaft ünd Politik, 1985.

   ■. "Portugal and Western Europe." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 29-62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Farinha, Luis. "Regresso a Europa. Uma opcao feliz." Historia. XXIX; 95, III series (March 2007), 23-33.

   ■ Faye, Jean-Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976. Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution: Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. Figueira, João Costa. Cavaco Silva: Homem de Estado. Lisbon, 1987. Filoche, Gérard. Printemps Portugais. Paris: Editions Action, 1984. Frémontier, Jacques. Os Pontos nos ii. Lisbon, 1976. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. 25 de Abril-10 anos depois. Lisbon, 1984. Futscher Pereira, Bernardo. "Portugal and Spain." In K. Maxwell, ed. Portugal in the 1980s, 63-87. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Gama, Jaime. Política Externa Portuguesa 1983-85: Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Preface." In J. Calvet de Magalhães, A. de Vasconcelos, and J. Ramos Silva, eds., Portugal: An Atlantic Paradox, 9-11. Lisbon, 1990. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino. As Eleições De 25 De Abril: Geografia E Imagem Dos Partidos. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "10 Anos de Democracia: Reflexos na geografia política." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opelio, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal 1974-1984/ Conflitos e Mudanças em Portugal, 1974-1984, 135-55. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. As Eleições para assembleia da república, 1979-1983: Estudos de geografia eleitoral. Lisbon, 1984. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino, eds. Portugal em mapas e em números. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Giaccone, Fausto. Una Storia Portoghese/ Uma História Portuguesa. Palermo: Randazzo Focus, 1987.

   ■ Gladdish, Ken. "Portugal: An Open Verdict." In Geoffrey Pridham, ed. Securing Democracy: Political Parties and Democratic Consolidation in Southern Europe, 104-25. London and New York: Routledge, 1990.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Grayson, George W. "Portugal and the Armed Forces Movement." Orbis XIX, 2 (Summer 1975): 335-78.

   ■ Green, Gil. Portugal's Revolution. New York: International, 1976.

   ■ Hammond, John L. Building Popular Power: Workers' and Neighborhood Movements in the Portuguese Revolution. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.

   ■ Harsgor, Michael. Naissance d'un Nouveau Portugal. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1975.

   ■. Portugal in Revolution. Washington, D.C.: CSIS and Sage, 1976.

   ■ Harvey, Robert. Portugal, Birth of a Democracy. London: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■ Herr, Richard, ed. Portugal: The Long Road to Democracy and Europe. Berkeley, Calif.: International and Area Studies, 1992.

   ■ Insight Team of the Sunday [London] Times. Insight on Portugal: The Year of the Captains. London: Deutsch, 1975.

   ■ Janitschek, Hans. Mario Soares: Portrait of a Hero. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1985.

   ■ Keefe, Eugene K., et al. Area Handbook for Portugal, 1st ed. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Area Studies of American University, 1977. Kramer, Jane. "A Reporter at Large: The Portuguese Revolution." The New Yorker (Dec. 15, 1975): 92-131.

   ■ Lauré, Jason, and Ettagal Lauré. Jovem Portugal: After the Revolution. New York: Straus, Farrar and Giroux, 1977.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.

   ■ Lourenço, Eduardo. Os Militares e O Poder. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. O Fascismo Nunca Existiu. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "Identidade e Memôria: o caso português." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-l 984, 17-22. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. Evolução e Instituições: A Extinção dos Grémios da Lavoura Alentejanos. Mem Martins, 1984.

   ■. "A herança de duas revoluções." In M. Baptista Coelho, ed., Portugal: O Sistema Político e Constitucional, 1974-87, 505-55. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Braga de, and S. Serfaty. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. New York: Praeger, 1981.

   ■ Magone, José M. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. New York: St. Martin's, 1997. Mailer, Phil. Portugal: The Impossible Revolution. London: Solidarity, 1977. Manta, João Abel. Cartoons/ 1969-1975. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Manuel, Paul C. Uncertain Outcome: The Politics of Portugal's Transition to Democracy. Lanham, Md. and London: University Press of America, 1994.

   ■ Mateus, Rui. Contos Proibidos. Memorias de Um PS Desconhecido, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1996.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Portugal under Pressure." The New York Review of Books (May 2, 1974).

   ■. "The Hidden Revolution in Portugal." The New York Review of Books (April 17, 1975).

   ■. "The Thorns of the Portuguese Revolution." Foreign Affairs 54, 2 (Jan. 1976): 250-70.

   ■. "The Communists and the Portuguese Revolution." Dissent 27, 2 (Spring 1980): 194-206.

   ■. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. "Portugal: Toward the Twenty-First Century." Camoes Center Quarterly 5, 3-4 (Fall 1995): 6-55.

   ■, ed. The Press and the Rebirth of Iberian Democracy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1983.

   ■. Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution: Reports of Three Columbia University-Gulbenkian Workshops. New York: Research Institute on International Change, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth, and Michael H. Haltzel, eds. Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, José. Ensaio Histórico sobre a revolução do 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João, ed. Portugal De Abril: Do 25 Aos Nossos Dias. In Medina, ed., História Contemporãnea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1985. Merten, Peter. Anarchismus ünd Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libertare, 1981.

   ■ Miranda, Jorge. Constituição e Democracia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. A Constituição de 1976. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Morrison, Rodney J. Portugal: Revolutionary Change in an Open Economy. Boston: Auburn House, 1981.

   ■ Mujal-Leôn, Eusebio. "The PCP [Portuguese Communist Party] and the Portuguese Revolution." Problems of Communism 26 (Jan.- Feb. 1977): 21-41.

   ■ Neves, Mário. Missão em Moscovo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Oliveira, César. M. F. A. e Revolução Socialista. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Opello, Waiter C., Jr. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991.

   ■ Pell, Senator Claiborne H. Portugal ( Including the Azores and Spain) in Search of New Directions: Report to the Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1976.

   ■ Pereira, J. Pacheco. "A Case of Orthodoxy: The Communist Party of Portugal." In Waller and Fenema, eds., Communist Parties in Western Europe: Adaptation or Decline? Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1988.

   ■ Pilmott, Ben. "Socialism in Portugal: Was It a Revolution?" Government and Opposition 7 (Summer 1977).

   ■. "Were the Soldiers Revolutionary? The Armed Forces Movement in Portugal, 1973-1976." Iberian Studies 7, 1 (1978): 13-21.

   ■, and Jean Seaton. "Political Power and the Portuguese Media." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 43-57. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm and Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1977.

   ■ Pouchin, Dominique. Portugal, quelle révolution? Paris, 1976.

   ■ Pulido Valente, Vasco. "E Viva Otelo." In Pulido Valente, V., ed., O País das Maravilhas, 451-54. Lisbon, 1979 [anthology of articles from weekly Lisbon paper, Expresso].

   ■. Estudos Sobre a Crise Nacional. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Rebelo de Sousa, Marcelo. O Sistema de Governo Português antes e depois da Revisão Constitucional, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1981. Rêgo, Raúl. Militares, Clérigos e Paisanos. Lisbon, 1981. Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Avelino, Cesário Borga, and Mário Cardoso. O Movemento dos Capitães e o 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Portugal Depois De Abril. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ruas, H. B., ed. A Revolução das Flores. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. La Liberte couleur d'oeillet. Paris: Fayard, 1980.

   ■ Sa, Tiago Moreira de. Os Americanos na Revolucao Portuguesa ( 1974-1976). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Por Uma Social-Democracia Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Sanches Osôrio, Helena. Um Só Rosto. Uma Só Fé. Conversas Com Adelino Da Palma Carlos. Lisbon, 1988. Sanches Osôrio, J. The Betrayal of the 25th of April in Portugal. Madrid: Sedmay, 1975.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (1974): 5-33.

   ■. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." In G. O'Donnell,

   ■ P. C. Schmitter, and L. Whitehead, eds., Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, 3-10. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.

   ■ Silva, Fernando Dioga da. "Uma Administração Envelhecido." Revista da Ad-ministraçao Pública 2 (Oct.-Dec. 1979).

   ■ Simões, Martinho, ed. Relatório Do 25 De Novembro: Texto Integral, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Soares, Isabel, ed. Mário Soares: O homem e o político. Lisbon, 1976. Soares, Mário. Democratização e Descolonização: Dez meses no Governo Provisório. Lisbon, 1975. Sobel, Lester A., ed. Portuguese Revolution, 1974-1976. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1976.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. País Sem Rumo: Contributo para a História de uma Revolução. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Stock, Maria José. Os Partidos do Poder: Dez Anos Depois do " 25 De Abril." Evora, 1986.

   ■ Story, Jonathan. "Portugal's Revolution of Carnations: Patterns of Change and Continuity." International Affairs 52 (July 1976): 417-34. Sweezey, Paul. "Class Struggles in Portugal." Monthly Review 27, 4 (Sept. 1975): 1-26.

   ■ Szulc, Tad. "Lisbon and Washington: Behind Portugal's Revolution." Foreign Policy 21 (Winter 1975-76): 3-62. Tavares de Almeida, Antônio. Balsemão: O retrato. Lisbon, 1981. "Vasco." Desenhos Políticos. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vasconcelos, Alvaro. "Portugal in Atlantic-Mediterranean Security." In Douglas T. Stuart, ed., Politics and Security in the Southern Region of the Atlantic Alliance, 117-36. London: Macmillan, 1988.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Golpes militares e golpes literários. A literatura do golpe de 25 de Abril de 1974 em contexto histôrico." Penélope. Fazer E Desfazer A História, 19-20 (1998): 191-212.

   ■. "Tributo ao Historiador dos Historiadores. Memorias de A.H.de Oliveira Marques (1933-2007)," Historia XXIX, 95, III series (March 2007), 18-22.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. Transcending Corporatism? The Portuguese Corporative System and the Revolution of 1974. Columbia: Institute of International Studies, University of South Carolina, 1976.

   ■. The Transition to Democracy in Spain and Portugal. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989. Wise, Audrey. Eyewitness in Revolutionary Portugal. With a Preface by Judith Hart, MP. London: Spokesman, 1975.

   ■ PHYSICAL FEATURES: GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, FAUNA, AND FLORA

   ■ Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal: Étude de géographie régionale. Paris, 1950.

   ■ Embleton, Clifford. Geomorphology of Europe. London: Macmillan, 1984.

   ■ Girão, Aristides de Amorim. Divisão regional, divisão agrícola e divisão administrativa. Coimbra, 1932.

   ■. Condições geográficos e históricas de autonomia política de Portugal. Coimbra, 1935.

   ■. Atlas de Portugal, 2nd ed. Coimbra, 1958.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. Portugal, O Mediterrâneo e o Altântico. Coimbra, 1945 and later eds.

   ■. Portugal. Volume V of Geografia de Espana y Portugal. Barcelona, 1955.

   ■. Ensaios de Geografia Humana e regio nal. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■. A geografia e a divisão regional do país. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. The Individuality of Portugal. Austin: The University of Texas Press, 1959.

   ■. Portugal's Other Kingdom: The Algarve. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1963.

   ■ Taylor, Albert William. Wild Flowers of Spain and Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1972.

   ■ Way, Ruth, and Margaret Simmons. A Geography of Spain and Portugal. London: Methuen, 1962.

   ■ ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY

   ■ "Actas do Colóquio Inter-Universitário do Noroeste Peninsular (Porto-Baião, 1988), vol. II, Proto-História, romanização e Idade Média." In Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia. 28, 3-4 (1988).

   ■ Alarcão, Jorge de, ed. "Do Paleolítico va arte visigótica." Vol. 1, História da

   ■ Arte em Portugal. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■. Roman Portugal, 3 vols. Warminister, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Das Orígens A Romanização. Vol. I. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1990. Anderson, James M., and M. S. Lea. Portugal 1001 Sights: An Archaeological and Historical Guide. Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary and Robert Hale, 1994.

   ■ Balmuth, Miriam S., Antonio Gilman, and Lourdes Prados-Torreira, eds. Encounters and Transformations: The Archaeology of Iberia in Transition. Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology, no. 7. Sheffield, U.K.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997.

   ■ Beirão, C. M. M. Une civilization protohistorique du Sud au Portugal ( 1er Age du Fer). Paris: D. Boccard, 1986.

   ■ Cardoso, João Luís, Santinho A. Cunha, and Delberto Aguiar. O Homem Pre-Histórico no Concelho de Oeiras. Oeiras, Portugal: Estudos Arquelógicos de Oeiras, 1991.

   ■ Harrison, Richard J. The Bell Beaker Cultures of Spain and Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1977.

   ■ Mangas, Júlio, ed. Hispania epigraphica. Madrid, 1989.

   ■ Maloney, Stephanie J. "The Villa of Toerre de Palma, Portugal: Archaeology and Preservation." Portuguese Studies Review VIII, 1 (Fall-Winter, 1999-2000): 14-28.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. London, 1968.

   ■ Silva, A. C. F. A cultura castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Paços de Ferreira:

   ■ Museu da Citânia de Sanfins, 1986. Straus, L. G. Iberia before the Iberians. Albuquerque, N.M., 1992.

   ■ FOREIGN TRAVELERS AND RESIDENTS' ACCOUNTS

   ■ Andersen, Hans Christian. A Visit to Portugal 1866. London: Peter Owen, 1972.

   ■ Beckford, William. Italy, with Sketches of Spain and Portugal. Paris: Baudry's European Library, 1834.

   ■. The Journal of William Beckford in Portugal and Spain 1787-1788.

   ■ Boyd Alexander, ed. London: Hart-Davies, 1954.

   ■. Recollections of an Excursion to the Monasteries of Alcoboca and Batalha. Fontwell, U.K.: Centaur Press, 1972.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. In Portugal. London: Bodley Head, 1912.

   ■ Borrow, George. The Bible in Spain, 2 vols. London: Constable, 1923 ed.

   ■ Chaves, Castelo Branco. Os livros de viagens em Portugal no século XVIII e a sua projecção europeia. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Costigan, Arthur William. Sketches of Society and Manners in Portugal. London: T. Vernon, 1787.

   ■ Crawfurd, Oswald. Portugal Old and New. London: Kegan, Paul, 1880.

   ■. Round the Calendar in Portugal. London: Chapman & Hall, 1890.

   ■ Darymple, William. Travels through Spain and Portugal in 1774. London: J. Almon, 1777.

   ■ Dumouriez, Charles Francois Duperrier. An Account of Portugal as It Appeared in 1766. London: C. Law, 1797.

   ■ Fielding, Henry. Jonathan Wild and the Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. London: J. M. Dent, 1932.

   ■ Fullerton, Alice. To Portugal for Pleasure. London: Grafton, 1945.

   ■ Gibbons, John. I Gathered No Moss. London: Robert Hale, 1939.

   ■ Gordon, Jan, and Cora Gordon. Portuguese Somersault. London: Harrap, 1934.

   ■ Hewitt, Richard. A Cottage in Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.

   ■ Huggett, Frank. South of Lisbon: Winter Travels in Southern Portugal. London: Gollancz, 1960.

   ■ Hume, Martin. Through Portugal. London: Richards, 1907.

   ■ Hyland, Paul. Backwards Out of the Big World: A Voyage into Portugal. Hammersmith, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1996.

   ■ Jackson, Catherine Charlotte, Lady. Fair Lusitania. London: Bentley, 1874.

   ■ Kelly, Marie Node. This Delicious Land Portugal. London: Hutchinson, 1956.

   ■ Kempner, Mary Jean. Invitation to Portugal. New York: Athenaeum, 1969.

   ■ Kingston, William H. G. Lusitanian Sketches of the Pen and Pencil. 2 vol. London: Parker, 1845.

   ■ Landmann, George. Historical, Military and Picturesque Observations on Portugal. 2 vol. London: Cadell and Davies, 1818.

   ■ Latouche, John [Pseudonym of Oswald Crawfurd]. Travels in Portugal. London: Ward, Lock & Taylor, ca. 1874.

   ■ Link, Henry Frederick. Travels in Portugal and France and Spain. London: Longman & Rees, 1801.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. Manchester: Carcanet Books, 1990.

   ■ Merle, Iris. Portuguese Panorama. London: Ouzel, 1958.

   ■ Murphy, J. C. Travels in Portugal. London: 1795.

   ■ Proper, Datus C. The Last Old Place: A Search through Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.

   ■ Quillinan, Dorothy [Wordsworth]. Journal of a Few Months in Portugal with Glimpses of the South of Spain. 2 vol. London: Moxon, 1847. Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1954. Smith, Karine R. Until Tomorrow: Azores and Portugal. Snohomish, Wash.: Snohomish Publishing, 1978. Southey, Robert. Journals of a Residence in Portugal, 1800-1801 and a Visit to France, 1838. London and New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1912. Thomas, Gordon Kent. Lord Byron's Iberian Pilgrimage. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983. Twiss, Richard. Travels through Portugal and Spain in 1772-1773. London, 1775.

   ■ Watson, Gilbert. Sunshine and Sentiment in Portugal. London: Arnold, 1904. Wheeler, Douglas L. "A[n American] Fulbrighter in Lisbon, Portugal, 196162." Portuguese Studies Review 1 (1991): 9-16.

   ■ PORTUGUESE CARTOGRAPHY, DISCOVERIES, AND NAVIGATION

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Curso de História de Naútica. Coimbra, 1972.

   ■. Introdução a história dos descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon: Alfa, 1983.

   ■. Navegadores, viajantes e adventureiros portugueses: Séculos XV e XVI. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Portuguese Books on Nautical Science from Pedro Nunes to 1650. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Boorstin, Daniel. The Discoverers. New York: Random House, 1983. Boxer, C. R. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire, 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■ Brazão, Eduardo. La découverte de Terre-Neuve. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Université, 1964.

   ■. "Les Corte-Real et le Nouveau Monde." Revue d'histoire d'Amérique Française 19, 1 (1965): 335-49. Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira de Mota. Cartografia Portuguesa Antiga. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. Portugalia Monumenta Cartográfica, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■. História da Cartografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1969-70.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. L'expansion des portugais dans l'historie de la civilisation. Brussels, 1930.

   ■. Os descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. V. Magalhães Godinho and Joel Serrão, eds. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. A expansão dos Portugueses no período henriquinho. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Descobrimentos precolombanos dos portugueses. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Costa, Abel Fontoura da. A Marinharia dos Descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Costa Brochado, Idalino F. Descobrimento do Atlântico. Lisbon, 1958. English ed., 1959-60.

   ■ Coutinho, Admiral Gago. A naútica dos descobrimentos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1951-52.

   ■ Crone, G. R. Maps and Their Makers. New York: Capricorn Books, 1966.

   ■ Dias, José S. da Silva. Os descobrimentos e a problemática cultural do Século XVI, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Disney, Anthony, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa [ to 1460], 3 vols. Lisbon, 1945-54.

   ■ Guedes, Max, and Gerald Lombardi, eds. Portugal. Brazil: The Age of Atlantic Discoveries. Lisbon: Bertrand; Milan: Ricci; Brazilian Culture Foundation, 1990. [Catalogue of New York Public Library Exhibit, Summer 1990]

   ■ Harley, J. B., and David Woodward. The History of Cartography. Volume 1: Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient and Medieval Europe and Mediterranean. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.

   ■ Leite, Duarte. História dos Descobrimentos: Colectânea de esparsos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1958-61.

   ■ Ley, Charles. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.

   ■ Marques, J. Martins da Silva. Descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71.

   ■ Martyn, John R. C., ed. Pedro Nunes ( 1502-1578): His Lost Algebra and Other Discoveries. John R. C. Martyn, trans. New York: Peter Lang, 1996.

   ■ Morison, Samuel Eliot. The European Discovery of America: The Northern Voyages, A. D. 500-1600. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■. Portuguese Voyages to America in the Fifteenth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1974.

   ■ Mota, Avelino Teixeira da. Mar, Além-Mar-Estudos e Ensaios de História e Geografia. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Vida e Obra do Infante D. Henrique. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Parry, J. H. The Discovery of the Sea. New York: Dial, 1974.

   ■ Penrose, Boies. Travel and Discovery in the Renaissance, 1420-1620. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1952.

   ■ Peres, Damião. História dos Descobrimentos Portugueses. Oporto, 1943.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London, 1933; New York: Barnes & Noble, 1967.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Precision Astrolabe: Portuguese Navigators and Transoceanic Aviation. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Seary, E. R. "The Portuguese Element in the Place Names of Newfoundland." In Luís Albuquerque, ed., Vice-Almirante A. Teixeira da Mota: In Memo-riam. Vol. II, 359-64. Lisbon: Academia da Marinha, 1989.

   ■ Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco Da Gama. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.

   ■ Velho, Alvaro. Roteiro ( Navigator's Route) da Primeira Viagem de Vasco da Gama ( 1497-1499). Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Winius, George, ed. Portugal, the Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the Modern World 1300-ca. 1600. Madison, Wisc.: Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, 1995.

   ■ PORTUGAL AND HER OVERSEAS EMPIRES (1415-1975)

   ■ Abshire, David M., and Michael A. Samuels, eds. Portuguese Africa: A Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1969.

   ■ Afonso, Aniceto, and Carlos de Matos Gomes. Guerra Colonial. Lisbon: Noticias, 2001.

   ■ Albuquerque, J. Moushino de. Moçambique. Lisbon, 1898.

   ■ Alden, Dauril. The Making of an Enterprise: The Society of Jesus in Portugal, Its Empire & Beyond. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1995.

   ■ Alexandre, Valentim. Orígens do Colonialismo Português Moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.

   ■. Velho Brasil, Novas Africas: Portugal e o Império ( 1808-1975). Oporto: Afrontamento, 2000.

   ■, and Jill Dias, eds. "O Império Africano 1825-1890. Volume X." In J.

   ■ Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1998.

   ■ Ames, Glen J. "The Carreira da India, 1668-1682: Maritime Enterprise and the Quest for Stability in Portugal's Asian Empire." Journal of European Economic History 20, 1 (1991): 7-28.

   ■. Renascent Empire? The House of Braganza and the Quest for Stability in Portuguese Monsoon Asia, ca. 1640-1683. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Univ.Press, 2000.

   ■. Vasco da Gama. Renaissance Crusader. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2005.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. O Império com Pés de Barro: Colonizaçao e Descolonização: As Ideologias em Portugal. Lisbon: D. Quixote, 1980.

   ■. O Factor Africano 1890-1990. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1990.

   ■. A Guerra De Africa 1961-1974, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995-96.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto 1919-1982. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■ Axelson, Eric A. South-East Africa, 1488-1530. London: Longmans, 1940.

   ■. "Prince Henry and the Discovery of the Sea Route to India." Geographical Journal (U.K.) 127, 2 (June 1961): 145-58.

   ■. Portugal and the Scramble for Africa, 1875-1891. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1967.

   ■. Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1699. Cape Town: Struik, 1973.

   ■. Congo to Cape: Early Portuguese Explorers. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.

   ■ Azevedo, Mário. Historical Dictionary of Mozambique, 2nd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003.

   ■ Baião, António, Hernãni Cidade, and Manuel Murias, eds. História da Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 4 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40.

   ■ Bender, Gerald J. "The Limits of Counterinsurgency [in the Angolan War, 1961-72]." Comparative Politics (1972): 331-60.

   ■. Angola under the Portuguese: The Myth Versus Reality. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978.

   ■ Bhíla, H. H. K. Trade and Politics in a Shona Kingdom: The Manyika and Their Portuguese and African Neighbours, 1875-1902. Harlow, U.K.: Longman, 1990.

   ■ Birmingham, David. The Portuguese Conquest of Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.

   ■. Trade and Conflict in Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.

   ■. Frontline Nationalism in Angola & Mozambique. London: James Currey, 1992.

   ■. Portugal and Africa. New York: St. Martins, 1999.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Le Portugal Et Sa Vocation Maritime. Paris: Boccard, 1977. Boxer, C. R. Fidalgos in the Far East— Fact and Fancy in the History of Macau. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1948. ———. The Christian Century in Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951.

   ■ ———. Salvador de Sá and the Struggle for Brazil and Angola, 1602-1688. London, 1952.

   ■ ———. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■ ———. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1962.

   ■ ———. Race Relations in the Portuguese Colonial Empire, 1415-1825. Oxford:

   ■ Clarendon Press, 1963. ———. Portuguese Society in the Tropics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.

   ■ ———. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchi nson, 1969.

   ■ ———, and Carlos de Azevedo, eds. Fort Jesus and the Portuguese in Mombasa. London: Hollis and Carter, 1960.

   ■ Broadhead, Susan H. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.

   ■ Burton, Richard. Goa and the Blue Mountains. London: Bentley, 1851.

   ■ Cabral, Luís. Crónica da Libertação. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. Colonizing Traditions, Principles and Methods of the Portuguese. Lisbon, 1951.

   ■ ———. Portugal E A Internacionalização Dos Problemas Africanos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■ Cann, John P. Counterinsurgency in Africa: The Portuguese Way of War, 1961-1974. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1997. Castelo, Claudia. " O modo portugues de estar no mundo." O luso-tropicalismo e a ideologia colonial portuguesa ( 1931-1961). Oporto: Afrontamento, 1998. Castro, Armando. O Sistema Colonial Português em Africa ( meados do Século XX). Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Chaliand, Gerard. "The Independence of Guinea-Bissau and the Heritage of [Amilcar] Cabral." In Revolution in the Third World. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1978.

   ■ Chilcote, Ronald H. Portuguese Africa. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.

   ■ Clarence-Smith, Gervase. Slaves, Peasants and Capitalists in Southern Angola 1840-1926. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.

   ■ ———. The Third Portuguese Empire 1825-1975: A Study in Economic Imperialism. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1985.

   ■ Coates, Timothy J. Convicts and Orphans: Forced and State-Sponsored Colonizers in the Portuguese Empire, 1550-1720. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Davies, Shann. Macau. Singapore: Times Editions, 1986.

   ■ Dias, C. Malheiro, ed. História da colonização portuguesa no Brasil, 3 vols. Oporto, 1921-24.

   ■ Diffie, Bailey W., and George Winius. Foundations of the Portuguese Empire, 1415-1580. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1977.

   ■ Disney, Anthony R. Twilight of the Pepper Empire: Portuguese Trade in Southwest India in the Early Seventeenth Century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978.

   ■ ———, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Duffy, James. Shipwreck and Empire: Being an Account of Portuguese Maritime Disaster in a Century of Decline. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955.

   ■ ———. Portuguese Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1959. ———. Portugal in Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962.

   ■. "The Portuguese Territories." In Colin Legum, ed., Africa: A Handbook to the Continent. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1967. ———. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967. Felgas, Hélio. História do Congo Português. Carmona, Angola, 1958. ———. Guerra em Angola. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique, and Carlos Selvagam. O Império Ultramarino Português, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■ Gleijeses, Piero. Conflicting Missions: Havana, Washington and Africa, 19591976. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. "Portugal and Her Empire." In The New Cambridge Modern History. Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1963): 509-TO.

   ■ Grenfell, F. James. História da Igreja Baptista em Angola, 1879-1975. Queluz, Portugal: Núcleo, 1998.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. "Economic Imperialism: Sidelights on a Stereotype." Journal of Economic History XXI, 4 (1961): 582-98.

   ■ ———. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Hanson, Carl. Portugal and the Wider World 1147-1497. New Orleans, La.: University Press of the South, 2001.

   ■ Harris, Marvin. Portugal's African Wards. New York: American Committee on Africa, 1957.

   ■ ———. "Portugal's Contribution to the Underdevelopment of Africa and Brazil." In Ronald H. Chilcote, ed., Protest & Resistance in Angola & Brazil: Comparative Studies, 209-23. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.

   ■ Henderson, Lawrence W. Angola: Five Centuries of Conflict. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1979. ———. A Igreja Em Angola. Lisbon: Edit. Além-Mar, 1990. Heywood, Linda. Contested Power in Angola 1840s to the Present. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press, 2000.

   ■ Hilton, Anne. The Kingdom of Kongo. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.

   ■ Hower, Alfred, and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds. Empire in Transition: The Portuguese World in the Time of Camões. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Isaacman, Allen. "The Prazos da Coroa 1752-1830: A Functional Analysis of the Political System." STUDIA (Lisbon) 26 (1969): 149-78.

   ■. Mozambique: The Africanization of a European Institution: The Zambezi Prazos, 1750-1902. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Tradition of Resistance in Mozambique: Anti-Colonial Activity in the Zambesi Valley 1850-1921. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.

   ■ James, Martin. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2004.

   ■ Jardim, Jorge. Sanctions Double-Cross: Oil to Rhodesia. Lisbon, 1978. Johnson, Harold, and Maria Beatriz Nizza da Silva. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1500-1620. Volume VI. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992. Joliffe, Jill. East Timor: Nationalism & Colonialism. University of Queensland Press, 1978.

   ■ Kea, Ray A. Settlements, Trade and Politics in the Seventeenth Century Gold Coast. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982.

   ■ Kohen, Arnold. From the Place of the Dead. The Epic Struggles of Bishop Belo of East Timor. New York: St Martins, 1999.

   ■ Livingstone, Charles, and David Livingstone. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi and Its Tributaries. New York: 1866.

   ■ Livingstone, David. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.

   ■ Lobban, Richard, and Joshua Forrest. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1996. Lobban, Richard, and Marilyn Halter. Historical Dictionary of Cape Verde, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1993. Martino, Antonio M. Joao de Azevedo Coutinho. Marinheiro e soldado de Portugal. Lisbon: Colibri, 2002. Martins, Rocha. História das Colónias Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1933. Marvaud, Angel. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1912. Mason, Philip, ed. Angola: A Symposium; Views of a Revolt. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1961. Melo, João de, ed. Os Anos Da Guerra 1961-1975: Os Portugueses em Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1988. Miller, Joseph C. Way of Death: Merchant Capitalism and the Angolan Slave Trade, 1730-1830. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.

   ■ Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Portugal. Vinte Anos de Defesa do Estado Português de India. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. Portugal Replies in the United Nations. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Mondlane, Eduardo. The Struggle for Mozambique. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1969.

   ■ Moreira, Adriano. Política Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■. Portugal's Stand in Africa. New York: University Publishers, 1962.

   ■, and Jose Carlos Venancio. Eds. Luso-Tropicalismo. Uma Teoria Social em Questao. Lisbon: Vega, 2000.

   ■ Múrias, Manuel, ed. História da expansão portuguesa no mundo, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1937-42.

   ■. Short History of Portuguese Colonization. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Newitt, Malyn. Portuguese Settlement on the Zambesi: Exploration, Land Tenure and Colonial Rule in East Africa. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1973.

   ■. Portugal in Africa: The Last Hundred Years. London: Longmans, 1981.

   ■. A History of Mozambique. London: Hurst, 1995.

   ■. A History ofPortuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. London: Routledge, 2005.

   ■. Diálogos Interditos: A Política Externa Portuguesa E A Guerra De Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. História De Portugal. 1933-1974: II Suplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■. Salazar. Vol. V: A Resistência ( 1958-1964). Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Nowell, Charles E. "Portugal and the Partition of Africa." Journal of Modern History XIX, 1 (1947): 1-17.

   ■ Nunes, Antonio Lopes Pires. Angola 1961. Da Baixa do Cassange a Nambu-angongo. Lisbon: Prefacio, 2005.

   ■ Okuma, Thomas. Angola in Ferment: The Background and Prospects of Angolan Nationalism. Boston: Beacon, 1962.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Pélissier, René. Les Guerres Grises: Resistance Et Revoltes en Angola ( 18451941). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1977.

   ■. Naissance Du Mozambique: Tome 1, Tome 2, Resistance Et Revoltes Anticoloniales ( 1854-1981), 2 vols. Orgeval: Pélissier, 1984.

   ■. História de Moçambique. Vol. II. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Naissance de la Guinée: Portugais et Africains en Senegambie ( 1841-1936). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1989.

   ■. Timor En Guerre: Le Crocodile et les Portugais ( 1847-1913). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1996.

   ■ Pires, Adelino Serras, and Fiona Claire Capstick. The Winds of Havoc: A Memoir of Adventure and Destruction in Deepest Africa. New York: St. Martin's, 2001.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■ Ranger, T. [Terence] O. "Revolt in Portuguese East Africa: The Makombe Rising of 1917." St. Anthony's Papers. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 15 (1963).

   ■ Remy. Goa, Rome of the Orient. Trans. from the French by Lancelot Sheppard. London, 1957.

   ■ Ribeiro, General Goncalves. A Vertigem da Descolonizacao. Da Agonia do Exodo a Cidadania Plena. Lisbon: Inquerito, 2002. Ricard, Robert. Etudes sur l'Histoire des Portugais au Maroc. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Richards, J. M. Goa. London: Hurst, 1982.

   ■ Rodney, Walter. A History of the Upper Guinea Coast, 1545-1800. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Rodrigues, José Honório. Africa e Brasil: Outro Horizonte. Rio de Janeiro, 1961.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. "Valentim Fernandes, Rodrigo de Santaella, and the Recognition of the Antilles as "Opposite India." Boletim da Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa series 75 (July-September 1957): 279-309.

   ■. The Obedience of a King of Portugal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1958.

   ■. The Quest for Eastern Christians: Travels and Rumors in the Age of Discovery. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1962.

   ■ Russell-Wood, A. J. Fidalgos and Philanthropists: The Santa Casa da Mi-sericordia of Bahia, 1550-1755. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968.

   ■. "Colonial Brazil." In David W. Cohen and Jack Greene, eds., Neither Slave nor Free, 84-133. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972.

   ■. "Local Government in Portuguese America: A Study in Cultural Divergence." Comparative Studies in Society and History 16 (1974): 187-231.

   ■. From Colony to Nation: Essays on the Independence of Brazil. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975.

   ■. World on the Move: The Portuguese in Africa, Asia & America, 1415-1808. New York: St. Martins, 1993.

   ■ Salazar, António de Oliveira. Goa and the Indian Union. Lisbon, 1954.

   ■. "Portugal, Goa and the Indian Union." Foreign Affairs (New York) 34, 3 (April, 1956): 418-31.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs (London) XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■ Saldanha, C. F. A Short History of Goa. Goa, 1957.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. Indies Adventure: The Amazing Career of Afonso de Albuquerque. London: Blackie, 1936.

   ■. Portugal in Quest of Prester John. London: Hutchinson, 1943.

   ■. The Land of Prester John. New York: Knopf, 1944.

   ■. Henry the Navigator. New York: Norton, 1947.

   ■. The Perfect Prince: Dom João II. Oporto, 1959.

   ■. Good Hope, the Voyage of Vasco da Gama. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. The Reign of the Fortunate King ( Manuel I), 1495-1521. Hamden, Conn.: Archon, 1969.

   ■. Knight of the Renaissance: A Biography of Dom João de Castro. London: Hutchinson, n.d.

   ■ Schubert, Benedict. A Guerra e as Igrejas: Angola, 1961-1991. Basel, Switzerland: Schlettwein, 2000 [orig. ed. in German, Lucerne, Exodus Pub., 1997].

   ■ Schwartz, Stuart G. Sovereignty and Society in Colonial Brazil. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.

   ■ Serra, Carlos, ed. História de Moçambique, 2 vols. Maputo, Mozambique: Tempo, 1982-83.

   ■ Silva, Botelho da, ed. and comp. " Dossier" Goa. ( General Manuel) Vassalo e Silva. A Recusa do Sacrifício Inútil. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Silva, Maria Beatriz Nizza da, ed. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1750-1822. Volume VIII. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1986.

   ■ Silva Cunha J. M. da. Questões Ultramarinos e Internacionais. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Silva Rego, A. da. História das missões do padroado português do Oriente: India ( 1500-1542). 1 vol. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■. Portuguese Colonization in the Sixteenth Century: A Study of Royal Ordinances. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1957.

   ■. O Ultramar Português No Século XIX ( 1834-1910). Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Sousa Dias, Gastão. Os Portugueses em Angola. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Sykes, John. Portugal and Africa: The People and the War. London: Hutchinson, 1971.

   ■ Telo, António José. Lourenço Marques na Política Externa Portuguesa. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1991.

   ■. Economia E Império No Portugal Contemporânea. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■. Os Açores e o Controlo do Atlântico. Lisbon: Asa, 1993.

   ■ Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. Capitalism and Colonialism in Mozambique: A Study of Quelimane District. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1980.

   ■ Veen, Ernst van. Defeat or Decay? An Inquiry into the Portuguese Decline in Asia 1580-1645. Leiden: University of Leiden, 2000.

   ■ Verlinden, Charles. "Italian Influence on Iberian Colonization." Hispanic American Historical Review 33 (1953): 99-211.

   ■. The Beginnings of Modern Colonization. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1970.

   ■ Vogel, Charles. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1860.

   ■ Vogt, John. Portuguese Rule on the Gold Coast 1469-1682. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1979.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola. 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, Department of History, 1963.

   ■. "Anti-Imperialism Traditions in Portugal, Yesterday and Today." Boston University Graduate Journal XII, 2 (Spring 1964): 125-37.

   ■. 'The Portuguese and Mozambique: The Past against the Future." In John A. Davis and James K. Baker, eds., Southern Africa in Transition. 180-96. New York: Praeger, 1966.

   ■. "Gungunhana." In Norman R. Bennett, ed., Leadership in Eastern Africa, Six Political Biographies, 165-220. Boston: Boston University Press, 1968.

   ■. "Gungunyane the Negotiator." Journal of African History IX, 4 (1968): 585-602.

   ■. "Nineteenth-Century African Protest in Angola: Prince Nicolas of Kongo (1830?-1860)." African Historical Studies (Boston) I (1968): 40-59.

   ■. "The Portuguese Army in Angola." Journal of Modern African Studies (Cambridge U.K.), 7, 3 (Oct. 1969): 425-39.

   ■. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Portugal in Angola: A Living Colonialism?" In C. Potholm and R. Dale, eds., Southern Africa in Perspective, 172-82. New York: Free Press, 1972.

   ■. "The First Portuguese Colonial Movement, 1835-1875." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) I, 1 (Spring 1975): 25-27.

   ■. "Rebels and Rebellions in Angola, 1672-1892." In Mark Karp, ed., African Dimensions: Essays in Honor of William O. Brown, 81-93. Boston: Boston University Press, 1975.

   ■. "African Elements in Portugal's Armies in Africa (1961-1974)." Armed Forces and Society (Chicago) 2, 2 (Feb. 1976): 233-50.

   ■. "Portuguese Colonial Governors in Africa, 1870-1974." In L. H. Gann and Peter Duignan, eds., African Proconsuls: European Governors in Africa, 415-26. New York: Free Press, 1978; and "J. Mousinho de Albuquerque (1855-1902)" and "J. Norton de Matos (1867-1955)": 427-44; 445-63.

   ■. "The Portuguese Withdrawal from Africa, 1974-1975; The Angolan Case." In John Seiler, ed., Southern Africa Since the Portuguese Coup, 3-21. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1980.

   ■. "The Portuguese Exploration Expeditions and Expansion in Angola, 1877-1883." In Academia de Marinha and Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical, eds., Vice Almirante A. Teixeira Da Mota: In Memoriam. Volume I, 267-76. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. "'Aqui é Portugal!': The Politics of the Colonial Idea during the Estado Novo, 1926-1974." In Pavilhão de Portugal, EXPO'98 and Instituto de História Contemporânea, eds., Portugal No Transição Do Milênio: Colóquio Internacional, 375-105. Lisbon: Fim de Século, 1998.

   ■. The Empire Time Forgot: Writing a History of the Portuguese Overseas Empire, 1808-1975. Oporto: Universidade Fernando Pessoa, 1998.

   ■. "Filho Do Porto, Filho Do Império: Antônio Francisco Da Silva Porto (1817-1890) and the Politics of Motivation in Portugal's First and Second Scrambles for Africa (1836-1861; 1875-1891)." Revista da UFP [Universidade Fernando Pessoa] 4 (Dec. 1999): 225-54.

   ■. "'Mais leis do que mosquitos': A Primeira República Portuguesa e o Império Ultramarino (1910-1926)." In Nuno Severiano Teixeira and Antó-nio Costa Pinto, eds., A Primeira República Portuguesa Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo, 133-68. Lisbon: University Nova de Lisboa, 2000.

   ■. "Spiritual Peoples at Odds: Portugal, India and the Goa Question, 1947-61." In Anthony Disney and Emily Booth, eds., Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia, 452-70. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■. "Portugal, Africa and the future." In Stewart Lloyd-Jones and Antonio Costa Pinto, eds., The Last Empire: Thirty Years of Portuguese Decolonization, 113-25. Bristol, U.K.: Intellect, 2003.

   ■. "The Forced Labor 'System' in Angola, 1903-1947: Reassessing Origins and Persistence in the Context of Colonial Consolidation, Economic Growth and Reform Failures." In CEAUP, Centro de Estudos Africanos da Universidade do Porto, ed., Trabalho forcado africano-experiencias coloniais comparadas, 367-393. Oporto: CEAUP, 2006.

   ■. "As Raizes Do Nacionalismo Angolano: Publicacoes De Protesto Dos Assimilados, 1870-1940." In Nuno Vidal and Justino Pinto De Andrade, eds., O Processo De Transicao Para O Multipartidarismo Em Angola, 73-92. Lisbon: Ed. Firmamento, 2006.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. London: Pall Mall and New York: Praeger, 1971; reprinted, Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977; Portuguese lang. edition, Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2009. Whiteway, R. W. The Rise of the Portuguese Power in India, 1497-1550. London: Constable, 1899.

   ■ Winius, George D. The Fatal History of Portuguese Ceylon: Transition to Dutch Rule. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1971.

   ■. "The Portuguese Asian 'Decadência' Revisited." In Alfred Hower and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds., Empire in Transition, 106-17. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1980.

   ■. The Black Legend of Portuguese India. New Delhi: New Concept, 1985.

   ■ Portuguese Migration and Communities Abroad

   ■ Alves, Marcial. Os Portugueses no Mundo. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Anderson, Grace M., and David Higgs, eds. A Future to Inherit: Portuguese Communities in Canada. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1976. Arroteia, Jorge Carvalho. A emigração Portuguesa-suas origens e distribuição. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. "Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Portuguese Emigration: A Bibliography." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 3 (Fall-Winter, 1977-78).

   ■. "Emigrar Para Voltar: A Portuguese Ideology of Return Migration." Papers in Anthropology 20 (1979): 1-20.

   ■. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Co., 1982.

   ■. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Eduardo de. Os portugueses na Nova Inglaterra. Rio de Janeiro, 1931.

   ■ Caspari, Andrea. "The Return Orientation among Portuguese Migrants in France." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 193-203. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone, ed. Portugueses na América do Norte. Baden: Peregrinação, 1983.

   ■ Fagundes, Francisco Cota. Hard Knocks: An Azorean-American Odyssey.

   ■ [Memoir]. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000. Felix, John Henry, and Peter F. Senecal. The Portuguese in Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaii: Authors' edition, 1978. Fernandes, Ferreira. Os Primos da América. Lisbon: Relógio D'Agua, 1991. Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa. As orígens e formas de emigração. Lisbon, 1976. Freitas, J. F. Portuguese-American Memories. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930.

   ■ Giles, Wenona. "Motherhood and Wage Labour in London, England: Portuguese Migrant Women and the Politics of Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. University of Toronto, 1987.

   ■ Higgs, David, ed. Portuguese Migration in Global Perspective. Ontario: Multicultural Historical Society of Ontario, 1990.

   ■ Klimt, Andrea. "Portuguese Migrants in Germany: Class, Ethnicity and Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Stanford University, 1987.

   ■ Lavigne, Gules. Les ethniques et la ville: L'aventure des immigrants portugais à Montreal. Montreal: Preamble, 1987.

   ■ Leder, Hans Howard. Cultural Persistence in a Portuguese-American Community. New York: Arno Press, 1980.

   ■ Lewis, J. R., and A. M. Williams. "Emigrants and Retornados: A Comparative Analysis of the Economic Impact of Return Migration in the Região Centro." In E. D. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 227-50. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ McCabe, Marsha L., and Joseph D. Thomas, eds. Portuguese Spinner: An American Story; Stories of History, Culture and Life from Portuguese Americans in Southeastern New England. New Bedford, Mass.: Spinner, 1998.

   ■ Marques, D., and J. Medeiros. Portuguese Immigrants: 25 Years in Canada. Toronto: West End YMCA, 1989.

   ■ Martins, J. Oliveira. Fomento Rural e emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Mira, Manuel. The Forgotten Portuguese: The Melungeons and Other Groups; The Portuguese Making of America. Franklin, N.C.: Portuguese-American Historical Research Foundation, 1998.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal." Economia e Sociedade (Lisbon) 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ Nunes, Maria Luisa. A Portuguese Colonial in America: Belmira Nunes Lopes; The Autobiography of a Cape Verdean-American. Pittsburgh, Penn.: Latin American Literary Review Press, 1982.

   ■ Oliver, Lawrence. Never Backward: The Autobiography of Lawrence Oliver; A Portuguese-American. San Diego, 1972.

   ■ Pap, Leo. The Portuguese-Americans. Boston: Twayne, 1981.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. A Política Portuguesa de Emigraçao, 1850 a 1930. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Pereira da Rosa, Victor M., and Salvato V. Trigo. "Elementos para uma Caracterização da Família Imigrante Portuguesa na Africa do Sul." Economia e Sociologia 41 (1986): 61-71.

   ■. Azorean Emigration: A Preliminary Overview. Oporto: Fernando Pessoa University, 1994.

   ■. Portugueses e Moçambicanos no Apartheid: Da Ficção à Realidade. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Purves, James. "Portuguese in Bermuda." Bermuda Historical Quarterly 3 (1946): 133-42.

   ■ Ribeiro, F. G. Cassola. Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da. "La Sociologie des Migrations au Portugal." Current Sociology 32, 2 (Summer 1984): 175-98.

   ■. "Towards Reintegration of Emigrants." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and Guy Clausse, eds., Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal, 183-94. Saarbrücken: Breitenbach, 1985.

   ■. "Emigração." In Dicionario Illustrado Da História De Portugal ( 1985): 205-7.

   ■. A Emigração. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Espaços de herança cultural portuguesa-gentes, factos, políticas." Analise Social (Lisbon) XXIV (1988): 313-51.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da, and Jorge Arroteia. Bibliografia da Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Americans of Portuguese Descent: A Lesson in Differentiation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1974.

   ■. Testemunhos sobre a Emigração Portuguesa: Antologia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Silva, F. Emídio da. A Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Silva, Manuela, et al. Retorno, Emigração e Desenvolvimento Regional em Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Simões, Mário Pinto. O Emigrante Português: Processos de Adaptação ( o exemplo da Suiça). Oporto, 1985.

   ■ Simões, Nuno. O Brasil e a Emigração Portuguesa. Coimbra, 1934.

   ■ Sousa Ferreira, Eduardo de, and Guy Clausse, eds. Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal. Saarbrucken: Verlag Breitenbach, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Sea to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Vicente, António Luís. Os Portuguese Nos Estados Unidos Da América: Política De Comunidades E Comunidade Política. Lisbon: FLAD, 1998.

   ■ Viera, David, et al. Portuguese in the United States: A Bibliography ( Supplement to the 1976 Leo Pap Bibliography). Essay Number 6 in Essays in Portuguese Studies. Durham, N.H.: International Conference Group on Portugal, 1989.

   ■ Williams, Jerry. And Yet They Come: Portuguese Immigration from the Azores to the United States. New York: Center for Migration Studies, 1982.

   ■ Portugal's Atlantic Islands (Azores, Madeiras)

   ■ Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel. The Madeira Islands, 2 vols. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1900.

   ■ Bryans, Robin. Madeira, Pearl of the Atlantic. London: Robert Hale, 1959.

   ■. The Azores. London: Faber & Faber, 1963.

   ■ Cooke, Rupert Croft. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Cossart, Noel. Madeira— the Island Vineyard. London: Christie's, 1984.

   ■ Da Silva, Fernando Augusto, and Carlos Azevedo de Menezes. Elucidário Madeirense, 3 vols. Funchal, 1940.

   ■ Duncan, T. Bentley. Atlantic Islands in the Seventeenth Century: Madeira, the Azores and the Cape Verdes in Seventeenth-Century Commerce andNavigation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972.

   ■ Guill, James H. A History of the Azores Islands. Menlo Park, Calif.: Author's Edition, 1972.

   ■ Instituto Histórico Da Ilha Terceira [Azores]. Os Açores E O Atlântico ( Séculos XIV-XVII) [Proceedings of International Colloquium, August 1983]. Angra do Heroismo, Terceira Island, Azores, 1984.

   ■ Koebel, William Henry. Madeira Old and New. London: Griffiths, 1909.

   ■ Mee, Jules. Histoire de la découverte des Iles Açores. Ghent, 1901.

   ■ Peres, Damião. A Madeira sob os donatórios-Séculos XV e XVI. Funchal, 1914.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Atlantic Islanders of the Azores and Madeiras. North Quincy, Mass.: Christopher House, 1979.

   ■ Serpa, Caetano Valadão. A Gente Dos Açores. Identificaçao-Emigraçio E Religiosidade: Séculos XVI-XX. Lisbon: 1978.

   ■ Silva, J. Donald. "With Columbus in Madeira." Portuguese Studies Review (Durham, NH) I, 1 (Spring-Summer 1991).

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Azores and the United States (1787-1987): Two Hundred Years of Shared History." Boletim do Instituto Histórico da Ilha Terceira XLV (1988): 55-71.

   ■ Anglo-Portuguese Alliance (1373-Present)

   ■ Almada, José de. A Aliança Inglesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1947.

   ■. Para a história da aliança luso-britânica. Lisbon, 1955.

   ■ Atkinson, William C. British Contributions to Portuguese and Brazilian Studies. London: British Council, 1974.

   ■ Bourne, Kenneth. The Foreign Policy of Victorian England 1830-1902. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970.

   ■ British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■ British Community Council of London. Souvenir Brochure Commemorating the 600th Anniversary of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of Alliance and Friendship, 1373-1973. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. Portugal na Alvorada do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello "Aliança Inglesa." Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura. Vol. 1 (1963): 1270-1271.

   ■. "L'alliance Anglo-Portuguese: Histoire et situation actuelle." Chronique de politique etrangére (Paris) XX, 6 (1967): 695-708.

   ■. Portugal e a Internacionalização dos Problemas Africanos. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Castro, Armando. A dominação inglesa em Portugal. Estudo seguido de Antologia Textos dos Sécs. XVIII e XIX. Oporto: Afrontamento, 1972.

   ■ Crollen, Luc. Portugal, the U.S. and NATO. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1973.

   ■. "Portugal." In O. De Raeymaeker et al. Small Powers in Alignment, 27-96. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1974.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. Portugal e Inglaterra. Corunna, 1932.

   ■ Davidson, Basil. "The Oldest Alliance Faces a Crisis." In Philip Masonm, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 138-60. London: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■ Duff, Katherine. "The War and the Neutrals." In Arnold and Veronica Toyn-bee, eds., Survey of International Affairs. London: Chatham House, 1956.

   ■ Duffy, James. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967.

   ■ Epstein, John. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1373-1973." World Survey (London) 54 (June 1973): p. 18.

   ■ Ferreira, José Medeiros. Estudos de Estratégia e Relações Internacionais. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General L. O Poder Militar Da Gran-Bretanha E A Aliança Anglo-Lusa. Coimbra, 1939.

   ■. A Cooperaçio Anglo-Portuguesa na Grande Guerra de 1914-18. Lisbon, 1942.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Freitas, A. Barjona de. A Questão Ingleza. Lisbon, 1891.

   ■ Gonçalves, Caetano. A Aliança Luso-Britânica e o Domínio Colonial Português. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Guedes, Armando Marques. A Aliança Inglesa: Notas de História diplomática, 1383-1943. Lisbon, 1943. Halpern Pereira, Miriam. Revoluçio, finanças, dependência externa. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Howorth, A. H. D'Araujo Scott. A Aliança Luso-Britânica E A Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Lawrence, L. Nehru Seizes Goa. New York: Pageant, 1963.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance: Historical Perspective." 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 7-15. Lisbon: BBC, 1973.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Borges de. História Diplomática Portuguesa-Constantes e Linhas de Força. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Manoel, J. de Câmara. Portugal e Inglatterra. Lisbon, 1909.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro S. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Medlicott, W. N. The Economic Blockade, Vol. II. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office, 1952.

   ■ Oliveira, Pedro Aires. Os Despojos Da Alianca. A Gra-Bretanha e a questao colonial portuguesa 1945-1975. Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2007. Ortigão, Ramalho. John Bull. Lisbon, 1887.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Diplomatic Relations of Portugal with France, England and Holland from 1646 to 1668. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1925.

   ■. Chapters in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. London: Voss & Michael, 1935.

   ■ Russell, Peter E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955. Sarmento, J. E. Morães. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and Coast Defense. London, 1908.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. "O Ultimatum (January 1890)." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. IV (1971): 219-24.

   ■ Shafaat, Ahmed Khan, ed. Anglo-Portuguese Negotiations Relating to Bombay, 1660-1667. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Sousa, Carlos Hermenegildo de. A Aliança Anglo-Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■ Stone, Glyn A. "The Official British Attitude to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1910-45." Journal of Contemporary History (London) 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 729-46.

   ■. The Oldest Ally: Britain and the Portuguese Connection, 1936-1941. Woodbridge, U.K.: Royal Historical Society and Boydell Press, 1994. Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Ultimatum Inglês: Política Externa no Portugal do 1890. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Teles, Basilio. Do Ultimatum ao 30 de Janeiro. Oporto, 1905.

   ■ Vicente, António Pedro. "Um testemunho de 1796 sobre a Situação de Portugal face ao domínio inglês." In Arquivos do Centro Cultural Portugües, IV. Paris, 1972.

   ■ Vieira de Castro, Luís. D. Carlos I. ( Elementos de História Diplomática), 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1941.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain, Portugal and the First World War." European Studies Review 4, 3 (1974).

   ■. "The Portuguese Economy and the Anglo-Portuguese Commercial Treaty of 1916." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) III, 2 (Autumn 1974): 49-54.

   ■. As Relações Políticas Luso-Britânicas 1910-1916. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. "The Portuguese Republic and Britain, 1910-14." Journal of Contemporary History 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 707-27.

   ■ Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: A Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. Viriato [Pseud]. A Aliança lnglesa. Lisbon, 1914.

   ■ Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon and Its Closing Stages Ensuring upon the Treaty of 1810. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola, 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 1963.

   ■. "19th Century: Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and the Scramble for Africa." In BBC, 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 40-43. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 34, 1, 2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27; 97-111.

   ■ Wordsworth, William. William Wordsworth's Convention of Cintra: A Facsimile of the 1809 Tract [Introduction by Gordon Kent Thomas]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1917.

   ■ ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, RURAL AND URBAN SOCIETY

   ■ Almeida, Miguel Vale de. The Hegemonic Male: Masculinity in a Portuguese Town. Oxford: Berghan, 1996.

   ■ Black, Richard. Crisis and Change in Rural Europe: Agricultural Development in the Portuguese Mountains. Aldershot, U.K.: Avebury and Ashgate, 1992.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■. "The Absence of Men." Natural History 96, 2 (Feb. 1987): 52-61.

   ■. "The Portuguese." In Encyclopedia of World Cultures. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, 1990.

   ■. "The Priest and His People: The Contractual Basis for Religious Practice in Rural Portugal." In Ellen Badone, ed., Religious Orthodoxy and Popular Faith in European Society, 55-75. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1990.

   ■ Brogger, Jan. Pre-bureaucratic Europeans: A Study of a Portuguese Fishing Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. "Portuguese Perspectives." Sociologia Ruralis [Journal of European Rural Sociology] XXIV, 1 (1986); number devoted to rural Portugal today. Chaney, Rick. Regional Emigration and Remittances in Developing Countries: The Portuguese Experience. New York: Praeger, 1986. Cole, Sally. Women of the Praia: Work and Lives in a Portuguese Colonial Community. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Cutileiro, José. A Portuguese Rural Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■ Deschamps, Paul. Portugal: La Vie Sociale Actuelle. Paris, 1935.

   ■. Histoire Sociale du Portugal. Paris, 1959.

   ■ Dias, Jorge. Rio do Onor-comunitarismo agropastoral. Oporto, 1953.

   ■. Ensaios Etnológicos. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Contribution to Cultural Anthropology. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1964.

   ■. Vilarinho Da Furna: Uma Aldeia Comunitária. Rev. ed. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Downs, Charles. Os Moradores à Conquista da Cidade. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. "Community Organization, Political Change and Urban Policy: Portugal. 1974-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology. University of California, 1980.

   ■. "Residents' Commissions and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Dracklé, Dorlé. Macht und Ohnmacht: Der Kampf num die Agarreform im Alentejo ( Portugal). Gottingen, Germany: Edit. Re, 1991.

   ■ Espírito Santo, Moise. Communidade Rural ao Norte do Tejo. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Feijó, Rui, H. Martins, and João de Pina Cabral, eds. Death in Portugal. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Feijó, Rui Graça. "State, Nation and Regional Diversity in Portugal: An Overview." In Richard Herr and John H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity: Essays on the Nature of Identity in Portugal and Spain, 37-47. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, University of California, 1989.

   ■ Feio, Mariano. Les Bas Alentejo et l'Algarve. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Ferreira de Almeida, João. Classes sociais nos campos. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Fonseca, Ramiro da. O Livro da Saúde e da Doença. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. Portugal: A Book of Folk-Ways. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1936. Reprinted, 1961.

   ■ Hoefgen, Lynn. "The Integration of Returnees from the Colonies into Portugal's Social and Economic Life." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Ingerson, Alice Elizabeth. "Corporatism and Class Consciousness in Northwestern Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Johns Hopkins University, 1984.

   ■ Jenkins, Robin. The Road to Alto. London: Pluto Press, 1979.

   ■ Lawrence, Denise. "Menstrual Politics: Women and Pigs in Rural Portugal." In T. Buckley and A. Gottlieb, eds., Blood Magic: The Anthropology of Menstruation, 117-36. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988.

   ■. "Suburbanization of House Form and Gender Relations in a Rural Portuguese Agro-Town." Architecture and Behavior 4, 3 (1988): 197-212.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Portugal." In Margaret S. Archer and Salvador Giner, eds., Contemporary Europe: Class, Status and Power. New York: St. Martins, 1971.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Identificação de um país. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Merten, Peter. Anarchismüs und Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libera-tare Association, 1981.

   ■ Monteiro, Paulo. Terra que ja foi terra: Análise Sociológica de nove lugares agro-pastorais da Serra da Lousã. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Nataf, Daniel. "Social Cleavages and Regime Formation in Contemporary Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, UCLA, 1987.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal: Ensaio Exploratório." Economia e Socialismo 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ O'Neill, Brian Juan. "Dying and Inheriting in Rural Tras-os-Montes." Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 14 (1983): 44-74.

   ■. Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet: Land, Late Marriage, and Inheritance, 1870-1978. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.

   ■ Pacheco, Helder. Tradições Populares de Portugal. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Pardoe, Julia. Traits and Traditions of Portugal, 2 vols. London, 1832.

   ■ Pereira Neto, João Baptista. "Social Evolution in Portugal since 1945." In Raymond S. Sayers, ed., Portugal and Brazil in Transition, 212-27. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.

   ■ Pina-Cabral, João de. Sons of Adam, Daughters of Eve: The Peasant World-View of the Alto Minho. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.

   ■. "Sociocultural Differentiation and Regional Identity in Portugal." In

   ■ R. Herr and J. H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity, 3-18. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, 1989.

   ■ Poinard, Michel. La Retour des Traveilleurs Portugais. Paris: La Documentation Francaise, 1979.

   ■ Reed, Robert Roy. "Managing the Revolution: Revolutionary Promise and Political Reality in Rural Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Indiana University, 1988.

   ■ Riegelhaupt, Joyce F. "In the Shadow of the City: Integration of a Portuguese Village" [São João das Lampas, nr, Cascais]. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Columbia University, 1964.

   ■. "Saloio Women: An Analysis of Informal and Formal Political and Economic Roles of Portuguese Peasant Women." Anthropological Quarterly 40, 3 (July 1967): 109-26.

   ■. "Festas and Padres: The Organization of Religious Action in a Portuguese Parish." American Anthropologist 75 (1973): 835-52.

   ■. "Peasants and Politics in Salazar's Portugal: The Corporate State and Village 'Nonpolitics'" In L. S. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 167-90. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Julieta E. S. de Almeida. "Continuity and Change in Urban Portuguese Women's Roles: Emerging New Household Structures." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology, Columbia University, 1979.

   ■ Rowland, Robert. "Demographic Patterns and Rural Society in Portugal." So-ciologica Ruralis 26, 1 (1986): 36-47.

   ■ Sanchis, Pierre. Arraial. La Fête d'un Peuple: Les Pélerinages Populaires au Portugal. Paris, 1976.

   ■ Siegel, Bernard J. "Social Structure and Medical Practitioners in Rural Brazil and Portugal." Sociologia (São Paulo) 20, 4 (Oct. 1958): 463-76.

   ■. "Conflict, Parochialism and Social Differentiation in Portuguese Society." Journal of Conflict Resolution V, 1 (March 1961): 35-12.

   ■ Smith, T. Lynn. "The Social Relationships of Man to the Land in Portugal." Sociologia 25, 1 (Dec. 1963): 319-43.

   ■ Sousa Santos, Boaventura. "Estado e sociedade na semiperíferia do sistema mundiale: O caso português." Análise Social 87-89 (1985): 869-902.

   ■. "Social Crisis and the State." In Kenneth Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation, 167-95. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Vasconcellos, Joaquim Leite de. Ethnograia Portuguesa, 8 vols. Lisbon, 1941-82.

   ■. Tradições Populares Portugueses. New ed. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Willems, Emilio. "On Portuguese Family Structure." International Journal of Comparative Society (Dharwar, India) 3, 1 (Sept. 1962): 65-79.

   ■ ARTS, ARCHITECTURE, URBAN PLANNING, MUSIC

   ■ Almeida, Rodrigo Vicente de. História da Arte em Portugal: ( Segundo Estudo) Documentos lnéditos. Oporto, 1883. Almeida D'Eca, Admiral Vicente M. Castles of Portugal. Lisbon, 1925. Amaral, Francisco K. Lisboa: Uma Cidade em Transformação. Lisbon, 1969. Azevedo, Carlos de, and Chester Brummel. Churches of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1985.

   ■ Barreira, João, ed. Arte Portuguesa: As Decorativas, 2 vols. Lisbon, n.d.

   ■ Barretto, Mascarenhas, and George Dykes. Fado: Lyrical Origins and Poetical Motivation. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. London: Scala, 1987.

   ■ Branco, Luís de Freitas. A Música em Portugal. Lisbon, 1930.

   ■ Brito, Manuel Carlos de. Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Pinto de. História de Fado. Lisbon, 1903 and 1982 eds.

   ■ Castro d'Aire, Teresa. O Fado. Lisbon: Temas da Actualidade, 1996.

   ■ Chicó, Mário Tavares. A Architectura Gótica em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. A Arte em Portugal No Século XIX. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■. Lisboa Pombalina e o Illuminismo, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. A Reconstrucão e a Arquitectura Pombalina. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. "The Fado (The Portuguese Song of Fate)." Musical Quarterly XIX (1933): 199-213.

   ■. Eight Portuguese Folksongs. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1936.

   ■ Gil, Júlio. The Finest Churches in Portugal. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. The Finest Castles in Portugal, 3rd ed. George F. W. Dykes, trans. Lisbon, 1996.

   ■ Gonçalves, Rui Mário. Pintura e escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura, 1984.

   ■. 100 Pintores Portugueses do século XX. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■ Kubler, George. Portuguese Plain Architecture: Between Spices and Diamonds, 1521-1706. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1972.

   ■. Studies in Ancient American and European Art: The Collected Essays of George Kubler. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1985.

   ■, and Martin Soria. Art and Architecture in Spain and Portugal. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1959.

   ■ Lacerda, Aarão de. História da Arte em Portugal, 2 vols. Oporto, 1942-48.

   ■ Leão, Joaquim de Sousa. "Decorative Art: The Azulejo." In H. V. Livermore, ed. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.

   ■ Lopes Graça, Fernando. A canção popular portuguesa. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■. A música portuguesa e os sus problemas: Ensaios. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Moita, Luís. O fado: canção de vencidos. Lisbon, 1936.

   ■ Neves, José Cassiano. The Palace and Gardens of Fronteira: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Portuguese Style. Lisbon: Quetzal and Scala, 1995. North, C.T. Guia dos castelos antigos de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Bertrand Ed., 2002.

   ■ Pacheco, Jose. Stuart Carvalhais. O desenho grafico e a imprensa. Lisbon: Biblioteca do Empresario, 2000. Pereira, Paulo, ed. Arte portuguesa. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995. Picchio, Luciana Stegagno. Storia del Teatro Portoghese. Rome: Edizinio deli' Ateneo, 1964.

   ■ Queirós, José. Cerâmica Portuguesa, 2 vols. 2nd rev. ed. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Santos, Luís Reis. Monuments of Portugal. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1948-50.

   ■. História da Arte em Portugal. Oporto, 1953.

   ■ Sasportes, José. História da Dança em Portugal. Lisbon, 1970. Simões, J. M. dos Santos. "Azulejos in a Land of Many Colours." Connoisseur (London) CXXXVII, 551 (1956): 15-21.

   ■. Azulejaria em Portugal no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. A Talha em Portugal. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. The Art of Portugal, 1500-1800. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1968.

   ■. "The Building of Mafra." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 360-67.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Demeures portugaises dans les environs de Lisbonne. Paris: Weber, 1986.

   ■. Palais et manoirs: Le Minho. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1995.

   ■ Tannock, Michael. Portuguese 20th Century Artists: A Biographical Dictionary. Chichester, U.K.: Phillimore, 1978.

   ■ Taylor, René. "The Architecture of Port Wine." The Architectural Review CXXIX, 772 (1961): 368-99.

   ■ Terol, Marylene. Azulejos a Lisbonne. Paris: Hervas, 1992.

   ■ Veiga de Oliveira, Ernesto. Instrumentos musicais populares portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Watson, Walter Crum. Portuguese Architecture. London: Constable, 1908. Wohl, Hellmut. "Carlos Mardel and His Lisbon Architecture." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 350-59.

   ■ Sculpture and Ceramics

   ■ Andrade, Sergio de. "Presepios." In Dicionario de Arte Barroca em Portugal. Lisbon: Presenca, 1989. Barreira, Joao. Arte Portuguesa, Arquitectura e Escultura. Lisbon: Excelsior, n.d.

   ■ Cardoso, Arnaldo Pinto. O Presepio Barroco Portugues. Lisbon: Bertrand, 2003.

   ■ Chaves, Luis. Os Barristas Portugueses. Coimbra, 1925.

   ■. Natal Portugues. Oporto: Liv. Classica Editora, 1942.

   ■ Gargano, Pietro. Il Presepio. Otto Secoli di Storia, Arte, Tradizione. Milan: Fenice, 1995.

   ■ Lima, Henrique de Campos F. Joaquim Machado de Castro, Escultor Conimbricense. Coimbra: Instituto de Historia de Arte, 1989. Macedo, Diogo de. Presepios Portugueses. Lisbon: Artis, 1951.

   ■. Machado de Castro. Lisbon: Artis, 1958.

   ■ Morais, Heitor. Natal do Meu Coracao. Braga: Ed. A.O., 1991.

   ■ Pais, Alexandre Nobre. Presepios Portugueses Monumentos do Seculo XVIII em Terracotta, 2 vols. Master's thesis in history of art, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Queiros, Jose. Ceramica Portuguesa. Lisbon: Presenca, 1998. Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1951. Serrao, Vitor. Historia da Arte em Portugal IV-O Barroco. Lisbon: Presenca, 2003.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. The Art Of Portugal 1500-1800. New York: Meredith Press, 1968.

   ■ Sousa, Ernesto de. Presepios. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1998.

   ■ Cinema

   ■ Antunes, Joao and Jose de Matos-Cruz, Cinema Portugues 1896-1998. Lisbon: Lusomundo, 1997.

   ■ Bandeira, Jose Gomes. Porto: 100 anos de cinema portugues. Oporto: Camara Municipal do Porto, 1996. Duarte, Fernando. Primitivos do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Cinecultura, 1960.

   ■ Faria de Almeida, M., Resumo da Historia do Cinema. Lisbon: RTP, 1982. Nobre, Roberto. Singularidades do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Portugalia, n.d.

   ■ Pina, Luis de. Aventura do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Vega, 1977.

   ■. Documentarismo Portugues. Lisbon: IPC, 1977.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Historia do Cinema Portugues. Mem Martins: Europa-America, 1986.

   ■ Ribeiro, Felix. O Cinema Portugues antes do Sonoro. Esboco Historiconema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: n.d.

   ■ Children's Literature

   ■ Andresen, Sofia de Melo Breyner. A Fada Oriana. 9th ed. Lisbon: Figueiri-nhas, 1985.

   ■ Araújo, Matilde Rosa. A estrada fascinante. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1988. Barreto, Garcia. Literatura Para Crianças E Jovens Em Portugal. Oporto:

   ■ Campo Das Letras, 1998. Bastos, Glória. A escrita para crianças em Portugal no seculo XIX. Lisbon:

   ■ Caminho da Educaçao, 1997. Cadet, Maria Rita Chiappe. Os Contos da Mamã. Lisbon: Lallement Freres, 1883.

   ■ Castro, Fernanda. Mariazinha em Africa, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1947. Cross, Esther, and Wilbur Cross. Portugal. Chicago: Childrens Press, 1986. DeSkalon, Anna, and Christa Stadtler. We Live in Portugal. New York: Watts, 1987.

   ■ Gomes, Alice. A Nau Catrineta, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1973.

   ■. A literatura para a infância. Lisbon: Torres & Abreu, 1979.

   ■ Letria, José Jorge. Do sentimento mágico da vida. Lisbon: Escritor, 1994. Müller, Adolfo Simões. Historiazinha de Portugal, 6th ed. Oporto: Tavares Martins, 1983.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. Para as crianças. Illustr. by Leal da Câmara. Setúbal: Liv. Crianças, 1908.

   ■ Pires, Maria Laura Bettencourt. História da literatura infantil portuguesa. Lisbon: Vega, 1981. Ribeiro, Aquilino. Arca de Noé-III Classe. Lisbon, 1989. Rocha, Natércia. Breve História da Literatura para Crianças em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa, 1984.

   ■. Bibliografia geral da literatura portuguesa para crianças. Lisbon: Edit. Comunicação, 1987.

   ■ Sá, Domingos Guimarães de. A literatura infantil em Portugal. Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1981.

   ■ Selfridge. John. Portugal. New York: Chelsea House, 1990. Vaz de Carvalho, Maria Amália. Contos para os Nossos Filhos, 11th ed. Oporto: Barreira, 1947.

   ■ Viana, António Manuel Couto. Jõao de Deus e um século de literatura infantil em Portugal. Lisbon: Ed. do Templo, 1978.

   ■ Lisbon, Capital City, in History and Literature

   ■ Castelo-Branco, Fernando. Lisboa Seiscentista, 3rd ed. Lisbon: 1969.

   ■ Castilho, Júlio de. Lisboa Antiga, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1935-45.

   ■ Couto, Dejanirah. Histoire de Lisbonne. Paris: Fayard, 2000.

   ■ Crespo, Ángel. Lisboa Mítica e Literária. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1987.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Lisboa Desaparecida. Lisbon: Quimera, 1990.

   ■ Dionísio, Sant'anna, ed. Guia de Portugal. Vol. I: Lisboa e Arredores. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, 1924, orig. ed; reprint, Gulbenkian Foundation, 1979.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Lisboa Pombalina e o Iluminismo. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Moita, Irisalva, ed. O Livro de Lisboa. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1994.

   ■ Neves, Orlando. Lisboa em Crónica. Lisbon: Author's Ed., 1968.

   ■ Pavão, Luís, and Mário Pereira. Tabernas de Lisboa. Lisbon: Assírio & Alvim, 1981.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Lisboa. O que o turista deve ver: What the Tourist Should See. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1997.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. À Capital. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1960.

   ■ Santos, Piedade Braga, et al. Lisboa Setecentista vista por Estrangeiros. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1996.

   ■ Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa. Lisbon: Caminho, 1993.

   ■ Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■ The Inquisition in History

   ■ Azevedo, João Lúcio. Historia das Cristãos-Novos. Lisbon: Liv. Clássica, 1975.

   ■ Baião, António. A Inquisição em Portugal e no Brasil: Subsídios para a sua história. Lisbon: Arquivo Histórico Portugues, 1906. Bethencourt, Francisco. "Portugal: A Scrupulous Inquisition," In Bengt Ankarloo and Gustav Henningsen, eds., Early Modern Witchcraft: Centres and Peripheries, 403-22. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990.

   ■. "Os equilíbrios sociais do Poder." In José Mattoso, ed., Historia De Portugal, Vol. 3, No Alvorecer Da Modernidade ( 1480-1620). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■. História das Inquisições: Portugal, Espanha e Itália. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1994.

   ■ Braga, Maria Luísa. A Inquisição em Portugal na primeira metade do Séc. XVIII. Lisbon: Inst. Nacional de Investigação Científica, 1992.

   ■ Haliczer, Stephen, ed. Inquisition and Society in Early Modern Europe. London: Croom Helm, 1987.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. Reprint. New York: AMS Press, 1968.

   ■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero. "Em Busca dos Tempos da Inquisição (15731615)." Revista de História das Ideias 9 (1987): 191-228.

   ■ Mea, Elvira Cunha Azevedo. A Inquisição de Coimbra no Século XVI. Oporto, 1989.

   ■ Mendonça, José Lourenço D. de, and António Joaquim Moreira. História da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1980.

   ■ Novinsky, Anita, and Luísa M. Carneiro, eds. Inquisição: Ensaios sobre Mentalidade, Heresias e Arte. Rio de Janeiro: Expressão e Cultura, 1992.

   ■ Pereira, Isais da Rosa. Documentos para a história da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Rego, Yvonne Cunha, ed. Feiticeiros, Profetas e Visionários: Textos Antigos Portugueses. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional e Casa da Moeda, 1981.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. Inquisição e cristãos-novos. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■ Walker, Timothy Dale. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Literature in English Translation: Selection

   ■ Alcaforado, Mariana. The Letters of a Portuguese Nun ( Mariana Alcaforado). Edgar Prestage, trans. London: D. Nutt, 1893.

   ■ Andrade, Eugénio de. "White on White." Alexis Levitin, trans. Quarterly Review of Literature. Poetry Series VIII. Vol. 27. Princeton, N.J., 1987.

   ■. Another Name for Earth; O outro nome da terra. Alexis Levitin, trans. Ft. Bragg, Calif.: QED Press, 1997.

   ■ Andresen, Sophia de Mello Breyner. Marine Rose: Selected Poems. Ruth Fain-light, trans. Redding Ridge, Conn.: Swan Books, 1989.

   ■ Antunes, António Lobo. South of Nowhere. Elizabeth Lowe, trans. New York: Random House, 1983.

   ■. Fado Alexandrino. Gregory Rabassa, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990.

   ■. An Explanation of the Birds. Richard Zenith, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.

   ■. Act of the Damned. New York: Grove Press, 1995.

   ■. The Natural Order of Things. New York: Grove Press, 2000.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. Poems from the Portuguese ( with the Portuguese text). A.

   ■ Bell, trans. Oxford: Blackwell, 1913.

   ■ Camões, Luís de. The Lusiads of Luís de Camões. Leonard Bacon, trans. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1950.

   ■. The Lusiads. William C. Atkinson, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1952.

   ■. The Lusiads. Landeg White, trans. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.

   ■ Castelo Branco, Camilo. Doomed Love ( A Family Memoir). Alice R. Clemente, trans Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1995. Castro, José Maria Ferreira de. Emigrants. Dorothy Ball, trans. New York: Macmillan, 1962.

   ■. Jungle. Charles Duff, trans. New York: Viking, 1935.

   ■. The Mission. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1963.

   ■ Dantas, Júlio. The Cardinals' Collation, 48th ed. A. Saintsbury, trans. London, 1962.

   ■ Dias de Melo. Dark Stones. Gregory McNab, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1996.

   ■ Dinis, Júlio. The Fidalgos of Casa Mourisca. Rosanna Dabney, trans. Boston: D. Lothrop, 1891.

   ■ Garrett, Almeida. Brother Luiz de Sousa [play]. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Elkin Mathess, 1909.

   ■. Travels in My Homeland. John M. Parker, trans. London: Peter Owen and UNESCO, 1987. Griffin, Jonathan. Camões: Some Poems Translated from the Portuguese by Jonathan Griffin. London: Menard Press, 1976. Jorge, Lídia. The Murmuring Coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1995.

   ■ Lisboa, Eugénio, ed. Portuguese Short Fiction. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.

   ■ Lopes, Fernão. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, eds. and trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■ Macedo, Helder, ed. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry: An Anthology in English. Helder Macedo, et al., trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet New Press, 1978.

   ■ Martins, J. P. De Oliveira. A History of Iberian Civilization. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans.; preface by Salvador de Madariaga. New York: Cooper Square, 1969.

   ■ Mendes Pinto, Fernão. The Travels of Mendes Pinto [Orig. title: Peregrinação].

   ■ Rebecca D. Catz, trans., with introduction and notes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Miguéis, José Rodrigues. A Man Smiles at Death with Half a Face. George

   ■ Monteiro, trans. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1991.

   ■. Happy Easter. John Byrne, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■. Steerage and Ten Other Stories. George Monteiro, ed. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1998. Monteiro, Luís De Sttau. The Rules of the Game. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1965.

   ■ Mourão-Ferreira, David. Lucky in Love. Christine Robinson, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1999. Namora, Fernando. Field of Fate. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1970.

   ■. Mountain Doctor. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1956.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Inclement Weather over the Channel. Francisco Cota Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1993.

   ■. Stormy Isles: An Azorean Tale. Francisco C. Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000.

   ■ Paço D'Arcos, Joaquim. Memoirs of a Banknote. Robert Lyle, trans. London, 1968.

   ■ Pedroso, Consiglieri, comp. Portuguese Folk-Tales. Henriqueta Monteiro, trans. Reprint of orig. 1882 ed. New York: Benjamin Blom, 1969.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Fernando Pessoa: Sixty Portuguese Poems. F. E. G. Quintanilha, ed. and trans. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, 1971.

   ■. Selected Poems: Fernando Pessoa. 2nd rev. ed. Jonathan Griffin, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1982.

   ■. The Book of Disquiet. Alfred MacAdams, trans. New York: Pantheon, 1991.

   ■. Fernando Pessoa: Selected Poems. Peter Rickard, ed. and trans. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1991.

   ■. "The Mariner: A 'Static Drama' in One Act." In Translation: Portugal.

   ■ George Ritchie, et al., trans. The Journal of Literary Translation. Vol. XXV, 38-56. New York: Translation Center, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■. Message: Bilingual Edition. Jonathan Griffin, trans. London: Menard Press and King's College, 1992.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Ballad of a Dog's Beach. Mary Fitton, trans. London: J. M. Dent, 1986.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. Cousin Bazilio. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1953.

   ■. The Relic. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1954.

   ■. The City and the Mountains. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1955.

   ■. The Sin of Father Amaro. Nan Flanagan, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1962.

   ■. The Maias. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1965.

   ■. The Illustrious House of Ramires. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■. Letters from England. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1970.

   ■. To the Capital. John Vetch, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■ Quental, Antero de. Sixty-four Sonnets. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: David Nutt, 1894.

   ■ Redol, Alves. The Man with Seven Names. L. L. Barrett, trans. New York: Knopf, 1964.

   ■ Resende, André de. André deResende's 'Poema Latina'/ 'Latinpoems.' J. C. R. Martyn, ed. and trans. Lewiston N.Y.: Lampeter and Edwin Mellen, 1998. Ribeiro, Aquilino. When the Wolves Howl. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. New York: Macmillan; London: Cape, 1963. Sá Carneiro, Mário de. The Great Shadow ( and Other Stories). Margaret Jull Costa, trans. Sawtry, U.K.: Dedalus, 1996. Santareno, Bernardo. The Promise. Nelson H. Vieira, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1981.

   ■ Saramago, José. Baltasar and Blimunda. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1987.

   ■. The Stone Raft. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The History of the Siege of Lisbon. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1996.

   ■. Blindness. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1999.

   ■. Tale of the Unknown Island. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2000.

   ■. All the Names. Margaret Jull Costa, trans. New York: Harcourt, 2000.

   ■. Journey to Portugal. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2001.

   ■ Sena, Jorge de. The Poetry of Jorge de Sena: A Bilingual Selection. Frederick G. Williams et al., trans. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Mudborn Press, 1980.

   ■. By the Rivers of Babylon and Other Stories. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1989.

   ■ Vicente, Gil. Four Plays of Gil Vicente: Edited from the Editio Princeps ( 1562). Aubrey F. G. Bell, ed. and trans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1920.

   ■. Lyrics of Gil Vicente. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese Series 1, 1921.

   ■. The Play of Rubena. Jack E. Tomlins, trans.; Rene P. Garay and José I. Suarez, eds. New York: National Hispanic Foundation for Humanities, 1993.

   ■. The Boat Plays. David Johnston, trans. and adaptation. London: Oberon, 1996.

   ■. Three Discovery Plays. Anthony Lappin, trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1997.

   ■ Vieira, António. Dust Thou Art. Rev. W. Anderson, trans. London, 1882.

   ■ Portuguese and Portuguese-American Cooking: Cuisine

   ■ Anderson, Jean. Food of Portugal. New York: Hearst, 1994. Asselin, E. Donald. A Portuguese-American Cookbook. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle, 1966.

   ■ Bourne, Ursula. Portuguese Cookery. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1973. Crato, Maria Helena Tavares. Cozinha Portuguesa I, II. Lisbon: Editorial Presença, 1978.

   ■ Dienhart, Miriam, and Anne Emerson, ed. Cooking in Portugal. Cascais: American Women of Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Feibleman, Peter S. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. New York: Time-Life Books; Foods of the World, 1969.

   ■ Koehler, Margaret H. Recipes from the Portuguese of Provincetown. Riverside, Conn.: Chatham Press, 1973. Manjny, Maite. The Home Book of Portuguese Cookery. London: Faber & Faber, 1974.

   ■ Marques, Susan Lowndes. Good Food from Spain and Portugal. London: Muller, 1956.

   ■ Modesto, Maria de Lourdes. Cozinha Tradicional Portuguesa. Lisbon: Verbo, 1982.

   ■ Ortiz, Elisabeth Lambert. The Food of Spain and Portugal. The Complete Iberian Cuisine. New York: Atheneum, 1989. Pinto, Elvira. La Bonne Cuisine Portugaise. Paris: Edicions Garanciere, 1985.

   ■ Robertson, Carol. Portuguese Cooking: The Authentic and Robust Cuisine of Portugal. Berkeley Calif.: North Atlantic, 1993. Schmaeling, Tony. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. Ware, U.K.: Omega, 1983.

   ■ Vieira, Édite. The Taste of Portugal. London: Robinson, 1989.

   ■ Von Treskow, Maria. Zü Gast in Portugal: Eine Kulnarische Reise in Garten Europas. Weingarten: Kunstverlag, 1989. Wright, Carol. Portuguese Food. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■. Self-catering in Portugal: Making the Most of Local Food and Drink. London: Croom Helm, 1986.

   ■ Gardens and Gardening of Portugal and Madeira

   ■ Afonso, Simonetta Luz, and Angela Delaforce. Palace of Queluz— The Gardens. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Araújo, Iluídio Alves de. Arte Paisagista e Arte das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Azeredo, Francisco de. Casas Senhoriais Portuguesas. Barcelos, 1986.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1987.

   ■ Bowe, Patrick, and Nicolas Sapieha. Gardens of Portugal. New York: Scala Books and Harper and Row, 1989.

   ■ Cane, Florence du. The Flowers and Gardens of Madeira. London, 1924.

   ■ Cardoso, Pedro Homem, and Helder Carita. Da Grandeza das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Carita, Helder, and Homem Cardoso. Portuguese Gardens. London: Antique Collector's Club, 1987.

   ■ Costa, António da, and Luís de O. Franquinho. Madeira: Plantas e Floras. Funchal, 1986.

   ■ Nichols, Rose Standish. Spanish and Portuguese Gardens. Boston, 1926.

   ■ Pereira, Arthur D. Sintra and Its Farm Manors. Sintra, 1983.

   ■ Sampaio, Gonçalo. Flora Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1945.

   ■ Underwood, John, and Pat Underwood. Landscapes of Madeira. London, 1980.

   ■ Vieira, Rui. Flowers of Madeira. Funchal, 1973.

   ■ Viterbo, Francisco Marques de Sousa. A Jardinagem em Portugal, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1906-9.

   ■ Education, Science, Health, and Medical History

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Estudos de História, 3 vols. Coimbra, 1973-81.

   ■. Ciência e experiência nos Descobrimentos portugueses. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Para a História de Ciência em Portugal. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. As Navegaçoes E A Sua Projecção Na Ciência E Na Cultura. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Baião, Antônio. Episódios Dramáticos da Inquisição Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1936-55.

   ■ Cabreira, Antônio. Portugal nos mares e nas ciências. Lisbon, 1929. Carvalho, Rômulo de. A Astronomia em Portugal (séc. xviii). Lisbon, 1985. Fernandes, Barahona. Egas Moniz: Pioneiro de descobrimentos médicos. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Gaitonde, P. D. Portuguese Pioneers in India: Spotlight on Medicine. London: Sangam Books, 1983.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. "Portuguese Cosmology in the Late Seventeenth Century." In Benjamin F. Taggie and Richard W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 75-85. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State University, 1989.

   ■ Higgins, Michael H., and Charles F. S. de Winton. Survey of Education in Portugal. London, 1942.

   ■ Hirsch, Elizabeth Feist. Damião de Góis: The Life and Thought of a Portuguese Humanist. The Hague, 1967.

   ■ Lemos, Maximiano. Arquivos de História da Medicina Portuguesa. Several vols. Lisbon, 1886-1923. Vol. I. História da Medicina em Portugal. Doutrina e Instituições. Lisbon, 1899.

   ■ Mira, Matias Ferreira de. História da Medicina Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Orta, Garcia de. Colóquios dos Simples e Drogas e Cousas Medicinais da India. Conde de Ficalho, ed., 2 vols. Lisbon, 1891-95.

   ■ Osório, J. Pereira. História e Desenvolvimento da Ciência em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986-89.

   ■ Pina, Luís de. "Uma prioridade portuguesa do século XVI. João de Barros e a Dactiloscópia Oriental." Arquivo da Repartição de Antropologia Criminal IV (1936).

   ■. "As Ciências na História do Império Colonial Português — Séculos XV a XIX." Anais de Faculdade de Ciências do Porto ( 1939-10).

   ■. "Os Portugueses Mestres de Ciência e Metras no Estrangeiro." Actas do Congresso do Mundo Português. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■. "A Ciência em Portugal (bosquejo Histórico)." In Secretariado Nacional da Informação, ed., Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Portugueses Ausentes, 277-301. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Richards, Robert A. C., ed. Guide to World Science: Vol. 9: Spain and Portugal, 2nd ed. Guernsey, U.K.: F. H. Books, 1974.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. História da Cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-62.

   ■ ———. "João de Barros." In Serrao, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal 1 (1963): 307-8.

   ■ Silvestre Ribeiro, José. História dos Establecimentos Scientíficos, Literários e Artísticos de Portugal nos Successivos Reinados da Monarchia, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1871-83.

   ■ Veiga-Pires, J. A., and Ronald G. Grainger, eds. Pioneers in Angiography: The Portuguese School ofAngiography. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press, 1982.

   ■ Walker, Timothy. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Feminism and Women's Studies

   ■ Barbosa, Madelena. "Women in Portugal." Women's Studies International Quarterly 4 (1981): 477-80.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. Novas Cartas Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Three Marias. New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1982.

   ■ Ferreira, Virginia. "Engendering Portugal: Social Change, State Politics, and Women's Social Mobilization." In António Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 162-88. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Goodwin, Mary. "Portuguese Feminism." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 17 (Spring-Summer 1987): 12-13.

   ■ Lamas, Maria. As Mulheres do Meu País. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ "Mulheres Portuguesas e Feminismo." Análise Social [special number on Portuguese Women and Feminism] 22 (1986): 92-93.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. As Mulheres Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1905.

   ■ Sadlier, Darlene J. The Question of How: Women Writers and New Portuguese Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood; Contributions in Women's Studies, no. 109, 1989.

   ■ Silva, Manuela. The Employment of Women in Portugal. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications, European Communities, 1984. Velho da Costa, Maria. Maina Mendes. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vicente, Ana, and Maria Reynolds de Souza. Family Planning in Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Religion and Catholic Church

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História da Igreja em Portugal. 6 vols. Coimbra, 1910-24, and Oporto, 1967-72. Alonso, Joaquim Maria. The Secret of Fátima: Fact and Legend. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate Press, 1979. Alves, José da Felicidade, ed. Católicos e política de Humberto Delgado à Marcelo Caetano. Lisbon, 1969. Araújo, Miguel de, ed. Dicionario político; 1; Os Bispos e a revoluçao de Abril. Lisbon, 1976. Bishko, Charles Julian. Spanish and Portuguese Monastic History 600-1300. London, Variorum Reprints, 1984.

   ■ Blanshard, Paul. Freedom and Catholic Power in Spain and Portugal. Boston: Beacon Press, 1962.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. The Church Militant and Iberian Expansion 1440-1770. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Church and State in Portugal: Crises of Cross and Sword." Journal of Church and State XVIII (1976): 463-90. Freire, José Geraldes. Resistência Católico ao Salazarismo-Marcelismo. Oporto, 1976.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. John C. Banner, trans. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1962.

   ■ IPOPE. Estudo sobre liberdade e religião em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973. Johnston, Francis. Fátima: The Great Sign. Chulmleigh, U.K.: Augustine Publications, 1980.

   ■ Kondor, Fr. Louis. Fátima in Lucia's Own Words: Sister Lucia's Memoirs. Fatima: Postulation Center, 1976. Lourenço, Joaquim Maria. Situação jurídica da Igreja em Portugal. Coimbra, 1943.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Religião e Cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1982. Miller, Samuel J. Portugal and Rome c. 1748-1830: An Aspect of Catholic Enlightenment. Rome: Universita Gregoriana Editrice, 1978. O'Malley, John W. The First Jesuits. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Portugal: A Pioneer of Christianity. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Richard, Robert. Etudes sur l'histoire morale et religieuse de Portugal. Paris: Centro Cultural de Gulbenkian, 1970.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. "The Religious Question and Catholic Revival in Portugal, 1900-1930." Journal of Contemporary History XII (1977): 345-62.

   ■. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, R. P. Francisco. História da Companhia de Jesus na Assistência de Portugal, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1931-50.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Agriculture, Viticulture, and Fishing

   ■ Abreu-Ferreira, Darlene. "The Portuguese in Newfoundland: Documentary Evidence Examined." Portuguese Studies Review 4, 1 (1995-96): 11-33.

   ■ Allen, H. Warner. The Wines of Portugal. London: Michael Joseph, 1963.

   ■ Barros, Afonso de. A reforma agrária em Portugal. Oeiras, 1979.

   ■ Beamish, Huldine V. The Hills of Alentejo. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1958.

   ■ Bennett, Norman R. "The Golden Age of the Port Wine System, 1781-1807." The International History Review XII (1990): 221-18.

   ■ Black, Richard. "The Myth of Subsistence: Market Production in the Small Farm Sector of Northern Portugal." Iberian Studies 1, 8 (1989): 25-41.

   ■ Bravo, Pedro, and Duarte de Oliveira. Viticulture Moderna. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Vinhas e Vinhos De Portugal. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Agrarian Structures and Recent Movements in Portugal." Journal of Peasant Studies 4, 5 (July 1978): 411-45.

   ■ Cardoso, José Carvalho. A Agricultura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Carvalho, Bento de. Guía Dos Vinhos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Clarke, Robert. Open Boat Whaling in the Azores: The History and Present Methods of a Relic Industry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954.

   ■ Cockburn, Ernest. Port Wine and Oporto. London: Wine & Spirit, 1949. Cole, S. C. "Cod, Cod Country and Family: The Portuguese Newfoundland Fishery." Mast 3, 1 (1990): 1-29.

   ■ Coull, James. The Fisheries of Europe. London: G. Bell & Sons, 1972.

   ■ Croft-Cooke, Rupert. Port. London: Putnam, 1957.

   ■. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Delaforce, John. The Factory House at Oporto. London: Christie's Wine Publications, 1979 and later eds.

   ■ Doel, Patricia A. Port O'Call: Memories of the Portuguese White Fleet in St. John's Newfoundland. St. John's, Newfoundland: ISER, 1992.

   ■ Fletcher, Wyndham. Port: An Introduction to Its History and Delights. London: Bernet, 1978.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Wine Trade. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1972.

   ■ Freitas, Eduardo, João Ferreira de Almeida, and Manuel Villaverde Cabral. Modalidades de penetração do capitalismo na agricultura: estruturas agrárias em Portugal Continental, 1950-1970. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Gonçalves, Francisco Esteves. Portugal: A Wine Country. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Gulbenkian Foundation. Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Kurlansky, Mark. Cod: A Biography of the Fish That Changed the World. New York: Walker, 1997.

   ■ Malefakis, Edward. "Two Iberian Land Reforms Compared: Spain, 1931-1936 and Portugal, 1974—1978." In Gulbenkian Foundation, Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Moreira da Fonseca, A. Port Wine: Notes on Its History, Production and Technology. Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Moutinho, M. História da pesca do bacalhau. Lisbon: Imprensa Universitária, 1985.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. lntrodução a história da agricultura em Portugal.

   ■ Lisbon, 1968. Pato, Octávio. O Vinho. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Pearson, Scott R. Portuguese Agriculture in Transition. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1987.

   ■ Postgate, Raymond. Portuguese Wine. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■ Read, Jan. The Wines of Portugal. London: Faber & Faber, 1982.

   ■ Robertson, George. Port. London: Faber & Faber, 1982 ed.

   ■ Rutledge, Ian. "Land Reform and the Portuguese Revolution." Journal of Peasant Studies 5, 1 (Oct. 1977): 79-97.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. The British Factory at Oporto. Oporto, 1970.

   ■ Simon, Andre L. Port. London: Constable, 1934.

   ■ Simões, J. Os grandes trabalhadores do Mar: Reportagens na Terra Nova e na Groenlândia. Lisbon: Gazeta dos Caminho de Ferro, 1942.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992: Special Report. New York: Camões Center/RIIC, Columbia University, 1990.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. Landscapes of Bacchus: The Vine in Portugal. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Seat to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Unwin, Tim. "Farmers' Perceptions of Agrarian Change in Northwest Portugal." Journal of Rural Studies 1, 4 (1985): 339-57.

   ■ Valadão do Valle, E. Bacalhau: tradições históricas e económicos. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Venables, Bernard. Baleia! The Whalers of Azores. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■ Villiers, Alan. The Quest of the Schooner Argus: A Voyage to the Banks and Greenland. New York: Scribners, 1951. World Bank. Portugal: Agricultural Survey. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ ECONOMY, INDUSTRY, AND DEVELOPMENT

   ■ Aiyer, Srivain, and Shahid A. Chandry. Portugal and the E.E.C.: Employment and Implications. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. The Economic Transformation of Spain and Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1978.

   ■. "Changing Systems: The Portuguese Revolution and the Public Enterprise Sector." ACES ( Association of Comparative Economic Studies) Bulletin 26 (Summer-Fall 1984): 63-76.

   ■. "Portugal's Political Economy: Old and New." In K. Maxwell and M. Haltzel, eds., Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy, 37-59. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Barbosa, Manuel P. Growth, Migration and the Balance of Payments in a Small, Open Economy. New York: Garland, 1984.

   ■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, and Simon Serfaty, eds. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1981.

   ■ Carvalho, Camilo, et al. Sabotagem Econômica: " Dossier" Banco Espírito Santo e Comercial de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Corkill, David. The Development of the Portuguese Economy: A Case of Euro-peanization. London: Routledge, 1999.

   ■ Cravinho, João. "The Portuguese Economy: Constraints and Opportunities." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 111-65. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Dornsbusch, Rudiger, Richard S. Eckhaus, and Lane Taylor. "Analysis and Projection of Macroeconomic Conditions in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 299-330. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ The Economist (London). "On the Edge of Europe: A Survey of Portugal." (June 30, 1981): 3-27.

   ■. "Coming Home: A Survey of Portugal." (May 28, 1988).

   ■. 'The New Iberia: Not Quite Kissing Cousins" [Spain and Portugal]. (May 5, 1990): 21-24.

   ■ Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian and German Marshall Fund of the U.S., eds. II Conferência Internacional sobre e Economia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Hudson, Mark. Portugal to 1993: Investing in a European Future. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit/Special Report No. 11 57/EIU Economic Prospects Series, 1989.

   ■ International Labour Office (ILO). Employment and Basic Needs in Portugal. Geneva: ILO, 1979.

   ■ Kavalsky, Basil, and Surendra Agarwal. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ Krugman, Paul, and Jorge Braga de Macedo. "The Economic Consequences of the April 25th Revolution." Economia III (1979): 455-83.

   ■ Lewis, John R., and Alan M. Williams. "The Sines Project: Portugal's Growth Centre or White Elephant?" Town Planning Review 56, 3 (1985): 339-66.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. "The Consequences of the Survival and Revival of the Industrial Bourgeoisie." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 251-83. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Marques, A. La Politique Economique Portugaise dans la Période de la Dictature ( 1926-1974). Doctoral thesis, 3rd cycle, University of Grenoble, France, 1980.

   ■ Martins, B. Sociedades e grupos em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Mata, Eugenia, and Nuno Valério. História Econômica De Portugal: Uma Perspectiva Global. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1994. Murteira, Mário. "The Present Economic Situation: Its Origins and Prospects." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 331-42. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979. OCED. Economic Survey: Portugal: 1988. Paris: OCED, 1988 [see also this series since 1978].

   ■ Pasquier, Albert. L'Economie du Portugal: Données et Problémes de Son Expansion. Paris: Librarie Generale de Droit, 1961. Pereira da Moura, Francisco. Para onde vai e economia portuguesa? Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Pintado, V. Xavier. Structure and Growth of the Portuguese Economy. Geneva: EFTA, 1964.

   ■ Pitta e Cunha, Paulo. "Portugal and the European Economic Community." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 321-38. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. "The Portuguese Economic System and Accession to the European Community." In E. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 281-300. Lisbon, 1985. Porto, Manuel. "Portugal: Twenty Years of Change." In Alan Williams, ed., Southern Europe Transformed, 84-112. London: Harper & Row, 1984. Quarterly Economic Review. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit, 1974-present.

   ■ Salgado de Matos, Luís. Investimentos Estrangeiros em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973 and later eds.

   ■ Schmitt, Hans O. Economic Stabilisation and Growth in Portugal. Washington, D.C.: International Monetary Fund, 1981.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Columbia University, 1989.

   ■ Tillotson, John. The Portuguese Bank Note Case [ 1920s]: Legal, Economic and Financial Approaches to the Measure of Damages in Contract. Manchester, U.K.: Faculty of Law, University of Manchester, 1992.

   ■ Tovias, Alfred. Foreign Economic Relations of the Economic Community: The Impact of Spain and Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1990.

   ■ Valério, Nuno. A moeda em Portugal, 1913-1947. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1984.

   ■. As Finanças Públicas Portuguesas Entre As Duas Guerras Mundiais. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■ World Bank. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978 and to the present.

   ■ PHOTOGRAPHY ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Alves, Afonso Manuel, Antônio Sacchetti, and Moura Machado. Lisboa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Antunes, José. Lisboa do nosso olhar; A look on Lisbon. Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1991. Beaton, Cecil. Near East. London: Batsford, 1943.

   ■. Lisboa 1942: Cecil Beaton, Lisbon 1942. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal/Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1995.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957.

   ■ Câmara Municipal de Lisboa. 7 Olhares ( Seven Viewpoints). Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Capital, A. Lisboa: Imagens d'A Capital. Lisbon: Edit. Notícias, 1984.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Photographias de Lisboa, 1900 ( Photographs of Lisbon, 1900). Lisbon: Quimera, 1991.

   ■. Os melhores postais antigos de Lisboa ( The best old postcards of Lisbon). Lisbon: Químera, 1995.

   ■ Finlayson, Graham, and Frank Tuohy. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1970.

   ■ Glassner, Helga. Portugal. Berlin-Zurich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1942. Hopkinson, Amanda, ed. Reflections by Ten Portuguese photographers. Bark-way, U.K.: Frontline/Portugal 600, 1996.

   ■ Lima, Luís Leiria, and Isabel Salema. Lisboa de Pedra e Bronze. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Martins, Miguel Gomes. Lisboa ribeirinha ( Riverside Lisbon). Lisbon: Arquivo Municipal, Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, Livros Horizonte, 1994. Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa ( This Lisbon). Lisbon: Caminho, 1994. Wohl, Hellmut, and Alice Wohl. Portugal. London: Frederick Muller, 1983.

   ■ EQUESTRIANISM

   ■ Andrade, Manoel Carlos de, Luz da Liberal e Nobre Arte da Cavallaria. Lisbon, 1790.

   ■ Graciosa, Filipe. Escola Portuguesa de Arte Equestre. Lisbon, 2004.

   ■ Horsetalk Magazine. Published in New Zealand.

   ■ Oliveira, Nuno. Reflections on the Equestrian Art. London, 2000.

   ■ Russell, Eleanor, ed. The Truth in the Teaching of Nuno Oliveira. Stanhope,

   ■ Queensland, Australia, 2003. Vilaca, Luis V., and Pedro Yglesias d'Oliveira, eds. LUSITANO. Coudelarias De Portugal. O Cavalo ancestral do Sudoeste da Europa. Lisbon: ICONOM, 2005.

   ■ Websites of interest: www.equestrian.pt portugalweb.com

Historical dictionary of Portugal > CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
16 θεός

θεός, οῦ (Hom.+; Herm. Wr.; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph.) ὁ and ἡ, voc. θεέ (Pisidian ins [JHS 22, 1902, 355] θέ; PGM 4, 218 θεὲ θεῶν; 7, 529 κύριε θεὲ μέγιστε; 12, 120 κύριε θεέ; 13, 997; LXX [Thackeray 145; PKatz, Philo’s Bible ’50, 152f]; ApcMos 42; Jos., Ant. 14, 24 ὦ θεὲ βασιλεῦ τ. ὅλων; SibOr 13, 172 βασιλεῦ κόσμου θεέ) Mt 27:46, more frequently (s. 2 and 3c, h below) ὁ θεός (LXX; ParJer 6:12; ApcEsdr 7:5; ApcMos 32; B-D-F §147, 3m; JWackernagel, Über einige antike Anredeformen 1912; Mlt-H. 120). On the inclusion or omission of the art. gener. s. W-S. §19, 13d; B-D-F §254, 1; 268, 2; Rob. 758; 761; 780; 786; 795; Mlt-Turner 174; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Artikels bei den Gottesnamen, StKr 84, 1911, 319–92; 503–38 (also published separately). The sg. article freq. suggests personal claim on a deity. ‘God, god’.

① In the Gr-Rom. world the term θεός primarily refers to a transcendent being who exercises extraordinary control in human affairs or is responsible for bestowal of unusual benefits, deity, god, goddess (s. on θεά) Ac 28:6; 2 Th 2:4 (cp. SibOr 5, 34 ἰσάζων θεῷ αὐτόν; Ar. 4, 1 οὐκ εἰσὶ θεοί; Tat. 10, 1 θεὸς … κύκνος γίνεται …; Ath. 18, 3 θεός τις δισώματος); θεὸς Ῥαιφάν Ac 7:43 (Am 5:26; s. entry Ῥαιφάν). οὐδεὶς θεὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς there is no god but one 1 Cor 8:4 (cp. AcPl Ha 1, 17 restored). θεοῦ φωνὴ καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώπου Ac 12:22.—ἡ θεός the (female) god, goddess (Att., later more rarely; Peripl. Eryth. c. 58; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2; SIG 695, 28; ins, one of which refers to Artemis, in Hauser p. 81f; Jos., Ant. 9, 19; Ar. 11, 2 [Artemis]; Ath. 29, 2 [Ino]) Ac 19:37.—Pl. Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1). Cp. 14:11; 19:26; PtK 2 p. 14, 21. εἴπερ εἰσὶν λεγόμενοι θεοί even if there are so-called gods 1 Cor 8:5a; s. vs. 5b (on θεοὶ πολλοί cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 149.—Maximus Tyr. 11, 5a: θ. πολλοί w. εἷς θ. πατήρ). οἱ φύσει μὴ ὄντες θεοί those who by nature are not really gods Gal 4:8b (cp. Ar. 4, 2 μὴ εἶναι τὸν οὐρανὸν θεόν al.). θεοὶ … λίθινοι etc. AcPl Ha 1, 18 (cp. JosAs 10:13 τοὺς χρυσοῦς καὶ ἀργυροῦς). Of the devil μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15.

② Some writings in our lit. use the word θ. w. ref. to Christ (without necessarily equating Christ with the Father, and therefore in harmony w. the Shema of Israel Dt 6:4; cp. Mk 10:18 and 4a below), though the interpretation of some of the pass. is in debate. In Mosaic and Gr-Rom. traditions the fundamental semantic component in the understanding of deity is the factor of performance, namely saviorhood or extraordinary contributions to one’s society. Dg. 10:6 defines the ancient perspective: ὸ̔ς ἃ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ λάβων ἔχει, ταῦτα τοῖς ἐπιδεομένοις χορηγῶν, θεὸς γίνεται τῶν λαμβανάντων one who ministers to the needy what one has received from God proves to be a god to the recipients (cp. Sb III, 6263, 27f of a mother). Such understanding led to the extension of the mng. of θ. to pers. who elicit special reverence (cp. pass. under 4 below; a similar development can be observed in the use of σέβομαι and cognates). In Ro 9:5 the interpr. is complicated by demand of punctuation marks in printed texts. If a period is placed before ὁ ὢν κτλ., the doxology refers to God as defined in Israel (so EAbbot, JBL 1, 1881, 81–154; 3, 1883, 90–112; RLipsius; HHoltzmann, Ntl. Theol.² II 1911, 99f; EGünther, StKr 73, 1900, 636–44; FBurkitt, JTS 5, 1904, 451–55; Jülicher; PFeine, Theol. d. NTs⁶ ’34, 176 et al.; RSV text; NRSV mg.). A special consideration in favor of this interpretation is the status assigned to Christ in 1 Cor 15:25–28 and the probability that Paul is not likely to have violated the injunction in Dt 5:7.—If a comma is used in the same place, the reference is to Christ (so BWeiss; EBröse, NKZ 10, 1899, 645–57 et al.; NRSV text; RSV mg. S. also εἰμί 1.—Undecided: THaering.—The transposition by the Socinian scholar JSchlichting [died 1661] ὧν ὁ=‘to whom belongs’ was revived by JWeiss, D. Urchristentum 1917, 363; WWrede, Pls 1905, 82; CStrömman, ZNW 8, 1907, 319f). In 2 Pt 1:1; 1J 5:20 the interpretation is open to question (but cp. ISmyrna McCabe.0010, 100 ὁ θεὸς καὶ σωτὴρ Ἀντίοχος). In any event, θ. certainly refers to Christ, as one who manifests primary characteristics of deity, in the foll. NT pass.: J 1:1b (w. ὁ θεός 1:1a, which refers to God in the monotheistic context of Israel’s tradition. On the problem raised by such attribution s. J 10:34 [cp. Ex 7:1; Ps 81:6]; on θεός w. and without the article, acc. to whether it means God or the Logos, s. Philo, Somn. 1, 229f; JGriffiths, ET 62, ’50/51, 314–16; BMetzger, ET 63, ’51/52, 125f), 18b. ὁ κύριός μου καὶ ὁ θεός μου my Lord and my God! (nom. w. art.=voc.; s. beg. of this entry.—On a resurrection as proof of divinity cp. Diog. L. 8, 41, who quotes Hermippus: Pythagoras returns from a journey to Hades and appears among his followers [εἰσέρχεσθαι εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν], and they consider him θεῖόν τινα) J 20:28 (on the combination of κύριος and θεός s. 3c below). Tit 2:13 (μέγας θ.). Hb 1:8, 9 (in a quot. fr. Ps 44:7, 8). S. TGlasson, NTS 12, ’66, 270–72. Jd 5 P⁷². But above all Ignatius calls Christ θεός in many pass.: θεὸς Ἰησοῦς Χριστός ITr 7:1; Χριστὸς θεός ISm 10:1. ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν IEph ins; 15:3; 18:2; IRo ins (twice); 3:3; IPol 8:3; τὸ πάθος τοῦ θεοῦ μου IRo 6:3. ἐν αἵματι θεοῦ IEph 1:1. ἐν σαρκὶ γενόμενος θεός 7:2. θεὸς ἀνθρωπίνως φανερούμενος 19:3. θεὸς ὁ οὕτως ὑμᾶς σοφίσας ISm 1:1.—Hdb. exc. 193f; MRackl, Die Christologie d. hl. Ign. v. Ant. 1914. ὁ θεός μου Χριστὲ Ἰησοῦ AcPl Ha 3, 10; Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ θ[εός] 6, 24; cp. ln. 34 (also cp. Just., A I, 63, 15, D. 63, 5 al.; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 24, 1; Mel., P. 4, 28 al.).—SLösch, Deitas Jesu u. antike Apotheose ’33. Cp. AWlosk, Römischer Kaiserkult ’78.

③ God in Israelite/Christian monotheistic perspective, God the predom. use, somet. with, somet. without the art.

ⓐ ὁ θεός Mt 1:23; 3:9; 5:8, 34; Mk 2:12; 10:18; 13:19 (cp. TestJob 37:4); Lk 2:13; J 3:2b; Ac 2:22b; Gal 2:6 al. With prep. εἰς τὸν θ. Ac 24:15. ἐκ τοῦ θ. J 8:42b, 47; 1J 3:9f; 4:1ff, 6f; 5:1, 4; 2 Cor 3:5; 5:18 al.; ἐν τῷ θ. Ro 5:11; Col 3:3 (Ath. 21, 1). ἔναντι τοῦ θ. Lk 1:8; ἐπὶ τὸν θ. Ac 15:19; 26:18, 20 (Just., D. 101, 1); ἐπὶ τῷ θ. Lk 1:47 (Just., D. 8, 2); παρὰ τοῦ θ. J 8:40 (Ar. 4, 2; Just., A I, 33, 6 al.; without art. Just., D. 69, 6 al.). παρὰ τῷ θ. Ro 2:13; 9:14 (Just., A I, 28, 3; Tat. 7, 1; Ath. 31, 2 al.); πρὸς τὸν θ. J 1:2; Ac 24:16; AcPl Ha 3, 8 (Just., D. 39, 1 al.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 13 al.); τὰ πρὸς τὸν θ. Hb 2:17; 5:1; Ro 15:17 is acc. of respect: with respect to one’s relation to God or the things pert. to God, in God’s cause (s. B-D-F §160; Rob. 486. For τὰ πρὸς τ. θ. s. Soph., Phil. 1441; X., De Rep. Lac. 13, 11; Aristot., Pol. 1314b, 39; Lucian, Pro Imag. 8; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 109, 3 [III B.C.] εὐσεβὴς τὰ πρὸς θεούς; Ex 4:16; 18:19; Jos., Ant. 9, 236 εὐσεβὴς τὰ πρὸς τ. θεόν). τὰ πρὸς τ[ὸν] θεὸν ἐτήρουσαν, when they were observant of matters pert. to God AcPl Ha 8, 13 (=τα π̣ρος θ̣̄ν̄| ἐτήρουσαν Ox 1602, 10f=BMM recto 16 restored after the preceding).

ⓑ without the art. Mt 6:24; Lk 2:14; 20:38; J 1:18a; Ro 8:8, 33b; 2 Cor 1:21; 5:19; Gal 2:19; 4:8f; 2 Th 1:8; Tit 1:16; 3:8; Hb 3:4; AcPl Ha 8, 20=BMM recto 25 (s. also HSanders’ rev. of Ox 1602, 26, in HTR 31, ’38, 79, n. 2, Ghent 62 verso, 6); AcPlCor 1:15; 2:19, 26. W. prep. ἀπὸ θεοῦ J 3:2a; 16:30 (Just., A II, 13, 4 τὸν … ἀπὸ ἀγεννήτου … θεοῦ λόγον). εἰς θεόν IPhld 1:2. ἐκ θεοῦ (Pind., O. 11, 10, P. 1, 41; Jos., Ant. 2, 164; Just., A I, 22, 2; Mel., P. 55, 404) Ac 5:39; 2 Cor 5:1; Phil 3:9. ἐν θεῷ J 8:21; Ro 2:17; Jd 1; AcPl Ha 1, 15; 2, 35. ἐπὶ θεόν AcPl Ha 2, 29 (cp. πρὸς θεόν Just., D. 138, 2). κατὰ θεόν acc. to God’s will (Appian, Iber. 19 §73; 23 §88; 26 §101, Liby. 6 §25, Bell. Civ. 4, 86 §364) Ro 8:27; 2 Cor 7:9ff; IEph 2:1. ἡ κατὰ θ. ἀγάπη godly love IMg 1:1; cp. 13:1; ITr 1:2. παρὰ θεῷ (Jos., Bell. 1, 635) Mt 19:26; Lk 2:52.

ⓒ w. gen. foll. or w. ἴδιος to denote a special relationship: ὁ θ. Ἀβραάμ Mt 22:32; Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37; Ac 3:13; 7:32 (all Ex 3:6). ὁ θ. (τοῦ) Ἰσραήλ (Ezk 44:2; JosAs 7:5) Mt 15:31; Lk 1:68; cp. Ac 13:17; 2 Cor 6:16; Hb 11:16. ὁ θ. μου Ro 1:8; 1 Cor 1:4; 2 Cor 12:21; Phil 1:3; 4:19; Phlm 4. OT κύριος ὁ θ. σου (ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτῶν) Mt 4:7 (Dt 6:16); 22:37 (Dt 6:5); Mk 12:29 (Dt 6:4); Lk 1:16; 4:8 (Dt 6:13); 10:27 (Dt 6:5); Ac 2:39. ὁ κύριος καὶ ὁ θ. ἡμῶν Rv 4:11 (Just., D. 12, 3; the combination of κύριος and θεός is freq. in the OT: 2 Km 7:28; 3 Km 18:39; Jer 38:18; Zech 13:9; Ps 29:3; 34:23; 85:15; 87:2; TestAbr A 3 p. 79, 19 [Stone p. 6]; JosAs 3:4; 12:2 κύριε ὁ θ. τῶν αἰώνων. But s. also Epict. 2, 16, 13 κύριε ὁ θεός [GBreithaupt, Her. 62, 1927, 253–55], Herm. Wr.: Cat. Cod. Astr. VIII/2, p. 172, 6 κύριε ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν, the PGM ref. at the beg. of this entry, and the sacral uses τ. θεῷ κ. κυρίῳ Σοκνοπαίῳ [OGI 655, 3f—24 B.C.]; PTebt 284, 6; τῷ κυρίῳ θεῷ Ἀσκληπίῳ [Sb 159, 2]; deo domino Saturno [ins fr. imperial times fr. Thala in the prov. of Africa: BPhW 21, 1901, 475], also Suetonius, Domit. 13 dominus et deus noster [for the formulation s. 4a: PMich 209]; Ar. 15, 10; Just., D. 60, 3 al.) τὸν ἴδιον θ. AcPl Ha 3, 22.—ὁ θ. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χ. Eph 1:17.

ⓓ used w. πατήρ (s. πατήρ 6a) ὁ θ. καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; Eph 1:3; Col 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θ. καὶ πατὴρ ἡμῶν Gal 1:4; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. ὁ θ. καὶ πατήρ 1 Cor 15:24; Eph 5:20; Js 1:27. θ. πατήρ Phil 2:11; 1 Pt 1:2; cp. 1 Cor 8:6. ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ro 1:7b; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; Phlm 3; ἀπὸ θ. π. Gal 1:3 v.l.; Eph 6:23; 2 Th 1:2; 2 Ti 1:2; Tit 1:4; παρὰ θεοῦ π. 2 Pt 1:17; 2J 3.

ⓔ w. gen. of what God brings about, in accordance w. the divine nature: ὁ θ. τῆς εἰρήνης Ro 15:33; 1 Th 5:23. τῆς ἐλπίδος the God fr. whom hope comes Ro 15:13. πάσης παρακλήσεως 2 Cor 1:3b. ὁ θ. τῆς ἀγάπης 13:11. ὁ θ. πάσης χάριτος 1 Pt 5:10. In οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἀκαταστασίας ὁ θεός 1 Cor 14:33, θεός is to be supplied before ἀκατ.: for God is not a God of disorder.

ⓕ The gen. (τοῦ) θεοῦ is

α. subj. gen., extremely freq. depending on words like βασιλεία, δόξα, θέλημα, ἐντολή, εὐαγγέλιον, λόγος, ναός, οἶκος, πνεῦμα, υἱός, υἱοί, τέκνα and many others. Here prob. (s. β) belongs τὸ μωρὸν τ. θ. the (seeming) foolishness of G. 1 Cor 1:25 (s. B-D-F §263, 2).

β. obj. gen. ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θ. love for God Lk 11:42; J 5:42; ἡ προσευχὴ τοῦ θ. prayer to God Lk 6:12. πίστις θεοῦ faith in God Mk 11:22. φόβος θεοῦ fear of, reverence for God Ro 3:18 al. (s. φόβος 2bα) If 1 Cor 1:25 is to be placed here (s. α above), τὸ μωρὸν τ. θ. refers to apostolic allegiance to God, which is viewed by outsiders as folly.

γ. τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ the things, ways, thoughts, or secret purposes of God 1 Cor 2:11. φρονεῖν τὰ τ. θ. Mt 16:23; Mk 8:33 s. φρονέω 2b (ἀτιμάζοντας τὰ τοῦ θ. Just., D. 78, 10 al.). ἀποδιδόναι τὰ τ. θ. τῷ θεῷ give God what belongs to God Mt 22:21; Mk 12:17; Lk 20:25.

δ. Almost as a substitute for the adj. divine IMg 6:1f; 15 (cp. Ath. 21, 4 οὐδὲν ἔχων θεοῦ [of Zeus]).

ⓖ The dat. τῷ θεῷ (s. B-D-F §188, 2; 192; Rob. 538f; WHavers, Untersuchungen z. Kasussyntax d. indogerm. Sprachen 1911, 162ff) is

α. dat. of advantage (cp. e.g. Ath. 26, 3 ὡς ἐπηκόῳ θεῷ) for God 2 Cor 5:13. Perh. (s. β) ὅπλα δυνατὰ τῷ θ. 10:4. The dat. of Ro 6:10f rather expresses the possessor.

β. ethical dat. in the sight of God, hence w. superl. force (s. Beginn. IV, 75, on Ac 7:20) very: μεγάλοι τῷ θ. B 8:4 (cp. Jon 3:3). ἀστεῖος τῷ θ. Ac 7:20. Perh. (s. α) ὅπλα δυνατὰ τ. θ. weapons powerful in the sight of God 2 Cor 10:4. This idea is usu. expressed by ἐνώπιον τοῦ θ.

ⓗ ὁ θ. is used as a vocative Mk 15:34 (Ps 21:2. θεός twice at the beginning of the invocation of a prayer: Ael. Dion. θ, 8; Paus. Attic. θ, 7 ‘θεὸς θεός’ ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ἐπέλεγον ἐπιφημιζόμενοι); Lk 18:11; Hb 1:8 (Ps 44:7; MHarris, TynBull 36, ’85, 129–62); 10:7 (Ps 39:9); AcPl Ha 3, 10; 5, 12; 31. S. also 2 and 3c and the beg. of this entry.

ⓘ θ. τῶν αἰώνων s. αἰών 3 and 4; θ. αἰώνιος s. αἰώνιος 2; θ. ἀληθινός s. ἀληθινός 3b; εἷς ὁ θεός s. εἷς 2b; (ὁ) θ. (ὁ) ζῶν s. [ζάω] 1aε.—ὁ μόνος θεός the only God (4 Km 19:15, 19; Ps 85:10; Is 37:20; Da 3:45; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 1f; s. Norden, Agn. Th. 145) J 5:44 (some mss. lack τοῦ μόνου); 1 Ti 1:17.—ὁ μόνος ἀληθινὸς θ. (Demochares: 75 Fgm. 2 p. 135, 7 Jac. [in Athen. 6, 62, 253c] μόνος θ. ἀληθινός) J 17:3. cp. the sim. combinations w. μόνος θ. Ro 16:27; Jd 25. μόνος ὁ θεὸς μένει AcPl Ha 2, 27.—θ. σωτήρ s. σωτήρ 1.—OHoltzmann, D. chr. Gottesglaube, s. Vorgesch. u. Urgesch.1905; EvDobschütz, Rationales u. irrat. Denken über Gott im Urchristent.: StKr 95, 1924, 235–55; RHoffmann, D. Gottesbild Jesu ’34; PAlthaus, D. Bild Gottes b. Pls: ThBl 20, ’41, 81–92; Dodd 3–8; KRahner, Theos im NT: Bijdragen (Maastricht) 11, ’50, 212–36; 12, ’51, 24–52.

④ that which is nontranscendent but considered worthy of special reverence or respect, god (Artem. 2, 69 p. 161, 17: γονεῖς and διδάσκαλοι are like gods; Simplicius in Epict. p. 85, 27 acc. to ancient Roman custom children had to call their parents θεοί; s. 2 above and note on σέβομαι).

ⓐ of humans θεοί (as אֱלֹהִים) J 10:34f (Ps 81:6; humans are called θ. in the OT also Ex 7:1; 22:27; cp. Philo, Det. Pot. Insid. 161f, Somn. 1, 229, Mut. Nom. 128, Omn. Prob. Lib. 43, Mos. 1, 158, Decal. 120, Leg. All. 1, 40, Migr. Abr. 84). θ. γίνεται τῶν λαμβανόντων (a benefactor) proves to be a god to recipients Dg 10:6 (cp. Pliny, NH 2, 7, 18; s. 2 above, beg.—Aristot., Pol. 3, 8, 1, 1284a of the superior pers. as a god among humans; Arcesilaus [III B.C.] describes Crates and Polemo as θεοί τινες=‘a kind of gods’ [Diog. L. 4, 22]; Antiphanes says of the iambic poet Philoxenus: θεὸς ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν ἦν [Athen. 14, 50, 643d]; Diod S 1, 4, 7 and 5, 21, 2 of Caesar; for honors accorded Demetrius, s. IKertész, Bemerkungen zum Kult des Demetrios Poliorketes: Oikumene 2, ’78, 163–75 [lit.]; Dio Chrys. 30 [47], 5 Πυθαγόρας ἐτιμᾶτο ὡς θεός; Heliod. 4, 7, 8 σωτὴρ κ. θεός, addressed to a physician; BGU 1197, 1 [4 B.C.] a high official, and 1201, 1 [2 B.C.] a priest θεός and κύριος; PMich 209, 11f [II/III A.D.] οἶδας ἄδελφε, ὅτει οὐ μόνον ὧς ἀδελφόν σε ἔχω, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς πατέρα κ. κύριον κ. θεόν; Just., A I, 26, 2 [Σίμων] θεὸς ἐνομίσθη καὶ … ὡς θεὸς τετίμηται; Tat. 3, 2 μὴ θεὸς ὤν [Empedocles]; Ath. 30, 2 Ἀντίνους … ἔτυχε νομίζεσθαι θεός of benefactors in gener. AcJ 27 [Aa II/1, 166, 4]).—JEmerton, JTS 11, ’60, 329–32.

ⓑ of the belly (=appetite) as the god of certain people Phil 3:19 (cp. Athen. 3, 97c γάστρων καὶ κοιλιοδαίμων. Also Eupolis Com. [V B.C.] Fgm. 172 K. [in Athen. 3, 100b]; on the use of θ. in ref. to impersonal entities [e.g. Eur., Cyclops 316 of wealth as a god] s. DDD 693f).

⑤ of the devil ὁ θ. τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 2 Cor 4:4 (s. αἰών 2a and WMüllensiefen, StKr 95, 1924, 295–99).—668–99. RAC XI 1202–78; XII 81–154; B. 1464. LfgrE s.v. θεός col. 1001 (lit.). Schmidt, Syn. IV 1–21. DELG. M-M. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > θεός
17 صورة

صُورَة \ drawing: a picture done with pen or pencil lines. form: shape; appearance: The building was in the form of a letter H.. image: a likeness (esp. of ancient gods) that is made of wood, stone, metal, etc.. picture: a painting, drawing or photograph. reflection: light thrown back or the picture shown on glass or still water of whatever faces it: He saw his own reflection in the water. shape: appearance; a form: What shape is it? Round or square? Houses in different places have different shapes. shot: a photograph: He has taken some beautiful shots of the lions. snap: a photograph: family snaps. \ See Also شكل (شَكْل)‏ \ بِصُورة جَدِّيَّة \ in earnest: serious; seriously: Was he (speaking) in earnest?. \ See Also بجد (بِجِدّ)‏ \ بِصُورة خاصَّة \ especially: more than usually: He is especially good at English. \ صُورَة \ illustration: showing by means of a picture; a picture or example: Illustration by example is the best way of explaining your meaning. What beautiful illustrations there are in that book. \ See Also شاهد (شاهِد)‏ \ صُورَة (مُمَثِّلة سِينما، إلخ)‏ \ pin-up: a picture (of a pretty girl, a favourite sportsman, a film actor, etc.) that some people stick on the walls of their rooms. \ See Also مُلْصَقَة على الجِدار \ صُورَة بالفُسَيْفِسَاء \ mosaic: a picture or pattern made of small pieces of stone or glass. \ صُورَة الخَيَال الأَسْوَد \ silhouette: a dark shape that is seen against a light space behind it: the silhouette of palm trees against the sunset. \ صُورَة ذِهْنِيّة \ idea: a picture or thought in the mind (of sth. not actually seen or known): I’ve no idea what he looks like or how old he is. image: a picture or idea that is formed in the mind: An image of a country garden came into my mind. \ See Also تصور (تَصَوُّر)، تخيل (تَخَيُّل)‏ \ صُورَة زيتيّة \ painting: a painted picture. \ صُورَة سَريعة \ snapshot: an informal photograph. \ الصُّورَة السَّلْبيّة \ negative: (in photography) the first form of a used film, in which light objects appear dark and dark objects appear light; positive pictures, in their correct form, are printed from it. \ صُورَة شَمْسِيَّة \ photo (photos): shortened form of photograph (often shortened to photo) a picture, made by the action of light on a roll of film (or on a glass plate which has a special surface like film). \ صُورَة طِبْق الأصل \ image: a likeness: He’s the image of his father. He saw his image reflected in the water. copy: sth. made just like another: Please make three copies of this letter. \ صُورَة ظِلِّيَّة \ silhouette: a dark shape that is seen against a light space behind it: the silhouette of palm trees against the sunset. \ صُورَة على مادَّة شَفّافة \ transparency: a photograph on a transparent material, which can be shown on a screen by passing light through it. \ صُورَة لِمَنْظَر طبيعي \ landscape: a stretch of country that forms a view; a picture of this: a landscape painter; mountainous landscape. \ صُورَة مأخوذَة عن قُرب \ close up: a photograph taken very near the subject. \ صُورَة مرسومة بالألوان \ painting: a painted picture. \ صُورَة مُصَغَّرة \ miniature: adj. (often attrib.) a very small copy of any object (often shortened in modern compounds to mini-): a miniature railway; a mini-skirt. \ صُورَة مَطْبُوعَة \ print: a printed photograph: a colour print. \ صُورَة مَطْبُوعَة من كليشيه خشبيّة \ woodcut: a picture that is printed from a piece of cut wood. \ صُورَة مَنْحُوتة (في الخشب أو الصَّخْر)‏ \ carving: sth. carved in wood or stone. \ صُورَة نِصْفِيّة لِشَخْص \ portrait: a picture of a person. \ صُورَة هَزْلِيّة (كَاريكَاتِير)‏ \ caricature: a recognizable drawing of a person that makes his faults (in appearance and character) seem more noticeable and foolish: Newspapers often contain caricatures of well-known politicians. cartoon: an amusing drawing of sb. or sth. of public interest.

Arabic-English dictionary > صورة
18 σύ

σύ (Hom.+) personal pron. of the second pers. σοῦ (σου), σοί (σοι), σέ (σε); pl. ὑμεῖς, ὑμῶν, ὑμῖν, ὑμᾶς: you

ⓐ nominative

α. in contrast to another pers. ἐγὼ … σύ Mt 3:14; 26:39; Mk 14:36; J 13:7; Js 2:18; s. Lk 17:8. σὺ … ἕτερος Mt 11:3. πᾶς ἄνθρωπος … σύ J 2:10. Μωϋσῆς … σὺ οὖν 8:5. οὐδεὶς … σύ 3:2 and oft. αὐτοὶ … σύ Hb 1:11 (Ps 101:27). ἐγὼ … ὑμεῖς or vice versa (TestJob 1:5; Mel., P. 103, 789ff) J 7:34, 36; 8:15, 22f; 13:15; 15:5 al.; Gal 4:12. ὑμεῖς … ἡμεῖς or vice versa (ParJer 4:9; Just., D. 10, 1 al.) J 4:22; 1 Cor 4:10abc; 2 Cor 13:9.—The contrast is evident fr. the context: Mt 6:6, 17; Ro 2:3. ὑμεῖς Mt 5:48; 6:9, 26b.—On σὺ λέγεις Mt 27:11; Mk 15:2; Lk 23:3 s. λέγω 2e.

β. for emphasis before a voc. σὺ Βηθλεέμ Mt 2:6 (Mi 5:1). σὺ παιδίον (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 2, 1) Lk 1:76. σὺ κύριε Ac 1:24 (PsSol 2:23; 17:4). σὺ δὲ ὦ ἄνθρωπε θεοῦ 1 Ti 6:11. ὑμεῖς οἱ Φαρισαῖοι Lk 11:39.

γ. used w. a noun or ptc., by which the pron. is more exactly defined σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὤν you as a Jew J 4:9; cp. Gal 2:14. ὑμεῖς πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11 (cp. ParJer 7:3 σὺ ὁ λαλῶν).—Esp. emphasizing the subj.: σὺ τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ you are the very one who will deny me three times Mk 14:30. δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς φαγεῖν you yourselves are to give them someth. to eat = give them some food yourselves Mft Mt 14:16. Cp. J 13:6; 17:8; 20:15. εὐλογημένη σὺ ἐν γυναιξίν Lk 1:42. σὺ μόνος παροικεῖς 24:18. So freq. w. forms of εἰμι (TestAbr A 7 p. 84, 19 [Stone p. 16] ὁ ἥλιος … σὺ εἶ; A 16 p. 97, 26 [Stone p. 42] τίς εἶ σύ; A 17 p. 98, 21 [Stone p. 44] σὺ εἶ ὁ θάνατος; TestJob 29:3 al.): σὺ εἶ ὁ χριστός Mt 16:16; σὺ εἶ Πέτρος vs. 18; σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων; 27:11. καὶ σύ you, too 26:69, 73; Lk 19:19; 22:58; Gal 6:1 (TestAbr B 4 p. 109, 10 [Stone p. 66]; TestJob 27:5; ParJer 7:9; Just., A II, 2, 17). καὶ ὑμεῖς Mt 7:12; 15:3, 16; Lk 17:10 (TestJob 27:7). σὺ δέ but you Lk 9:60; Ro 11:17; 2 Ti 3:10 (Just., D. 1, 6 al.; Tat. 19, 3). ὑμεῖς δέ Mt 21:13; Js 2:6 (TestJob 24:3; ApcMos 30).

δ. pleonastically added to forms that are clear enough by themselves (Semitism? See B-D-F §277, 2; Mlt-H. 431f) σὺ τί λέγεις Mk 14:68. μὴ φοβεῖσθε ὑμεῖς Mt 28:5. μὴ ἀνελεῖν με σὺ θέλεις; Ac 7:28 (Ex 2:14). ὑμεῖς Mt 5:13f.

ⓑ oblique cases

α. The accented forms are used in the oblique cases of the sing. when emphasis is to be laid on the pron. or when a contrast is intended σοῦ δὲ αὐτῆς τὴν ψυχήν Lk 2:35. οὐ σὺ ῥίζαν βαστάζεις ἀλλὰ ἡ ῥίζα σέ Ro 11:18. καὶ σέ Phil 4:3.

β. The accented forms also appear without special emphasis when used w. prepositions (B-D-F §279; Mlt-H. 180) ἐν σοί Mt 6:23. ἐπὶ σέ Lk 1:35. μετὰ σοῦ vs. 28. σὺν σοί Mt 26:35, but πρός σε Mt 14:28; 25:39 (cp. PsSol 5:8; s. ἐγώ).

ⓒ σου and ὑμῶν as substitutes for the possessive/adjectival pronouns σός and ὑμέτερος (πάντες σου 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010]; as well as for the gen. of the reflexives σεαυτοῦ and ὑμῶν αὐτῶν) come after the word they modify: τὴν γυναῖκά σου Mt 1:20; τὸν πόδα σου 4:6 (Ps 90:12); ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν Ro 1:8; τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν 6:19; ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν Col 3:4. Or before the word they modify (TestAbr A 16 p. 97, 1 [Stone p. 42] σου τὴν ἀγριότητα; B 6 p. 110, 13 [Stone p. 68] σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί; TestJob 4:5 σου τὰ ὑπάρχοντα; JosAs 4:10; 15:9 al.; ApcMos 12): ἆρόν σου τὴν κλίνην Mt 9:6; ἀφέωνταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι Lk 7:48; μηδείς σου τῆς νεότητος καταφρονείτω 1 Ti 4:12. Or betw. the noun and the art. (TestJob 42:5 οἱ δύο σου φίλοι): διὰ τῆς ὑμῶν δεήσεως Phil 1:19; εἰς τὴν ὑμῶν προκοπήν vs. 25.—On τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί; s. ἐγώ, end; on τί ἡμῖν κ. σοί; s. τίς 1aβה—M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > σύ
19 सु _su

1
सु I. 1 U. (सुवति-ते) To go, move. -II. 1, 2 P. (सवति, सौति) To possess power or supremacy. -III. 5. U. (सुनोति, सुनुते; सुत; the स् of सु is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ)

1 To press out or extract juice.

-2 To distil.

-3 To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation.

-4 To perform a sacrifice especially the Soma (sacrifice).

-5 To bathe.

-6 To churn. -Desid. (सुषूषति-ते) -- With उद् to excite, agitate. -प्र to produce, beget.

2

सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:--

1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि.

-2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c.

-3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22.

-4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v.

-5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c.

-6 Worthy of respect or reverence.

-7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress.

-Comp. -अक्ष a.

1 having good eyes.

-2 having keen organs, acute.

-अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely.

-अच्छ a. see s. v.

-अन्त a. having happy end, ending well.

-अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v.

-अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v.

-आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful.

- आगत see s. v.

-आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172.

-आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22.

-इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41.

-उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (

-क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका).

(-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97.

-2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to some- thing else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f.

1 a hymn.

-2 praise, a word of praise.

-उक्तिः f.

1 a good or friendly speech.

-2 a good or clever saying.

-3 a correct sentence.

-उत्तर a.

1 very superior.

-2 well towards the north.

-उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (

-नम्) vigorous effort or exertion.

-उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic.

- उपसदन a. easy to be approached.

-उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments.

-कण्टका the aloe plant.

-कण्ठ a. sweet- voiced. (

-ण्ठी) the female cuckoo.

-कण्डुः itch.

-कन्दः 1 an onion.

-2 a yam.

-3 a sort of grass.

-कन्दकः onion.

-कर a. (

-रा or

-री f.)

1 easy to be done, practi- cable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'.

-2 easy to be managed. (

-रः) a good-natured horse. (

-रा) a tractable cow. (

-रम्) charity, benevolence.

-कर्मन् a.

1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good.

-2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman.

-कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,)

-कलिल a. well filled with.

-कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7.

-कल्पित a. well equip- ped or armed.

-कल्य a. perfectly sound.

-काण्डः the Kāravella plant.

-काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper.

-काण्डिन् a.

1 having beautiful stems.

-2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee.

-काष्ठम् fire-wood.

-कुन्दकः an onion.

-कुमार a.

1 very delicate or soft, smooth.

-2 beautifully young or youthful.

(-रः) 1 a beautiful youth.

-2 a kind of sugar-cane.

-3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक).

-4 a kind of mustard.

-5 the wild Cham- paka.

(-रा) 1 the double jasmine.

-2 the plantain.

-3 the great-flowered jasmine.

-कुमारकः 1 a beauti- ful youth.

-2 rice (शालि).

(-कम्) 1 the Tamāla- patra.

-2 a particutar part of the ear.

-कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine.

-कृत् a.

1 doing good, benevolent.

-2 pious, virtuous, righteous.

-3 wise, learned.

-4 for- tunate, lucky.

-5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.)

1 a skilful worker.

-2 N. of Tvaṣṭri.

-कृत a.

1 done well or properly.

-2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2.

-3 well made or constructed.

-4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended.

-5 virtuous, righteous, pious.

-6 lucky, fortunate.

(-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17.

-2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16.

-3 fortune, auspiciousness.

-4 recompense, reward.

-5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29.

-कृतिः f.

1 well-doing, a good act.

-2 kindness, virtue.

-3 practice of penance.

-4 auspiciousness.

-कृतिन् a.

1 acting well or kindly.

-2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16.

-3 wise, learned.

-4 benevolent.

-5 fortunate, lucky.

-कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45.

-केश(स)रः the citron tree.

-क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni.

-2 of Śiva.

-3 of Indra.

-4 of Mitra and Varuṇa.

-5 of the sun.

-6 of Soma.

-क्रयः a fair bargain.

-क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb.

-खल्लिका luxurious life.

-ग a.

1 going gracefully or well.

-2 graceful, elegant.

-3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148.

-4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (

-गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34.

(-गम्) 1 ordure, feces.

-2 happiness.

-गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well.

-गणकः a good calculator or astronomer.

-गत a.

1 well-gone or passed.

-2 well-bestowed. (

-तः) an epithet of Buddha.

-गतिः 1 Welfare, hap- piness.

-2 a secure refuge.

-गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume.

-2 sulphur.

-3 a trader.

(-न्धम्) 1 sandal.

-2 small cumin seed.

-3 a blue lotus.

-4 a kind of fragrant grass. (

-न्धा) sacred basil.

-गन्धकः 1 sulphur.

-2 the red Tulasee.

-3 the orange.

-4 a kind of gourd,

-गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B.

-गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva.

-गन्धि a.

1 sweet-smelling, fra- grant, redolent with perfumes.

-2 virtuous, pious.

(-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance.

-2 the Supreme Being.

-3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (

-न्धि n.)

1 the root of long pepper.

-2 a kind of fragrant grass.

-3 cori- ander seed. ˚त्रिफला

1 nutmeg.

-2 areca nut.

-3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat.

-गन्धिकः 1 incense.

-2 sulphur.

-3 a kind of rice. (

-कम्) the white lotus.

-गम a.

1 easy of access, accessible.

-2 easy.

-3 plain, intelligible.

-गरम् cinnabar.

-गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above.

-गात्री a beautiful woman.

-गृद्ध a. intensely longing for.

-गृह a. (

-ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39.

-गृहीत a.

1 held well or firmly, grasped.

-2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a.

1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhi- ṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1.

-ग्रासः a dainty mor- sel.

-ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck.

(-वः) 1 a hero.

-2 a swan.

-3 a kind of weapon.

-4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa.

-5 of Śiva.

-6 of Indra.

-7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8.

-ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued.

-घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (

-षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16.

-चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.)

1 discerning or wise man, learned man.

-2 The glomerous fig-tree.

-चरित, -चरित्र a.

1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116.

-2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (

-तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds.

-2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (

-ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife.

-चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree.

-चित्रकः 1 a king fisher.

-2 a kind of speckled snake.

-चित्रा a kind of gourd.

-चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration.

-चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long.

-चिरायुस् m. a god, deity.

-चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs.

-चेतस् a.

1 well-minded.

-2 wise.

-चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; well- disposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2.

-चेलकः a fine cloth.

-च्छद a. having beautiful leaves.

-छत्रः N. of Śiva. (

-त्रा) the river Sutlej.

-जन a.

1 good, virtuous, respectable.

-2 kind, benevolent.

(-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man.

-2 a gentleman.

-3 N. of Indra's charioteer.

-जनता 1 goodness, kind- ness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82.

-2 a number of good men.

-3 bravery.

-जन्मन् a.

1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34.

-2 legitimate, lawfully born.

-जलम् a lotus.

-जल्पः 1 a good speech.

-2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥

-जात a.

1 well-grown, tall.

-2 well made or produced.

-3 of high birth.

-4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8.

-5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31.

-डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्).

-तनु a.

1 having a beautiful body.

-2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin.

-3 emaciated. (

-नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24.

-तन्त्री a.

1 well-stringed.

-2 (hence) melodious.

-तपस् a.

1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3.

-2 having great heat. (-m.)

1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite.

-2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance.

-तप्त a.

1 greatly harassed, afflicted.

-2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239.

-तमाम् ind. most excellently, best.

-तराम् ind.

1 bet- ter, more excellently.

-2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24.

-3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3.

-4 consequently.

-तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco.

-तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा).

-तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regi- ons below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33.

-2 the foundation of a large building.

-तान a. melodious.

-तार a.

1 very bright.

-2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2.

-3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (

-रः) a kind of perfume. (

-रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence.

-तिक्तकः the coral tree.

-तीक्ष्ण a.

1 very sharp.

-2 very pungent.

-3 acutely painful.

(-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree.

-2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva.

-तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor.

-2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed.

-तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall.

(-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree.

-2 the culminating point of a planet.

-तुमुल a. very loud.

-तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (

-नः) a well-pointed arrow.

-तेजस् a.

1 very sharp.

-2 very bright, or splendid.

-3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun.

-दक्षिण a.

1 very sincere or upright.

-2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31.

-3 very skilful.

-4 very polite. (

-णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1.

-दण्डः a cane, ratan.

-दत् a. (

-ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37.

-दन्तः 1 a good tooth.

-2 an actor; a dancer. (

-न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter.

-दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः).

-दर्शन a. (

-ना or

-नी f.)

1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome.

-2 easily seen. (

-नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-3 of mount Meru.

-4 a vul- ture. (

-नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (

-नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa.

-दर्शना 1 a handsome wo- man.

-2 a woman.

-3 an order, a command.

-4 a kind of drug.

-दास् a. very bountiful.

-दान्तः a Buddhist.

-दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.)

1 a cloud.

-2 a moun- tain.

-3 the sea.

-4 N. of Indra's elephant.

-5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory.

-दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift.

-2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions.

-3 one who offers such a gift.

-दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day.

-2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense.

-दिह् a. well-polished, bright.

-दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (

-र्घा) a kind of cucumber.

-दुराधर्ष a.

1 very hard to get.

-2 quite intolerable.

-दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced.

-दुरासद a. unapproachable.

-दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested.

-दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind.

-दुर्मर्ष a. quite in- tolerable.

-दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare.

-दुश्चर a.

1 inaccessible.

-2 very painful.

-दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured.

-दुष्प्रभः a chameleon.

-दूर a. very distant or remote. (

-सुदूरम् means

1 to a great distance.

-2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12.

-सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance').

-दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact.

-दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman.

-देशिकः a good guide.

-धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.)

1 a good archer or bowman.

-2 Ananta, the great serpent.

-3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23.

-धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.)

1 the hall or palace of Indra.

-2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family.

-धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27.

-2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34.

-धात a. well cleaned.

-धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow).

-धित a. Ved.

1 perfect, secure.

-2 kind, good.

-3 happy, prosperous.

-4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon).

-धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (

-धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good under- standing, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः

1 a particu- lar kind of royal palace.

-2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (

-स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या

1 a woman.

-2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female com- panions.

-3 a sort of pigment.

-ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire.

-नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18.

-नन्दः a kind of royal palace.

-नन्दा 1 N. of a woman.

-2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B.

-3 yellow pigment; L. D. B.

-नयः 1 good conduct.

-2 good policy.

- नयन a. having beau- tiful eyes. (

-नः) a deer.

(-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes.

-2 a woman in general.

-नाभ a.

1 having a beautiful navel.

-2 having a good nave or cen- tre.

(-भः) 1 a mountain.

-2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (

-भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24.

-नालम् a red water-lily.

-निःष्ठित a. quite ready.

-निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (

-तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately.

-निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka.

-निरूहणम् a good purgative.

-निर्णिक्त a. well polished.

-निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva.

-निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू).

-निहित a. well-established.

-नीत a.

1 well-con- ducted, well-behaved.

-2 polite, civil.

(-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour.

-2 good policy or prodence.

-नीतिः f.

1 good conduct, good manners, propriety.

-2 good policy.

-3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v.

-नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, vir- tuous, good.

(-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa.

-2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11.

-3 Ved. a good leader.

-नील a. very black or blue. (

-लः) the pomegranate tree. (

-ला) common flax.

(-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem.

-नु n. water.

-नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes.

-पक्व a.

1 well-cooked.

-2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (

-क्वः) a sort of fra- grant mango.

-पठ a. legible.

-पत्नी a woman having a good husband.

-पत्र a.

1 having beautiful wings.

-2 well-feathered (an arrow).

-पथः 1 a good road.

-2 a good course.

-3 good conduct.

-पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road.

-पद्मा orris root.

-परीक्षित a. well-examined.

-पर्ण a. (

-र्णा or

-र्णी f.)

1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11.

-2 having good or beautiful leaves.

(-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun.

-2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine charac- ter.

-3 any supernatural bird.

-4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44.

-5 a cock.

-6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55.

-7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23.

-पर्णकः = सुपर्ण.

-पर्णा, -पर्णी f.

1 a number of lotuses.

-2 a pool abounding in lotuses.

-3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa.

-पर्यवदात a. very clean.

-पर्याप्त a.

1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76.

-2 well-fitted.

-पर्वन् a. well- jointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.)

1 a bam- boo.

-2 an arrow.

-3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76.

-4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight).

-5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass.

-पलायित a.

1 completely fled or run away.

-2 skilfully retreated.

-पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण).

-पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle.

-2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person.

-पाद् (

-पाद् or

-पदी f.) having good or handsome feet.

-पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष).

-2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu.

-पालि a. distinguished.

-पीतम् 1 a carrot.

-2 yellow sandal. (

-तः) the fifth Muhūrta.

-पुंसी a woman having a good husband.

-पुरम् a strong fortress.

-पुष्प a. (

-ष्पा or

-ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers.

(-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree.

-2 the Śirīṣa tree. (

-ष्पी) the plantain tree.

(-ष्पम्) 1 cloves.

-2 the menstrual excretion.

-पुष्पित a.

1 well blossomed, being in full flower.

-2 having the hair thrilling or bristling.

-पूर a.

1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25.

-2 well-filling. (

-रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर).

-पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree.

-पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34.

-प्रकाश a.

1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245.

-2 public, notorious.

-प्रतर्कः a sound judgment.

-प्रतिभा spirituous liquor.

-प्रतिष्ठ a.

1 standing well.

-2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous.

(-ष्ठा) 1 good position.

-2 good reputation, fame, celebrity.

-3 esta- blishment, erection.

-4 installation, consecration.

-प्रतिष्ठित a.

1 well-established.

-2 consecrated.

-3 ce- lebrated. (

-तः) the Udumbara tree.

-प्रतिष्णात a.

1 thoroughly purified.

-2 well-versed in.

-3 well-investi- gated, clearly ascertained or determined.

-प्रतीक a.

1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2.

-2 having a beau- tiful trunk.

(-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva.

-2 of Śiva.

-3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter.

-4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31.

-प्रपाणम् a good tank.

-प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (

-भा) one of the seven tongues of fire.

-प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6.

-2 the earliest dawn.

-प्रभावः omnipotence.

-प्रमाण a. large-sized.

-प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer.

-प्रयोगः 1 good management or ap- plication.

-2 close contact.

-3 dexterity.

-प्रलापः good speech, eloquence.

-प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera.

-प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (

-दः) N. of Śiva.

-प्रातम् a fine morning.

-प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (

-यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables.

(-या) 1 a charming woman.

-2 a beloved mistress.

-प्रौढा a marriageable girl.

-फल a.

1 very fruitful, very productive.

-2 very fertile.

(-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree.

-2 the jujube.

-3 the Karṇikāra tree.

-4 a kind of bean.

(-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd.

-2 the plan- tain tree.

-3 a variety of brown grape.

-4 colocynth.

-फेनः a cuttle-fish bone.

-बन्धः sesamum.

-बभ्रु a. dark-brown.

-बल a. very powerful.

(-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.

-2 N. of the father of Śakuni.

-बान्धवः N. of Śiva.

-बाल a. very childish.

-बाहु a.

1 handsome- armed.

-2 strong-armed. (

-हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29.

-बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69.

(-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.

-2 the poppy.

-बोध a.

1 easily apprehended or understood. (

-धः) good information or advice.

-ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.

-2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice.

-भग a.

1 very fortu- nate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured.

-2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9.

-3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3.

-4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5.

-5 illustrious.

(-गः) 1 borax.

-2 the Aśoka tree.

-3 the Champaka tree.

-4 red amarnath. (

-गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a.

1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96.

-2 vain, flattering oneself.

-भगा 1 a woman beloved by her hus- band, a favourite wife.

-2 an honoured mother.

-3 a kind of wild jasmine.

-4 turmeric.

-5 the Priyaṅgu creeper.

-6 the holy basil.

-7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9.

-8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals.

-9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favou- rite wife.

-भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree.

-भटः a great war- rior, champion, soldier.

-भट्टः a learned man.

-भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (

-द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (

-द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu.

-भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god.

-2 the Bilva tree.

-भाषित a.

1 spoken well or eloquent.

(-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2.

-2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ.

-3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्).

-भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging.

-2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c.

-भीरकः the Palāśa tree.

-भीरुकम् silver.

-भूतिः 1 well-being, wel- fare.

-2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa.

-भूतिकः the Bilva tree.

-भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of con- ception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354.

-भृत a.

1 well-paid.

-2 heavily laden.

-भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (

-भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.)

-मङ्गल a.

1 very auspicious.

-2 abounding in sacrifices.

-मति a. very wise. (

-तिः f.)

1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship.

-2 a favour of the gods.

-3 a gift, blessing.

-4 a prayer, hymn.

-5 a wish or desire.

-6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons.

-मदनः the mango tree.

-मदात्मजा a celestial damsel.

-मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words.

-मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted.

-मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman.

-मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful.

(-नः) 1 wheat.

-2 the thorn-apple. (

-ना) the great-flowered jasmine.

-मनस् a.

1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1.

-2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence

-सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.)

1 a god, divinity.

-2 a learned man.

-3 a student of the Vedas.

-4 wheat.

-5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.)

1 the great-flowered jasmine.

-2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg.

-मनस्क a. cheerful, happy.

-मन्तु a.

1 advising well.

-2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser.

-मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha.

-मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate.

-मर्दित a. much harassed.

-मर्षण a. easy to be borne.

-मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna.

-मुख a. (

-खा or

-खी f.)

1 having a beautiful face, lovely.

-2 pleasing.

-3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42.

-4 favour- able, kind.

-5 well-pointed (as an arrow).

-6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance.

(-खः) 1 a learned man.

-2 an epithet of Garuḍa.

-3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1.

-4 of Śiva.

(-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail.

-2 a kind of building.

(-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman.

-2 a mirror.

-मूलकम् a carrot.

-मृत a. stone-dead.

-मेखलः the Muñja grass.

-मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea.

-मेरुः 1 the sac- red mountain Meru, q. v.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-यन्त्रित a.

1 well-governed.

-2 self-controlled.

-यमाः a parti- cular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2.

-यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage.

-यामुनः 1 a palace.

-2 N. of Viṣṇu.

-युक्तः N. of Śiva.

-योगः 1 a favourable junc- ture.

-2 good opportunity.

-योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v.

-रक्त a.

1 well coloured.

-2 im- passioned.

-3 very lovely.

-4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33.

-रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk.

-2 a kind of mango tree.

-रङ्गः 1 good colour.

-2 the orange.

-3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense).

(-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders.

-2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker.

-रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant.

-रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree.

-रञ्जनः the betel nut tree.

-रत a.

1 much sported.

-2 playful.

-3 much enjoyed.

-4 compassionate, tender.

(-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment.

-2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली

1 a female messenger, a go-between.

-2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19.

-रतिः f. great enjoyment or satis- faction.

-रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury.

-2 sweet.

-3 elegant (as a composition). (

-सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (

-सा) N. of Durgā. (

-सा, -सम्) the sacred basil.

(-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh.

-2 fragrant grass.

-राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.)

1 a good king.

-2 a divinity.

-राजिका a small house-lizard.

-राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison.

-2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra.

-रूप a.

1 well-formed, handsome, love- ly; सुरूपा कन्या.

-2 wise, learned. (

-पः) an epithet of Śiva.

-रूहकः a horse resembling an ass.

-रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14.

-रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (

-भम्) tin.

-लक्षण a.

1 having auspicious or beautiful marks.

-2 fortunate.

(-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining.

-2 a good or auspicious mark.

-लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43.

-लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment.

-लभ a.

1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6.

-2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4.

-3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible.

-लिखित a. well registered.

-लुलित a.

1 moving playfully.

-2 greatly hurt, injured.

-लोचन a. fine-eyed. (

-नः) a deer.

(-ना) 1 a beauti- ful woman.

-2 N. of the wife of Indrajit.

-लोहकम् brass.

-लोहित a. very red. (

-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.

-वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth.

-2 correct utterance. (

-क्त्रः) N. of Śiva.

-वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent.

-वयस् f. a hermaphrodite.

-वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali.

-वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3.

-2 linseed.

-वर्चसः N. of Śiva.

-वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant.

-वर्ण see s. v.

-वर्तित 1 well rounded.

-2 well arranged.

-वर्तुलः a water-melon.

-वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season.

-2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense).

-वह a.

1 bearing well, patient.

-2 patient, enduring.

-3 easy to be borne-

(-हा) 1 a lute.

-2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1.

-वासः 1 N. of Śiva.

-2 a pleasant dwelling.

-3 an agreeable perfume or odo- ur.

-वासकः a water-melon.

-वासरा cress.

-वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house.

-2 a married woman whose husband is alive.

-विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (

-न्तः) a hero. (

-न्तम्) heroism.

-विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure.

-विचक्षण a. very clever, wise.

-विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman.

-विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments.

-2 a king.

-विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute.

-विदत् m. a king

-विदत्रम् 1 a household, family.

-2 wealth.

-3 grace, favour.

-विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apart- ments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (

-ल्लम्) the wo- men's apartments, harem.

-विदल्ला a married woman.

-विध a. of a good kind.

-विधम् ind. easily.

-विधिः a good rule, ordinance.

-विनीत a.

1 well trained, modest.

-2 well executed. (

-ता) a tractable cow.

-विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated.

-विभक्त a. well pro- portioned, symmetrical.

-विरूढ a.

1 fully grown up or developed.

-2 well ridden.

-विविक्त a.

1 solitary (as a wood).

-2 well decided (as a question).

-विहित a.

1 well-placed, well-deposited.

-2 well-furnished, well- supplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1.

-3 well done or performed.

-4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16.

-वी(बी)ज a. having good seed.

(-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.

-2 the poppy. (

-जम्) good seed.

-वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium.

-2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38.

-वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel.

-वीर्य a.

1 having great vigour.

-2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous.

(-र्यम्) 1 great heroism

-2 abundance of heroes.

-3 the fruit of the jujube. (

-र्या) wild cotton.

-वृक्तिः f.

1 a pure offering.

-2 a hymn of praise.

-वृत्त a.

1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77.

-2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (

-त्तम्) a good or virtuous conduct; भर्तुश्चिन्तानुवर्तित्वं सुवृत्तं चानुजीविनाम् Pt.1.69. (

-त्ता) a sort of grape.

-वेल a.

1 tranquil, still.

-2 humble, quiet. (

-लः) N. of the Trikūṭa mountain.

-व्रत a. strict in the observance of religious vows, strictly virtuous or religious. (

-तः) a religious student.

(-ता) 1 a virtuous wife.

-2 a tractable cow, one easily milked.

-शंस a. well spoken of, famous, glorious, commendable.

-शक a. capable of being easily done.

-शर्मन् (m., f.) a person desiring intercourse (Uṇ.4. 165].

-शल्यः the Khadira tree.

-शाकम् undried ginger.

-शारदः N. of Śiva.

-शासित a. kept under control, well-controlled.

-शिक्षित a. well-taught, trained, well- disciplined.

-शिखः fire.

(-खा) 1 a peacock's crest.

-2 a cock's comb.

-शीतम् yellow sandal-wood.

-शीम a. cold, frigid. (

-मः) coldness

-शील a. good-tempered, amiable.

(-ला) 1 N. of the wife of Yama.

-2 N. of one of the eight favourite wives of Kriṣṇa.

-शेव a. full of happiness; pleasant to be resorted; एष पन्था उरुगायः मुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13.11.

-शोण a. dark-red.

-श्रीका the gum olibanum tree.

-श्रुत a.

1 well heard.

-2 versed in the Vedas.

-3 gladly heard (also an ex- clamation at a श्राद्ध); पित्रे स्वदितमित्येव वाच्यं गोष्ठे तु सुश्रुतम् Ms.3.254. (

-तः) N. of the author of a system of medicine, whose work, together with that of Charaka, is regardad as the oldest medical authority, and held in great esteem in India even to this day.

-श्लिष्ट a.

1 well-arranged or united.

-2 well-fitted; Māl.1.

-श्लेषः close union or embrace.

-श्लोक्य a. very famous; तेजीयसामपि ह्येतन्न सुश्लोक्यं जगद्गुरो Bhāg.3.12.31.

-संवीत a.

1 well-girt; स ददर्श ततः श्रीमान् सुग्रीवं हेमपिङ्गलम् । सुसंवीतम्... Rām.4.16.15.

-2 well dressed.

-संवृतिः good concealment. a. well-concealed; परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi.16.23.

-संस्कृत a.

1 well cooked or prepared.

-2 kept in good order; सुसंस्कृतोपस्करया व्यये चामुक्तहस्तया Ms.5.15.

-संगृहीत a.

1 well controlled or governed; सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रो हि पार्थिवः सुखमेधते Ms.7.113.

-2 well received.

-3 well kept.

-4 well abridged.

-संध a. true to a promise.

-संनत a. well-directed (as an arrow).

-सत्या N. of the wife of Janaka.

-सदृश् a. agreeable to look at.

-समाहित a.

1 well arranged, beautifully adorned; very beautiful; ऋतुकालं प्रतीक्षन्ते नार्थिनः सुसमाहिते । संगमं त्वहमिच्छामि त्वया सह सुमध्यमे ॥ Rām.1.48.18.

-2 completely loaded; तद्यथानः सुसमा- हितमुत्सर्जद्यायात् Bṛi. Up.4.3.35.

-3 Very intent, attentive.

-समीहित a. much desired.

- सरण N. of Śiva.

-सह a.

1 easy to be borne.

-2 bearing or enduring well. (

-हः) an epithet of Śiva.

-सहाय a. having a good companion; प्रणेतुं शक्यते दण्डः सुसहायेन धीमता Ms.7.31.

-साधित a. well trained or educated.

-सार a. having good sap or essence.

(-रः) 1 good sap, essence, or substance.

-2 competence.

-3 the red-flowering Kha- dira tree.

-सारवत् n. crystal.

-सिकता 1 good sand.

-2 gravel.

-3 sugar.

-सुरप्रिया jasmine.

-सेव्य a. to be well or easily followed (as a road).

-सौभगम् con- jugal felicity.

-स्थ a.

1 well-suited, being in a good sense.

-2 in health, healthy, faring well.

-3 in good or prosperous circumstances, prosperous.

-4 happy, fortunate. (

-स्थम्) a happy state, well-being; प्रह्लाद सुस्थरूपोसि पश्यन् व्यसनमात्मनः Mb.12.222.12; सुस्थे को वा न पण्डितः H.3.114.

-स्थित a. in the same sense as सुस्थ. (

-तम्) a house with a gallery on all sides.

-स्थितिः (also सुस्थता) f.

1 good condition, well-being, welfare, happiness.

-2 health, convalescence.

-स्थिर a.

1 stable.

-2 resolute, cool.

-स्नातः 1 one who bathes at the end of a sacrifice; L. D. B.

-2 well purified by bathing.

-स्मित a. pleasantly smiling. (

-ता) a woman with a pleased or smiling countenance.

-स्वपनः an epithet of Śiva.

-स्वर a.

1 melodious, harmonious.

-2 loud. ˚यन्त्रकम् a kind of musical instrument; युता सुस्वरयन्त्रकैः Śukra.1.247.

-हित a.

1 very fit or suitable, appro- priate.

-2 beneficial, salutary.

-3 friendly, affection- ate.

-4 satisfied; सहस्रनेत्रः सुहितत्वमाप न Rām. ch.2.64. (

-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.

-हृद् a. having a kind heart, cordial, friendly, loving, affectionate; सुहृदः सुहृदो$न्यांश्च दुर्हृदश्चापि दुर्हृदः । सम्यक्प्रवृत्तान् पुरुषान्नसम्यगनुपश्यतः ॥ Mb.3.28.36. (-m.)

1 a friend; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.

-2 an ally. ˚भेदः

1 the separation of friends.

-2 N. of the 2nd book of the हितोपदेश; मित्रलाभः सुहृद्भेदो विग्रहः संधिरेव च । पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते ॥ H. Pr.9. ˚वाक्यम् the counsel of a friend.

-हृदः a friend.

-हृदय a.

1 good-hearted.

-2 dear, affectionate, loving.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > सु _su
20 ὡς

ὡς (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) relative adv. of the relative pron. ὅς. It is used as

① a comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth. proceeds, as, like

ⓐ corresponding to οὕτως=‘so, in such a way’: σωθήσεται, οὕτως ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved, (but only) in such a way as (one, in an attempt to save oneself, must go) through fire (and therefore suffer fr. burns) 1 Cor 3:15. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγαπάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν Eph 5:33; cp. vs. 28. ἡμέρα κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 Th 5:2. The word οὕτως can also be omitted ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it as secure as you know how = as you can Mt 27:65. ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός (in such a way) as he himself does not know = he himself does not know how, without his knowing (just) how Mk 4:27. ὡς ἀνῆκεν (in such a way) as is fitting Col 3:18. Cp. 4:4; Eph 6:20; Tit 1:5 (cp. Just., A I, 3, 1 ὡς πρέπον ἐστίν). ὡς πᾶσα γυνὴ γεννᾷ GJs 11:2; ὡς ἀπεκαλύφθη AcPlCor 1:8.

ⓑ special uses

α. in ellipses (TestAbr A 12 p. 90, 22 [Stone p. 28] θρόνος … ἐξαστράπτων ὡς πῦρ; TestJob 20:3 χρήσασθαι … ὡς ἐβούλετο; JosAs 12:7 πρὸς σὲ κατέφυγον ὡς παιδίον ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα) ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος I used to speak as a child (is accustomed to speak) 1 Cor 13:11a; cp. bc; Mk 10:15; Eph 6:6a; Phil 2:22; Col 3:22. ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε walk as (is appropriate for) children of light Eph 5:8; cp. 6:6b. ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ as (it is one’s duty to walk) in the daylight Ro 13:13. The Israelites went through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς γῆς as (one travels) over dry land Hb 11:29. οὐ λέγει ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐφʼ ἑνός he speaks not as one would of a plurality (s. ἐπί 8), but as of a single thing Gal 3:16.—Ro 15:15; 1 Pt 5:3. Also referring back to οὕτως (GrBar 6:16 ὡς γὰρ τὰ δίστομα οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀλέκτωρ μηνύει τοῖς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ like articulate beings the rooster informs earth’s inhabitants) οὕτως τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως I run as (a person) with a fixed goal 1 Cor 9:26a. Cp. ibid. b; Js 2:12.

β. ὡς and the words that go w. it can be the subj. or obj., of a clause: γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done (= it will be done) for you as you wish Mt 15:28. Cp. 8:13; Lk 14:22 v.l. (for ὅ; cp. ὡς τὸ θέλημά σου OdeSol 11:21). The predicate belonging to such a subj. is to be supplied in οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω (γενηθήτω) Mt 26:39a.—ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος he did as (= that which) the angel commanded him (to do) Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19 (on the structure s. RPesch, BZ 10, ’66, 220–45; 11, ’67, 79–95; cp. the formula Job 42:9 and the contrasting negation Ex 1:17; s. also Ex 3:21f); 28:15.—Practically equivalent to ὅ, which is a v.l. for it Mk 14:72 (JBirdsall, NovT 2, ’58, 272–75; cp. Lk 14:22 above).

γ. ἕκαστος ὡς each one as or according to what Ro 12:3; 1 Cor 3:5; 7:17ab; Rv 22:12. ὡς ἦν δυνατὸς ἕκαστος each person interpreted them as best each could Papias (2:16).

δ. in indirect questions (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 11 ἀπαίδευτοι ὡς χρὴ συμμάχοις χρῆσθαι) ἐξηγοῦντο ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου they told how he had made himself known to them when they broke bread together Lk 24:35. Cp. Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 8:47; 23:55; Ac 10:38; 20:20; Ro 11:2; 2 Cor 7:15.

② a conjunction marking a point of comparison, as. This ‘as’ can have a ‘so’ expressly corresponding to it or not, as the case may be; further, both sides of the comparison can be expressed in complete clauses, or one or even both may be abbreviated.

ⓐ ὡς is correlative w. οὕτως=so. οὕτως … ὡς (so, in such a way) … as: οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος ὡς οὗτος λαλεῖ ὁ ἄνθρωπος J 7:46. ὡς … οὕτως Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); 23:11; Ro 5:15 (ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα, both halves to be completed), 18. ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως as you are comrades in suffering, so (shall you be) in comfort as well 2 Cor 1:7. Cp. 7:14; 11:3 v.l.—ὡς … καί as … so (Plut., Mor. 39e; Ath. 15, 2) Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20.

ⓑ The clause beginning w. ὡς can easily be understood and supplied in many cases; when this occurs, the noun upon which the comparison depends can often stand alone, and in these cases ὡς acts as a particle denoting comparison. οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος the righteous will shine out as the sun (shines) Mt 13:43. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε συλλαβεῖν με as (one goes out) against a robber, (so) you have gone out to arrest me 26:55 (Mel., P. 79, 574 ὡς ἐπὶ φόνιον λῄστην). γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις be (as) wise as serpents (are) 10:16b. Cp. Lk 12:27; 21:35; 22:31; J 15:6; 2 Ti 2:17; 1 Pt 5:8.

ⓒ Semitic infl. is felt in the manner in which ὡς, combined w. a subst., takes the place of a subst. or an adj.

α. a substantive

א. as subj. (cp. Da 7:13 ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἤρχετο; cp. 10:16, 18) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου (ἦν) ὡς θάλασσα ὑαλίνη before the throne there was something like a sea of glass Rv 4:6. Cp. 8:8; 9:7a. ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος from one man they have come into being as the sand, i.e. countless descendants Hb 11:12.

ב. as obj. (JosAs 17:6 εἶδεν Ἀσενὲθ ὡς ἅρμα πυρός) ᾂδουσιν ὡς ᾠδὴν καινήν they were singing, as it were, a new song Rv 14:3. ἤκουσα ὡς φωνήν I heard what sounded like a shout 19:1, 6abc; cp. 6:1.

β. as adjective, pred. (mostly εἶναι, γίνεσθαι ὡς; the latter also in rendering of ךְּ to express the basic reality of something: GDelling, Jüd. Lehre u. Frömmigkeit ’67, p. 58, on ParJer 9:7) ἐὰν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία if you do not become child-like Mt 18:3. ὡς ἄγγελοί εἰσιν they are similar to angels 22:30. πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος 1 Pt 1:24. Cp. Mk 6:34; 12:25; Lk 22:26ab; Ro 9:27 (Is 10:22); 29a (Is 1:9a); 1 Cor 4:13; 7:7f, 29–31; 9:20f; 2 Pt 3:8ab (Ps 89:4); Rv 6:12ab al. (cp. GrBar 14:1 ἐγένετο φωνὴ ὡς βροντή). Sim. also ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου treat me like one of your day laborers Lk 15:19.—The adj. or adjectival expr. for which this form stands may be used as an attribute πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως faith like a mustard seed=faith no greater than a tiny mustard seed Mt 17:20; Lk 17:6. προφήτης ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν Mk 6:15. Cp. Ac 3:22; 7:37 (both Dt 18:15); 10:11; 11:5. ἐγένετο ὡς εἷς τῶν φευγόντων AcPl Ha 5, 18. ἀρνίον ὡς ἐσφαγμένον a lamb that appeared to have been slaughtered Rv 5:6.—In expressions like τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν 9:8a the second τρίχας can be omitted as self-evident (Ps 54:7 v.l.): ἡ φωνὴ ὡς σάλπιγγος 4:1; cp. 1:10; 9:8b; 13:2a; 14:2c; 16:3.

ⓓ other noteworthy uses

α. ὡς as can introduce an example ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν Lk 9:54 v.l.; cp. 1 Pt 3:6; or, in the combination ὡς γέγραπται, a scripture quotation Mk 1:2 v.l.; 7:6; Lk 3:4; Ac 13:33; cp. Ro 9:25; or even an authoritative human opinion Ac 17:28; 22:5; 25:10; or any other decisive reason Mt 5:48; 6:12 (ὡς καί).

β. ὡς introduces short clauses: ὡς εἰώθει as his custom was Mk 10:1. Cp. Hs 5, 1, 2. ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12. ὡς ἐνομίζετο as was supposed Lk 3:23 (Diog. L. 3, 2 ὡς Ἀθήνησιν ἦν λόγος [about Plato’s origin]; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 32 [Stone p. 12] ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ; Just., A I, 6, 2 ὡς ἐδιδάχθημεν). ὡς ἦν as he was Mk 4:36. ὡς ἔφην Papias (2:15) (ApcMos 42; cp. Just., A I, 21, 6 ὡς προέφημεν).

γ. The expr. οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον Mk 4:26 may well exhibit colloquial syntax; but some think that ἄν (so one v.l. [=ἐάν, which is read by many mss.]) once stood before ἄνθρωπος and was lost inadvertently. S. the comm., e.g. EKlostermann, Hdb. z. NT⁴ ’50 ad loc.; s. also Jülicher, Gleichn. 539; B-D-F §380, 4; Mlt. 185 w. notes; Rdm.² 154; Rob. 928; 968.

③ marker introducing the perspective from which a pers., thing, or activity is viewed or understood as to character, function, or role, as

ⓐ w. focus on quality, circumstance, or role

α. as (JosAs 26:7 ἔγνω … Λευὶς … ταῦτα πάντα ὡς προφήτης; Just., A I, 7, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄδικος κολάζηται) τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; why am I still being condemned as a sinner? Ro 3:7. ὡς σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων 1 Cor 3:10. ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη as newborn children (in reference to desire for maternal milk) 1 Pt 2:2. μή τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς 4:15a; cp. b, 16.—1:14; 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 6:4; Eph 5:1; Col 3:12; 1 Th 2:4, 7a.—In the oblique cases, genitive (ApcSed 16:2 ὡς νέου αὐτοῦ ἐπαράβλεπον τὰ πταίσματα αὐτοῦ; Just., A I, 14, 4 ὑμέτερον ἔστω ὡς δυνατῶν βασιλέων): τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου Χριστοῦ with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish 1 Pt 1:19. δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός glory as of an only-begotten son, coming from the Father J 1:14. Cp. Hb 12:27. Dative (Ath. 14, 2 θύουσιν ὡς θεοῖς; 28, 3 πιστεύειν ὡς μυθοποιῷ; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Κυνόσαργες: Ἡρακλεῖ ὡς θεῷ θύων): λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς 1 Cor 3:1a; cp. bc; 10:15; 2 Cor 6:13; Hb 12:5; 1 Pt 2:13f; 3:7ab; 2 Pt 1:19. Accusative (JosAs 22:8 ἠγάπα αὐτὸν ὡς ἄνδρα προφήτην; Just., A I, 4, 4 τὸ ὄνομα ὡς ἔλεγχον λαμβάνετε; Tat. 27, 1 ὡς ἀθεωτάτους ἡμᾶς ἐκκηρύσσετε; Ath. 16, 4 οὐ προσκυνῶ αὐτὰ ὡς θεοὺς): οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν Ro 1:21; 1 Cor 4:14; 8:7; Tit 1:7; Phlm 16; Hb 6:19; 11:9. παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 Pt 2:11 (from the perspective of their conversion experience the recipients of the letter are compared to temporary residents and disenfranchised foreigners, cp. the imagery 1 Pt 1:19 above and s. παρεπίδημος and πάροικος 2).—This is prob. also the place for ὸ̔ ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐργάζεσθε ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ whatever you have to do, do it as work for the Lord Col 3:23. Cp. Eph 5:22. εἴ τις λαλεῖ ὡς λόγια θεοῦ if anyone preaches, (let the pers. do so) as if (engaged in proclaiming the) words of God 1 Pt 4:11a; cp. ibid. b; 2 Cor 2:17bc; Eph 6:5, 7.

β. ὡς w. ptc. gives the reason for an action as one who, because (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 13 κατεγέλων τῆς πολιορκίας ὡς ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια; Appian, Liby. 56 §244 μέμφεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς ἐπιβουλεύουσι=as being hostile; Polyaenus 2, 1, 1; 3, 10, 3 ὡς ἔχων=just as if he had; TestAbr B 8 p. 112, 17 [Stone p. 72] ὡς αὐτῷ ὄντι φίλῳ μου (do it for) him [Abraham] as a friend of mine; TestJob 17:5 καθʼ ἡμῶν ὡς τυραννούντων against us as though we were tyrants; ApcMos 23 ὡς νομίζοντες on the assumption that (we would not be discovered); Jos., Ant. 1, 251; Ath. 16, 1 ὁ δὲ κόσμος οὐχ ὡς δεομένου τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονεν; SIG 1168, 35); Paul says: I appealed to the Emperor οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my (own) people Ac 28:19 (PCairZen 44, 23 [257 B.C.] οὐχ ὡς μενῶν=not as if it were my purpose to remain there). ὡς foll. by the gen. abs. ὡς τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ δεδωρημένης because his divine power has granted us everything 2 Pt 1:3. Cp. Dg. 5:16.—Only in isolated instances does ὡς show causal force when used w. a finite verb for, seeing that (PLeid 16, 1, 20; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2, end, Vit. Auct. 25; Aesop, Fab. 109 P.=148 H.; 111 H-H.: ὡς εὐθέως ἐξελεύσομαι=because; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 6, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 131 H. Cp. Herodas 10, 3: ὡς=because [with the copula ‘is’ to be supplied]) Mt 6:12 (ὡς καί as Mk 7:37 v.l.; TestDan 3:1 v.l.; the parallel Lk 11:4 has γάρ). AcPlCor 1:6 ὡς οὖν ὁ κύριος ἠλέησεν ἡμᾶς inasmuch as the Lord has shown us mercy (by permitting us). So, more oft., καθώς (q.v. 3).

γ. ὡς before the predicate acc. or nom. w. certain verbs functions pleonastically and further contributes to the aspect of perspective ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 21:26. Cp. Lk 16:1. λογίζεσθαί τινα ὡς foll. by acc. look upon someone as 1 Cor 4:1; 2 Cor 10:2 (for this pass. s. also c below). Cp. 2 Th 3:15ab; Phil 2:7; Js 2:9.

ⓑ w. focus on a conclusion existing only in someone’s imagination or based solely on someone’s assertion (PsSol 8:30; Jos., Bell. 3, 346; Just., A I, 27, 5; Mel., P. 58, 422) προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἰδοὺ … you have brought this fellow before me as one who (as you claim) is misleading the people, and now … Lk 23:14. τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; why do you boast, as though you (as you think) had not received? 1 Cor 4:7. Cp. Ac 3:12; 23:15, 20; 27:30. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου as though I were not coming (acc. to their mistaken idea) 1 Cor 4:18. ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι assuming that the city was being destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 16.

ⓒ w. focus on what is objectively false or erroneous ἐπιστολὴ ὡς διʼ ἡμῶν a letter (falsely) alleged to be from us 2 Th 2:2a (Diod S 33, 5, 5 ἔπεμψαν ὡς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐπιστολήν they sent a letter which purported to come from the emissaries; Diog. L. 10:3 falsified ἐπιστολαὶ ὡς Ἐπικούρου; Just., A, II, 5, 5 ὡς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σπορᾷ γενομένους υἱούς). τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2 (s. also aγ above). Cp. 11:17; 13:7. Israel wishes to become righteous οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων not through faith but through deeds (the latter way being objectively wrong) Ro 9:32 (Rdm.² 26f). ὡς ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀγράφου εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκοντα (other matters he recounts) as having reached him through unwritten tradition (Eus. about Papias) Papias (2:11).

④ conj., marker of result in connection with indication of purpose=ὥστε so that (Trag., Hdt.+, though nearly always w. the inf.; so also POxy 1040, 11; PFlor 370, 10; Wsd 5:12; TestJob 39:7; ApcMos 38; Jos., Ant. 12, 229; Just., A I, 56, 2; Tat. 12, 2. W. the indic. X., Cyr. 5, 4, 11 οὕτω μοι ἐβοήθησας ὡς σέσῳσμαι; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 324, 25f; Jos., Bell. 3, 343; Ath. 15, 3; 22, 2) Hb 3:11; 4:3 (both Ps 94:11). ὡς αὐτὸν καθόλου τὸ φῶς μὴ βλέπειν Papias (3:2) (s. φῶς 1a). ὡς πάντας ἄχθεσθαι (s. ἄχθομαι) AcPl Ha 4, 14. ὡς πάντας … ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι 6, 31 al.

⑤ marker of discourse content, that, the fact that after verbs of knowing, saying (even introducing direct discourse: Maximus Tyr. 5:4f), hearing, etc.=ὅτι that (X., An. 1, 3, 5; Menand., Sam. 590 S. [245 Kö.]; Aeneas Tact. 402; 1342; PTebt 10, 6 [119 B.C.]; 1 Km 13:11; EpArist; Philo, Op. M. 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 39; 9, 162; 15, 249 al.; Just., A I, 60, 2; Tat. 39, 2; 41, 1; Ath. 30, 4.—ORiemann, RevPhilol n.s. 6, 1882, 73–75; HKallenberg, RhM n.s. 68, 1913, 465–76; B-D-F §396) ἀναγινώσκειν Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 6:4 (w. πῶς as v.l.). μνησθῆναι Lk 24:6 (D ὅσα); cp. 22:61 (=Lat. quomodo, as in ms. c of the Old Itala; cp. Plautus, Poen. 3, 1, 54–56). ἐπίστασθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 372) Ac 10:28; 20:18b v.l. (for πῶς). εἰδέναι (MAI 37, 1912, 183 [= Kl. T. 110, 81, 10] ἴστε ὡς [131/132 A.D.]) 1 Th 2:11a. μάρτυς ὡς Ro 1:9; Phil 1:8; 1 Th 2:10.—ὡς ὅτι s. ὅτι 5b.

⑥ w. numerals, a degree that approximates a point on a scale of extent, about, approximately, nearly (Hdt., Thu. et al.; PAmh 72, 12; PTebt 381, 4 [VSchuman, ClW 28, ’34/35, 95f: pap]; Jos., Ant. 6, 95; Ruth 1:4; 1 Km 14:2; TestJob 31:2; JosAs 1:6) ὡς δισχίλιοι Mk 5:13. Cp. 8:9; Lk 1:56; 8:42; J 1:39; 4:6; 6:10, 19; 19:14, 39; 21:8; Ac 4:4; 5:7, 36; 13:18, 20; 27:37 v.l. (Hemer, Acts 149 n. 140); Rv 8:1.

⑦ a relatively high point on a scale involving exclamation, how! (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 2 ὦ μῆτερ, ὡς καλός μοι ὁ πάππος! Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15], 1 ὡς ἡδύ μοι τὸ θέατρον=how pleasant … ! Ps 8:2; 72:1; TestJob 7:12) ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ἀγαθά Ro 10:15 (cp. Is 52:7). Cp. 11:33. ὡς μεγάλη μοι ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα GJs 19:2.

⑧ temporal conjunction (B-D-F §455, 2; 3; Harnack, SBBerlAk 1908, 392).

ⓐ w. the aor. when, after (Hom., Hdt. et al.; Diod S 14, 80, 1; pap [POxy 1489, 4 al.]; LXX; TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62]; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:1; ApcMos 22; Jos., Bell. 1, 445b; Just., D. 2, 4; 3, 1) ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι Lk 1:23. ὡς ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος J 2:9.—Lk 1:41, 44; 2:15, 39; 4:25; 5:4; 7:12; 15:25; 19:5; 22:66; 23:26; J 4:1, 40; 6:12, 16; 7:10; 11:6, 20, 29, 32f; 18:6; 19:33; 21:9; Ac 5:24; 10:7, 25; 13:29; 14:5; 16:10, 15; 17:13; 18:5; 19:21; 21:1, 12; 22:25; 27:1, 27; 28:4. AcPl Ha 3, 20.

ⓑ w. pres. or impf. while, when, as long as (Menand., Fgm. 538, 2 K. ὡς ὁδοιπορεῖς; Cyrill. Scyth. [VI A.D.] ed. ESchwartz ’39 p. 143, 1; 207, 22 ὡς ἔτι εἰμί=as long as I live) ὡς ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου while you are going with your opponent Lk 12:58. ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς while he was talking, while he was opening the scriptures to us 24:32.—J 2:23; 8:7; 12:35f ( as long as; cp. ἕως 2a); Ac 1:10; 7:23; 9:23; 10:17; 13:25; 19:9; 21:27; 25:14; Gal 6:10 ( as long as); 2 Cl 8:1; 9:7; IRo 2:2; ISm 9:1 (all four as long as).—ὡς w. impf., and in the next clause the aor. ind. w. the same subject (Diod S 15, 45, 4 ὡς ἐθεώρουν …, συνεστήσαντο ‘when [or ‘as soon as’] they noticed …, they put together [a fleet]’; SIG 1169, 58 ὡς ἐνεκάθευδε, εἶδε ‘while he was sleeping [or ‘when he went to sleep’] [in the temple] he saw [a dream or vision]’) Mt 28:9 v.l.; J 20:11; Ac 8:36; 16:4; 22:11.— Since (Soph., Oed. R. 115; Thu. 4, 90, 3) ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν Mk 9:21.

ⓒ ὡς ἄν or ὡς ἐάν w. subjunctive of the time of an event in the future when, as soon as.

α. ὡς ἄν (Hyperid. 2, 43, 4; Herodas 5, 50; Lucian, Cronosolon 11; PHib 59, 1 [c. 245 B.C.] ὡς ἂν λάβῃς; UPZ 71, 18 [152 B.C.]; PTebt 26, 2. Cp. Witkowski 87; Gen 12:12; Josh 2:14; Is 8:21; Da 3:15 Theod.; Ath. 31, 3 [ἐάν Schwartz]) Ro 15:24; 1 Cor 11:34; Phil 2:23.

β. ὡς ἐάν (PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.] ὡς ἐὰν βλέπῃς) 1 Cl 12:5f; Hv 3, 8, 9; 3, 13, 2.

ⓓ w. the superlative ὡς τάχιστα (a bookish usage; s. B-D-F §244, 1; Rob. 669) as quickly as possible Ac 17:15 (s. ταχέως 1c).

⑨ a final particle, expressing intention/purpose, with a view to, in order to

ⓐ w. subjunctive (Hom.+; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 33 [Stone p. 8]; SibOr 3, 130; Synes., Hymni 3, 44 [NTerzaghi ’39]) ὡς τελειώσω in order that I might finish Ac 20:24 v.l. (s. Mlt. 249).

ⓑ w. inf. (X.; Arrian [very oft.: ABoehner, De Arriani dicendi genere, diss. Erlangen 1885 p. 56]; PGen 28, 12 [II A.D.]; ZPE 8, ’71, 177: letter of M. Ant. 57, cp. 44–46; 3 Macc 1:2; Joseph.; cp. the use of the opt. Just., D. 2, 3) Lk 9:52. ὡς τελειῶσαι Ac 20:24. ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Hb 7:9 (s. ἔπος).

ⓒ used w. prepositions to indicate the direction intended (Soph., Thu., X. [Kühner-G. I 472 note 1]; Polyb. 1, 29, 1; LRadermacher, Philol 60, 1901, 495f) πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 v.l.—WStählin, Symbolon, ’58, 99–104. S. also ὡσάν, ὡσαύτως, ὡσεί 2, ὥσπερ b, ὡσπερεί, ὥστε 2b. DELG. M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὡς

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Stone Cold Steve Austin — Born Steven James Anderson December 18, 1964 (1964 12 18) (age 46) Victoria, Texas, U.S … Wikipedia
special — adj Special, especial, specific, particular, individual are closely related terms because all carry the meaning relating to or belonging to one thing or one class especially as distinguished from all the others. Both special and especial imply… … New Dictionary of Synonyms
Stone sealer — Stone Porosity All natural stone is porous, which means it has interconnected capillaries through which liquids and gases can move. In fact, porous materials act like a hard sponge and actually suck in liquids over time, along with any dissolved… … Wikipedia
Stone Cold Crazy — Исполнитель Queen Альбом Sheer Heart Attack Дата выпуска 8 ноября 1974 Дата записи … Википедия
Stone Age — the period in the history of humankind, preceding the Bronze Age and the Iron Age, and marked by the use of stone implements and weapons: subdivided into the Paleolithic, Mesolithic, and Neolithic periods. [1860 65] * * * First known period of… … Universalium
Stone Age Poland — The Stone Age era on the lands of today s Poland lasted five hundred thousand years and involved three different human species. The Stone Age cultures ranged from early human groups with primitive tools to advanced agricultural societies using… … Wikipedia
Stone run — A stone run (called also stone river , stone stream or stone sea [http://www.park vitosha.org/lang.php?lang=en Vitosha Nature Park: Basic Information. Landscape.] Vitosha Nature Park website.] ) is a conspicuous rock landform, result of the… … Wikipedia
Stone duality — In mathematics, there is an ample supply of categorical dualities between certain categories of topological spaces and categories of partially ordered sets. Today, these dualities are usually collected under the label Stone duality, since they… … Wikipedia
Stone Bridge High School — Infobox Education in the United States name= Stone Bridge High School imagesize= 200px motto= streetaddress= 43100 Hay Road city= Ashburn state= Virginia zipcode= 20147 url= http://www.loudoun.k12.va.us/sbhs schoolboard= district= Loudoun County… … Wikipedia
Stone quarries of ancient Egypt — The Stone quarries of ancient Egypt (now archaeological sites) once produced quality stone for the construction of decorative monuments such as sculptures and obelisks. Some of these sites are well identified and the chemical composition of their … Wikipedia
Stone wall trees in Hong Kong — Masonry wall trees refer to trees grown from openings in masonry stone retaining walls. In alleviating harzards from landslides, many slopes adjacent to main roads and developments on Hong Kong Island in Hong Kong needed to be secured. Between… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

some special stone

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

some special stone

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: